
4 Development Standards
The following Table 4.1-1 indicates relevant zoning and subdivision standards in Sections 146-4.2 through 146-4.11 that apply during different types of application review.
Table 4.1-1 Summary Table of Development Standards Applicability | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Standard | UDO Section 146- | Subdivision Plat | Master Plans | Site Plan Review |
Dimensional Standards | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Subdivision Standards | ✓ | [1] | ||
Neighborhood Protection Standards | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Lot Access and Connectivity | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Parking, Loading, and Stacking | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Landscaping, Screening, and Stormwater Management | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Building Design Standards | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Exterior Lighting | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Signs | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Historic Preservation Standards | ✓ | ✓ | ||
[1] See Section 146-4.3.1.B for situations in which Subdivision Standards may be applied to Master Plans | ||||
The standards of this Section apply to all applications for division or consolidation of land for development unless specifically stated otherwise. If there is a conflict between the requirements of this Section and life safety or engineering standards, the Planning Director in consultation with the Director of Public Works shall determine which standard shall apply. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. School Lands and Fees-in-Lieu.
1. Location. Sites designated or dedicated for schools shall meet the following location standards to the maximum extent practicable:
a. Be located at the intersection of a collector and local street for elementary school and K-8 school sites, and be located at the intersection of a collector and arterial street for middle and high school sites;
This Section 146-4.10 applies to all signs erected in the City unless exempted or modified by another standard in this UDO, but excluding signs erected or required to be erected by the City or an entity of local, state, or federal government in the performance of its governmental functions. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Setback, Yard, and Buffer Requirements.
1. The building setback areas required under this Section 146-4.2 shall be unobstructed from the ground upward except for fences, landscaping, and other specific building features specified as exceptions to the required setbacks in Section 146-4.2.4 (Exceptions and Encroachments) or otherwise identified as exceptions in this UDO.
2. In addition to the dimensional standards in this Section 146-4.2, landscaped buffers required by Sections 146-3.3 (Use-Specific Standards), 146-4.4 (Neighborhood Protection Standards), and 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management) may apply, and applicable site and storm drainage standards will apply, any or all of which may require building setbacks or yard areas to be larger than those listed in the dimensional standard tables in this Section 146-4.2.
B. Height Limits. No structure shall exceed the height limits described in the zone district standards except as specified in this Section 146-4.2.4 (Exceptions and Encroachments).
C. Measurement of Residential Density. Residential density shall be calculated by dividing the total number of residential units of each particular housing type by the adjusted area occupied by that housing type. The adjusted area shall be the area to be occupied by a particular housing type and meeting the following criteria.
1. The adjusted area shall form a single, closed polygon of compact and logical shape.
2. For the MU-TOD district, the adjusted area shall be determined by Station Area Plans.
3. The adjusted area shall not include any lands that the applicant is otherwise required to dedicate pursuant to statute, or any additional, voluntary dedication of land, except for land related to streets and rights-of-way as described in Section 146-4.2.1.C.5 below.
4. The adjusted area shall exclude any floodplain areas and any existing publicly owned land.
5. The adjusted area shall include the right-of-way of all public and private streets surrounded by the area's other eligible land uses, as well as one-half of the right-of-way of any public or private streets along the area's perimeter. For purposes of determining densities, limited access highways shall not be included as public and private streets and shall not be included in the adjusted area.
6. The adjusted area may include any private common space, including recreation facilities, parking areas, detention ponds, or accessory structures, such as a maintenance facility or administrative office, customarily associated with the adjusted area's housing type, as well as any golf course that will be conveyed to the City for public use or will be held by a homeowners’ association or other entity approve by the City for private use.
7. The maximum residential densities indicated in Section 146-4.2.2 are not guarantees that the listed can be achieved on any individual lot or parcel, or within any development, and do not imply that the City is obligated or willing to use any of the tools in Section 146-5.4.4 (Flexibility and Relief Procedures) to enable those residential densities to be achieved. Those maximum densities may not be achievable for a number of reasons, including but not limited to the shape or configuration of the lot or parcel, topographic or geologic conditions on the lot or parcel, or the presence of environmentally sensitive areas or utility easements on or through the parcel, (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
All development and redevelopment shall comply with the standards in this Section 146-4.2.2 (General Dimensional Standards Summary Tables) unless another Section of this UDO provides an alternative standard for a particular use, layout, or development type. Sections of this UDO that may provide alternative standards include but are not limited to Sections 146-3.3 (Use-Specific Standards), 146-4.2.3 (Special Dimensional Standards), 146-4.2.4 (Exceptions and Encroachments),146-4.4 (Neighborhood Protection Standards), and 146-4.64.6 (Parking, Loading, and Stacking).
A. Residential Districts.
1. The dimensional standards for residential districts shown in Table 4.2-1 shall apply to all development in the listed zone districts in Subareas A and B.
Table 4.2-1 Summary of Residential Districts Dimensional Standards – Subareas A and B See additional standards in Section 146-2.3 (Residential Districts) | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Zone District | R-R | R-1 | R-2 | R-3 | R-4 | R-MH |
Density and Lot Standards [Also See Small Residential Lot Options in Section 146-4.2.3.B] | ||||||
Residential density, maximum | N/A | Manufactured housing: 10 du/ac. Co-housing or Cottage housing: 12 du/ac. Tiny houses: 15 du/ac. | ||||
Lot area, minimum | ||||||
Single-family detached | 43,560 sf. | 6,000 sf. [1] | 5,000 sf. | [2] | ||
Two-family | N/A | 3,000 sf. | N/A | |||
Single-family attached fronting a public street or a private street meeting public street standards [3] | N/A | 1,600 sf. | N/A | |||
Multifamily | N/A | 7,000 sf. | N/A | |||
Other permitted or approved conditional use | 7,000 sf. | N/A | ||||
Lot frontage at front lot line, minimum | ||||||
Single-family detached | 120 ft. | Subarea A: 50 ft. Subarea B: 60 ft. | 50 ft. | N/A | ||
Two-family | N/A | 30 ft. | N/A | |||
Single-family attached fronting a public street or a private street meeting public street standards [3] | N/A | 20 ft. | 18 ft. | N/A | ||
Multifamily | N/A | 60 ft. | N/A | |||
Other permitted or approved conditional use | 60 ft. | N/A | ||||
Lot frontage (cul-de-sac or curved frontage), minimum | 60 ft. | 35 ft. | N/A | N/A | ||
Setbacks, Minimum | ||||||
Front | 30 ft. | 25 ft. [4] | 20 ft. [4] | 15 ft. | 12 ft. | 15 ft. |
Side | ||||||
Interior [5] | 10 ft. | 5 ft. [6] | 5 ft.[6] | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | |
Abutting a local street | 25 ft. | 12.5 ft. | 10 ft. | 10 ft. | 7.5 ft. | 15 ft. |
Abutting a collector or arterial street | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | Collector: 25 ft. Arterial: 30 ft. | 15 ft. | ||
Non-residential use abutting residential use | 25 ft. | N/A | ||||
Rear | ||||||
General | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 15 ft. | 10 ft. | 8 ft. | |
Non-residential use abutting residential use | 25 ft. | N/A | ||||
Building separation between units, minimum | N/A | 15 ft. min. general, 8 ft. min. side-to-end, 6 ft. min. end-to-end | ||||
Building Standards | ||||||
Building height, maximum | 38 ft. | 45 ft.[7] | 65 ft.[8] | 20 ft.[9] | ||
Notes: [1] In Subarea A, when a lot or parcel is subdivided or resubdivided for single-family detached or two-family dwelling structures, and any residentially zoned or residentially developed land abutting the lot or parcel to be subdivided or resubdivided contains single-family detached or two-family dwelling structure, the minimum lot area of lots created through the subdivision shall not be smaller than the smallest abutting lot occupied by a single-family detached or two-family dwelling structure, nor larger than the largest abutting lot occupied by a single-family detached or two-family dwelling structure. [2] 1,000 sf. per manufactured home, or 1.5 times the gross floor area of all manufactured homes, whichever is larger [3] Only alley-loaded residential product permitted. Single-family attached products that do not front on a public street or a private street meeting public street standards shall comply with the requirements for Green Court Dwellings. [4] In Subarea A, when lots on both sides of the subject lot are developed with single-family detached or two-family dwelling structures, and the front setbacks on those single-family or two-family structures are not larger than 30 feet, the front setback shall be no further from the street than the further of the two adjacent structures, and no closer to the street than the closer of the two adjacent structures. [5] Single-family attached dwellings have an interior side setback of 0 ft. [6] In Subarea A, When lots on both sides of the subject lot are developed with single-family detached or two-family dwelling structures, and the side setbacks on those single-family or two-family structures are not larger than 10 feet, the side setback shall be no smaller than the smallest of the side setbacks on either abutting lot, and no larger than the largest of the side setbacks on either abutting lot”. [7] Portions of Affordable Housing structures located more than 75 feet from an R-R, R-1, or R-2 zone district have a maximum height of 55 feet. [8] Portions of Affordable Housing structures located more than 75 feet from an R-R, R-1, or R-2 zone district have a maximum height of 75 feet. [9] Common area structures have a maximum height of 30 feet. | ||||||
2. The dimensional standards for residential districts shown in Table 4.2-2 shall apply to all development in the listed zone districts in Subarea C, unless an applicant uses the optional standards available in Section 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards). All development required to comply with Table 4.2-2 shall also comply with the requirements of Section 146-4.6.5 (Parking Design and Location), and the event of a conflict between required dimensions in Table 4.2-2 and Section 146-4.6.5, the requirements of Section 146-4.6.5 shall apply.
Table 4.2-2 Summary of Residential Districts Dimensional Standards – Subarea C | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Applies when Small Residential Lot Option is not being used | ||||||
See additional standards in Section 146-2.3 (Residential Districts) | ||||||
Zone District | R-R | R-1 | R-2 | R-3 | R-4 | R-MH |
Density and Lot Standards [Also See Small Residential Lot Options in Section 146-4.2.3.B] | ||||||
Residential density, maximum | N/A | 3 du/ac | 5 du/ac | N/A | N/A | Manufactured housing: 10 du/ac. Co-housing or Cottage housing: 12 du/ac. Tiny houses: 15 du/ac. |
Lot area, minimum | ||||||
Single-family detached (Standard/Small) | 43,560 sf. / N/A | 4,500 sf. / See Table 4.2-5 | 4,500 | N/A | ||
Two-family (Front Load / Alternate-Load | N/A / N/A | 3,200 sf. / 1,250 sf. | N/A | |||
Single-family attached fronting a public street or a private street meeting public street standards [1] | N/A | 1,380 sf. for end units and 1,250 sf. for interior units | N/A | |||
Multifamily | N/A | 7,000 sf. | N/A | |||
Other permitted or approved conditional use | 7,000 sf. | |||||
Lot frontage at front lot line, minimum | ||||||
Single-family detached (Standard / Small) | 120 ft. | 50 ft. / See Table 4.2-5 | 50ft. | N/A | ||
Two-family (Front-load/Alternate Load) | N/A | 40 ft. / 25 ft. per lot | N/A | |||
Single-family attached fronting a public street or a private street meeting public street standards [1] | N/A | 20 ft. for end units and 18 ft. for interior units | N/A | |||
Multifamily | N/A | 60 ft. | N/A | |||
Other permitted or approved conditional uses | 60 ft. | N/A | ||||
Lot frontage (cul-de-sac or curved frontage), minimum | 60 ft. | 35 ft. | N/A | N/A | ||
Setbacks, Minimum | ||||||
Front | 30 ft. | 20 ft. | 20 ft.[2] | 15 ft. | 12 ft. | 15 ft. |
Side | ||||||
Interior [3] | 10 ft. | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | |
Abutting a local street | 25 ft. | 12.5 ft. | 10 ft. | 10 ft. | 7 ft. | 15 ft. |
Abutting a collector or arterial street | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | Collector: 25 ft. Arterial 30 ft. | 15 ft. | ||
Non-residential use abutting residential use | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 25 ft. | N/A | ||
Rear | ||||||
General | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 15 ft. | 10 ft. | 8 ft. | |
Non-residential use abutting residential use | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 25 ft. | N/A | ||
Building separation between units, minimum | N/A | 15 ft. min. general, 8 ft. min. side-to-end, 6 ft. min. end-to-end | ||||
Building Standards | ||||||
Building height, maximum | 38 ft. | 45 ft.[4] | 65 ft.[5] | 20 ft.[6] | ||
Notes: [1] Only alley-loaded residential product permitted. Single-family attached dwelling units that do not front on a public street or a private street meeting Aurora public street standards shall comply with the requirements for Green Court Dwellings or Motor Court Dwellings. [2] Must comply with Section 146-4.6.5.C. [3] Single-family attached dwellings have an interior side setback of 0 ft. [4] Portions of Affordable Housing structures located more than 75 feet from an R-R, R-1, or R-2 zone district have a maximum height of 55 feet. [5] Portions of Affordable Housing structures located more than 75 feet from an R-R, R-1, or R-2 zone district have a maximum height of 75 feet. [6] Common area structures have a maximum height of 30 feet. | ||||||
B. Mixed-Use Districts. Dimensional standards for mixed-use districts are shown in Table 4.2-3.
Table 4.2-3 Summary of Mixed-Use Districts Dimensional Standards | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
See additional standards in Section 146-2.4 (Mixed-Use Districts) | ||||||||
Zone District | MU-N | MU-OI | MU-C | MU-OA | MU-FB | MU-TOD | MU-R | MU-A |
Project and Site Standards | ||||||||
Contiguous and adjacent area, minimum | N/A | N/A | 40 ac [1] | N/A | N/A | N/A | 40 ac [2] | N/A |
Contiguous and adjacent area, maximum | 10 ac [1] | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Residential density | 16 du/ac max. | N/A | N/A | N/A | 25 du/ac min. | Core: 60 du/ac, min. Edge: 20 du/ac, min. | N/A | 40 du/ac, max. |
Lot area and lot width, minimum | ||||||||
Residential uses | R-2 standards apply | R-3 standards apply | See Table 2.4-5 | R-3 standards apply | N/A | N/A | N/A | |
Other uses | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Setbacks and Build-To Standards | ||||||||
Front | ||||||||
From streets (All Subareas) [3] | 0 ft./ 20 ft. / 20 ft. | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | See Table 2.4-5 | Arterials and Collectors: 0 ft. min. 15 ft. max; Other: 5 ft. min, 15 ft. max. | Core: 10 ft. max. Edge: 18 ft. max. | Main Street: 15 ft. max for at least 50% of ground floor frontage; All streets other than the Main Street: 10 ft. min | 25 ft. min. [4] | |
From Residential district (All Subareas) | 20 ft. | |||||||
Side setback, minimum | ||||||||
From streets (All Subareas) | 0 ft./ 20 ft./ 20 ft. | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | See Table 2.4-5 | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | Core: None Edge: same as any Residential zone district adjacent to the lot | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | 25 ft. [4] | |
From Residential districts (All Subareas) | 20 ft. | 50 ft. | ||||||
Rear setback, minimum | ||||||||
General (All Subareas) | 0 ft./ 20 ft./ 20 ft. | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | See Table 2.4-5 | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | Core: If no alley: 5 ft. If alley: 3 ft. max. Edge: same as any Residential zone district adjacent to the lot | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | 25 ft. | |
From Residential districts (All Subareas) | 20 ft. | 50 ft. | ||||||
Setback from centerline of alley, minimum. | N/A | 10 ft. | Subarea A: 10 feet min., Subareas B & C: N/A | See Table 2.4-5 | N/A | N/A | N/A | |
Separation of buildings, maximum | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | 45 ft. on Main Street; 180 ft. along arterials and collectors | N/A |
Building Standards | ||||||||
Building height | ||||||||
General | Subarea A: See Aurora Infill Handbook; Subareas B & C: 2 stories max. | 75 ft. max. | 75 ft. max. | See Table 2.4-5 | 19 ft. min. on arterials | Core: No max.; 3 story min. Edge: No max.; No min. | Max for Focal Point: N/A Max General: No building taller than Focal Point; If no Focal Point yet constructed: 100 ft. | Single-family and duplex: 38 ft. max.; Multifamily or mixed-use: 100 ft.; Non-residential: 100 ft. |
Multifamily Affordable Housing structure | 2 stories max. | 75 ft. max | 90 ft. max. | See Table 2.4-5 | 19 ft. min on arterials | Core or Edge: No max. 3 story min. | Max for Focal Point: N/A Max General: No building taller than Focal Point; If no Focal Point yet constructed: 130 ft. | 100 ft. |
Within 75 feet of R-1 or R-2 district [5] | 38 ft. max. | 38 ft. max. | 38 ft. max. | See Table 2.4-5 | 38 ft. max. | 48 ft. max. | 38 ft. max. | 38 ft. max. |
Gross floor area, maximum | ||||||||
All structures | 50,000 sf. gfa | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Each individual use [6] | 15,000 sf. gfa | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Notes: [1] Applies to properties zoned into this district after the effective date. Ten-acre maximum does not apply to MU-N districts designated for school, park, or religious assembly uses. [2] Applies to projects in this district approved under prior E-470 or NEP zoning and projects in Subarea C zoned into this district after the effective date. [3] Entries and arcades can be recessed from maximum setbacks. [4] If the Director determines that the intended character of the development is urban, based on considerations of surrounding existing or intended development and relationship of primary buildings to the street, the Director can approve a reduction to 15 feet. [5] Applies to general structures and to affordable housing structures. [6] Except grocery stores, places of worship, schools, or recreation centers. | ||||||||
C. Special Purpose Districts. Dimensional standards for special purpose districts are shown in Table 4.2-4.
Table 4.2-4 Summary of Special Purpose Districts Dimensional Standards | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
See additional standards in Section 146-2.5 (Special Purpose Districts) | |||||
AD | APZ | I-1 | I-2 | POS | |
Lot Standards | |||||
Lot coverage by buildings and structures, max. | N/A | See Section 146-2.5.2.D.2.b | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Lot area and width, minimum | [1] | [1] | [1] | [1] | N/A |
Setbacks, Minimum | |||||
Front setback, minimum | 25 ft. for permanent structures; 10 ft. for parking areas. | ||||
General | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | 25 ft. | |
From arterial street | 25 ft. | 25 ft. | 25 ft. | 50 ft. | |
From interstate or expressway | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | |
On frontage road adjacent to interstate or expressway | 40 ft. | 40 ft. | 40 ft. | 50 ft. | |
Side setback, minimum | |||||
General | General: 25 ft.; Abutting Residential district: 50 ft. | 10 ft. | 10 ft. | 10 ft. | |
Abutting a public street | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | 25 ft. | |
Rear setback, minimum | |||||
General | General: 25 ft. Abutting Residential district: 50 ft. | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | |
Abutting a public street | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | 25 ft. | |
Building Standards | |||||
Building height, maximum | |||||
General | 100 ft. | 60 ft. or limits in FAA Part 77 surfaces for military airports, whichever is less | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | 50 ft. |
Within 200 feet of a Residential district | Same as Residential district | ||||
Notes: [1] Lot must be large enough to accommodate required setbacks, parking, loading, landscaping, screening, buffering, fire access, refuse/recycling, and other areas required by this UDO. | |||||
(Ord. No. 2023-41 § 1, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2020-37 § 13, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards. In Subarea C, undeveloped land zoned R-1, R-2, or MU-A that has not been redesignated by the applicant for development pursuant to the standards for MU-N or MU-C development pursuant to Section 146-5.4.3.I (Administrative Activity Center Designation) may be subdivided and developed as described in this Section 146-4.2.3.A, provided the application complies with the following additional standards. The maximum residential dwelling density of three dwelling units per acre in the R-1 zone district and five dwelling units in the R-2 zone district shall apply, but any conflict between the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.A and the lot dimension, size, and layout standards that would otherwise apply in Subsection C (including those standards for alternative-load garage setbacks in Section 146-4.6.5.C.8.a.iv) shall be resolved in favor of the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.A. Three alternative development options are available: General (See this Section 146-4.2.3.A), Green Court (See Section 146-4.2.3.C), and Motor Court (See Section 146-4.2.3.E).
1. Purpose. The purpose of the Small Residential Lot single-family development standards is to create high-quality mixed residential developments that will retain their social and economic value over time and provide housing for individuals and families seeking convenience, a range of housing choices, and generous and high quality open space amenities. Small Residential Lot developments should be designed to provide a variety of lot sizes that are distributed in groupings throughout the development so that large areas of one lot size do not exist. The Small Residential Lot subdivision shall also be specifically designed to provide adequate light and air between units, adequate drainage between lots, interior and exterior privacy, open space relief on the individual lot and throughout the neighborhood, low maintenance building materials, innovative and architecturally interesting home design, attractive streetscapes, and adequate parking. In addition, the standards are designed to increase the variety of lot sizes, preserve open space, enhance natural features and site amenities, provide landscaped buffers, and promote energy conservation.
2. Minimum Lot Size. The following standards apply to all development of Small Residential Lots unless the Green Court Dwelling standards of Section 146-4.2.3.C or the Motor Court Dwelling standards of Section 146-4.2.3.E provide a different standard.
Table 4.2-5 Minimum Lot Size and Area for Small Residential Lot Developments Subarea C | ||
|---|---|---|
Front-Loaded Residential Product | Min. Lot Frontage [1] | Min. Lot Area |
Dwelling, single-family detached, standard | 50 ft. | 4,500 sf. |
Dwelling, single-family detached, small | <50 ft. or | <4,500 sf. |
Dwelling, two-family (duplex) | 40 ft. | 3,200 sf. |
Alternate-Loaded Residential Product | Min. Lot Frontage [2] | Min. Lot Area [2] |
Dwelling, single-family detached | 30 ft. | 1,500 sf. |
Dwelling, two-family (duplex) | 25 ft. | 1250 sf. |
Dwelling, motor court | See Section 146-4.2.3.E | |
Dwelling, single-family attached, only alley loaded product permitted | End units: 20 ft. Interior units: 18 ft. | End units: 1,380 Interior units: 1,250 sf. |
Notes: [1] No front-loaded single-family detached dwelling may be located on a lot less than 45 ft. in width [2] Minimum lot frontage or minimum lot area for Alternate-Loaded Product may not include an alley or common shared drive. The alley or shared drive may be located in a tract or public assess easement. | ||
3. Amount and Distribution of Small Residential Lots. The following standards apply to all development of Small Residential Lots unless the Green Court Dwelling standards of Section 146-4.2.3.C or the Motor Court Dwelling Standards of Section 146-4.2.3.E provide a different standard. For purposes of this Section 146-4.2.3.A.3, single-family attached dwelling units do not count against the maximum permitted number of Small Residential Lots included in a Master Plan.
a. When included in a Master Plan or Site Plan, groupings of Small Residential Lots and single-family attached dwellings should be distributed throughout the Master Plan or Site Plan, regardless of the number of residential lots or Small Residential Lots included in the Master Plan or Site Plan.
b. In the R-1 zone district, no Master Plan may include more than 25 percent Small Residential Lots, regardless of the total number of residential lots included in the Master Plan.
c. In the R-2 and MU-A zone districts, no Master Plan containing fewer than 100 residential lots may include more than 35 percent Small Residential Lots.
d. In the R-2 and MU-A zone districts, a Master Plan containing 100 residential lots or more may include up to 50 percent Small Residential Lots subject to all of the following standards:
i. No more than 35 percent of the total number of lots in the Master Plan may be front-loaded Small Residential Lots.
ii. No more than 60 percent of the total number of lots in the Master Plan may be a single type as described in Section 146-4.2.3.A.8.
iii. A minimum of 40 percent of the total number of lots in the Master Plan must meet or exceed the standards for minimum lot width and minimum lot area for “single-family detached dwelling, standard” shown in Table 4.2-2.
iv. If a Master Plan includes 200 lots or more, a minimum 10 percent of the total number of lots must be lots with at least 60 feet of lot frontage and 6,000 square feet of lot area.
4. Minimum Residential Building Setbacks.
Table 4.2-6 Minimum Building Setbacks for Small Residential Lot Development in Subarea C | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Front-loaded Residential Product | Front [1] | Side | Rear |
Dwelling, single-family detached, standard | House = 15 ft. Garage = 20 ft. | 5 ft. or building code | 10 ft. |
Dwelling, single-family detached, small | House = 10 ft. Garage = 18 ft. | ||
Dwelling, two-family (duplex) | |||
Alternate-Loaded Residential Product | |||
Dwelling, single-family detached | House = 10 ft. Porch = 5 ft. | 5 ft. or building code | Alley-Loaded = 3 ft. Green Court or Motor Court = per Section 146-4.2.3 |
Dwelling, two family (duplex) | Alley-Loaded = 3 ft. | ||
Dwelling, single-family attached dwelling, only alley loaded product permitted | End walls = 10 ft. Interior walls = 0 ft. | 3 ft. | |
Notes: [1] Porches and stoops with a front setback of less than 10 ft. may not have a roof element or associated structure taller than a single story. The 5 ft. porch setback shall be increased if necessary to accommodate utility infrastructure or required landscaping. | |||
5. Required Open Space. The following standards apply to all development of Small Residential Lots unless the Green Court Dwelling standards of Section 146-4.2.3.C or the Motor Court Dwelling Standards of Section 146-4.2.3.E provide a different standard.
a. Private Open Space.
i. Each Small Residential Lot shall incorporate a private, usable outdoor space or spaces with direct access to the dwelling unit on the lot.
ii. The required private, usable outdoor space shall contain at least 180 square feet of area and have minimum length and width dimensions of 10 feet.
iii. If the required private, usable outdoor space is provided in more than one space on the lot, the total of all spaces must contain at least 200 square feet and each space must have minimum length and width dimensions of 10 feet; and shall be marked for private use.
iv. A front yard may be counted toward this requirement if the front yard meets the minimum dimensions described in Subsections ii or iii above and the space includes a front porch, deck or similar space with minimum dimensions of six feet by eight feet.
v. Patios, porches, roof top decks and similar spaces that are not located in the front yard may be counted toward the requirements of Subsection ii or iii, provided they have minimum length and width dimensions of 10 feet.
vi. A lot with frontage on a Green Court open space complies with the requirements of Subsection i or ii.
vii. A portion of the required private, usable outdoor space may be located on an adjacent lot if an easement restricting the use of that area to the owner of the subject lot easements is obtained and recorded.
viii. Driveway and parking areas shall not be counted toward meeting the minimum private, usable open space requirement.
b. Common Open Space.
i. Each Small Residential Lot and single-family attached dwelling must be within 1,320 feet of one of the following:
(a) A park or open space as defined by the Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Department, and for which the Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Department has given credit towards parks and open space dedication requirements, which may include but is not limited to a neighborhood park, a community park, or a pocket park.
(b) Designated open space, which may include a trail corridor provided that the trail corridor has a minimum width of 50 feet.
ii. As an alternative to the requirement in Subsection i above, the applicant may provide a privately maintained recreational facility that serves the residential development (such as a pool operated by a homeowners’ association or an area designated for development under the standards applicable to the Mixed-Use Neighborhood zone district), and that is located within 1,320 feet of each Small Residential Lot.
iii. The distance requirement in Subsection i. shall be measured from the closest point, measured radially, on the residential lot and the lot or tract containing the required park or open space.
iv. A Small Residential Lot development that meet the standards for Green Court Dwellings in Section 146-4.2.3.C has satisfied this common open space requirement.
6. Architectural Standards. All developments containing Small Residential Lots, including but not limited to those organized as Green Court Dwellings or Motor Court Dwellings, shall comply with the standards in Section 146-4.8.3 (Design Standards for Single-Family Detached and Two-Family Dwellings).
7. Garage Mitigation. The following standards apply to all development of Small Residential Lots unless the Green Court Dwelling standards of Section 146-4.2.3.C or the Motor Court Dwelling Standards of Section 146-4.2.3.E provide a different standard.
a. At least 50 percent of all lots with 50 feet or more of frontage and 4,500 or more square feet of lot area shall contain Alternate-Loaded Residential Product or have garages recessed as described in Section 146-4.6.5.C.8.a.ii.
b. At least 75 percent of lots with less than 50 feet of frontage or less than 4,500 square feet of lot area shall contain Alternate-Loaded Residential Product or must have garages recessed as described in Section 146-4.6.5.C.8.a.ii.
c. The homes that are not Alternate-Loaded Residential Product shall be distributed in groupings throughout a Master Plan or Site Plan.
8. Product Mix.
a. Each Master Plan being developed with Small Residential Lots pursuant to this Section 146-4.2.3.A shall meet the following standards for product mix, using those Lot/Housing Types defined in Subsection b. below.
Table 4.2-7 Required Product Mix in Developments with Small Residential Lots | |
|---|---|
Developments in R-1 District and Developments in R-2 and MU-A Districts with 35 Percent or Fewer Small Residential Lots | |
Number of Dwelling Units | Minimum Number of Lot/Housing Types |
Less than 200 dwelling units | No minimum requirement |
200-399 dwelling units | 2 Lot/Housing Types |
400-799 dwelling units | 3 Lot/Housing Types |
800 or more dwelling units | 4 Lot/Housing Types |
Developments in R-2 and MU-A Districts with More than 35 Percent Small Residential Lots | |
Number of Dwelling Units | Minimum Number of Lot/Housing Types |
Less than 100 dwelling units | No minimum requirement |
100-199 dwelling units | 3 Lot/Housing Types |
200 or more dwelling units | 4 Lot/Housing Types |
b. Definition of Lot/Housing Types. For purposes of applying the requirements in Subsection a. above, the following Lot/Housing Types are defined.
Table 4.2-8 Lot/Housing Types for Developments with Small Residential Lots | |
|---|---|
1. | Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of 70 ft. or more |
2. | Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of at least 60 ft. but less than 70 ft. |
3. | Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of at least 50 ft. but less than 60 ft. |
4. | Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with less than 50 ft. of frontage |
5. | Dwelling, single-family detached -- alley loaded |
6. | Dwelling, single-family Green Court or Motor Court, with at least 35 ft. of frontage |
7. | Dwelling, single-family Green Court or Motor Court, with less than 35 ft. of frontage |
8. | Dwelling, two-family (duplex) |
9. | Dwelling, single-family attached (townhouse) |
10. | Dwelling, multifamily |
9. Other Standards on Layout and Connectivity Continue to Apply. Except as modified by this Section 146-4.2.3.A, the provisions of Sections 146-4.3.9 (Block Dimensions), 146-4.3.10 (Lot Design and Layout),146-4.3.11(Streets and Alleys), 146-4.3.12 (Sidewalks, Trails, and Bicycle Paths), 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity), and 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management) apply to residential developments under Sections 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards), 146-4.2.3.C (Green Court Dwellings), 146-4.2.3.D (Loop Lane Dwellings) and 146-4.2.3.E (Motor Court Dwellings).
B. Subarea C Flexible Residential Lot Option.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the Flexible Residential Lot Option is to offer additional flexibility for the creation of diverse residential housing types in with supporting non-residential uses in Subarea C, beyond that flexibility provided by Sections 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards), 146-4.2.3.C (Green Court Dwellings), and 146-4.2.3.E (Motor Court Dwellings), by removing minimum lot size standards for residential lots in return for compliance with the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.B and those purposes and standards in the Subarea C Flexible Residential Lot Handbook.
2. Applicability.
a. In Subarea C, undeveloped land zoned R-1, R-2, or MU-A may be subdivided and developed as described in this Section 146-4.2.3.B (Subarea C Flexible Residential Lot Option), provided the application complies with the following additional standards.
b. The Flexible Residential Lot Option is not available within any Master Plan that has been developed using the standards in Section 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards) or land that has been redesignated by the applicant for development pursuant to the standards for MU-N or MU-C development pursuant to Section 146-5.4.3.I (Administrative Activity Center Designation).
c. If there is a conflict between the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.B and the lot dimension, size, and layout standards that would otherwise apply in Subsection C the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.B shall apply.
d. Developments approved pursuant to the E-470 Sustainable Urban Neighborhoods (SUN) standards in effect prior to the Effective Date shall be deemed to have been approved pursuant to this Section 146-4.2.3.B, and shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Section provided development is in compliance with the conditions of the SUN approval.
3. Standards. All development shall comply with the following standards:
a. Contiguous Area and Maximum Density.
i. The Flexible Residential Lot Option area shall include no less than 75 contiguous acres, and no more than 200 contiguous acres.
ii. The overall density of any area approved under the Flexible Residential Lot Option shall not exceed 12 dwelling units per acre.
b. Compliance with Flexible Residential Lot Option Handbook.
i. All development shall comply with all standards and guidelines in the Flexible Residential Lot Handbook to the maximum extent practicable and consistent with the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.B and this UDO, as determined by the Planning Director. This includes but is not limited to compliance with standards and guidelines related to:
(a) Required mix of land uses;
(b) Required mix of lot types;
(c) Requirements for alley-loaded access to parking areas for some lot types;
(d) Dimensional standards;
(e) The required pattern book for the development; and
(f) Additional standards.
ii. If the Flexible Residential Lot Handbook does not provide an alternative standard, all the development shall comply with the standards otherwise applicable to land located in the underlying R-1, R-2, or MU-A zone district in Subarea C, as applicable, as determined by the Planning Director.
4. Procedure for Approval. Applications for approval under this Section 146-4.2.3.B shall be reviewed under the Master Plan procedure in Section 146-5.4.1.E or the Major Subdivision procedure in Section 146-5.4.2.A, as applicable.
C. Green Court Dwellings.
1. The following standards apply to all Green Court Dwelling developments, regardless of whether they are included in a development containing Small Residential Lots.
a. Purpose. The Green Court option is intended to contribute to a mix of housing types and land uses by permitting more flexible arrangements of buildings and open spaces. Green Court Dwelling developments are an arrangement of single-family residential products around a common open space area intended for use by residents and guests. Typically, Green Court Dwelling lots are smaller than average lots because they share a common space within a higher density format and are oriented perpendicular to a street. Green Court Dwellings and adjacent housing shall demonstrate quality design, provide open space that is accessible and usable by residents, and be designed to encourage resident interaction. Green Court Dwelling developments within a neighborhood should have a variety of home elevations, styles, and Green Court designs. Green Court Dwellings may also be located within blocks that include other nongreen Court housing products. A north-south orientation for Green Court open spaces is also encouraged. The location and design of Green Court Dwellings should not negatively impact street frontage by creating extended lengths of side facing buildings or result in garages or the rear façades of buildings facing a street.
b. Standards. Green Court Dwelling developments shall comply with the following standards.
i. Only single-family detached, two-family (duplex) or attached dwellings are permitted in a Green Court Dwelling development.
ii. The minimum Green Court open space width shall comply with one of the following standards:
(a) A standard Green Court open space must have a minimum width of 30 feet or the height of the tallest residential building facing the Green Court open space, whichever is greater; or
(b) A variable width Green Court open space must have the minimum width described in Subsection b.i above for at least 75 percent of its length, and no portion of the remainder that is fronted by one- or two-story dwelling units is less than 15 feet in width and no portion of the remainder that is fronted by three-story dwelling units is less than 25 feet in width;

Figure 4.2-1: Green Courts
iii. If no more than six dwelling units face the Green Court open space, and none of the dwelling units are more than three stories in height, the Director may approve a maximum of one Green Court open space within each platted block with a minimum width of 20 feet for any portion fronted by one- or two-story dwelling units and a minimum width of 30 feet for any portion that is fronted by three-story dwelling units.
iv. The Green Court open space width is calculated by measuring from the narrowest dimension of front building face to front building face. For the purposes of establishing the minimum Green Court open space width, building height is measured to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof or the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the peak of a gable, pitched or hip roof.
v. In Subareas A and B, no more than 14 dwelling units may face the same Green Court open space.
vi. In Subareas C, no more than 14 dwelling units may face the same Green Court open space, except that the number of units facing a Green Court open space may be increased to 24 dwelling units, if both ends of the Green Court open space have frontage on a public street and the design is approved by the Department of Public Works, Life Safety. The length of the Green Court open space shall not exceed 360 feet in length measured from any public or private street or access drive (refer to graphic below).
vii. Each Green Court Dwelling development shall have direct frontage on and pedestrian access to a street that includes on-street parking and sidewalks on both sides.
viii. Both end units of each group of attached Green Court Dwellings shall abut a public or private street or alley, without intervening common open space between the side wall of the end unit and the right-of-way of the private or public street or alley, except as provided in Subsection ix below.
ix. Green Courts not meeting the standard Subsection viii shall be approved by the Planning Director in the circumstances listed in this Subsection ix:
(a) Perimeter Conditions. Along arterial streets, major utility corridors, major drainage facilities, or other similar facilities that preclude street connectivity; provided, that:
(i) The maximum continuous frontage of Green Courts Dwellings along an arterial or major drainage facility is limited to 700 feet; and
(ii) The continuous frontage of Green Courts Dwellings must be separated from other continuous frontages of Green Courts Dwellings by a pocket park tract of at least 60 feet in width, or by a street connection.
(iii) Not more than two continuous frontages meeting the standards in Subsections i and ii above are allowed on a single perimeter condition that limits street connectivity.
(b) Infill. For infill development and infill development parcels where existing development precludes street connectivity; provided, that:
(i) No more than 25 percent of the groups of attached Green Court Dwellings, or no more than two of the groups of attached Green Court Dwellings, whichever is greater, do not comply with Subsection viii above; or
(ii) Up to three contiguous groups of attached Green Court Dwellings and related Green Court open spaces may not comply with Subsection viii above if they are separated from other groups of attached Green Court Dwellings and related open spaces by another non-Green Court Dwelling land use allowed in Table 3.2-1, or by a street connection. For the purposes of this Subsection viii, contiguous shall mean sharing a property boundary, alley, or common driveway or other non-buildable parcel.
(c) Additional Standards. All exceptions shall comply with the following standards:
(i) No group of attached Green Court Dwellings may include more than five dwellings on each side of the Green Court open space; and
(ii) In addition to the number of parking spaces required for each Green Court Dwelling by Section 146-4.6 (Parking, Loading, and Stacking), the Green Court development must provide guest parking for motor vehicles at the rate of one-half parking space per Green Court Dwelling. Required guest parking must be located within 200 feet of the front entrance of the dwelling it serves and must be located (a) on a public or private street, or (b) in a parking lot or garage abutting and visible from a public or private street.
x. At least 50 percent of the Green Court open space area shall be landscaped and shall be designed to accommodate foot traffic and play areas. Sidewalks should be located to accommodate pedestrian access while maximizing use of the Green Court open space. Trees are allowed in open areas but should be located along the perimeter and typically be canopy tree species to allow usable space under the tree canopy.
xi. All Green Court Dwellings shall have front entry features (porches or stoops) fronting on a Green Court open space or a street. If porches are provided to meet this requirement, they shall be a minimum 45 square feet in area and a minimum of five feet wide in the narrowest porch dimension. Porches and stoops facing the Green Court open space may extend up to five feet beyond the building façade provided that no roof or associated structure exceeds one story in height.
xii. Above grade utility, cable, telecommunication infrastructure or similar improvements should be located outside of the central Green Court open space area.
xiii. Maintenance and management of common areas shall be provided by a homeowners’ association or other similar entity.
xiv. All standards in Section 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity) apply to Green Courts Dwellings.
D. Loop Lane Dwellings. Within residential zoning districts, up to 10 single-family dwellings may share access to a public street through the use of a Loop Lane; provided, that the following conditions are met:
1. The surface of the Loop Lane shall be at least 23 feet wide to accommodate two-way vehicle circulation.
2. No portion of the Loop Lane shall extend more than 250 feet from the public street to which it gives access.
3. The common area surrounded by the Loop Lane shall be at least 60 feet wide.
4. Each lot fronting on a noncurved section of the Loop Lane shall have a minimum lot width of 50 feet at the front lot line; each lot fronting on a curved section of the Loop Lane shall have a minimum lot width of 30 feet at the front lot line.
5. The Loop Lane shall be surfaced with concrete. Both the Loop Lane and the common area surrounded by the Loop Lane shall be dedicated to a homeowners’ association with responsibility for maintaining the Loop Lane and the common area. The homeowners’ association shall have the power to enforce payment of dues from individual homeowners in order to maintain the Loop Lane and common area. The homeowners’ association shall be created and the Loop Lane and common area shall be dedicated to the association before a certificate of occupancy shall be issued for any dwelling unit in the Loop Lane Dwelling development.
6. Individual driveways leading from the Loop Lane to each home shall be at least 18 feet long, as measured between the front of the garage or carport and the closest edge of the Loop Lane.
7. The design of the Loop Lane shall permit a passenger vehicle to back out of an individual driveway and turn 90 degrees in either direction without any portion of the vehicle: (a) leaving the individual driveway from which the vehicle is exiting or the Loop Lane, or (b) entering on or over the individual driveways of any other residence. The ASHTO turning template for a "P" design vehicle shall be used to confirm that these standards are met.
8. The Loop Lane Dwelling development shall comply with off-street parking requirements applicable to single-family dwellings and shall provide one guest parking space per dwelling unit with a minimum of one such space located within 125 feet of each dwelling unit. Such parking may be located on the abutting public street, as head-in parking in the common area, or as parallel spaces on individual lots. On-street parking on the Loop Lane shall be prohibited.
9. Each Loop Lane extending longer than 100 feet from the public street shall have a fire hydrant adjacent to the shared driveway at a point determined by the Fire Department.

Figure 4.2-2: Loop Lane
E. Motor Court Dwellings.
1. The following standards apply to all Motor Court Dwelling developments, regardless of whether they are included in a development containing Small Residential Lots.
a. Purpose. Motor-courts are an arrangement of single-family detached housing units on very small lots sharing a common, private access drive. A motor-court is intended to contribute to a mix of housing types and land uses by permitting more flexible arrangements of building and open spaces. Motor-courts include relatively small amounts of outdoor private space, and contiguous groupings of these motor-courts are limited unless mitigated with additional outdoor space.
b. Standards. Motor Court Dwelling developments shall comply with the following standards:
i. This use is not permitted in the R-3 and R-4 zone districts in Subareas A and B.
ii. Only single-family detached and two-family (duplex) dwelling units are permitted in a Motor Court Dwelling development.
iii. No more than six single-family detached dwelling units or eight two-family dwelling units may obtain access from a public street through a shared drivelane in a Motor Court Dwelling development.
iv. The minimum lot size of each lot is 2,500 square feet.
v. The minimum lot width of each lot is 50 feet, as measured at the centerline of the private, shared drivelane.
vi. If four or fewer dwellings obtain access from the shared drivelane, the minimum width of the drivelane is 16 feet, and the drivelane must be posted with “no parking – tow away zone” signs to ensure homeowner access and fire department hose pull activity.
vii. If five or more dwellings obtain access from the shared drivelane, the minimum width of the drivelane is 23 feet.
viii. Dwellings on lots abutting a public or private street shall have front doors facing that street, and any fence between the dwelling and the street shall comply with the requirements of Section 146-4.7.9.L (Fences and Walls in Residential Developments).
ix. All garages shall receive access from the shared drivelane and not onto a private or public street.
x. The front, side and rear setbacks of a Motor Court Dwelling development shall be measured from the outer lot lines of the Motor Court Dwelling development, and shall not apply to individual lots within the development. The front setback shall be the lot line adjacent to the street, rear is opposite the street and sides are perpendicular to the street.
xi. The front setback for homes on lots abutting a public or private street shall be 10 feet for the house and five feet for a porch facing the street. The five-foot setback shall be increased if necessary to accommodate utilities, required landscaping, or other City regulations.
xii. For those lots abutting the rear property line, the minimum setback from the rear property line is 10 feet. For those lots abutting the side property lines, the minimum setback from the side property lines is five feet.
xiii. The minimum separation between dwellings is 10 feet, and the minimum separation between garage doors on adjacent dwellings is 30 feet.
xiv. If a wall or fence is provided along the rear property line, the provisions of Section 146-4.7.5.D.8.b shall apply.
xv. Each Motor Court Dwelling development containing five or more dwellings shall include at least two guest parking spaces.
xvi. Motor Court Dwelling developments shall be organized as shown, and shall comply with the building location, setback, and separation standards shown, on the figure below.

Figure 4.2-3: Motor Courts
F. Accessory Buildings for Residential Uses. The following standards apply to accessory buildings for all residential zone uses unless a different standard is required for a particular type of accessory building by Section 146-3.3 (Use-Specific Standards).
1. Larger than 120 Square Feet. Accessory buildings in residential districts larger than 120 square feet shall:
a. Be constructed within the rear yard only;
b. Not occupy more than 50 percent of the total rear yard;
c. Not exceed 450 square feet or 50 percent of the gross floor area of the principal building, whichever is greater;
d. Not exceed the height of the principal building or 20 feet;
e. Be set back from each side property line a minimum of five feet;
f. Be set back from each rear property line a minimum of:
i. Three feet from each alley;
ii. Five feet from each rear property line;
g. Not be approved if they encroach over an easement on or near a property line, unless the applicant has obtained authorization for such encroachment from the easement holder;
h. Have exterior design, colors, roof pitch, and building materials, similar to the principal building; and
i. Shall not be clad in:
i. Unpainted or galvanized metal or T-1-11, or materials of similar appearance; or
ii. Plywood or materials of similar appearance and durability.

2. Smaller than 120 Square Feet. Buildings that are accessory to residential uses and that are equal to or smaller than 120 square feet in floor area may be placed within the required side and rear setbacks but must be set back a minimum of three feet from all property lines. Accessory buildings meeting this requirement are exempt from the fire safety construction standards of the International Building Code (IBC).
3. Carports and Garages. Carports and private residential garages detached from the principal building requiring a building permit shall:
a. Be constructed within the rear or side yard;
b. Meet the side setback requirements and the rear setbacks required by Subsection 1.f above; and
c. Have exterior materials and colors similar in appearance to the principal building.
G. Accessory Buildings for all Non-residential Primary Uses Except Industrial Uses.
1. An accessory structure shall not be located within a required setback.
2. The height of the accessory structure shall not exceed the height of the primary building on the lot or 24 feet, whichever is less.
3. Accessory buildings shall be screened from private common space, public rights-of-way, parks, open spaces, and residential uses by landscaping, berms, and/or architecturally compatible walls that comply with the standards in Section 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management).
4. In a Mixed-Use district accessory buildings shall be constructed with materials and building forms similar to the primary building on the site.
5. In a Special Purpose district accessory buildings shall be constructed with materials and building forms compatible with the surrounding non-residential area.
6. Accessory buildings for agricultural uses shall:
a. Be constructed within the rear or side yard;
b. Meet the side and rear setback requirements in paragraph 1.e above;
c. Not exceed 25 percent of the lot area;
d. Have exterior design, colors, roof pitch, and building materials similar to the principal building; and
e. Shall not be clad in:
i. Unpainted or galvanized metal or T-1-11, or materials of similar appearance; or
ii. Plywood or materials of similar appearance and durability.
H. Accessory Buildings for Industrial Uses. All buildings on a lot containing a primary use listed in Table 3.2-1 as an industrial use are considered principal buildings, and shall meet all standards applicable to principal buildings.
I. Sight Triangle Required.
1. Sight Triangle Area. The sight triangle distance for street intersections is defined in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual.
2. Obstruction Prohibited. No person shall place or maintain any structures, fences, landscaping, or any other objects within any sight triangle that obscures sight visibility above the sight triangle area for more than six horizontal inches between a height of 26 inches and 96 inches above the roadway surface. Trees with an expected mature Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) of six inches or less may be planted and maintained within the sight triangle area if all branches are trimmed to maintain a clear vision for a vertical height of 96 inches above the roadway surface.

Figure 4.2-4: Visibility in Sight Triangle
J. Reverse Setbacks from Oil and Gas Facility. The minimum setback for a residential use from an oil or gas facility, measured from the lot line of the residential lot shall be 150 feet provided a sign is not less than four square feet in area is posted at the line of a lot that is within 350 feet of an oil and gas facility that states: “THERE IS AN OIL AND GAS FACILITY WITHIN 350 FEET OF THIS LOT.”
K. Plugged Wells, Flowlines, and Reserve Pits.
1. Intent and Authority. This subsection is enacted to protect public health, safety, welfare, the environment, and wildlife resources. This subsection is authorized pursuant to the land use authority of the City.
2. Applicability. This subsection applies to certain plugged oil and gas wells (plugged well), flowlines, and reserve pits, as those terms are defined in the City Code of Aurora at Section 135-1(f)(2), located within a planned, or active development in the City of Aurora.
3. Locating and Assessing Plugged Wells.
a. Prior to the submittal of a final plat or site-specific development plan, each plugged well shall be physically located (through excavation if necessary) and surveyed.
b. The surveyed location of the plugged well shall be depicted on all site development plans and the final plat map.
c. Prior to the submittal of a final plat or site-specific development plan, and prior to the issuance of a grading or building permit for a property containing a plugged well, the applicant shall require a registered engineer to review the history of each plugged well on and within 100 feet of the property and assess the current status, to determine whether the well was properly plugged and abandoned according to the most recent Colorado Energy and Carbon Management Commission (ECMC) regulations.
d. The applicant shall submit to the City acceptable verification that the plugged well was remediated of hydrocarbon contamination to background levels or shall work with the City to ensure remediation of hydrocarbons, if necessary, to a level acceptable to the City.
4. Locating and Assessing Reserve Pits. Prior to issuance of a grading permit within a development containing a known reserve pit, the reserve pit shall be tested for expansive soils and the results submitted to the City. Reserve pits containing expansive soils in locations proposed for buildings shall be subject to the provisions of City Code or other City regulations.
5. Locating and Assessing Abandoned Flowline. Prior to issuance of a grading permit within a development containing a flowline, the history and condition of the flowline shall be assessed. If the flowline was properly abandoned according to ECMC rules, and if the flowline will not conflict with the planned construction, it may be left in place. If the flowline is removed, the fluids within the flowline shall be recovered and properly disposed of. Any fluid loss as a result of removing the flowline shall be reported to the City and shall be remediated at the City’s direction, in compliance with current ECMC rules.
6. Establishing a Plugged Well Setback Area.
a. A site plan that contains a plugged well shall delineate a setback area around the plugged well on the site plan as defined herein, and the developer shall grant a permanent easement to the City allowing City staff or City-authorized contractors to enter the setback area at reasonable times to assess the plugged well and surrounding soils.
b. The setback area shall be a minimum of 22,500 square feet (equal to an area 150 feet by 150 feet) in size.
c. The minimum dimension of the setback area shall be 100 feet in any direction.
d. There shall be access for ingress and egress to the setback area of a width of not less than 24 feet to allow for the passage of equipment to access, maintain, and repair the plugged well or related abandoned oil and gas facilities, as defined in Chapter 135-1(f)(2) of the Aurora City Code. This access requirement can be satisfied by locating the setback area adjacent to a public road, trail, or other similar open space.
e. When multiple plugged wells are in close proximity, the setback area shall be allowed to overlap around each well.
f. If the setback area is within the boundaries of a site plan, the land within the setback area shall be credited toward park and open space land dedication requirements, if the area is in conformance with the PROS Dedication and Development Criteria Manual. The property must be deeded to, owned, and maintained by a noncity entity and available for public use. Title to the underlying property encumbered by a setback area is prohibited from being dedicated to the City as City-owned and maintained parks and open space, unless the City specifically requests such.
7. Restrictions Applicable to the Plugged Well Setback Area Established in Subsection (k)(6) of This Section.
a. No permanent structures shall be constructed in the setback area. The provision does not restrict such things as playground equipment, etc.
b. In no case shall a new building be located or constructed within 50 feet of a plugged well.
c. In no case shall a residential building unit, school, or hospital be constructed within 100 feet of a plugged well.
d. There shall be no above-ground utility facilities, public or private, installed within 25 feet of a plugged well.
e. There shall be no underground utility facilities, public or private, installed within 25 feet of a plugged well unless the City Engineer approves the installation.
8. Variances to Plugged Well Setback Area Requirements. Upon request by the applicant, the Director of the Planning and Business Development Department may approve, at the Director’s sole discretion, a site-specific change in the size or shape of a setback area so long as the setback area remains sufficient to allow necessary equipment to access and replug the well if necessary in the future. All variances must remain protective of public health, safety, welfare, the environment, and wildlife resources.
9. Exemption for Existing Structures. If a structure has already been constructed on the date of implementation of this subsection, then that structure shall be exempted from the requirements of this subsection regardless of the proximity to a plugged well.
10. Nonemergency Plugged Well Replugging Notice. If, based on the City’s assessment of a plugged well, the City determines that a plugged well must be replugged in order to protect human health and the environment, the City will notify the property owner in writing. The City will also notify ECMC of the conditions of the plugged well. The City will include the basis for the determination, the specific action items that must be completed, and a date certain for completion of the work. The City will work with the property owner on compliance in a reasonable manner. Failure to comply with the City’s determination notice may result in the City initiating appropriate action to address the noncompliance.
11. Emergency Plugged Well Access. In the event of an emergency resulting in an immediate threat to human health, property, or the environment, the City, State, or authorized contractor, may, without obtaining prior approval from the property owner, enter the setback area to conduct whatever actions are necessary to abate such emergency situation. Examples of an emergency situation include, but are not limited to, uncontrolled hydrocarbons or gas emissions escaping the plugged well, significant and ongoing soil contamination from the plugged well, and other similar exceptional situations. (Ord. No. 2025-68 § 2, 08-25-2025; Ord. No. 2025-09 §§ 1, 2, 02-10-2025; Ord. No. 2022-17 § 7, 04-25-2022; Ord. No. 2020-37 § 14, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Table of Exceptions and Encroachments. The following table identifies permitted exceptions and encroachments into required yard areas and height limits.
Table 4.2-10 Exceptions and Encroachments | |
|---|---|
Structure or Feature | Conditions or Limits |
Encroachments into Required Yard Areas | |
Accessory solar collector | Exempt from side and rear setbacks except where prohibited by building code. Not permitted in required front setbacks. |
Accessory structures | See Section 146-4.2.3.F and 4.2.3.G |
Accessory wind energy system | Exempt from side and rear setbacks except where prohibited by building code. Not permitted in required front setbacks. |
Masonry ledges, window sills, belt courses, chimneys, fireplaces, cantilevers, architectural features, cornices, eaves, and roof overhangs | May extend two feet into a required setback. |
Fencing, landscaping, walkways and stairways, landings associated with stairways, handicap ramps, and railings, | Exempt from setback and yard requirements. |
Little library book exchange boxes | Exempt from front yard setbacks in Residential zone districts, provided the portion of the yard occupied by the box does not exceed two square feet. |
One-story unenclosed porches, patios, and decks (30 inches or less in height above grade) | May extend eight feet into required front yard setback and may extend into required rear yard setback. |
One-story unenclosed porches, patios, and decks (greater than 30 inches in height above grade) | May extend into the rear yard setback up to 10 feet from the rear lot line. |
Open fire escapes in Subarea A and where already existing on the Effective Date. | May extend up to four feet into any required setback. |
Port cochere, carport, or canopy if every part is unenclosed except for necessary structural supports | May extend into side setbacks, but no closer than 5 feet to any side lot line. |
Raised garden beds no more than three feet in height | Exempt from setback requirements. |
Exceptions to Building Height Limits | |
Places of worship towers and spires, belfries, cupolas, domes not used for human occupancy, chimneys, ventilators, skylights, water tanks, bulkheads, similar features and necessary mechanical appurtenances usually carried above the roof level | Exempt from height limit. |
Structures built to support, shelter, or enclose emergency warning sirens, communication antennae, or other public safety devices operated by government agencies. Requirements for telecom facilities are included in Section 146-3.3.5.JJ. | Exempt from height limit. |
Ham radio antenna or television antenna | Permitted height shall be 45 feet measured from finished grade, only permitted in rear yard, and must comply with all required setbacks. |
Accessory wind energy system | Permitted height shall be 10 feet above the height limit for primary structures. |
Accessory rooftop solar collectors | May extend up to 18 inches above the height limit for primary structures. |
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Unless otherwise expressly stated in this Section 146-4.3, or in a valid, approved development agreement or annexation agreement, review and approval of a subdivision plat shall be required whenever any lot, tract or land parcel is created or divided into two or more lots, tracts, parcels or other land divisions for the purpose of sale or development.
B. The standards in Sections 146-4.3.5 (Avoidance of Sensitive Areas), 146-4.3.6 (No Grading before Storm water Quality Permit), 146-4.3.8 (Through-Connectivity), 146-4.3.9 (Block Dimensions), 146-4.3.10 (Lot Design and Layout), 146-4.3.11 (Streets and Alleys), 146-4.3.12 (Sidewalks, Trails, and Bicycle Paths),146-4.3.13 (Access Safety), 146-4.3.14 (Utility Easements), 146-4.3.15 (Improvements Required), and 146-4.3.16 (Responsibility for Improvement Costs) may also apply to a Master Plan that does not involve the subdivision of land if the Planning Director determines that the proposed Master Plan development will create impacts similar to a subdivision of land.
C. Exceptions.
1. Review and approval of a subdivision plat shall not be required for any of the following:
a. Dedication, acquisition, or condemnation of land for right-of-way or other public use, or conveyances relating to the vacation of land designated for public rights-of-way or public use;
b. A correction of a legal description in a prior conveyance;
c. The sale or transfer of a tract of land for which approval of a subdivision plat will be required prior to any development of the property;
d. Any transfer of land required by law;
e. Lease of property;
f. Division of property that occurred prior to August 1, 1980;
g. Division of land created by lien, mortgage, deed of trust or any other security interest;
h. Division of land ordered by a court;
i. Division of land for sale as part of an approved cemetery; or
j. A bona fide division or portion of agricultural land for agricultural use or related purposes.
2. An exception from the requirement to obtain a subdivision plat approval pursuant to this Subsection 146-4.3.1.c does not authorize any development without compliance with all other applicable provisions of this UDO. (Ord. No. 2020-01, 03-25-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The purpose of this Section 146-4.3 is to ensure that each subdivision of land:
A. Establishes an interconnected logical framework comprised of the streets, utilities, parks and lots that are created in a manner that allows for any development or redevelopment with a defined system of streets, blocks, and lots that front either public or private streets, or alternative layouts as defined within Section 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity);
B. Ensures that all development is served by necessary infrastructure services, including utilities, transportation, storm drainage, public safety, parks and open space and community facilities;
C. Promotes good civic design and arrangement that improves, the layout, form, and relationship between sites, buildings, lots, natural features, parks and open space and rights-of-way;
D. Avoids premature division of land that by its permanence may negatively impact the long-term development patterns or adjacent land areas;
E. Encourages the most efficient development of land by analyzing adjacencies and identifying both on and off-site infrastructure improvements;
F. Ensures that each parcel of land sold for development has sufficient size, shape, and utilities with access to public streets to function for its intended purpose;
G. Provides healthy options for physical activity and clearly defines multi-modal connections for economic and employment viability; and
H. Promotes human health, economic vitality, safety, and welfare of the community both within larger developments and on individual lots through the careful organization of land, infrastructure, parks and open space that respect and are integrated into their context. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The design of each subdivision shall comply with, and shall include only lots, tracts, and infrastructure improvements that comply with:
A. The Comprehensive Plan and all other adopted plans and policies of the City Council;
B. The requirements of the zone district (and overlay district(s), if any) in which the property is located;
C. All provisions of this UDO applicable to the type of development proposed in that zone district including without limitation the provisions of Sections 146-4.4 (Neighborhood Protection Standards), 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity), 146-4.6 (Parking, Loading, and Stacking), and 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management);
D. The Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual, the Aurora Public Improvements Rules and Regulations Regarding Standards, the Aurora Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual, and the regulations of the Urban Drainage and Flood Control District; and
E. All requirements of any Master Plan or Site Plan approved for the property. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The procedures for review and approval of applications for subdivision of land, and for modifications of prior subdivisions of land, are in Section 146-5.4.2 (Subdivision of Land), and include without limitation procedures for the following:
A. Initial Subdivision of Land (Section 146-5.4.2.A);
1. Neighborhood Plan (Section 146-5.4.2.A.2.a);
2. Final Plat (Section 146-5.4.2.A.2.b).
B. Revisions and Changes to Adopted Subdivisions Plats (Section 146-5.4.2.B);
1. Minor Plat Amendments (Section 146-5.4.2.B.1);
2. Vacation of Plat without Established Streets (Section 146-5.4.2.B.2);
3. Vacation of Established Streets (Section 146-5.4.2.B.3); and
4. Other Changes to Approved Final Plats (Section 146-5.4.2.B.4).
C. Other general procedures used by the City, including but not limited to procedures for the review and approval of public right-of-way encroachment or license agreements and for the review and approval of fire and access easements, may apply to the subdivision of land or the modification of an approved subdivision of land. (Ord. No. 2025-36 § 1, 04-07-2025; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. Protect and preserve significant natural features, resources, and sensitive areas to minimize the impacts of development on the environment and create more distinctive neighborhoods and mixed-use areas. Such features shall be used as amenities to enhance the value of development.
B. Standards. The following standards apply in Subareas B and C.
1. Subdivisions shall be organized to protect, appropriately use, or enhance the following types of natural resources and features, by including such areas in private common space and dedicated public park land and open space areas, by requiring construction in these areas to avoid sensitive land features to the maximum extent practicable, or by mitigating the impacts of construction on these features to the maximum extent practicable. These features shall be connected or integrated with similar features on adjacent lands to the maximum extent practicable:
a. Water features, and bodies of water (in addition to floodplains);
b. Private common space, dedicated public park land, open space areas, trails, and greenways on or adjacent to the site;
c. Historic or archeological sites or areas that have been recognized by the City Council as significant;
d. Significant views of the Front Range or of designated open space areas as viewed from dedicated public parks and open space, from the E-470 right-of-way, or from collector or arterial streets;
e. Significant wildlife habitat, as defined by Colorado Parks and Wildlife, or a natural or open space, as designated in the Comprehensive Plan or other applicable planning document;
f. The approximate topographic form of major ridgelines and swales;
g. Natural or geologic hazard areas or soil conditions, such as unstable or potentially unstable slopes, faulting, landslides, rockfalls, or expansive soils; and
h. Other natural features such as bluffs, ridges, steep slopes, stands of mature trees, rock outcroppings, or wetlands.
2. Grading on or near major ridgelines and swales shall maintain their approximate topographic form. Significant reconstruction of major or prominent topographic features shall be avoided to the maximum extent practicable.
3. Slope conditions shall be addressed as follows:
a. Lands that show evidence of slope instability, landslides, avalanche, flooding, or other natural or manmade hazards shall not be included in platted lots. If requested by the Planning Director or Director of Public Works, based on the topography of the land, the applicant shall demonstrate that the slope's ground surface and subsurface are stable and that the proposed development will not cause instability or increase the potential for future hazards.
b. New structures shall not be built on any portion of any parcel of land that contains an existing average slope of 30 percent or more. Structures shall be exempt from this requirement if not more than10 percent of the total area of the lot is located on slopes in excess of 30 percent. Any site disturbances that remove existing vegetation from a property shall not be permitted unless a storm water quality permit for erosion control has been previously approved, as required by the Aurora City Code.
4. Potential wildlife habitat shall be protected from potential water quality impacts as follows:
a. New structures intended for human occupancy shall not be located within 100 feet of any perennial stream or any public lake, reservoir, or element of a public water supply system, unless the Director of Water determines that a smaller setback would adequately protect water quality and wildlife habitat.
b. In making the determination required in paragraph (a) of this Section, the Director of Water shall consider factors such as the proposed use of the land, the intensity of proposed human activity on the land, the types of existing vegetation on the land, the existence of wetlands or floodplains on the property, probable future water levels and habitat quality based on potential upstream development, the importance of the property to existing water supply sources and habitat networks, water quality and habitat quality improvements included in the design of the proposed development, and the existing and proposed uses of nearby lands.
c. Roads, bridges, trails, public access sites for recreation, fences, irrigation and water diversion facilities, erosion and flood control devices, underground utilities, and similarly necessary structures may be located within the required setback if the Director of Water determines that the encroachment is minimized and water quality and wildlife habitat are adequately protected.
5. All subdivisions shall be designed to avoid and/or minimize soil erosion, both during construction and at final stabilization, in accordance with the Aurora Rules and Regulations Regarding Storm water Discharges Associated with Construction Activities.
6. Avoidance of natural features identified in this Section 146-4.3.5 shall be accomplished through the inclusion of a site analysis with each Master Plan, or with each Site Plan or plat when a Master Plan is not required. The site analysis shall describe the following:
a. The location and extent of the natural features described in this Section;
b. The extent to which these features will be included in private common space and dedicated public park land and open space areas;
c. The extent to which construction of land uses and roads, utilities and other infrastructure will occur in or adjacent to these features;
d. The manner in which these features will be protected or used as amenities when construction or grading occurs in or adjacent to the features; and
e. The manner in which the impacts of construction or grading will be mitigated. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
No site grading shall occur on land included within any proposed subdivision prior to the issuance of a storm water quality permit as required by the Aurora City Code. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. To organize new development into distinct neighborhoods, no subdivision or portion of a subdivision in which more than 70 percent of the lots are occupied by a Household Living uses (as shown in Table 3.2-1) shall contain more than 160 contiguous acres unless it is separated from other adjacent residential development areas by significant natural or man-made features such as:
1. Clearly visible bluffs, rock outcroppings, or landforms that are intended to be protected and preserved as natural community assets;
2. Water features, major drainages, or designated open spaces, including greenway or trail corridors, at least 100 feet in width;
3. An arterial street meeting the requirements of the Aurora street standards; or
4. A collector street that has a landscaped median at least 14 feet in width and that complies with all other standards for a collector street as described in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual. If a street with planted median is used to define adjacent neighborhoods, the same fencing style may not be used on both sides of the street. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
All subdivisions shall comply with the requirements in Section 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity) or other similar requirements applicable at the time of preliminary subdivision plat approval, final subdivision plat approval, or plat modification. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. In Subarea A, the length and width of new blocks created through subdivision shall be within 25 percent of the typical length and width of blocks nearest adjacent subdivided land, or, if none of the adjacent land has been subdivided, shall not exceed 330 feet in width and 660 feet in length, to the maximum extent practicable in light of topographic conditions.
B. In Subareas B and C, the maximum block length and width shall be 700 feet, and the perimeter of new blocks created for residential development, measured at the curb line of adjacent streets, shall not exceed 2,800 feet, to the maximum extent practicable in light of topographic conditions.
C. In all Subareas, each block shall be bordered by public or private streets meeting the requirements of Section 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity) and with all applicable Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications, or by private common space or dedicated park land or open space at least 30 feet in width.
D. As an alternative to Subsection C above, in all Subareas, all infill residential development containing between 12 and 20 acres of land may contain at least one internal public or private street that integrates with the surrounding street network and that complies with all applicable Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Floodplains. No residential lot or parcel intended for residential or non-residential occupancy shall include any land included within the 100-year floodplain, as determined by the Floodplain Administrator or any land in the Flood Protection Overlay (-FPO) zone district pursuant to Section 146-2.6.1.
B. Access to Public Streets. All lots shall have direct or indirect access to a dedicated public or private street. Indirect access through an easement may be approved by the City for alternative lot layouts defined in this UDO, based on considerations of pedestrian, bicycle, motor vehicle, and emergency vehicle access and safety, and through connectivity.
C. Double Frontage Lots. Double frontage lots shall not be permitted adjacent to local or collector streets, and shall be avoided to the maximum extent practicable along arterial streets. Where double frontage lots cannot be avoided, buffering of back yards from those streets shall include a landscaped buffer at least 20 feet in width between the rear lot line of any residential lot and the closest edge of curbside landscaping area adjacent to the street, per Section 146-4.7.3.
D. Remainder Parcels Prohibited. No subdivision of land shall result in any remainder parcel or tract that does not otherwise meet the standards for a required open space, drainage area, buffer, or other area required by this UDO to be included in the development.
E. Street Fence Ownership and Maintenance. Where rear lot lines face an arterial street, the lots shall comply with the requirements of Section 146-4.7.9 (Fence and Wall Regulations), which are designed to prevent the creation of "fence canyons" A note reading as follows shall appear on the plat:
"All new neighborhood fences along arterial street shall be maintained by a Title 32 District or homeowners’ association and any fence replacement shall comply with the Fence and Wall Standards in Section 146-4.7.9 of the Aurora Unified Development Code.”
F. Variety of Lot Sizes.
1. The following standards apply to all subdivisions or parts of subdivisions except those that include Small Residential Lots pursuant to Section 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards).
a. Each subdivision or part of a residential subdivision that contains more than 40 gross acres but less than 160 gross acres of land shall include lots from at least two different lot size categories described in Subsection c below, and at least 10 percent of the residential lots shall be in each size category.
b. Each subdivision or part of a residential subdivision containing 160 gross acres of land or more shall include lots from all three lot size categories described in Subsection c below, and at least 10 percent of the residential lots shall be in each size category.
c. Lot Size Types.
i. Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of at least 50 feet but less than 60 feet.
ii. Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of at least 60 feet but less than 70 feet.
iii. Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of 70 feet or more.
iv. Dwelling, single-family attached, with frontage of 35 feet or more.
2. In portions of Subarea A that are not located in the R-1 zone district or the MU-OA zone district, and in portions of Subarea B that are not located in the R-1 zone district, subdivisions of land may include the following types of lots, but the inclusion of such lots shall not relieve the applicant of complying with the requirements of Table 4.2-1 and Subsection 1 above.
a. Where single-family detached residential development is permitted, up to 15 percent of the single-family detached residential lots may have a minimum lot size of 3,700 square feet; or
b. Where single-family detached residential development is permitted, up to 25 percent of the single-family detached residential lots may have a minimum lot size of 3,700 square feet; provided, that all of such lots are alley-loaded.
3. Subdivisions in Subarea C that include Small Residential Lots shall comply with provisions for lot distribution and product mix in Section 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards) instead of the standards in Subsection 1 above. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Generally. Each subdivision shall include an integrated system of streets, sidewalks, trails, and infrastructure that:
1. Provides for efficient movement of pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorists within the subdivision and to and from adjacent development;
2. Is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan, any Master Plans, or Site Plans approved for the property, and with the results of any circulation analysis;
3. Meets the requirements of Section 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity); and
4. Meets all applicable provisions of the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual with regard to curves, grades, intersections, continuity, traffic flow, terminating streets, and traffic calming.
B. Alleys. In Subarea A, subdivisions of land after the Effective Date shall include an alley meeting all applicable City specifications on the same alley alignment existing on any adjacent block, unless the Planning Director determines that installation of an alley is impracticable due to topography, utilities, fire safety, or public service considerations.
C. Medians. If any portion of a street is designed with a median, the median design shall comply with all Aurora Road Design and Construction Specifications manual, as well as with the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual, if applicable.
D. Street Name Signage and Striping. The subdivider shall install and maintain signage and striping in accordance with the provisions of the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual as determined by the Director of Public Works.
E. No Encroachment or Construction without City Approval. Structures, walls, or other permanent site features shall not be placed within any public right-of-way or easement without the prior written approval of the City. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 15, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. All properties shall provide an interconnected system of sidewalks that directly connect all lots to and within commercial centers, employment areas, designated parks and open spaces, and other uses. All lots, except those Motor Court Dwelling lots that do not abut a public street, shall include or directly abut a sidewalk.
B. All subdivisions shall contain those trails and bicycle paths shown in the Comprehensive Plan, the Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Plan and other approved planning and design studies that identify trail connectivity needs, or any previously approved development plan for the property. Such trails shall be constructed to applicable City standards.
C. Accessible routes meeting the standards of the Americans with Disabilities Act shall be provided from all building or site entries to any designated handicap parking space and to a public or private street.
D. Pedestrian and bicycle access between adjacent properties or developments shall not be impeded by controlled access gates unless the Planning Director makes a determination that those gates are necessary to protect public health and safety and will not materially discourage pedestrian or bicycle access in the area. Any approved controlled access gates must be shown on an approved Site Plan or Redevelopment Plan. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
All subdivisions shall comply with the standards in Section 146-4.2.3.I (Sight Triangle Required). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. All subdivisions shall include adequate easements to accommodate the construction, maintenance, and repair of all public streets, sidewalks, trails, water supply systems, wastewater systems, storm water management systems, and erosion control facilities, as well as for all gas, electric, and other utilities required to provide each utility to each permanent, occupied structure in the subdivision. Easements shall not be required for any land that is dedicated to and accepted by the City.
B. The construction of retaining walls and similar structures over any portion of a recorded easement may require a license from the City after a determination by the City Engineer that the structure will not interfere in the intended use of the easement.
C. All utilities shall be placed in public or private streets or alleys, and not in Green Court open spaces or other open spaces, to the maximum extent practicable.
D. No trees shall be placed in any utility easement without the approval of the easement holder. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Public Improvement Plan Requirements. Each subdivision shall submit those public improvement plans required by applicable City regulations, standards, policies, and/or manuals, at that point in the development review process required by those regulations, standards, policies, and/or manuals.
B. Standards and Specifications.
1. All public improvements shall be constructed in compliance with the standards and specifications established by this Section 146-4.3, Section 146-5.4.2 (Subdivision of Land), the Aurora City Code and adopted regulations, including all design standards and requirements in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual, the Aurora Public Utility Improvement Rules and Regulations Regarding Standards and Specifications, the Aurora Water Standards and Specifications Regarding Water, Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Infrastructure, and the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual.
2. No subdivider shall be relieved of the duty to construct public improvements for the subdivision until all public improvements are constructed, approved, and accepted by the City Engineer.
3. The subdivider shall submit plans, profiles, and specifications for the construction of all public improvements for which no specifications or standards are established by Aurora. Such plans, profiles, and specifications shall be prepared and authenticated over the seal of a professional engineer, duly licensed to practice in Colorado.
4. A subdivider may, upon City approval, construct public improvements to standards higher than the City's specifications for the design and construction of roadways established by the City Engineer. Before the City approves such higher standards, the subdivider shall submit maintenance plans relating to such public improvements.
C. Water Supply/Fire Protection. All subdivisions shall include a water supply system designed in accordance with the Aurora Public Utility Improvements Rules and Regulations Regarding Standards and Specifications. The fire/life safety representative within the building division shall determine the number and location of fire hydrants and fire lanes to be provided and installed by the subdivider.
D. Wastewater Systems. All subdivisions shall include a wastewater system designed in accordance with the City of Aurora Public Utility Improvements Rules and Regulations Regarding Standards and Specifications.
E. Storm water Management.
1. In addition to the 100-year floodplain, other lands subject to flooding or land that if developed or improved would cause improved areas within the City to be subject to flooding shall not be platted for residential occupancy or for any other use that may increase danger to health, life, or property, or aggravate the flood hazard to surrounding properties.
2. All subdivisions shall include a storm water management system designed in accordance with the City of Aurora Public Utility Improvements Rules and Regulations Regarding Standards and Specifications and the City of Aurora Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria and the Aurora Water Standards and Specifications Regarding Water, Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Infrastructure and approved Master Plans. The storm water management system shall provide adequate drainage and flood control as well as provide structural and/or nonstructural Best Management Practices for the control of storm water quality, as required by the ASDDTC and Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE).
3. The storm water management system in each subdivision shall be designed to integrate with required outdoor common areas, designated parkland and open space areas, green space, and landscaped areas as described in Section 146-4.7.6 (Site Design for Low Impact Development – (LID)), to promote the use of natural systems to manage storm water, and to reduce the cost of construction and maintenance of pipes, culverts, and other hard infrastructure, to the maximum extent practicable.
4. Drainage outfalls shall be consolidated so that they may be served by area-wide or regional ponds or storm water treatment facilities to the maximum extent practicable.
F. Other Utilities. All subdivisions shall provide those additional utilities, and shall incorporate those additional utility designs, contained in Chapter 138 of the Aurora City Code. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Generally. The subdivider shall be responsible for the costs of all streets, alleys, sidewalks, and other improvements required by this Section 146-4.3 unless the oversizing provisions of Subsections B or C below apply, or unless the subdivider has entered into an agreement approved by the City Council providing for a different allocation of costs.
B. Street Oversizing or Extensions.
1. In the event that the street construction standards of this UDO require an applicant to construct all or part of a street along property that is not part of the subdivision application (for example, along property that separates the applicant's land from a street to which a connection is required), the City will use its best efforts to assist the applicant to recover that portion of the street construction costs that represent an unearned benefit conferred upon other landowners, under the following conditions:
a. The City Engineer shall determine the allocation of benefits between property owners benefiting from an oversized road, based on an approved Traffic Impact Study submitted by the applicant addressing probable development densities and traffic generation from each property.
b. The City may use any legal mechanism to recover reimbursement from later property owners benefiting from the oversized street, including but not limited to subdivision improvements agreements, escrow of funds, conditions on plat approval, conditions on building permit issuance, conditions on any development approval or permit, the collection of fees and charges, direct reimbursement agreements between property owners, or required participation in street districts.
c. The City's obligation to use its best efforts to attempt to collect reimbursement from benefiting property owners shall terminate10 years after the acceptance of the oversized street by the City (or, in the case of a private street,10 years after the final approval of such street construction).
d. The failure or inability of the City to obtain such reimbursement from benefiting property owners within such 10-year period shall not create any legal or financial liability for the City to repay or reimburse any such sums or any alleged damages related to the failure or inability to obtain reimbursement.
2. In the event that the City constructs all or part of a street along property that has not contributed to the construction of such street, the City shall have the same authority to attempt to collect reimbursement as it would have if the street had been constructed by a private party, and shall be authorized to retain any amounts collected to reimburse itself for street construction costs incurred. However, the City shall not be required to attempt to obtain reimbursement if, in the opinion of the City Engineer, it would be inequitable, impracticable, or not in the City's best interests to do so.
C. Reimbursement for Other Improvements.
1. When any subdivider constructs or installs an extension of a water transmission line, sewer interceptor line, street, or other public improvement through intervening undeveloped property to serve the subdivider's property, the entire cost of the improvement shall be the responsibility of such subdivider.
2. The City Council is authorized to enter into agreements to reimburse any subdivider that constructs or installs a public improvement through intervening undeveloped property. Such reimbursement shall be made solely from funds collected from the owner or owners of each parcel of land that abuts the improvement at the time such parcel develops within the City. The amount of the reimbursement to be paid shall not exceed the original cost of the improvement, plus reasonable interest, as agreed to by the City and the subdivider. To defray the costs of administering the reimbursement agreement, the City shall withhold a fee not to exceed 2½ percent of the amount of the reimbursement.
3. The City's obligation to reimburse shall be subject to the creation of an Improvement Reimbursement District, the development of the intervening property, the collection of funds from the owner or owners of such property, and the appropriation of such funds by the City Council. The term of each such reimbursement agreement shall be within the sole discretion of the City Council and, in any event, shall not exceed 20 years.
4. Each subdivider that enters into a reimbursement agreement with the City shall submit a written application to the City, on a form approved by the City, for the creation of an Improvement Reimbursement District. Such application shall be in a form approved by the City Manager and shall include, at a minimum, the following information:
a. A map and legal description of the boundaries of the proposed district and the properties contained therein;
b. A list of the current owners of the properties contained in the proposed district and their last known mailing addresses;
c. Preliminary plans and specifications for the improvement or improvements to be constructed or installed by the subdivider;
d. A certified list of the costs incurred or expected to be incurred by the subdivider based upon unit quantities; and
e. The proposed share of costs to be assessed on a front foot basis to each intervening parcel of land.
5. Within 60 calendar days after receiving the subdivider's completed application regarding the creation of an Improvement Reimbursement District and the assessment of public improvement costs, intervening undeveloped properties shall be noticed and processed in compliance with the procedures in Sections 146-5.3.7 (Notice) and 146-5.3.8 (Public Hearings).
6. At the conclusion of the public hearing, the City Council may adopt an ordinance approving, conditionally approving, or denying the creation of an Improvement Reimbursement District and the assessment of public improvement costs to intervening undeveloped properties.
7. The City shall record a notice of a reimbursement obligation with the clerk and recorder of the county in which the property so obligated is located. The notice shall include a provision stating that at the time of development of the property, the City shall require the owner to pay the assessment for the described improvements at the time of issuance of a building permit.
8. In the event that the City extends public improvements, the City is authorized to receive reimbursement from intervening undeveloped properties that abut such improvements; provided that the City has followed the public hearing process consistent with the requirements of Article 146-5 (Zoning and Subdivision Procedures).
9. The City may deduct from funds collected any costs or expenses that the City has incurred in repairing, correcting, or improving any defect that the subdivider who constructed or installed such improvement failed to correct during the applicable warranty period.
10. A building permit shall not be issued for the construction of any structure on the abutting, intervening property until payment of the assessment per foot of property frontage is received by the City.
11. Nothing in this Section shall be deemed to relieve any owner of property located within an Improvement Reimbursement District of any obligation imposed upon such owner by virtue of a valid annexation agreement with the City. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Open space acreage not anticipated for use as active or developed parks shall be located on prominent high points with significant views, or along significant and interesting geological features or wooded areas, or along significant drainages to the maximum extent practicable.
B. A majority of park land acreage anticipated for use as active or developed parks shall be located on flat, well-drained terrain outside the 100-year floodplain. Required open spaces that are anticipated to serve as trail corridors shall be continuous with anticipated trail corridors on adjacent properties to the maximum extent practicable.
C. Areas designated as part of the 100-year floodplain or included in the FP-O zone district pursuant to Section 146-2.6.1 may not be counted towards required open space.
D. Park land and open space areas shall be:
1. Integrated into and throughout the development;
2. Connected with one another and with such land in adjacent development to the maximum extent practicable;
3. Connected by trails to pedestrian routes on adjacent lands and to regional and City trail systems. Open space that is anticipated to serve as a greenway and trail corridor shall be continuous with anticipated greenway and trail corridors on adjacent properties to the maximum extent practicable; and
4. Planned, designed and constructed in compliance with the standards and specifications established by this UDO, including without limitation Sections 146-4.3 (Subdivision Standards), Section 146-5.4.2 (Subdivision of Land), the Aurora City Code, and adopted regulations including all standards and requirements set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. School Lands and Fees-in-Lieu.
1. Location. Sites designated or dedicated for schools shall meet the following location standards to the maximum extent practicable:
a. Be located at the intersection of a collector and local street for elementary school and K-8 school sites, and be located at the intersection of a collector and arterial street for middle and high school sites;
b. Contain slopes of less than 10 percent and flat areas for sports fields;
c. Be centrally located for the population to be served;
d. Be compact in shape, either rectangular or square;
e. Not be located in a 100-year floodplain or in the –FPO overlay zone district;
f. Not be located near sources of loud noise, hazardous uses, or potentially offensive odors, such as those that may be emitted by gas compression facilities, landfills, marijuana-related facilities, and hemp processing, manufacturing and storage facilities; and
g. Not contain regional storm water detention facilities, wetlands, archaeological sites, significant stands of trees, or electrical transmission lines.
2. Amount Required.
a. Public land dedication shall be provided for public schools to serve the future residents of the subdivision. The dedication of such areas shall be as required by agreement between the school district and the property owner, if one has been approved for the property. The applicant shall provide a letter from the applicable school district that includes the district’s current requirements for land value per acre, student yield ratio, and acres per child.
b. If land uses have changed, or no agreement exists for the subdivision, school land dedication based upon the number of students to be generated by the land use shall be required as follows:
i. Land dedicated for schools shall be calculated based on net acreage, not counting land for streets, tracts, or pre-existing easements that would preclude use of the land.
ii. The amount of land that shall be dedicated shall equal the product of the "standard student yield ratio factor" from Table 4.3-1 multiplied by the "acre per child standard" in Table 4.3-2.
Table 4.3-1 Standard Student Yield Ratio Factor Per Dwelling Unit | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Dwelling Unit Type | Elementary | Middle | High | Total |
Single-family | .340 | .160 | .200 | .700 |
Multifamily low density | .170 | .080 | .050 | .300 |
Multifamily high density | .075 | .040 | .030 | .145 |
Table 4.3-2 Standard Acres per Child Standard | ||
|---|---|---|
School Type | Student Enrollment | Acres Per Child |
Elementary | 644 | 0.0175 |
Middle | 1,000 | 0.025 |
High | 1,800 | 0.032 |
c. Land dedication shall occur, by plat or separate document at the City’s option, at the time that the first plat is submitted to the City.
3. Other Permitted Uses of Land. If land is dedicated to the City for school purposes, and is later determined by the City to be unnecessary for school purposes, the City may put the land to use for other public facilities required to provide other public services or facilities to the residents of the development for which the land was dedicated at a level roughly proportional to those received by other residents of the City, to the extent authorized by the constitution or laws of the federal government or the State of Colorado, including without limitation the powers granted to home rule municipalities in Article XX of the Colorado constitution.
4. Cash-in-lieu of Land Dedication. At the discretion of the school district and upon mutual agreement, which cannot be unreasonably withheld by school district or City, cash-in-lieu of land may be required. Land value will be based on fair market value of zoned land with infrastructure in place as determined by an MAI (Member of the Appraisal Institute) appraisal. Cash-in-lieu payment shall be based on an appraisal that is no more than six months old and shall be made at the time of recording of the first plat.
B. Park and Open Space Land Dedication and Cash-in-Lieu.
1. Requirement. Public land shall be dedicated to provide for parks and open space to serve the future residents of the development, and address the impacts of additional residents within existing neighborhoods. The dedication of such land shall be as required by an annexation agreement, if one has been approved for the property. If land uses change from those approved at the time of annexation or no annexation agreement exists for the subdivision, park land dedication shall be required as set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual.
2. Dedication Timing. The dedication of land for parks and open space purposes shall occur, by plat or separate document at the discretion of the City, at the time that the first plat for property adjacent to such land is submitted to the City.
3. Land Dedication Standards. The amount of land dedicated for parks and open space purposes shall comply with the methodology, population-based standards, housing unit types, average household sizes, and other criteria, such as cash-in-lieu, as set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual.
4. Cash-in-Lieu of Land Dedication. Developments unable to provide the required land dedication per the standards set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual shall be required to pay a cash-in-lieu of land dedication fee. The timing of any required cash-in-lieu of land dedication payments, land value calculations and payment tracking are set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual.
5. Dedication and Development Criteria Manual. Park and open space land dedication, development and design criteria, which govern the eligibility of land and areas to receive land dedication credit, shall be as set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual.
C. Lands for Other Public Facilities. The City may require dedication of lands, or cash-in-lieu of dedication of land, for other public facilities required to the extent the demand or need for such facilities is created by the proposed development in order for the City to provide public facilities or services at a level roughly proportional to those received by other residents of the City, to the extent authorized by the constitution or laws of the federal government or the State of Colorado, including without limitation the powers granted to home rule municipalities in Article XX of the Colorado constitution. (Ord. No. 2023-40 § 1, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2020-15 § 21, 05-21-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Monuments shall be installed within subdivisions in accordance with the City of Aurora standards regulations. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
This Section includes standards to reduce potential negative impacts that may occur when non-residential development, mixed-use development, or higher-intensity multifamily Residential zone districts abut lower-intensity Residential zone districts. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
After the Effective Date, these standards of this Section 146-4.4 apply:
A. To each lot in a Mixed-Use or Special Purpose district that abuts an R-R, R-1, or R-2 district, or that abuts any lot in a PD district containing single-family detached or two-family dwelling units; and

Figure 4.4-1: Neighborhood Protection - Applicability
B. To each lot in an R-3 or R-4 district with building(s) three or more stories in height that abuts an R-R or R-1 district, or that abuts any lot in an R-2 or PD district containing single-family detached or two-family dwelling units.

Figure 4.4-2: Neighborhood Protection - Applicability
C. In this Section, lots in an R-R, R-1, or R-2 district, and lots in a PD district containing single-family detached or two-family dwelling units are referred to as “Protected Lots.” (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The maximum height of any portion of a primary structure shall not exceed 38 feet, and the maximum height of any accessory structure shall not exceed 24 feet:
A. Within 50 feet of a Protected Lot in Subarea A, or
B. Within 100 feet of a Protected Lot in Subareas B or C.

Figure 4.4-3: Neighborhood Protection – Building Height
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
All exterior lighting shall meet all standards in Section 146-4.9 (Exterior Lighting), except that:
A. The maximum height of any exterior pole mounted light or building-mounted light shall not exceed 15 feet if the light pole is located within 50 feet of a Protected Lot in Subarea A, or within 100 feet of a Protected Lot in Subareas B or C.

Figure 4.4-4: Neighborhood Protection – Outdoor Lighting
B. All exterior lighting fixtures located within 50 feet of a Protected Lot in Subarea A, or within 100 feet of a Protected Lot in Subareas B or C, shall be turned off between 11:00 pm and 7:00 am unless necessary to illuminate entrances, parking lots, or walkways for public safety. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. No service area containing outdoor garbage or recycling containers or truck loading/unloading areas may be located:
1. Within 20 feet of a Protected Lot in Subarea A, or
2. Within 25 feet of a Protected Lot in Subareas B or C.
B. No drive-through lane may be located between a permitted primary structure and the boundary with any Protected Lot.
C. No automobile entry or exit driveway may be located within 30 feet of a Protected Lot in Subareas B and C.

Figure 4.4-5: Neighborhood Protection – Service Areas and Drive-Through Lanes
D. Additional standards for drive-up or drive-through accessory facilities are found in Sections 146-3.3.6.E (Drive-Up or Drive-Through Facility) and 146-4.6.7 (Drive-Through Stacking Areas). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. In Subarea A. Primary structures on any lot abutting the side or rear lot line of a Protected Lot shall be set back from those lot lines a distance equal to the required primary building setback from that lot line on the Protected Lot.

Figure 4.4-6: Neighborhood Protection – Subarea A Setback
B. In Subareas B and C. Primary structures on any lot abutting the side or rear lot line of a Protected Lot shall be set back from those lot lines a distance equal to the greater of:
1. The required primary building setback from that lot line on the Protected Lot; or
2. 20 feet.

Figure 4.4-7: Neighborhood Protection – Subareas B and C Setback
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
All development shall comply with additional buffering and screening requirements in Section 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 146-4.11.2 or Chapter 94-107 (Unnecessary Noise; Disturbing the Peace), the noise level measured at the property line of each Protected Lot must not exceed 55 decibels (dBA) from 7:00 a.m. until 9:00 p.m. of the same day, and may not exceed 45 dBA from 9:00 p.m. until 7:00 a.m. of the next day. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The following standards for subdivision and site design are intended to promote safe and convenient vehicle, bicycle, wheelchair, pedestrian, public transit, and other mobility device connectivity among individual development sites, trails, sidewalks, transit stations, and convenience shopping areas to encourage travel by bicycles, transit, other micro-mobility devices, or walking as an alternative to automobile trips, to reduce the frequency and shorten the distance of automobile trips, to provide multiple routes to many destinations, and to implement the Comprehensive Plan goals or other approved plans or design studies. Each development shall accommodate safe and convenient movement for all modes of transportation throughout the development and to surrounding areas as well as create an efficient automobile circulation system that avoids the creation of large, isolated tracts without routes, or with only one route, for access to the area. Access to sites shall be consolidated with access to adjacent properties to the maximum extent practicable in order to minimize curb cuts and access shall be located as to not disrupt existing adjacent residential areas. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. General. In addition to all other provisions of this Section 146-4.5, all developments shall comply with all applicable regulations and standards for fire protection, emergency vehicle access, and life safety adopted by the City, including without limitation those that may limit the number of residential dwelling units relying on a limited number of vehicle access points. If there is a conflict between the requirements of this Section and life safety or engineering standards, the Planning Director in consultation with the Director of Public Works shall determine which standard shall apply.
B. Cul-de-Sacs. No cul-de-sac shall be longer than 500 feet, measured from the flow line of the intersecting street to the center of the cul-de-sac bubble, unless a secondary emergency access is approved by the Building Division on behalf of the Fire Marshall. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
New subdivisions and developments for which a Master Plan is required or approved shall meet the following standards to provide through connectivity and mobility and to promote clear and efficient access for emergency vehicles.

Figure 4.5-1: Major Road Connectivity
A. Major Roads.
1. Unless an alternative through-traffic system is described in an approved Master Plan, or the Aurora Transportation Master Plan, each subdivision in Subareas B and C containing one section (640 acres) of contiguous land or more shall reserve or dedicate an arterial street right-of-way along each section line, and shall reserve or dedicate at least one collector street right-of-way to provide a continuous north-south through connection between the east-west section line street alignments, and at least one collector street right-of-way to provide a continuous east-west through connection between the north-south section line street alignments. See Figure 4.5-1.
2. Unless an alternative through-traffic system is described in an approved Master Plan, then in addition to the requirement in Subsection 1 above, each subdivision in Subareas B and C containing one quarter-section (160 acres) of contiguous land or more shall reserve or dedicate at least one collector street right-of-way to provide a continuous north-south through connection between each east-west collector street alignment required by Subsection 1 above, and shall reserve or dedicate at least one collector street right-of-way to provide a continuous east-west through connection between each north-south collector street alignment required by Subsection 1 above. See Figure 4.5-1.
B. Local Destinations.
1. In addition to the requirement of Subsections 1 and 2 above, each subdivision in Subarea B and C shall organize all local streets so that each lot may be accessed by travelling over no more than two (2) local streets after departing from the grid of arterial, collector, and collector streets required by Subsections 1 and 2 above.
2. All street types shall align across major arterials unless the Planning Director and Director of Public Works determine that an alternative alignment will increase pedestrian, bicycle, or automobile safety or reduce traffic congestion. For example, a collector street proposed in a new subdivision shall align across an existing or proposed arterial street with an existing or proposed collector street to form a continuous street network. Stub streets shall match and connect to other streets on the opposite side of the arterial to the maximum extent practicable.

Figure 4.5-2: Wayfinding Connectivity
C. Adjacent Land.
1. Unless the Planning Director and Director of Public Works determine that an alternative alignment will increase pedestrian, bicycle, or automobile safety or reduce traffic congestion, or that topographic or geological conditions make the connection impracticable, where adjacent land has been subdivided with stub streets ending adjacent to a new subdivision, or with a local street ending at a street dividing the new subdivision from the old subdivision, the new subdivision streets shall be designed to align the streets in the adjacent subdivision to allow future through circulation between the two adjacent subdivisions.
2. Where adjacent land has not been platted, subdivisions shall be designed so that at least one local street is constructed as a stub street intended as a future through connection to the adjacent parcel within each one-quarter mile of boundary length.
D. Coordination with Public Transit Providers. Each applicant for a new subdivision shall submit evidence of a written request made to any transit authorities whose service area includes the proposed subdivision, regarding locations for current, new, or future transit stops or connections in or immediately adjacent to the proposed site, and for those mobility hubs shown on the Comprehensive Plan, and shall reflect those stops, connections, and mobility hubs on the subdivision application materials to the maximum extent practicable. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The following standards apply to the design and layout of individual lots that are part of an approved subdivision. Each curb cut from private property onto a public or private street shall require City approval prior to construction.
A. Mixed-Use and Special Purpose Districts.
1. Vehicle Access. Access to Mixed-Use and Special Purpose district lots located on arterial streets shall provide site access meeting the requirements of Table 4.5-1 below, as illustrated in Figure 4.5-3 below.
Table 4.5-1 Mixed-Use and Special Purpose District Access from Arterials | |
|---|---|
A | Access points shall use flared or channelized intersections and be oriented at right angles to the street. |
B | Curb cuts shall be located a minimum of 200 feet from each other and no more than the required number of curb cuts shall be used. For redevelopment sites, existing curb cuts may be used if approved by the Department of Public Works. |
C | Vehicle entrances and exits shall be located at least 50 feet from any intersecting street right-of-way. |
D | Vehicle entrances and exits shall be located at least 10 feet from an adjacent property line, except where it is possible to provide one shared access point to serve the adjacent property on the other side of that property line. |
E | Primary circulation and access shall be oriented toward predominantly non-single-family residential streets. If necessary, secondary and emergency access may be provided on such streets. |
F | Private full movement driveways giving access to development sites shall be aligned across arterial, collector and local streets to contribute to circulation efficiency. |
EXAMPLE |
![]() |
GUIDELINE A – To the maximum extent practicable, combine access points for adjoining properties in order to minimize curb cuts and traffic impacts on adjoining streets. GUIDELINE B – Provide internal, direct vehicular connections between adjoining properties to reduce traffic impacts on adjoining streets. Align vehicular connections to the maximum extent practicable. A joint access agreement may be needed. GUIDELINE C – Provide internal pedestrian connections that link adjoining properties and create an internal pedestrian circulation system within large development sites. GUIDELINE D – Provide multiple pedestrian connections that link into existing or planned citywide open space and trail networks. |
Figure 4.5-3. Mixed-Use and Special Districts Access and Connectivity |
2. Vehicle Connectivity. Internal streets or driveways shall be made between multiple buildings and parking areas on a single lot or development to break up large parcels into smaller, internal “blocks”, and to avoid the need to use public boundary streets to move between different buildings or areas of the development site. Such connections shall:
a. Create internal “blocks” for which the perimeter of each “block” created by internal streets and external streets is no greater than 2,640 feet, or not greater than 1,600 feet for properties within ½ mile of an activity center or transit station.
b. Include a driving surface at least 16 feet wide.
c. Accommodate two-way traffic.
B. Additional Requirements for I-1,I-2, and AD Districts.
1. In Master Plans that include primarily industrial uses, the street layout shall generally align with the arterial and collector street system to the maximum extent practicable. Shared internal roadways and defined truck routes that avoid conflicts with primarily residential and commercial use areas shall be included to the maximum extent practicable.
2. Where an I-1, I-2, or AD zone district occurs along an arterial street frontage and residential use areas are located across the arterial street, entries serving the I-1 or I-2 district shall be placed out of alignment with residential use area entries to keep heavy commercial traffic out of residential neighborhoods.
3. No curb cut sized or designed for site access into an I-1, I-2, or AD zone district by a semi-truck tractor and/or trailer, or for site access by a commercial vehicle, trailer, or bus exceeding 6,000 pounds empty weight, shall be permitted on streets that separate R-1 or R-2 Residential zone districts from the I-1, I-2 or AD zone district.
4. In I-1, I-2, and AD zone districts, access and circulation shall be designed so that loading docks and loading dock door are internally oriented and are shared with adjacent industrial development in order to consolidate and minimize street access points, to the maximum extent practicable.
C. Residential Access. The provisions of this Section 146-4.5.4.C apply unless this UDO provides alternative access regulations for a specific residential land use or form of residential development, in which case those alternative standards shall apply.
1. Vehicle Access in General. Access from arterial streets into a residential development shall meet the requirements of Table 4.5-2 below.
Table 4.5-2 Residential District Access Standards | |
|---|---|
A | All residential units and associated parking spaces shall have direct vehicular access from a public street or alley or private street. |
B | Vehicular access shall be from residential or side streets only, except that R-4 districts may have curb cuts from an arterial. |
C | Vehicular access to multifamily developments shall be oriented toward non-residential streets rather than single-family neighborhood streets. |
D | Vehicle access to residential lots from streets shall be located a minimum of 5 feet from each side property line. |
E | Access driveways to residential development areas shall be a minimum of 23 feet and maximum of 30 feet in width for all residential uses except Motor Court Dwellings. |
F | Curb cuts within a single property shall be minimized. |
2. Single-Family Residential Access Through Private Streets.
a. Indirect vehicular access from single-family detached dwellings to public streets may be provided by means of a private street, Loop Lane, or Motor Court, provided the standards in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual are met.
b. Alternative standards for Subarea C developments that incorporate Small Residential Lots are in Section 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards).
3. Individual Residential Driveways. Individual driveways from public streets to single-family detached or two-family residential dwelling shall comply with the standards of Section 146-4.6.5.C (Single-Family Detached and Two-Family Lots).
D. General Pedestrian Access and Connectivity.
1. Intent. These standards require that safe and convenient pedestrian access be provided to points within a development and to nearby uses and amenities to encourage walking and reduce the frequency and number of automobile trips.
2. Mixed-Use and Multifamily Districts. Each lot shall provide the following pedestrian connections, as applicable:
a. Required Connections are shown in Table 4.5-3.
Table 4.5-3 Required Pedestrian Connections | |
|---|---|
From Main Entry to Public Sidewalk – Provide a safe, convenient, and accessible pedestrian connection from the main entrance of a building to a public sidewalk or internal walkway that connects to a public sidewalk. | ![]() |
To Adjoining Streets – Provide pedestrian connections between internal and perimeter sidewalks at a maximum of 1,320 feet along the perimeter street (i.e. pedestrians along the perimeter sidewalks shall be able to find a sidewalk connection into the internal sidewalk system without walking more than 1,320 feet along the perimeter of such a site.) | ![]() |
Between Multiple Buildings on a Site – All developments containing more than one building shall provide walkways between the principal entrances of buildings. | ![]() |
To Adjacent Development – Sidewalks and walkways serving a site shall align and connect with any sidewalks on adjacent properties that extend to the boundary of such properties. Multiple pedestrian connections between adjacent developments shall be provided to the maximum extent practicable. | ![]() |
b. Standards for Connections. Standards for connections are shown in Table 4.5-4.
Table 4.5-4 Pedestrian Crossing Options | |
|---|---|
Change in Paving Materials | ![]() |
Change in Paving Color | ![]() |
i. Walkways shall be a minimum of six feet wide and include lighting at a height of 12 feet or less spaced no further than of 50 feet on center.
ii. Mixed-use and multifamily lots within one-quarter mile of a light rail transit station shall include a direct pedestrian connection to the station, to the maximum extent practicable, or if that is not practicable, to a public sidewalk leading to the station. Signage directing pedestrians to the nearest transit station shall be provided on-site.
iii. When a lot in a Mixed-Use district abuts public open space that includes existing or planned trails, a direct pedestrian connection at least six feet wide from the development to the existing or planned trail shall be provided.
iv. At each point where a sidewalk must cross a parking lot, internal street or driveway to make a required connection, it shall be clearly marked by using one of the methods shown in Table 4.5-3.
E. Americans with Disabilities Act.
1. All “places of public accommodation,” as defined in the federal Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) shall comply with the requirements of that Act concerning on-site circulation and access.
2. Accessible routes shall be provided from public transportation stops, accessible parking and accessible passenger loading zones and public sidewalks to 60 percent of the accessible building entrances they serve.
a. The accessible route between accessible parking and accessible building entrances shall be the most practical direct route. The accessible route must be located within a sidewalk, at least six feet wide, or as required to comply with the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual, whichever is greater.
b. No slope along this route may exceed 1:20 without providing a ramp with a maximum slope of 1:12 and handrails.
c. Crosswalks along this route shall be wide enough to wholly contain the curb ramp with a minimum width of 36 inches and shall be painted with white stripes.
3. All development shall comply with handicapped accessibility requirements based on the version of the International Building Code, Chapter 11, and the International Code Council (ICC) A117.1-2009, or any future update of that document adopted by the City. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The intent of this Section 146-4.6 is to require new development and significant redevelopment to provide adequate off-street parking spaces to avoid traffic congestion, to avoid parking congestion on neighborhood streets, to improve the visual appeal of the City, and to avoid inefficient use of land by provision of unnecessary parking facilities, by regulating the placement, use, and design of parking lots and garages. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Generally. Unless otherwise stated in this UDO, the requirements in this Section 146-4.6 shall apply to all uses in all districts. No Site Plan shall be approved and no permit for the erection or occupancy of a building or structure shall be issued unless the use conforms with the parking supply requirements of this section or a variance or administrative adjustment for any differences from this Section 146-4.6 has been issued.
B. Expansions.
1. Any expansion of the gross floor area of an existing land use or structure by more than 25 percent in Subarea A, or by more than 15 percent in Subareas B and C, shall provide additional parking for the expansion areas, including accessible parking, as required by Table 4.6-1.
2. Additional parking may be required for increases in required parking of less than 25 percent in Subarea A or less than 15 percent in Subareas B and C if the Planning Director determines that the expansion is likely to create a significant increase in on-street parking in any surrounding residential neighborhood.
C. Change in Permitted Use.
1. Any change of a permitted or approved conditional use that results in an increase in required parking of more than 25 percent in Subarea A, or by more than 15 percent in Subareas B and C, shall provide additional parking, including accessible parking, as required in Table 4.6-1.
2. Additional parking may be required for increases in required parking of less than 25 percent in Subarea A or less than 15 percent in Subareas B and C if the Planning Director determines that the change of use is likely to create a significant increase in on-street parking in any surrounding residential neighborhood.
3. The provisions of Subsection C.1 shall not apply to any change of use in a multi-tenant commercial, mixed-use, or industrial building larger than 50,000 square feet in gross floor area unless the Planning Director determines that the change of use is likely to create a significant increase in on-street parking in any surrounding residential neighborhood.
D. Reductions of Existing Parking. Off-street parking or loading space provided before the Effective Date shall not be permanently reduced in a way that would bring the property out of conformance with this Section 146-4.6 or would increase the degree of any existing nonconforming with the provisions of this Section 146-4.6.
E. Parking for Unlisted Uses. For any use not specifically mentioned in Table 4.6-1, the parking provisions for a similar use, as determined by the Planning Director, shall apply. For a new use where the Planning Director determines that a similar parking rate is not stated in this UDO, the Director may establish a minimum parking requirement based on a parking study, or by a parking reference guide in general use, or after consultation with other City officials regarding potential parking needs, or by a combination or those methods. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Calculation.
1. Demand. When calculating the required parking spaces in this Section results in a fractional parking space, the fraction shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.
2. Supply.
a. All parking spaces that meet the minimum size requirements of this UDO and are located on the same property as the use they serve shall count towards required parking supply. Off-site spaces shall also count towards parking supply in those locations where off-site spaces are permitted by this UDO.
b. Required resident parking for single-family attached dwellings or multifamily dwellings may be provided by assigning non-tandem spaces on a private street, Motor Court, or drive lane directly abutting the dwelling unit’s lot, or in a garage or carport.
c. Required guest parking for residential uses may be provided in parking spaces on a residential driveway leading exclusively to a dwelling unit’s private residential garage; or along a public street frontage directly abutting the dwelling unit’s lot; or within 200 feet of the unit’s entrance on a private street, Loop Lane, Motor Court, parking lot, or garage.
B. Use and Place Restrictions.
1. No parking area shall be used for the sale, storage, repair, dismantling, or servicing of any vehicles, equipment, materials, or supplies.
2. Parking of any vehicle on lawn areas in front or side yards, on areas set aside for landscaping, or on any other area not surfaced for off-street parking as provided in this UDO is prohibited.
3. The following vehicles shall not be parked or stored in a Residential zone district, unless the vehicle is being used to render services such as deliveries, pickups, or construction activity to property within 200 feet of where the vehicle is parked:
a. Commercial vehicle, trailer, or construction vehicle, or bus exceeding 6,000 pounds empty weight; or
b. Semi-truck tractor and/or trailer.
4. Travel trailers, tent trailers, pick-up campers or coaches, and motorized dwellings or vans shall not be used as a dwelling unit or for the conduct of business unless they are located in a Manufactured Home Park or Recreational Vehicle Park.
C. Minimum Required Parking. Unless otherwise provided in this UDO, off-street parking shall be provided in the amounts shown in Table 4.6-1, Required Off-Street Parking below.
Table 4.6-1 | ||
|---|---|---|
Required Off-Street Parking | sf. = square feet gfa = gross floor area | |
Number Required | Category | Required Parking |
0 | Uses that may be primary or accessory uses: Cemetery Park and Open Space Agriculture Urban Agriculture Above Ground Bulk Storage of Flammable Liquids or Gasses; | No Parking Requirement |
Storage, Distribution, and Warehousing | For storage and warehousing: No parking requirement For distribution facilities: 1 space per 1,000 sf. gfa | |
Mining Railroad Track Transit Facility Electric Power Generator Station Solar Collector as a Primary Use Telecom Facility, Tower Telecom Facility, Freestanding Monopole Telecom Facility, Freestanding Unipole Telecom Facility, Freestanding, Stealth Utility, Major Utility, Minor Wind Energy System, Large Bio-medical Waste Treatment Facility | No Parking Requirement | |
1 | Data Center Brewery, Distillery, or Winery Catering Service Bulk Commodity Storage Facility Outdoor Storage Heavy Manufacturing Light Manufacturing Marijuana Cultivation Facility, Marijuana Product Manufacturing Facility, Marijuana Research Business, or Marijuana Transporter Licensed Premises Marijuana Testing Facility Hemp Processing, Manufacturing or Storage Facilities Specialty Food Manufacturing Intermodal Cargo Transfer Yard Locomotive and Railcar Yard and Repair Facility Motor Freight Terminal Electric Power Generator Station Motor Vehicle Towing, Salvage, and Dismantling Vehicle Fleet Operations Center Recycling Collection Facility, Sewage Disposal Plant Solid Waste Transfer Facility Slaughterhouse, Small | 1 space per peak-time employee |
1 | Horse Stable or Riding Academy | 1 space per peak-time employee, plus 1 space per 5 stalls. |
Dwelling, Co-housing Development Dwelling, Cottage Development Dwelling, Tiny House Dwelling Unit, Accessory | General: 1 space per dwelling unit. Affordable Housing Structure: .85 spaces per dwelling unit. For multifamily, and other residential developments where individual dwelling units (other than accessory dwelling units) do not have individual frontage on a public or private street: 1 additional space per 5 dwelling units for guest parking. | |
Dwelling, Multifamily | General: 1 space per dwelling unit. Affordable Housing Structure: .85 spaces per dwelling unit. MU-TOD: .85 spaces per dwelling unit. For multifamily, and other residential developments where individual dwelling units (other than accessory dwelling units) do not have individual frontage on a public or private street: 1 additional space per 5 dwelling units for guest parking. | |
Continuing Care Retirement or Assisted Living Facility | .85 spaces per dwelling unit. For multifamily, and other residential developments where individual dwelling units (other than accessory dwelling units) do not have individual frontage on a public or private street: 1 additional space per 5 dwelling units for guest parking. | |
Nursing or Convalescent Home | 1 space per 5 units plus 1 space per peak-team employee | |
Outdoor Recreation and Entertainment | 1 space per 4 design capacity. For sports fields exclusively dedicated to organized sports; not including those located in a community park: 40 spaces per sports fields | |
Dormitory, Fraternity, or Sorority House | 0.5 space per unit | |
Congregate Living Facility Group Home, FHAA Large Group Home, FHAA Small Supportive Housing, Large Supportive Housing, Small | 1 space per 2 persons of design capacity. Group homes occupying a structure previously constructed for another residential use shall have the same parking requirements as the previous residential use. | |
Hotel | 0.75 space per unit | |
Adult or Child Day Care Center, Large Adult or Child Day Care Center, Small | 1 space per 10 persons care capacity, plus 1 space per peak-time employee | |
Civic, Cultural or Public Use Facility Club, Lodge, and Service Organization | 1 space per 4 persons design capacity | |
1 | Place of Worship | 1 space per 4 seats in primary place of assembly |
Crematorium Mortuary | 1 space per 4 persons design capacity | |
School, Elementary or Secondary | Elementary or middle: 1 space per classroom, plus 1 space per 10 seating capacity in the largest assembly area. High school: 1 space per classroom, plus 1 space per 3 seating capacity in the largest assembly area. | |
Recreational Vehicle Park | 1 space per designated camping / RV spot | |
Racetrack Stadium Theater | 1 space per 4 seats design capacity | |
Home Building Supplies | 1 space per 1,000 sf. gfa plus 1 space per 2,500 sf. of outdoor display or storage area | |
Self-storage Facility | 1 space per 50 storage units | |
Indoor Shooting Range | 1 space per firing lane | |
Bed and Breakfast | 1 space per guest room plus 1 additional space | |
Plant and Tree Nursery and Greenhouse | 1 space per 2,500 sf. gfa used for outdoor display and storage | |
Caretaker’s Residence Art Studio or Workshop | 1 space | |
Hospital | 1.5 spaces per bed, plus 1 space per peak-time employee | |
1 | Automobile and Light Truck Sales and Rental | 1 space per 1.5 employees, plus 1 space per 150 gfa of repair or maintenance space, plus 1 space per 600 gfa of showroom, indicating the location of any and all customer parking, vehicle storage and outdoor display area |
Motor Vehicle Body Shop and Painting | ||
Motor Vehicle Indoor Showroom or Broker | ||
Motor Vehicle Repair and Service | ||
Other Motor Vehicle, Trailer, Boat, or Manufactured Home Sales or Rental | ||
2 | Indoor Recreation and Entertainment (except Stadium) in MU-OA district Retail Sales, Large or Small (when located in shopping centers with 200,000 sq. ft. gfa or more) Sale at Wholesale | 2 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa |
Dwelling, Green Court Dwelling, Live/work Dwelling, Loop Lane Dwelling, Motor Court Dwelling, Single-Family Attached (Townhouse) Dwelling, Single-family Detached Dwelling, Two-family (Duplex) Manufactured Housing | 2 space per dwelling unit. For manufactured homes: 1 additional space per 5 dwelling units for guest parking For live/work dwelling: Additional parking requirements apply to non-dwelling space as indicated in this Table 4.6-1 | |
Higher Education Institution | 2 spaces per 1,000 sf. office, research, and library areas plus 1 space per 125 sf. in largest assembly areas | |
Temporary Construction Support Facility | 2 spaces | |
Kennel Veterinary Clinic and Hospital Day Labor Hall (Subarea A) Medical and Dental Clinic Office (Subarea A) Office, Flex Indoor Recreation and Entertainment (except Stadium), except in MU-OA District Pari-mutuel Wagering Facility Pawnbroker Personal Service, Large Personal Service, Small Retail Liquor Store (Subarea A) Retail Marijuana Store Retail Sales, Large or Small (except when located in shopping centers with 200,000 sq. ft. gfa or more) Sexually-Oriented Business Ground Floor Commercial Use (Subarea A) (Accessory Use) | 2.5 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa For office uses: In the MU-C, MU-OA-MS, MU-R, MU-FB, and MU-TOD districts: Maximum 4 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa for primary buildings with more than 100,000 sf. gfa | |
Equipment Rental and Repair | MU-OA district: 2.5 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa Other districts: 2.5 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa plus 1 space per 5,000 sf. outdoor display or storage area | |
3 | Meeting, Banquet, Event, or Conference Facility Day Labor Hall (Subareas B And C) Office (Subareas B And C) Retail Liquor Store (Subareas B And C) Motor Vehicle Fuel Dispensing Station Ground Floor Commercial Use (Subareas B And C) (Accessory Use) | 3 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa For office uses: In the MU-C, MU-OA-MS, MU-R, MU-FB, and MU-TOD districts: Maximum 4 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa For motor vehicle fuel dispensing station: Fuel pump spaces do not count toward minimum parking requirement |
Private Golf Course, Tennis Club, Country Club, or Clubhouse | 3 spaces per hole or 1 space per 400 sf. of clubhouse space, whichever is greater | |
4 | After Hours Club or Entertainment Bar and Tavern Brewpub Microbrewery Restaurant Medical and Dental Clinic | 4 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa For motor vehicle fuel dispensing station: Fuel pump spaces do not count toward minimum parking requirement |
D. Maximum Permitted Parking.
1. Parking maximums apply to surface parking lots, not to spaces provided in parking garages.
2. Except for development in the MU-TOD zone district, additional parking up to 20 percent over the maximum parking requirement may be approved by the Planning Director if the Director determines that additional surface parking may be necessary due to unusual site or use characteristics, and provided that the additional parking area is paved with an approved alternative surfacing material meeting the requirements of Section 146-4.6.5.D.7.
E. Accessible Parking. Within the requirements of Section 146-4.6.3.C (Minimum Required Parking) and not in addition to those requirements), accessible parking shall be provided for all multifamily and non-residential uses as shown in Table 4.6-2 or as required the International Building Code, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities and Colorado Revised Statutes, whichever has the higher requirement.
Table 4.6-2 Accessible Parking Spaces Required | |
|---|---|
Total Parking Spaces Required | Minimum Number of Accessible Parking Spaces |
1 through 25 | 1 |
26 through 50 | 2 |
51 through 75 | 3 |
76 through 100 | 4 |
101 through 150 | 5 |
151 through 200 | 6 |
201 through 300 | 7 |
301 through 400 | 8 |
401 through 500 | 9 |
501 through 1,000 | 2 percent of total |
More than 1,000 | 20 plus 1 for each 100 spaces more than 1,000 |
F. Bicycle Parking. Unless a different standard is required by a Use-specific Standard in Section 146-3.3, the following amounts of bicycle parking shall be provided.
1. Bicycle Parking Spaces Required.
a. Multifamily and non-residential development in Subarea A shall provide bicycle parking spaces equal to at least 10 percent of required automobile parking spaces, and multifamily and non-residential development in Subareas B and C shall provide bicycle parking spaces equal to at least five percent of the required automobile parking spaces; provided, that each multifamily and non-residential use shall install a minimum of two U-racks or other similar bicycle storage, and no multifamily or non-residential use shall be required to install more than 15 U-racks or other similar bicycle storage.
b. The requirements of Subsection F.1 also apply to the non-residential component of each mixed-use development.
c. Each inverted-U bicycle rack counts as two bicycle parking spaces.
d. Reserved.
Editor’s note: The provisions of this subsection were repealed by Ord. 2023-41, enacted September 11, 2023.
2. Design. Bicycle parking facilities shall:
a. Be located in convenient, highly visible, well-lighted areas that do not interfere with pedestrian movements
At least 10 percent of required bicycle parking spaces shall be located within 100 feet of the primary building entrance;
b. Provide for storage and locking of bicycles, either in lockers or racks that are securely anchored and resistant to rust, hammers, and saws;
c. Be designed to support the bicycle in an upright position and so that both the bicycle frame and wheels may be locked by the user using a U-shaped lock or a chain/cable and lock; and
d. Be designed to provide at least two points of contact with the bicycle. (Ord. No. 2023-41 § 2, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2022-75 § 2, 12-19-2022; Ord. No. 2021-15 § 24, 06-14-2021; Ord. No. 2020-37 § 16, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2020-15 § 22, 05-21-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A reduction to the required parking may be granted by complying with any one or combination of the parking alternatives listed in this Section provided that the total reduction is not greater than 25 percent below the parking requirements in Section 146-4.6.3.C (Minimum Required Parking), and that the applicant provides a parking analysis and the Planning Director determines that the analysis provides adequate documentation of reduced parking demand and demonstrates that the reduction will not create significant adverse impacts on surrounding properties. Without limiting the generality of the previous sentence, parking alternatives may be applied to vertical mixed-use developments.
A. Proximity to Transit.
1. The minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for new development or redevelopment may be reduced if the proposed development or redevelopment is located within one-quarter mile, measured by the most direct walking route, of any Regional Transportation District (RTD), or other publicly authorized transit agency transit stop as follows:
a. 30 percent reduction with a peak frequency of 15 minutes or better.
b. 15 percent reduction with a peak frequency of between 16 and 30 minutes.
2. No development approved with this parking reduction shall be considered nonconforming parking or shall be subject to the requirements of Section 146-5.5.5 (Nonconforming Site Feature), for not meeting minimum parking requirements if the bus or transit line is later relocated, or if peak service frequency falls below the peak frequency requirements in Subsection 1 above, and the remaining number of parking spaces provided for that use does not meet the minimum requirements of Section 146-4.6.3.C (Minimum Required Parking).
3. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
B. Credit for Shared or Fleet Vehicle. For each shared vehicle and fleet vehicle, which is available throughout the day for employee use, provided, the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces may be reduced by nine spaces for residential uses and four spaces for office or retail uses. Each shared or fleet vehicle shall be signed for such use and shall count toward the minimum number of required parking spaces. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
C. Credit for Carpool or Vanpool Spaces. For each shared vehicle, carpool, or vanpool space provided, the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces may be reduced by four. Each shared vehicle, carpool, or vanpool space shall be signed for such use and shall count toward the minimum number of required parking spaces. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
D. Credit for Point-to-Point Share Areas. On any property within a point-to-point car or bicycle share service area the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces for residential and commercial uses may be reduced by10 percent. A point-to-point share service is one in which bicycles, automobiles, or other vehicles are obtained in one location and must be dropped at a number of fixed locations for use by others. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
E. Credit for Electric Vehicle Charging Stations. For each electric vehicle charging station provided, the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces may be reduced by two. Each charging station counts toward the minimum number of required parking spaces. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
F. Credit for Bicycle Parking. The number of required motor vehicle parking spaces may be reduced at a ratio of one motor vehicle parking space for each two additional secured bicycle parking spaces provided above the minimum bicycle parking requirements, up to a maximum reduction of five percent of the required motor vehicle parking spaces. This credit is not available for multifamily dwellings.
G. Credit for Public Parking. The Planning Director may, at their discretion, allow for a reduction or elimination of parking requirements if the applicant can demonstrate that adequate spaces are available in a nearby public parking lot or structure, and that the reduction or elimination of parking requirements will not result in excessive traffic congestion or on-street parking in any nearby Residential zone district. For the purposes of this provision, on-street parking and parking located within public parks and open space areas shall not constitute a nearby public parking area. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
H. Credit for On-Street Parking. In Subarea A, and the Mixed-Use and Special Purpose districts in Subareas B and C, any on-street parking located directly in front of the subject property may be counted towards on-site parking requirements. Only those street parking spaces for which at least one-half the length of the parking space falls between imaginary lines extending from the corners of the front lot line perpendicularly into the street right-of-way may be counted. Each on-street parking space may only be counted once towards the parking requirements of the adjacent lot, regardless of the number of individual buildings or tenants on the lot. The use of this credit shall not entitle the property owner to the continued availability of those on-street parking spaces over time; management of on-street parking spaces is subject to subject to standard City parking management policies and practices. This reduction is not available to reduce required parking for individual dwelling units in multifamily dwellings, but may be used to reduce required guest parking.
I. Shared Parking.
Where two or more uses listed in Table 3.2-1 (Permitted Use Table) share a parking lot or structure, the total off-street parking requirement for those uses may be reduced by the factors shown in Table 4.6-3, below.

To calculate the shared parking reduction, add the requirements for each use category, then divide the sum by the factor indicated in FTable 4.6-3
Table 4.6-3 Shared Parking Reduction (add the requirements and divide by these factors) | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Property Use | Multifamily Residential | Public, Institutional, or Civic | Food, Beverage, Indoor Entertainment, or Lodging | Retail | Other Commercial |
Multifamily residential | 1.0 | ||||
Public, Institutional, or Civic | 1.1 | 1.0 | |||
Food, Beverage, Indoor Entertainment, or Lodging | 1.1 | 1.2 | 1.0 | ||
Retail | 1.2 | 1.3 | 1.3 | 1.0 | |
Other Commercial | 1.3 | 1.5 | 1.7 | 1.2 | 1.0 |
J. Transportation Demand Management. The Planning Director may, at their discretion, allow for a reduction in required parking for employers who enter into a Transportation Demand Management Agreement that specifies how on-site parking will be reduced through employee programs or work schedules that reduce the number of employees on site. Such programs may include the following:
1. Compressed work week schedules;
2. Flexible arrival and departure times;
3. Telework opportunities; or
4. Incentives for employees to use alternative modes of transportation to the workplace. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 17, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Location and Use of Parking Facilities.
1. Generally.
a. Required parking spaces shall be located on the same lot with the principal building or the primary use unless otherwise permitted in Subsection 1.b below.
b. The Planning Director may approve the location of required off-street parking that is not required to meet the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, and that is not related to a convenience store or a residential use, on a separate lot, subject to the following standards.
i. Off-site parking shall not be located more than 660 feet walking distance from the primary entrance of the use served.
ii. Land used for off-site parking for a non-residential use shall not be located in a Residential zone district unless the use for which the parking is provided is a permitted or conditional use in that Residential zone district.
c. No portion of an off-street parking facility shall be located in a public street or sidewalk, parkway, alley, or other public right-of-way.
d. Off-site parking may be shared with another use provided that the shared parking meets the standards in Table 4.6-2.
2. In Subarea A. The following standards shall apply in Subarea A, unless Subsection 4 below applies, in which case the provisions of Subsection 4 shall be applied.
a. No more than 25 percent of the lot frontage on arterial or collector streets to a depth of 60 feet shall be occupied by surface parking. The remaining 75 percent of the lot frontage on arterial or collector streets shall be occupied by a structure, and no surface parking shall be located between that building and the street.
b. Required parking space(s) associated with any single-family attached or multifamily residential building shall not be located more than 330 feet from an entrance to that building and shall have a direct pedestrian connection to the building's entrance or entrances.
c. In the MU-N, MU-C, MU-TOD, and MU-FB districts, and in the MU-OA-MS subdistrict, off-street parking facilities shall be located to the rear of the primary building, within the principal building, within a garage structure, or entirely below grade.
3. In Subareas B and C. The following standards shall apply in Subareas B and C, unless Subsection 4 below applies, in which case the provisions of Subsection 4 shall be applied.
a. No more than 60 percent of the lot frontage on arterial and collector streets to a depth of 60 feet shall be occupied by surface parking.
b. Garage entries, carports, and parking structures shall be internalized in building groupings or oriented away from street frontage to the maximum extent practicable.
4. Multifamily and Single-Family Attached Dwellings.
a. Parking spaces on private streets or driveways within multifamily developments may be used to meet the requirements for guest parking.
b. For structures that do not meet the definition of an Affordable Housing Structure, at least 40 percent of resident parking shall be in garages or carports and at least 50 percent of those garages and carports shall be attached to a primary residential structure, directly or through a roofed structure with partial sidewalls or without sidewalls, rather than freestanding garages or carports.
c. Where detached garages are used, they shall be faced with the same mix and percentage of materials as the primary building(s).
d. In Subareas B and C, required parking space(s) associated with any single-family attached dwelling shall not be located more than 200 feet from the entrance to the dwelling, and required parking space(s) associated with any multifamily residential building shall not be located more than 330 feet from an entrance to that building. In both cases, there shall be a direct pedestrian connection between the dwelling or building's entrance(s) and the parking area associated with that dwelling or building.
B. Parking Access from Streets and Alleys. The following standards apply to both parking lots and parking garages, unless otherwise indicated.
1. No Back-out Parking. Except for single-family and two-family uses, parking areas shall be designed so that vehicles are not permitted to back out of the parking area onto a public street.
2. Access Points.
a. Only the minimum number of curb cuts necessary to serve the subject parcel is permitted. Existing curb cuts shall be removed as part of a site redevelopment project when in excess of minimum number of curb cuts necessary to serve the parcel or the existing curb cut is in an unsafe location as determined by the City Engineer.
b. Access to parking lots along arterials shall be from the local side street that is not adjacent to an R-R, R-1, or R-2 zone district or single-family or two-family residential component of a mixed-use project to the maximum extent practicable.
c. Access drives for parking facilities shall be oriented perpendicular to the street. Access drives and internal drives for parking facilities shall align as closely to the surrounding grid network as feasible. In the absence of a gridded network surrounding the site any site greater than five acres shall be designed with internal blocks that generally reflect a grid street network with an east/west frontage of 330 feet and a north/south frontage of 660 feet to the extent local topography allows. In the event the north/south measurement of the property is less than 660 feet, smaller blocks are allowed.
d. In Subareas B and C no parking lot or garage entrance or exit shall be located closer than 50 feet to any intersecting street right-of-way line or closer than 10 feet to any adjacent property line, except where it is possible to provide shared access for adjacent properties, unless application of these standards would leave a parcel of property without vehicle access.
C. Single-Family Detached and Two-Family Lots.
1. Applicability and Exceptions. Where vehicle access to single-family detached or two-family residential dwelling structures is provided by individual driveways, those driveways shall meet the standards in this Section 146-4.6.5.C, with the following exceptions.
a. Parking surfaces lawfully existing on July 21, 2012, may continue to exist as lawful nonconforming structures, subject to City regulations that prohibit enlarging or increasing the area of the parking surface.
b. Driveways or parking surfaces abutting unpaved public rights-of-way in open, natural areas, and agricultural districts, are not required to be of concrete, asphalt, or brick or stone pavers.
c. Driveways or parking surfaces abutting unpaved streets in residential zones are not required to be of concrete, asphalt, or brick or stone pavers. However, driveways or parking surfaces shall conform with standards for construction, placement, materials, drainage, and containment adopted by the Director of Public Works.
2. Front Yard Restrictions.
a. Except for wedge-shaped lots, all driveways or parking surfaces located in the front yard shall not cover more than 40 percent of the total front yard area. For wedge-shaped lots, the maximum coverage shall be 50 percent.
b. Private driveways leading to dwelling units shall be a minimum of 18 feet in length. No driveway shall allow parking such that parked vehicles encroach on public or private streets or sidewalks.
c. On residential lots with side-loaded garages, a minimum back-out dimension of 25 feet is required and shall not block drainage along the side yard lot line.

Figure 4.6-1: Side-load Garage
3. Side Yard Restrictions. No driveway or parking surface located in the side yard shall exceed a width of 10 feet.
4. Rear Yard Restrictions.
a. All driveways or parking surfaces located in the rear yard of lots smaller than 20,000 square feet without alley access shall not cover more than 25 percent of the total rear yard area or 750 square feet, whichever is less.
b. All driveways or parking surfaces located in the rear yard of lots smaller than 20,000 square feet with alley access for the purpose of serving alley-loaded garages and lots with either attached garages on the rear elevation of the residence or detached garages located in the rear lot setback shall not exceed 50 percent of the total rear yard area.
c. All driveways or parking surfaces located in the rear yard on lots greater than 20,000 square feet in area shall not exceed 750 square feet.
d. Guest parking may be provided in private driveways (tandem parking) leading to individual buildings; provided, that no parked vehicle encroaches on or over public or private streets or sidewalks.
5. Surfacing.
a. Driveways or parking surfaces abutting paved public rights-of-way are required to be surfaced with concrete, asphalt, or brick or stone pavers.
b. Driveways or parking surfaces abutting unpaved public rights-of-way in open, natural areas, and agricultural districts, are not required to be surfaced with concrete, asphalt, or brick or stone pavers.
c. Driveways or parking surfaces abutting unpaved streets in residential zones are not required to be surfaced with concrete, asphalt, or brick or stone pavers. However, driveways or parking surfaces shall be of standards in conformity with those adopted by the Director of Public Works. Standards shall address construction, placement, material, drainage, and containment.
6. Garage Required. In Subareas B and C, single-family detached and two-family dwellings shall include a garage structure large enough to fully enclose at least one off-street parking space per dwelling on the same lot as the residential structure.
7. Garage Design. In all Subareas, if a garage is provided, the garage structure may be attached or detached from the main dwelling, and shall meet the following standards:
a. It shall be of a similar design, quality, and style as the main residential structure, using the same façade and roofing materials or mixture of materials as found on those portions of the main residential structure facing the street.
b. It shall include at least four square feet of window area, including any window areas located within overhead or swinging doors. Such window areas shall admit light, but may be either transparent or translucent.
8. Garage Variation Required.
a. In single-family detached residential subdivisions that contain four lots or more in Subareas B and C, and that are not using the Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards from Section 146-4.2.3.A, the following standards shall be met:
i. At least 50 percent of the total number of lots in the subdivision or block shall have recessed garage configurations, alternate-load garage configurations, or any combination of either.
ii. A recessed garage configuration is a home design having all its street-facing garage doors recessed at least five feet behind the home's front building line as shown in Figure 4.6-2. A front building line shall be a home's most forward nongarage wall plane at least10 feet wide. It may include the front line of a front porch, provided the porch has a roof and is at least five feet deep and eight feet in width.

Figure 4.6-2: Recessed Garage
iii. For the purposes of this Section 146-4.6.5.C.8, an alternate-load garage configuration shall be defined as a home design having garage doors facing in a direction other than the street on which the home fronts, as shown in Figure 4.6-3. Where used as an alternate-load design, a side-load garage shall have at least one garage door oriented perpendicular to the front elevation of the house with the enclosed portion of the garage on the front elevation comprising a maximum of 60 percent of the total front elevation width.

Figure 4.6-3: Alternate-load Garage
iv. House lots with alternate-load garages shall be permitted a reduced minimum front building setback of 15 feet for all portions of the building, including the garage, except that every dwelling shall maintain a minimum of 20 feet from the garage door to the back of the sidewalk, or to the back of the curb if no sidewalk is present. Alley-load garages shall be set back a minimum of three feet from the alley right-of-way. Lots with alternative-load garages shall be exempted from the driveway area restrictions of this UDO. All garage configurations shall avoid layouts where parking on the driveway will overhang sidewalks or public rights-of-way.
9. Garage Doors as a Percentage of Front Façades. In all Subareas, where a garage door or doors accommodating one or two cars in non-tandem configuration appear on the front of a residential structure, the door or doors shall not occupy more than 47 percent of the total width of the front elevation. For garages built to accommodate three or more vehicles in non-tandem configuration, the garage doors shall not occupy more than 55 percent of the total width of the front elevation. All three-car garages shall have a minimum two foot offset between the single and double garage doors, or between two single doors if three single doors are provided.
D. Parking Lot Layout and Design.
1. Landscaping and Screening. All surface parking lots shall comply with the landscaping and screening standards applicable to parking lots in Section 146-4.7.5.K (Parking Lot Landscaping).
2. Pedestrian Walkways. In parking lots containing more than 150 contiguous spaces, sidewalks or paths at least six feet in width and designated by painted lines, raised surfaces, or different surfacing colors or materials shall be provided within a landscaped median to provide safe pedestrian access from the farthest parking block, row, or bay to the primary entrance of each building the parking area serves.
3. Parking Blocks. Each parking lot containing more than 150 spaces shall divide the parking area into “parking blocks”, each containing no more than 120 vehicle parking spaces to the maximum extent practicable in light of the shape and orientation of the parking lot and the location of access points to the parking lot. Each parking block shall be separated from other parking blocks by a driving aisle with a center landscaped swale, median, or area at least 20 feet in width.
4. Tandem Parking.
a. In Subarea A, all required parking spaces shall be individually accessible except for guest parking in private driveways leading to dwellings, designated employee parking for non-residential uses, and residential parking spaces assigned to a specific unit in a multifamily dwelling.
b. In Subareas B and C, all required parking spaces shall be individually accessible except for guest parking in private driveways leading to single-family detached, single- family attached, and two-family dwellings. Unless otherwise stated, tandem parking for the purpose of meeting minimum parking requirements is prohibited.
5. Overhangs.
a. Parking areas for public use shall be designed so that a parked vehicle does not overhang the public right-of-way, fire lane easement, public sidewalk, or trail unless the right-of-way, fire lane easement, sidewalk, or trail is widened by the amount of the overhang and does not reduce the width of an area or route required to meet the standards of the Americans with Disabilities Act.
b. A parked vehicle may overhang a landscaped area by up to two feet; provided, that the width of the landscape area is increased by the amount of parked vehicle overhang.
c. A permanent curb, bumper, wheel stop, or similar devise shall be installed no closer than two feet from the end of each parking space adjacent to a public right-of-way, public sidewalk, or planters to protect those areas from vehicle overhangs and to protect structures from vehicle damage.
6. Stall Size and Drive Aisle Dimensions.
a. Parking areas and required spaces, drive aisles, and maneuvering areas shall comply with the dimensional standards in the table below.
Table 4.6-4 Off-Street Parking Layout Dimensions | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
0° (parallel) | 45° | 60° | 90° (head-in) | |
Standard Spaces | ||||
Curb length per space | 23 ft. | 12.7 ft. | 10.4 ft. | 9 ft. |
Space depth | 23 ft. | 19.8 ft. | 21 ft. | 19 ft. |
Space width | 8 ft. | 9 ft. | 9 ft. | 9 ft. |
Access aisle width (1 way / 2 way) | 12/22 ft.[1] | 13/22 ft. [1] | 18/22 ft. [1] | 23 ft. |
Notes: [1] Additional width may be required where aisle serves as the principal means of access to on-site buildings or structures. | ||||
b. For parking designs other than those indicated in Table 4.6-4, the minimum dimensions shall be determined by the Planning Director.
7. Surfacing.
a. Generally. All parking areas shall be properly graded for drainage and shall be surfaced with concrete or asphalt, brick or stone pavers meeting Public Works Department standards. All portions of Parking Lots that exceed 125 percent of the minimum on-site parking required for a lot or a development shall use alternative materials pursuant to Subsection 7.b below.
b. Alternative Materials. Alternative materials including pervious or semi-pervious parking materials may be approved if the Director of Public Works determines that the materials are durable and can be maintained over time. These alternative paving materials include but are not limited to grass, mulch, grasscrete, ring and grid systems used with grass, permeable concrete or asphalt, porous pavers, or recycled materials such as glass, rubber, used asphalt, brick, block, and concrete.
8. Marking of Spaces.
a. Parking spaces shall be marked on the pavement. Any other directional markings or signs shall be installed as permitted or required by the City to ensure the approved use of space, direction of traffic flow, and general safety.
b. Required off-street parking spaces shall be delineated by four-inch-wide single- or double-striped lines in the configurations shown in Fig. 4.6-4.

Figure 4.6-4: Alternative Stall Markings and Wheel Stop Locations
E. Parking Garage Design.
1. Design. Above ground parking garages or portions of structures occupied by automobile parking shall meet the following standards:
a. The minimum setback for a parking garage shall be the same that is required for the principal structure.
b. The height of an accessory parking garage shall not exceed the height of the principal structure it is intended to serve. This standard does not apply to parking garages intended to serve transit stations that are one story or less in height.
c. Where the top parking level of a parking garage is not enclosed, lighting for the top parking level may not exceed 12 feet above the parking surface.
d. Each façade facing a public street shall conceal the view of all parked cars below the hoodline and the view of internal light sources, when viewed from the property street frontage.
e. All parking surfaces along any street frontage of the garage shall be generally horizontal, rather than an angled surface or ramp leading to a higher or lower level of the garage.
f. Elements such as decorative grillwork, louvers, or translucent materials consistent with building code requirements for open parking structure requirements shall be used on the upper floor façades, or the upper parking floors shall be designed with a pattern of window-like openings on the parking garage façade.
g. In Subarea A, and in the Core subdistrict of the MU-TOD district, ground floor parking garage frontages on collector or arterial streets shall be designed with a minimum floor-to-ceiling height of 11 feet to a depth of at least 20 feet from the street frontage, so that area can be converted to a pedestrian-active retail or service use in the future.
h. In all Subareas, the ground floor of a parking structure shall employ one or more of the options shown in Table 4.6-5, below to improve visual interest of the ground floor façade. Parking structures without ground-floor active uses shall comply with required landscaping per Section 146-4.7.5.J.2.d.
Table 4.6-5 Parking Structure Screening Methods | |
|---|---|
Storefront with Active Use – Often referred to as a “wrap”, this includes locating an active use such as, but not limited to, retail, restaurant, office, residential, commercial, or civic space between the parking structure and public space. | ![]() |
Public Art – Using public art, such as a mural or sculptural element integrated into the façade. | ![]() |
Display Cases – Display cases could be used to display retail goods, art, banners, and more. | ![]() |
Landscape Wall – Incorporating green landscaping into the façade of a parking structure at the ground floor also provides interest. This can be done with vines, vertical gardens, or other living plant material. | ![]() |
2. Pedestrian and Vehicular Circulation.
a. Where pedestrians cross primary vehicular routes to access stairways, elevators, or other entries, a marked and signed crosswalk shall be provided.
b. Parking ramp slopes shall not exceed the 6.67 percent slope, or the maximum parking slope permitted in the Adopted Building Code for the City of Aurora. (Ord. No. 2023-41 § 3, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Number of Required Off-Street Loading Spaces. The minimum number of off-street loading spaces, plus areas required for access and maneuvering, shall be provided pursuant to Table 4.6-6.
Table 4.6-6 Required Off-Street Loading Spaces | |
|---|---|
Use Category | Minimum Required Loading Spaces |
Office, Lodging, Personal Services and Repair, and Retail | 1 space per 50,000 sf. of gross floor area or fraction thereof, up to a maximum requirement of 3 spaces |
Other Non-Residential Uses | 1 space per 50,000 sf. of gross floor area or fraction thereof, up to a maximum requirement of 2 spaces |
Required Off-Street Loading Spaces
B. Exemptions. Developments meeting any of the following conditions shall be exempt from required off-street loading requirements:
1. Any use with less than 15,000 square feet of gross floor area.
2. Any lot in Subarea A.
3. Any use within the MU-FB, MU-TOD, and MU-R districts or the MU-OA-MS subdistrict.
C. Applicability to Existing Structures. Off-street loading requirements shall only apply to existing buildings when the gross floor area is increased by more than 50 percent. When the gross floor area is increased by more than 50 percent, the required loading spaces shall comply with Table 4.6-6 for both the existing building and the expansion.
D. Design and Use of Off-Street Loading Areas.
1. Location.
a. Off-street loading spaces shall be located on the same lot or parcel as the structure or use for which it is provided.
b. Trucks parked in a loading area shall not encroach into required parking spaces or building setbacks.
c. Parked trucks loading or unloading materials shall not block travel lanes in parking lots or fire lanes.
d. Any required off-street loading areas with more than two docking facilities shall not be located adjacent to any Residential zone district.
2. Maneuvering. In Subareas B and C, loading areas shall be designated to provide for truck backing and maneuvering on-site and not from or within the public rights-of-way.
3. Screening. Service and loading areas visible from a Residential zone district or a public right-of-way shall be screened pursuant to Section 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The following standards apply to properties with a drive-through facility:
A. Number of Required Stacking Spaces. Vehicle stacking spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 4.6-7, below. Required stacking distances shall be measured from the flow line to the first parking stall or aisle. The required stacking distance for the site may be distributed between accesses serving the site, when a minimum stacking distance of 20 feet is provided at all access points.
Table 4.6-7 Required Drive-Through Stacking Spaces | ||
|---|---|---|
Drive-Through Activity | Minimum Required Stacking Spaces (per lane) | Measured from Flow Line To |
Bank, Financial Institution, or Automated Teller Machine (ATM) | 3 | Teller window |
Restaurant | 7, of which at least 4 must be located before the ordering station | Pick-up window |
Motor Vehicle Wash (Full Service) | 3 | Outside of washing bay |
Motor Vehicle Wash (Self Service or Automated) | 1 | Outside of washing bay |
Other | Determined by the Planning Director based on anticipated demand | |
B. Size and Location.
1. Vehicle stacking spaces shall be a minimum of 8.5 feet in width and 19 feet in length.
2. Required vehicle stacking spaces shall not interfere with access to parking spaces. They may be located anywhere on the site provided that multi-modal traffic impacts on- and off-site are minimized and the location does not create negative impacts on adjacent properties due to noise, light, or other factors.
3. Electronic devices such as loudspeakers, automobile service order devices, and similar instruments shall not be audible beyond the property line with any adjacent Residential district.
4. Customers in vehicles shall only be served through service windows or order stations located on the rear of the building or on a side of the building not adjacent to a street frontage.
5. In the MU-TOD Edge subdistrict and the MU-OA-G subdistrict, no drive-through lane or vehicle stacking area may extend between the front of the building and the front lot line.

Figure 4.6-5: Drive-Through Stacking Areas
6. Drive-up or drive-through accessory facilities shall be designed to meet all applicable standards in Sections 146-3.3.6.E (Drive-Up or Drive-Through Facility) and 146-4.4 (Neighborhood Protection Standards). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The intent of this Section 146-4.7 is to establish landscape standards to be used in the preparation of landscape plans that will promote, preserve, and enhance existing and new developments and the image of the City as a whole. Landscaping has many benefits some of which are to improve the visual quality and compatibility within and between developments and differing land uses. It provides green spaces that improve site permeability, contribute to the reduction of erosion and storm water runoff, and, in a number of studies, are essential for long term well-being. In addition, landscaping can be water conserving and contribute to the implementation of Low Impact Development (LID) standards through the use of native and indigenous plant materials that are well adapted to local climatic conditions. Overall, the intent of this Section is to achieve the following goals:
A. Create a sense of place based upon the existing or planned context of an area;
B. Create a high standard of landscape quality for all development;
C. Promote water efficiency through the use of Water-wise plant materials as well as Water-wise principles and practices;
D. Create landscape designs that integrate Low Impact Development principles;
E. Buffer transportation corridors, view corridors, private common space, public park land, and public open space areas;
F. Establish tree-lined canopy streets;
G. Reduce heat island effects and protect citizens from the harmful impacts of the sun;
H. Mitigate the impacts of developments;
I. Discourage the use of seed mixtures or sod containing blue grass, fescue or rye grass cultivars;
J. Preserve existing trees; and
K. Promote biodiversity and habitat for pollinators. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. General. The provisions of this Section 146-4.7 apply to all development and redevelopment within Subareas A, B and C and shall be included as part of the Site Plan submittal process or as part of a Redevelopment Plan. The landscape focus for Subareas A, B and C, as described in Section 146-2.2 (Three Character Areas) will vary depending on the type of development and redevelopment that is expected to occur and the given zoning of a parcel. Landscaping shall be required for the following:
1. All development on vacant land or cleared land;
2. All new development of residential, mixed-use, and non-residential primary structures;
3. Redevelopment of a site that involves replacement of an existing structure or expansion of the gross floor area by more than 25 percent.
4. Construction of new parking lots containing 10 or more parking spaces, and the redesign or reconfiguration of existing primary use parking lots containing 10 or more parking spaces.
B. All parks and open space areas that are to be owned and maintained by the City but constructed by a developer, shall comply with the design standards and procedures in the Aurora Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual rather than the standards found in this Section 146-4.7.
C. The City Council may declare a drought emergency, and during such times, the installation of various types of landscaping as required by this Section may be postponed. In the event of a declared drought emergency, the following landscape preparation measures shall be completed in lieu of specific landscape plantings prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy:
1. Final grading;
2. Installation of main irrigation system components;
3. Installation of plant beds, including edging, weed barrier, and mulch, without plant materials; and
4. Completion of sedimentation and soil erosion best management practices including placement of soil erosion materials on areas to be sodded or seeded. Types of materials include roof leader extensions, straw wattles, hay bales, and soil erosion blankets. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Landscape Reference Manual. Prior to the preparation of a formal landscape plan submittal, designers shall consult the Landscape Reference Manual, which is available on the City’s website, for specific requirements regarding plan setup, scale, notes, plant symbology, standard tables, and the Water-wise plant list.
B. Plant Material Requirements.
1. General. Landscaping for all development shall include a variety of Water-wise plant materials, such as trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses, groundcovers, annual and perennial flowering species, turf grasses, and mulches that will provide visual interest during all seasons.
a. The use of plant materials adapted to the climatic conditions of the area shall be used to the maximum extent practicable in order to reduce water consumption, general maintenance, and the dependence on fertilizers and insecticides.
b. Landscape materials such as stone, masonry, wood, and steel may also be used to define space and create visual interest. When landscaped areas are adjacent to natural areas or open spaces, plants shall be selected to continue that native appearance along the border with the open space or natural area.
c. At least 75 percent of all annuals and trees, and 100 percent of shrubs, perennials, groundcovers, and ornamental grasses used to landscape each site regulated by this Section shall be selected from the Water-wise Plant List in the Landscape Reference Manual; the Colorado State University Cooperative Extension Facts Sheet on Xeriscaping; or other approved Water-wise, resource wise, or Xeriscape plant material references.
d. Trees and shrubs specified from another source other than the Water-wise plant list will be considered if the source for the Water-wise designation is listed on the plan. Such sources may consist of the Colorado State University Extension office or similar sources. Applicants may also consult with the City Forester regarding any proposed tree species not on the approved Water-wise plant list.
e. Evergreen trees such as Austrian and Ponderosa Pine as well as Spruce, shall not be planted closer than 20 feet to a street edge, sidewalk, or parking area as measured from the trunk of the tree to the edge of the pavement.
f. Planting within rip-rap lined swales is prohibited. No trees, shrubs, and/or perennials shall be planted within the rock.
2. Minimum Plant Sizes. Plant material shall be installed in the minimum sizes shown in Table 4.7-1. Trees shall be measured six inches above ground level for all trees up to four inches in caliper and 12 inches above ground level for larger trees.
Table 4.7-1 Minimum Plant Sizes | ||
|---|---|---|
Type of Planting | General Minimum Size Requirement | Special Locations [1] |
Shade trees | Two inch caliper minimum standard. Two and one-half inch caliper minimum for street trees along arterial and collector streets. | Three-inch caliper |
Ornamental trees | Two-inch caliper minimum (for single stem varieties). Clump forms, multi-stemmed, and similar are acceptable and shall be six to eight feet in height at time of installation. | Two and one-half inch caliper |
Evergreen trees | Six feet tall | 8 -10 feet high |
Shrubs | Five-gallon container | |
Ornamental grasses and perennials | One-gallon container | |
Notes: [1] Special Locations include non-residential or mixed-use development along property lines adjacent to residential uses. | ||
3. Tree and Shrub Diversity. Tree and shrub diversity shall comply with the Landscape Reference Manual to the maximum extent practicable.
4. Prohibited Plant Species.
a. The following plants shall be prohibited from being planted in the City:
i. Russian Olive (all Elaeagnus Angustifolia species and cultivars);
ii. Aspen (all Populus Tremuloides species and cultivars);
iii. Cottonwood (all species), unless being used to continue the native appearance along the border with open space or natural areas or within non-street frontage buffers, but not in connection with curbside landscape areas or abutting walks and/or buildings;
iv. Tamarisk (all species);
v. Ash (Fraxinus species);
vi. Siberian Elm (Ulmus pumia); and
vii. Tree of Heaven (Ailanthus sp.).
b. Plants listed as an invasive species by the Colorado State University Extension Service are prohibited.
c. Plants listed on the Colorado Noxious Weed List are prohibited.
5. Living Material Requirements.
a. General Requirements. This Section 146-4.7.3.B.5 applies to all required landscapes unless exempted by Subsection b below or by another provision of this UDO.
b. Exceptions.
i. Areas within and immediately adjacent to public rights-of-way having no reasonable means of providing an underground automatic irrigation system shall with the approval of the Planning Director be landscaped with a minimum of two materials as listed below. One of the two materials must be plant material. Forty percent of the total landscape area must be permeable materials. Twenty percent of the permeable material area must be plant material. A homeowner’s yard visible from the public right-of-way shall not consist of entirely non-living materials.
(a) Plant material – to be hand watered if no automatic irrigation system is available
(b) Rock, no white rock
(c) Natural or manmade pavers over a compacted base
(d) Integrally colored stamped decorative concrete
(e) Shredded cedar or wood chip mulch
6. Plant Quality and Installation. All plant materials shall meet or exceed minimum standards as outlined by the Colorado Nursery Act Regulations and the current edition of the Uniform Nursery Standards, and shall be installed according to specifications of the Associated Landscape Contractors of Colorado.
7. Tree and Shrub Equivalents.
a. Tree Equivalents. The following tree equivalents are provided to allow design flexibility in applicable situations as provided in this UDO. One tree equivalent shall be equal to:
i. One 2.5 inch caliper deciduous shade tree;
ii. One 2 inch caliper deciduous shade tree;
iii. One 2 inch caliper ornamental tree;
iv. One 6 foot tall evergreen tree;
v. Twelve 5 gallon shrubs per one 2.5 inch caliper tree or 8 foot to 10 foot tall evergreen tree; or
vi. Ten 5 gallon shrubs per one 2 inch caliper tree or 6 foot tall evergreen tree.
b. Shrub Equivalents. The following shrub equivalents are provided to allow design flexibility in applicable situations as provided in this UDO. Shrub equivalents apply to either deciduous or evergreen species. One five gallon shrub equivalent shall be equal to:
i. Three 1 gallon perennials; or
ii. Three 1 gallon ornamental grasses
8. Plant Beds.
a. Plant beds shall be separated from turf and other areas by metal edging or approved equivalent material.
b. All shrubs, ornamental grasses, perennials, and groundcovers shall be located within plant beds.
c. The installation of individual shrub species in turf or native seed areas without metal edging, but with hand-dug spade edges, may be approved by the City based on likelihood of survival and potential impacts on surrounding vegetation.
d. Where rock is the chosen mulch treatment and no plant material will be installed, weed barrier fabric shall be used to block weed growth and conserve moisture. Crusher fines may not be used as a mulch treatment unless specified as permitted in another section of the UDO.
e. Trees and shrubs shall be mulched by either rock or wood mulch, or a combination of both, at the discretion of the designer. Shredded cedar is the preferred mulch treatment around all plant material as it has moisture retention qualities unlike rock mulch that retains and radiates heat around plants.
f. For wood mulch applications, all trees shall be surrounded by an area of mulch that shall be no less than three inches in depth and no less than three inches from the trunk to reduce potential damage from insects. Mulch shall be a minimum of three inches from trunks to reduce insect and trunk damage.
g. All plant beds shall be mulched to a minimum depth of three inches. Areas planted with perennials and groundcovers species shall be mulched to a minimum two inches in depth.
9. Thorny Plants and Shrubs. Shrubs that have thorns shall not be planted within 8’ of public walks or within parking lot islands. Trees that drop fruits or have thorns shall not be planted within 20 feet of public walks or within parking lot islands or medians.
10. Clear Space Above Walks. Trees planted adjacent to public sidewalks shall maintain an eight foot or greater tree branching height above the walks when mature.
11. Artificial Turf Standards. Where this UDO permits the use of artificial turf, it shall comply with the following standards.
a. Allowed Use.
i. Artificial turf may be used in sports field applications.
ii. Artificial turf may be used in front yards to replace sod or native seed areas of single-family residential lots if approved by a homeowners’ association and/or Title 32 District. Homeowners shall meet the Residential Yard Landscape Requirements per Table 4.7-3 in addition to providing artificial turf.
iii. Artificial turf may be used in commercial developments.
iv. Artificial turf may be used in street frontage buffers.
v. Artificial turf may be used in dog parks.
vi. Artificial turf may be used in back yards.
b. Materials. Artificial turf shall be of a type known as cut pile infill and shall be manufactured from polypropylene, polyethylene, or a blend of polypropylene and polyethylene fibers stitched onto a polypropylene or polyurethane mesh or hole-punched backing. Hole-punched backings shall have holes spaced in a uniform grid pattern with spacing not to exceed four inches by six inches on center.
c. Installation. Artificial turf shall be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
d. Slope Restrictions. The installation of artificial turf on slopes greater than 6.6 percent shall require the applicant to consult with the manufacturer on recommendations for installation and use.
e. General Appearance. Artificial turf shall be installed and maintained to effectively simulate the appearance of a well-maintained turf grass.
f. Specific Prohibited Uses.
i. Artificial turf may not be used within curbside planting areas in any zone district.
ii. Reserved.
Editor’s note: The provisions of this subsection were repealed by Ord. 2023-41, enacted September 11, 2023.
iii. Reserved.
Editor’s note: The provisions of this subsection were repealed by Ord. 2023-41, enacted September 11, 2023.
iv. Artificial turf may not be used to satisfy any requirements of this Section 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management) unless this Section 146-4.7 or another section of this UDO contains a specific provision allowing such use.
v. Where this UDO permits the use of artificial turf or natural turf, the use of indoor or outdoor plastic or nylon carpeting or other materials or combinations of materials as a replacement for artificial turf or natural turf is prohibited.
12. Turf Regulations. The design of all new turf areas shall comply with the following requirements:
a. Turf Area Limitations.
i. Turf Area Limitations for Each Lot Containing Single-Family Detached, Two-Family and Single-Family Attached Duplex Homes. Turf requirements for such areas shall be subject to all the requirements listed in Table 4.7-3, Residential Yard Landscape Requirements and Section 138-191 of the Aurora City Code.
ii. Turf Area Limitations for All Other Development Areas Except Playfields. In all other development sites except playfields, areas as defined by Section 138-191 of the Aurora City Code, Use of Turf and Ornamental Water Features, the use of cool-season grass sod, seed and seed mixtures that contain cool-season grass species shall be limited to not more than 33 percent of the site’s total landscaped areas. The area consisting of high-water using species of cool-season grasses such as Kentucky bluegrass shall be contiguous. For the purposes of these standards “contiguous” shall mean all abutting areas and areas that may be separated by a pedestrian walk or trail. Areas separated by pavement used for vehicular circulation are not considered contiguous.
b. Cool-Season Grass.
i. High-Water Usage Cool-Season Grasses. A cool-season grass species shall be considered high-water use if it requires more than 15 inches of annual irrigation.
C. Irrigation.
1. New landscaped areas, plant beds, raised planters, and plant containers, with the exception of non-irrigated native, dryland, and restorative grasses shall be watered by a permanent automatic irrigation system meeting all adopted Aurora Water engineering standards, which may be found on the City’s website.
2. Automatic rain shutoff sensors shall be installed in all irrigation systems.
3. The Aurora Water Department requires all non-single-family landscapes to be divided into water conserving (non-turf), nonwater conserving (turf), and non-irrigated areas (e.g., pavement). A separate hydrozone plan is required for submittal with the landscape plan. Refer to the Landscape Reference Manual for plan requirements. (Ord. No. 2023-41 § 4, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2023-29 § 1, 07-31-2023; Ord. No. 2020-37 § 18, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Any private covenant(s) that purports to invalidate or disallow the xeriscaping provisions contained in this UDO are invalid and a nullity, as to those provisions, as being against the expressed public policy of the Aurora City Council and of the state legislature as expressed in Section 37-60-126(11) of the Colorado Revised Statutes. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Requirements. All of the areas listed in this Section 146-4.7.5 shall be landscaped as described in this Section 146-4.7.5. If there is a conflict between the various landscaping standards, the more restrictive standard shall apply. Wherever the requirements for two or more landscaping standards overlap, the same plant material may be counted toward meeting the requirements of both standards, however the more restrictive standard must be met. Cross-references to some subsections of Section 146-4.7.5 commonly applicable to development and redevelopment are provided below, but additional subsections address specific areas, types of development, or development situations, and all applicable provisions in this Section 146-4.7.5 shall apply regardless of whether cross-referenced below.
1. Curbside Landscape, See Section 146-4.7.5.C
2. Street Frontage Landscape Buffers, See Section 146-4.7.5.D
3. Parking Lot Landscaping - Exterior, See Section 146-4.7.5.K.
4. Parking Lot Landscaping - Interior, See Section 146-4.7.5.K
5. Building Perimeter Landscaping, See Section 146-4.7.5.J
6. Non-Street Perimeter Buffers, See Section 146-4.7.5.E
7. Detention Pond and Water Quality Ponds, See Section 146-4.7.5.M.
B. Landscape Components. Figure 4.7-1 below represents the typical landscape components required in a land development application and corresponds with the list of cross-references below. The specific landscape requirements can be found in this Section 146-4.7.5. The figure below is illustrative only; quantities shown are not necessarily representative of the requirements.

Figure 4.7-1: Landscape Components
C. Curbside Landscaping.
1. General.
a. Curbside landscaping shall include requirements for detached walks, street trees, curbside planting, mulches, and fence locations. Street trees and curbside planting are required whether on a public or private street.
b. Streets with detached walks shall have curbside landscapes that include the area within the right-of-way as measured between the back of curb and face of walk. The curb is not counted as part of the curbside landscape.
c. Street trees shall be centered within the curbside planting area unless defined by another provision of the Aurora City Code or an approved Master Plan. The uniform placement of street trees is intended to create a continuous street edge. Trees may be grouped to achieve a specific aesthetic; however, the intent is to avoid large areas without street trees. No gap between groupings of street trees shall exceed 120 feet, and no trees shall be placed in easements unless permitted by the easement holder.
d. Street trees shall be deciduous, thornless, fruitless canopy trees of species that mature to heights of between 30 and 60 feet and with canopies that mature to at least 25 feet wide.
e. Street trees shall be set back at least 50 feet from the face of a stop sign in order to maintain a regulatory sign visibility zone as shown in Figure 4.7-2.

Figure 4.7-2: Regulatory Sign Visibility Zone
f. Applicants shall retain City-owned street trees in order to preserve the City’s urban forest. Removal of City-owned street trees requires prior approval of the City Forester. If removal is necessary, tree mitigation fees may be applicable and will be determined upon inspection by the Forestry Department.
g. Applicants requesting to develop or redevelop within the Havana Overlay District shall not be required to comply with the curbside landscaping standards within this Section. Instead, all properties shall comply with right-of-way planting standards in Section 146-2.6.7 (Havana Street Overlay (-HSO).
h. Curbside landscaping is required and is in addition to street frontage landscape buffers described in Section 146-4.7.5.D.
2. Detached Walks.
a. Minimum Plant Material Quantities. One tree per 40 linear feet of street frontage plus shrubs, water-wise xeric grass species, native seed, ornamental grasses, and perennials, as required by this Subsection C.
i. Curbside landscape areas that are less than four feet in width shall be mulched with rock mulch or wood mulch, no white rock. Rock shall be a minimum of 2.5 inch diameter.
ii. Curbside landscape areas that are between four and seven and one-half feet in width shall be planted with shrubs meeting the minimum quantity requirements as defined by this Section. Ornamental grasses may also be provided. Refer to Figure 4.7-3 below.

Figure 4.7-3: Substitute for Non-Xeric, Cool-Season Grass in Curbside Landscape Area
iii. Curbside landscape areas that are between eight and 10 feet in width shall be planted with shrubs at a minimum. Ornamental grasses as well as water conserving (xeric) seed and/or grass species may be provided in between shrub and ornamental grass beds.
iv. Curbside landscape areas that are 10 feet in width or wider may be planted entirely with either a water conserving (xeric) grass species or native seed. A combination of shrubs and ornamental grass beds may be incorporated within the curbside landscape area meeting the minimum quantity requirements as defined by this Section.

Figure 4.7-4: Curbside Landscape Native Seed Application
v. Curbside landscapes shall provide no less than one shrub per 40 square feet of curbside landscape area. Shrub equivalents may be installed but may not account for more than 40 percent of the total shrub count provided as shrub equivalents. Shrubs are assumed to be an average of four feet wide at maturity. No more than five percent of perennials may be provided as shrub equivalents. Calculations for the plant quantities shall be done first. Any area within the curbside planting bed that is remaining shall be completed with either wood or rock mulch, or native seed depending upon the width of the curbside landscape. Provide a variety of shrub species that differ in height, color and width for visual interest throughout the seasons. Shrubs and ornamental grasses shall be five gallon size at time of installation and perennials shall be provided at a ratio of three one-gallon perennials to one five-gallon shrub.
vi. The use of native seed within the curbside planting areas within the MU-OA zone district may be approved on a case-by-case basis by the Planning Director based on appearance and durability in the location where it is to be installed. Given the urban and fully developed character of the MU-OA zone district, native seeding may not be appropriate.
vii. When located within a sight distance triangle, plant materials shall comply with the provisions of Section 146-4.2.3.I. Refer to the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual for sight distance triangle design parameters.
viii. Rock mulch within the curbside landscape area may be used in between planting beds, but may not be used as 100 percent coverage in the curbside planting area, unless the exception in Section 146-4.7.5.C.2.a.i applies.
ix. Additional trees may not be provided in the curbside landscape area as a substitute for the living ground cover treatment such as shrubs, ornamental grasses, or perennials.
b. Street Tree Measurements. For detached sidewalks, street tree quantities shall be determined by taking the measurements as shown in Figures 4.7-6 and 4.7-7 below.

Figure 4.7-6: Street Tree Measurement – Detached

Figure 4.7-7: Street Tree Measurement – Detached
c. Use of Living and Non-Living Materials. The following standards apply to sites with detached sidewalks:
i. In addition to the required street trees, curbside landscaping within the right-of-way may consist of both living and non-living landscape materials.
ii. Living materials shall include water-wise deciduous or evergreen shrubs, ornamental grasses, perennials, ground covers, water-wise xeric grass species, and/or native seed consistent with Subsection C.2.a.ii above.
iii. Non-living landscape materials may consist of wood mulch and rock mulch in combination with living plant material consistent with Section 146-4.7.5.C.2.a.ii. Crusher fines may not be used as a mulch treatment. Crusher fines may be installed to support limited areas of high pedestrian traffic generated by adjacent land uses or as step-out areas supporting on-street parking within the curbside landscapes as a means to access adjoining sidewalks.



Figure 4.7-8: Examples of Detached Sidewalk Curbside Landscapes
3. Attached Sidewalks.
a. Minimum Plant Material Quantities. One tree 40 per linear feet of street frontage.
b. Street Tree Measurements. For attached sidewalks, street tree quantities shall be determined by taking the measurements between the tangent points in Figure 4.7-9 below.

Figure 4.7-9: Street Tree Measurement - Attached
c. Location.
i. Adjacent to attached sidewalks, street trees shall be located between four to five feet from the back of curb or edge of sidewalk.
ii. In an attached sidewalk condition, street trees and street frontage landscape buffers may overlap. In this scenario, street trees may count toward the buffer plantings if approved on a case-by-case basis by the Planning Director based on appearance and effectiveness as a buffer in the location where the trees are to be installed.
4. Urban Street Frontages. Urban street frontages are those that are required to have attached walks with tree openings and no curbside landscape. Urban street frontages include widened sidewalks to accommodate outdoor cafes and pedestrian thruways, site amenities such as benches, lighting and wayfinding as well as landscaping to strengthen the urban tree canopy, plant containers and raised planters to enhance the pedestrian realm and minimize the appearance of hardscape.
a. Zones. The urban street cross-section is divided into functional areas or zones based upon a total 16 foot width. These zones are called the Edge Zone, the Furnishings Zone, the Pedestrian Throughway Zone, and the Frontage Zone. See Figure 4.7-10.
i. Edge Zones. The Edge Zone is located within approximately one and one-half feet from the face of curb, and does not contain landscaping, plant containers, raised planters, or other items that will interfere with traffic and/or snow plowing. Tree openings flush with the grade may encroach into the Edge Zone. The Edge Zone is only required when on street parking is provided.
ii. Furnishings Zone. The Furnishings Zone abuts the Edge Zone and is five feet wide. Its purpose is to accommodate street trees within tree openings, decorative pavement, site furnishings, bus shelters, and lighting. Landscape requirements include the installation of one street tree per 35 linear feet of street frontage. Street trees shall be located in tree openings at least five feet by 15 feet in size and near property lines to the maximum extent practicable. Street trees shall be accompanied by ornamental grasses, perennials and/or shrubs in the tree openings or by non-living materials such as rock and wood mulch. Street trees shall be either large deciduous canopy tree species or ornamental tree species. The combined height of groundcovers shall be not more than 26 inches tall when within a sight triangle.
iii. Pedestrian Throughway Zone. The intent of the Pedestrian Throughway Zone is to allow efficient, direct, and unobstructed access at least six feet wide along sidewalks. The Pedestrian Throughway Zone shall be clear of all plant containers, raised planters, plant beds, and other site amenities. Branches of maturing street trees encroaching into this zone shall be pruned to a height of not less than eight feet. Outdoor cafes may be located within this zone, but shall not obstruct pedestrian movements. To allow for a wider outdoor seating area, a five foot pedestrian throughway may be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case based on considerations of pedestrian access, pedestrian safety, and plant survival.
iv. Frontage Zone. The Frontage Zone abuts the façade of the building and is three-and-one-half feet wide. Whenever landscaping is voluntarily provided within the Frontage Zone adjacent to a building façade, landscaping may be provided within plant containers, raised plants beds or at grade. In addition to plantings, this area would be ideal for outdoor seating with tables and chairs. Any voluntary landscaping shall be in addition to street tree requirements.

Figure 4.7-10: Urban Street Frontage Zones With Parallel Parking

Figure 4.7-11: Urban Street Frontage Zones Without Parallel Parking


Figure 4.7-12: Urban Streetscape Examples
b. Urban Street Trees. Refer to the Landscape Reference Manual regarding the City of Aurora Recommended Xeriscape and No-Water Plant List.
c. Mulch Rings. A minimum four foot diameter mulch ring shall be placed around each tree planted within an urban turf area or within a tree opening within the pavement. The mulch ring shall consist of organic materials placed at a depth of not less than three inches. Crusher fines, crushed gravel or granite shall be not be used as a mulch in tree openings within pavement.
d. Tree Opening Options. Urban conditions often require special design considerations in an effort to preserve and promote urban tree canopy. Alternative tree planting and sidewalk modifications that could improve the life expectancy of an urban tree or that will provide a more advantageous growing area for tree roots and create opportunities for water quality may be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis based on appearance, durability, and potential success in achieving these goals in the location where the trees are to be installed. While not an all-inclusive list, designers may wish to consider the following options or propose other alternatives not currently listed below.
i. Rubber Sidewalks. Rubber sidewalks are not installed as deep and the material is not as thick as a traditional sidewalk thereby providing more space for tree root growth. The panels are pervious allowing storm water to seep down between the panels increasing infiltration rather than running into street gutters. Maintenance costs often associated with removing existing concrete, hauling it away and replacing it are reduced as panels can be easily be removed individually to examine and/or trim tree roots.

ii. Structural Cells. Structural cells are strong plastic structures that firmly support sidewalks and provide an expanded area for greater soil volume capacity. The increased soil volume can lead to an expanded rooting zone thereby supporting larger tree growth. It is an ideal low impact development option for the long-term co-existence of trees and streets.

iii. Suspended Pavements. Suspended pavements are a type of technology that support the weight of paving while creating a larger subsurface void space that is filled with native, excavated or a specified planting mix. The system allows for an increase in the soil capacity providing a greater rooting area composed of lightly compacted soil. This system aids in urban tree growth, provides a source for on-site treatment of storm water for water quality purposes and recharges the watershed.

5. Exceptions and Exemptions.
a. If an easement conflicts with the installation of street trees, applicants shall provide shrub equivalents. If vegetation of any type, other than grass is prohibited by the easement holder, than the applicant shall be required to provide the required trees elsewhere on site. Relocated street trees shall not be used to satisfy other required landscaping (i.e. building perimeter, open space tract landscaping, buffers etc.) If the applicant and the City determine that site constraints prohibit the relocation of the street trees, then the applicant shall request an administrative adjustment.
b. Columnar trees will be permitted when a hardship is demonstrated, such as in confined planting areas or environmental conditions, and may be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis based on durability and appearance in the location where the tree is to be installed.
c. Existing deciduous street trees in good health and condition may be used to satisfy the street tree requirement if they are part of the curbside landscaping as described in this Section 146-4.7.5.C.
d. Evergreen trees shall not be used as street trees.
D. Street Frontage Landscape Buffers.
1. General.
a. Public and private street frontages shall include landscaping in accordance with this Section 146-4.7.5.D, unless another provision of this UDO or an approved Master Plan or Site Plan provides a different landscaping standard. The requirements of this Section shall be in addition to the required curbside planting (street trees and understory plantings) standards set forth in Section 146-4.7.5.C above.
b. The required depth of a street frontage landscape buffer is measured inward from the back of sidewalk or from a public or private right-of-way when a sidewalk is not present. On private streets with no right-of-way line, the street frontage buffer depth shall be measured inward from the back of the sidewalk or if no sidewalk exists, the buffer is measured from the back of the nearest curb line. See Figure 4.7-13.

Figure 4.7-13: Street Frontage Landscape Buffer Measurement
2. Exceptions.
a. Landscape street frontage buffers for single-family detached and multifamily developments facing an arterial and/or collector street shall measure their street frontage buffer from the back of walk. Refer to Figures 4.7-14 through 4.7-17.
b. Street frontage landscape buffer requirements are not applicable to residential structures as noted in Table 3.2-1 (Permitted Use Table) with the exception of single-family detached homes whose rear lots face an arterial or collector street and multifamily residential developments fronting an arterial or collector street. Refer to Figures 4.7-14 through 4.7-17.

Figure 4.7-14: Arterial Street Frontage Buffer Measurement Detached Straight Walk

Figure 4.7-15: Arterial Street Frontage Buffer Measurement Detached Meandering Walk

Figure 4.7-16: Arterial Street (Painted Median) Frontage Buffer Measurement Detached Straight Walk

Figure 4.7-17: Collector Street Frontage Buffer Measurement Detached Straight Walk
3. Minimum Plant Material Quantities.
a. Along Public or Private Rights-of-Way.
i. All required street frontage landscape buffers shall contain a minimum of one tree and 10 shrubs per 40 linear feet. Where single-family detached residential or multifamily residential abut an arterial or collector street, 50 percent of the trees provided shall be evergreen species. Buffer widths shall be in accordance with Table 4.7.2.
While shrubs may be provided as equivalents for trees as listed in Section 146-4.7.3.B(7), perennials may not be used as equivalents to meet screening requirements. Perennials may be provided as accents but may not count toward the minimum plant quantities. Shrubs and ornamental grasses may only be substituted for trees if the applicant demonstrates to staff that the site is encumbered.
ii. Encumbrances shall include overhead and underground utilities, floodplain, easements, or the like. Self-imposed encumbrances such as drainage swales shall not be deemed encumbrances. Minimum required buffer depths and plant materials shall be required. Plant material shall be a combination of evergreen and deciduous trees and shrubs. Shrubs shall be chosen based upon their ability to provide appropriate screening and shall reach minimum mature height of between three to four feet. No more than 20 percent of the buffer plant material shall be ornamental grasses due to their limited buffering ability during the late fall through summer months. See Figure 4.7-18.

Figure 4.7-18: Street Frontage Landscape Buffer
4. Planting Design. Buffer plant material may not be concentrated in one location within the buffer, but shall be distributed to provide the necessary screening along its entire length. A minimum eight foot wide planting bed shall be maintained from the face of a wall or fence.
5. Encroachments into Buffers. No buildings or portions of buildings including drive lanes, detention ponds, parking stalls, dumpsters, or dumpster enclosures may intrude into the minimum required buffer.
6. Exceptions for Subarea A.
a. Street frontage buffers shall not be required for single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family front yards and corner side yards visible from public view.
b. Street buffers are not required adjacent to public or private park land.
c. Properties in the MU-OA zone district area not required to comply with the street frontage buffer standards in this Section 146-4.7.5.D but are required to comply with the standards in Section 146-2.4.4 (Mixed-Use -- Original Aurora District (MU-OA).
d. Properties within the Havana Overlay District shall not be required to comply with the street frontage buffer standards within this section, with the exception that grasses and perennials may not be provided as shrub equivalents for trees. Shrubs may only be provided as equivalents for trees when the site is encumbered. Encumbrances shall include overhead and underground utilities, floodplain, easements, or the like. Self-imposed encumbrances such as drainage swales shall not be deemed encumbrances. Minimum required buffer depths and plant materials shall be required. Plant material shall be a combination of evergreen and deciduous trees and shrubs. Shrubs shall be chosen based upon their ability to provide appropriate screening and shall reach a minimum mature height of between three to four feet. No more than 20 percent of the buffer plant material shall be ornamental grasses due to their limited buffering ability during the late fall through summer months. All other street frontage buffer requirements shall be required to comply with the standards in Section 146-2.6.7 (Havana Street Overlay (-HSO)).
e. The MU-OA, MU-FB, MU-TOD, and MU-R zone districts call for intensive types of development that might be associated with an urban center, transit oriented development or main street. Such districts emphasize pedestrian friendly design, traditional main streets, mixing of uses and the creation of unique places. Development in such places is often characterized in part by relatively short blocks, narrow lots and narrow to zero building setbacks on the fronts and sides of the lots. Strict adherence to the requirements for setbacks or buffers as described in this UDO could limit the achievement of the purposes of such districts. Such development can benefit from flexibility in otherwise generally applicable zoning standards. The Planning Director may approve a modification of street frontage buffer standards in these zone districts pursuant to Section 146-5.4.4.F (Administrative Adjustments).
7. Exceptions for Subareas B and C.
a. All development and redevelopment shall meet the street frontage buffer requirements except when residential uses abut an arterial and collector street whose buffer depths shall be measured from the flow line. Refer to Figures Figure 4.7-14: Arterial Street Frontage Buffer Measurement Detached Straight Walk through 4.7-17.
b. When a tract platted as a private common space tract is 20 feet or less in depth and separates the rear lot lines of a residential development from an arterial or collector street, then a street buffer is required meeting the standards of this Section 146-4.7.5.D and Figures 4.7-14 through 4.7-17 is required.
c. Where residential rear lots abut a private common space tract and the separation between the residential rear lot line and the arterial or collector street is greater than 20 feet, no street buffer is required, but the private common open space/tract landscaping standards in Section 146-4.7.5.I shall apply. See Figure 4.7-14.
d. Street frontage landscape buffers shall not be required for single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family front yards and corner side yards visible from public view.
e. Street frontage landscape buffers are not required adjacent to public or private park land.

Figure 4.7-19: Street Buffer for Homeowners’ Association Tracts Abutting Public or Private Streets
8. Fence and Wall Placement.
a. Where screen walls and fences are placed within a street frontage buffer, they shall be placed at the inward edge of the buffer or berm and shall not be used to reduce the buffer width to a distance less than the prescribed buffer or to prohibit the installation of the required landscaping unless permitted as stated in Table 4.7-2. Required buffer plantings shall be installed on the exterior or street-facing side of the buffer.
b. If a wall or fence is provided along the rear property lines of residential homes along a street frontage, the required landscape buffer shall be provided within a designated lot or tract owned by a homeowners’ association or Title 32 District. The tract containing the buffer and the plant material shall be located on the exterior or street-facing side of the wall or fence. Access for future maintenance and irrigation shall be provided by the property owner, homeowners’ association, or Title 32 District.
c. If a wall or fence is provided along the rear property lines of residential homes along a street frontage and there is a designated easement abutting the rear lots, a landscape buffer shall be provided within the developer’s property or within a separate dedicated easement behind the public right-of-way approved by the Planning Director as consistent with other easements and service requirements. Access for future maintenance and irrigation shall be provided by the property owner, homeowners’ association, or Title 32 District.
d. Side yard fences and walls placed at corner lots of single-family, two-family, and single-family detached homes may be placed at the minimum fence setback line allowed by Section 146-4.7.9 (Fence and Wall Regulations).
e. For fence and wall setback and material requirements along arterial, collector and other public and private streets and alleys, see Section 146-4.7.9 (Fence and Wall Regulations).
E. Non-Street Perimeter Buffers.
1. General.
a. Non-street perimeter buffers occur along property lines with no street frontages. Non-street perimeter buffer requirements within the MU-OA zone district shall focus on screening surface parking lots, loading areas and drive-through lanes.
b. All new development or redevelopment proposed adjacent to dedicated public park land and open space areas, including trail corridors, within Subarea A, B or C shall provide the required buffer in accordance with the Section 146-4.7.5.H (Special Landscape Buffers for Development Adjacent to I-70, I-225, E-470, Public Parks, Open Space, and Trails).
c. Plant material shall be a combination of evergreen and deciduous trees and shrubs. Shrubs shall be chosen based upon their ability to provide appropriate screening and shall be selected to reach a mature height of between four and five feet. While upright junipers are commonly used for buffers, alternative plant materials shall be integrated that are better suited to winter snow loads and provide year round visual interest such as the following:
i. Evergreen Trees: Compact White Spruce, Bakeri and Fastigiata Spruce, Emerald Arrow and Mint Truffle Bosnian Pine, Columnar Austrian Pine
ii. Deciduous Trees: Columnar oaks, upright Norway Maple, Tallhedge Buckthorn, Tower Poplar, Columnar Purple Plum
2. Plant Quantities.
a. Commercial and Industrial Buffers.
i. Commercial or industrial buffers adjacent to commercial, industrial, or other non-residential developments shall include one tree and five shrubs per 40 linear feet of buffer. At least 30 percent of the tree species shall be evergreen.
ii. Commercial and industrial buffers proposed adjacent to residential development shall include one tree and five shrubs for each 25 linear feet of buffer and 50 percent of the trees shall be evergreen species.
iii. Plant sizes shall be increased to three-inch caliper for deciduous shade trees and eight feet tall for evergreen trees between non-residential and residential uses.
iv. While shrubs may be provided as equivalents for trees as listed in Section 146-4.7.3.B(7), perennials may not be used as equivalents to meet screening requirements. Perennials may be provided as accents but may not count toward the minimum plant quantities. Shrubs and ornamental grasses may only be submitted for trees if the applicant demonstrates to staff that the site is encumbered.
Encumbrances shall include overhead and underground utilities, floodplain, easements, or the like. Self-imposed encumbrances such as drainage swales shall not be deemed encumbrances. Minimum required buffer depths and plant materials shall be required. No more than 20 percent of the buffer plant material shall be ornamental grasses due to their limited ability to buffer during the late fall through summer months.

Figure 4.7-20: Commercial and Industrial Uses Adjacent to Commercial and Industrial Uses
b. Residential Buffers.
i. Residential development proposed adjacent to industrial, commercial, commercial mixed-use properties, and all other non-residential properties shall include one tree and five shrubs for each 25 linear feet of buffer and 50 percent of the trees shall be evergreen species. See Figure 4.7-21.
ii. When multifamily dwellings are located abutting lots containing any Household Living use listed in Table 4.3-1, the multifamily dwelling use shall provide one tree and five shrubs for each 40 linear feet of buffer.
iii. Plant sizes shall be increased to three inch caliper for deciduous shade trees and eight feet tall for evergreen trees between non-residential and residential uses.
iv. While shrubs may be provided as equivalents for trees as listed in Section 146-4.7.3.B(7), perennials may not be used as equivalents to meet screening requirements. Perennials may be provided as accents but may not count toward the minimum plant quantities. Shrubs and ornamental grasses may only be submitted for trees if the applicant demonstrates to staff that the site is encumbered.
Encumbrances shall include overhead and underground utilities, floodplain, easements, or the like. Self-imposed encumbrances such as drainage swales shall not be deemed encumbrances. Minimum required buffer depths and plant materials shall be required. No more than 20 percent of the buffer plant material shall be ornamental grasses due to their limited ability to buffer during the late fall through summer months.

Figure 4.7-21: Residential Uses Adjacent to Non-residential Uses
3. Buffer Exceptions for Subareas A, B, and C. The following exceptions apply to development on individual lots or parcels.
a. Non-street perimeter buffers shall not be required between the same or differing land uses within multiple phases of a single approved Master Plan.
b. Non-street perimeter buffers shall not be required between the same land use categories, as shown in Table 146-3.2-1 (Permitted Use Table) located in two adjacent approved Master Plans.
c. Alternatives to non-street perimeter buffers adjacent to active rail lines may be approved on a case-by-case basis if the Planning Director determines that compliance with standards of this Section 146-4.7.5.E (Non-street Perimeter Buffers) is impracticable due to rail-related maintenance operations associated with vegetative management. Approved alternatives shall meet one of the following standards, or a combination of them, as approved by the Planning Director:
i. Required plant material for the buffer shall be distributed elsewhere on site; or
ii. A minimum of 30 percent of the required plant material required to comply with other landscaping standards in this Section 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management), including but not limited to street perimeter, building perimeter, or detention pond landscaping, shall be upsized to compensate for the missing buffer plant material.
d. Within the MU-OA zone district, proposed development and redevelopment shall be exempt from required non-street perimeter buffer standards in Table 4.7-2. Instead, all developments and redevelopments shall comply with the buffer requirements as defined in Tables 2.4-8 and 2.4-9 in Section 146-2.4.4.
4. Encroachments into Buffers. No buildings or portions of buildings including drive lanes, structured or unstructured detention ponds, parking stalls, dumpsters, or dumpster enclosures may encroach into the minimum required buffer.
5. Fence and Wall Placement.
a. Where screen walls and fences are permitted between property lines, they shall be placed at the inward edge of the buffer and shall not be used as a mechanism to reduce the buffer width less than required or prohibit the installation of the required landscaping unless permitted as stated in Table 4.7-2.
b. Fences and walls may be used in combination with berming in order to negate the appearance of fence and wall canyons. Fences shall be on the inward side of the berm or buffer with plant material placement on the exterior side of the wall or fence.
c. If a wall or fence is chosen as a buffer reduction feature or for the screening of outdoor storage and the adjacent property has an existing fence or wall, the installation of a new fence or wall may be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis to ensure maintenance access between the two fences. If approved, landscape shall be located on the interior side of the proposed wall or fence, or distributed to other areas of the site, as approved by the Planning Director based on effectiveness as a visual buffer and appearance from abutting streets or lots. Access for future maintenance and irrigation shall be provided by the property owner, homeowners’ association, or Title 32 District.
d. If the Planning Director determines that an existing fence on an adjoining lot may be used as a buffer reduction feature, the Director may require that the amount of buffer plant material being installed by the new development be increased in order to provide the same level of visual and sound buffering that would have been achieved through the installation of a second wall or fence.
F. Required Landscape Buffer Widths and Allowed Reductions. Buffer widths may be reduced when landscape incentive features are provided in addition to landscaping requirements otherwise required by this UDO. The required landscape buffer widths and permitted reductions in the Table below apply to all portions of Subareas A, B, and C except the following:
1. The MU-OA zone district.
2. If a required buffer width is already located between a proposed residential use and multifamily or a non-residential use, then the residential development shall only be required to provide one-half the standard buffer width. Required plant quantities shall remain the same.
G. Buffer Widths and Allowed Reduction Table.
1. All development and redevelopment shall comply with the provisions of Table 4.7-2 unless an exception or alternative standard is included in this UDO.
Table 4.7-2 Required Landscaping Buffer Widths and Allowed Reductions (N.A. = not applicable) | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Residential [1] | Multifamily | Institutional [2] | Office, Commercial and Mixed-Use | Industrial | |
STANDARD DESIGN [3] Plant material quantities per code requirements. Standard design means without buffer reduction incentive features. | |||||
At ROW [4] [5] [6] | N.A. | 20 feet | 10 feet | 20 feet | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: 10 feet |
At adjacent residential property lines | N.A. | 15 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet |
At adjacent multifamily property lines | 15 feet | 15 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 20 feet |
At adjacent non-residential property lines | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 10 feet | 18 feet |
Adjacent to E-470, I-225, and I-70 | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet |
Adjacent to Parks & Open Space [7] | N.A. [8] | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet |
INCENTIVE FEATURES TO REDUCE BUFFER WIDTHS [9] Low Hedge or Berm with Hedge Hedge: 3 to 4 foot high hedge planted in a triangular pattern in a double row with shrubs three feet on center. Berm: Must be a minimum of 3 feet in height. Slope no steeper than 1:3 rise: run. Berm to include the above noted hedge plant material. | |||||
At ROW | N.A. | 18 feet | 9 feet | 15 feet | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: N.A. |
Low Wall Standard design plus 3 to 4 foot high masonry wall with landscaping on exterior side. | |||||
At ROW | N.A. | 15 feet | 6 feet | 10 feet | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: N.A. |
Tall Landscape Screen [10] Tall landscape screen shall consist of one of the following: (1) A mixture of evergreen shrubs planted 42" on center and deciduous trees planted 25' on center; (2) A row of evergreen trees planted no less than 20' - 25' on center with deciduous and evergreen shrubs interspersed. | |||||
At ROW | N.A. | N.A. | N.A. | N.A. | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: 8 feet |
At adjacent residential property lines | N.A. | 12 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet |
At adjacent multifamily property lines | 12 feet | 10 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 18 feet |
At adjacent non-residential property lines | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 5 feet | 15 feet |
Adjacent to E-470, I-225, and I-70 | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet |
Fences [11] [12] Standard design plus six-foot fence per the fence code Section 4.7.9 with landscaping on exterior side | |||||
At ROW | 20’ [10] | N.A. | N.A. | N.A. | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: 8 feet |
At adjacent residential property lines | N.A. | 10 feet | 18 feet | 18 feet | 18 feet |
At adjacent multifamily property lines | 10 feet | 10 feet | 18 feet | 18 feet | 18 feet |
At adjacent non-residential property lines | 18 feet | 18 feet | 18 feet | 5 feet | 12 feet |
Adjacent to E-470, I-225, and I-70 | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 15 feet |
Masonry Walls Standard design plus six-foot masonry wall with landscaping on exterior side | |||||
At ROW | 20' [11] | N.A. | N.A. | N.A. | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: 6 feet |
At adjacent residential property lines | N.A. | N.A. | 12 feet | 15 feet | 12 feet |
At adjacent multifamily property lines | N.A. | N.A. | 12 feet | 12 feet | 12 feet |
At adjacent non-residential property lines | 15 feet | 12 feet | 12 feet | N.A. | N.A. |
Adjacent to E-470, I-225, and I-70 | 15 feet | 15 feet | 15 feet | 15 feet | 15 feet |
[1] Includes all residential uses listed in Table 3.2-1 (Permitted Use Table) except multifamily dwellings. |
[2] Includes all institutional uses listed in Table 3.2-1 (Permitted Use Table) except parks and open spaces. |
[3] Standard design refers to the required plant material per linear foot of required buffer. |
[4] Buffer reductions are not permitted for industrial developments along arterial streets. |
[5] When an Urban Street Frontage is proposed, with no intervening vehicular area between the building and street, no street frontage buffers are required. |
[6] Where the rear lots of single-family detached and multifamily abut an arterial or collector roadway, a 20-foot-wide landscape setback is required in accordance with Section 146-4.7.9.H. Buffer reductions are not permitted for multifamily dwelling units adjacent to arterial and collector streets. |
[7] Buffer reductions are not permitted adjacent to parks, trails, or open space. |
[8] Single-family residential developments are exempt from the 25-foot buffer except under those circumstances noted in Section 146-4.7.5.H(2)(b)(iii). |
[9] Landscape plant material quantities shall remain the same regardless of any approved reduction in buffer width. |
[10] For a tall landscape screen, deciduous trees and evergreen trees shall mature to a height of 15-25 feet tall, and shrubs shall mature to an average height of five feet tall. If option 2 in Table 4.7-2 is chosen, then 50 percent of the buffer trees shall be evergreen species. |
[11] Fences and masonry walls shall not be permitted as a buffer reduction feature installed along the rear lots of homes adjacent to arterial and collector streets. |
[12] Parallel fencing along adjoining properties shall be avoided to the maximum extent practicable to avoid inefficiencies in maintaining either fence. If two parallel fences are necessary, a minimum separation of 10 feet shall be maintained for maintenance purposes. |
2. The incentive features listed in Table 4.7-2 are illustrated below.
a. Hedge

b. Berm with Hedge

c. Low Wall

d. Tall Landscape Screen

e. Fence and/or Masonry Wall

H. Special Landscape Buffers for Development Adjacent to I-70, I-225, E-470, Public Parks, Open Space, and Trails.
1. General.
a. The following additional standards apply to development adjacent to E-470, I-225, I-70, and public parks, open space, and trails. The purpose of these standards is to require a level of landscape quality with aesthetic characteristics appropriate for areas with high public visibility based on the type of adjacent landscape and uses. If the standards of this Section 146-4.7.5.H conflict with other buffer requirements in Section 146-4.7, the provisions of this Section 146-4.7.5.H shall apply.
b. Landscaping shall include one tree and 10 shrubs per 25 linear feet of frontage when the site contains industrial development, and one tree and 10 shrubs per 30 feet when the site contains any other type of development.
c. The encroachment of buildings or portions of buildings including porches and patios, trash enclosures, dumpsters, parking lots and internal vehicular drives, sidewalks and detention and water quality pond infrastructure into landscape buffers is prohibited. Exceptions to this rule in the case of public parks, open space and trail buffers, including the provision of trail connections and sidewalks, may be made on a case-by-case basis by the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department based on unique site conditions and alternatives to those impacts, including any proposed mitigation measures.
i. The provision of trail connections through public park, open space and trail buffers is generally permitted, but at those locations approved by the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department based on trail connectivity, public safety, and appearance.
ii. Sidewalks which provide access to the primary entry to residential uses may be permitted in public park, open space and trail buffers, provided the sidewalk is set back a minimum of 10 feet from the property line of the adjacent park, open space or trail.
2. Buffer Standards for Areas Adjacent to Public Parks, Open Space, and Trails
a. These regulations apply to all development adjacent to public parks and open space areas and trails under the jurisdiction of the City, including lands that Title 32 Districts, homeowners’ associations, business associations, or other entities manage for public use and benefit to comply with City land dedication requirement for park and open spaces purposes.
b. The following buffer standards shall apply to buffer and screen public use areas and to minimize potential adverse impacts from adjacent land uses.
i. A 25 foot wide buffer shall be required, and plantings shall not encroach past the property line into the designated public use property.
ii. Buffer width reductions are not permitted for buffers adjacent to public open spaces, public parks, and public trails.
iii. Single-family detached residential developments shall be exempt from the buffer requirement, except when the rear yards of residential lots abut an open space or park that has sensitive natural features or is part of a special habitat area, in which case a buffer consistent with the protection needs of the resource or the planned ecological character for the habitat shall be required.
iv. The landscape design of buffers consisting of all living material including trees, shrubs, grasses, and groundcovers and non-living materials including boulders, cobble, rock, and wood chips/mulch and the proposed grading for buffers shall be coordinated with and approved by the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department.
v. The Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Department may approve a landscape design having less plant material than required by the buffer standards based on the existing or proposed character and management objectives of the adjacent park, open space or trail, without the need for the applicant to obtain a Hardship Variance pursuant to Section 146-5.4.4.A or an Administrative Adjustment pursuant to Section 146-5.4.4.F.
vi. If a fence is proposed as an aesthetic enhancement or a functional element of a buffer, it must comply with standards of Section 146-4.7.9.K (Fences and Walls Along Open Space Tracts, Parks, Reservoirs, Golf Courses, Trails, and Drainage Ways.).
vii. If a wall is proposed to retain or transition surrounding grade as part of the buffer, the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department may specify the material and method of construction to ensure compatibility with the character of the adjacent public use area. Walls must be contained within the buffer and not extend onto park or open space property.
viii. The Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Department may require that buffers be left undisturbed and be maintained and managed in a natural state to supplement an adjoining open space area or natural feature if resource management objectives support conservation of the acreage.
3. Buffer Standards for Areas Adjacent to the E-470 Multi-Use Easement
If not specifically stated in a Master Plan, buffer locations shall be determined by the E-470 Authority based upon the proposed use of their multi-use easement.
a. Outside the E-470 Multi-Use Easement. Required trees shall consist of large deciduous shade tree species and large evergreen tree species. At least 50 percent of required trees shall be evergreen species and shrubs may consist of tall deciduous species and evergreen species planted a minimum of five feet on center.
b. Within the E-470 Multi-Use Easement. Landscaping shall include a combination of dryland grasses, trees, and shrubs. A minimum of 50 percent of the required trees shall be evergreen species.
c. Spacing of Plantings. Like tree species may be grouped with spacing not less than 25 feet on center for small deciduous trees; 35 feet on center for large deciduous trees; and 15 feet on center for evergreen trees. The maximum distance between groups may not exceed 45 feet on center. Planting a single row of trees the full length of the buffer is prohibited. Shrubs shall be massed and planted between the tree groups.
I. Private Common Open Space/Tract Landscaping.
1. General. In all development, areas of land that have been disturbed during construction and are required or designated to be preserved and protected from future development for non-public active and passive recreation areas and facilities, trails, wildlife habitat, or the preservation of view corridors and natural land features, shall be landscaped in accordance with Subsections 2 and 3 below.
2. Minimum Plant Material Quantities. All private common open space not defined as street buffers shall contain a minimum of one tree and 10 shrubs (or the approved tree and shrub equivalents as listed in Section 146-4.7.3.B.7 per 4,000 square feet.
3. Exceptions. The calculation of required plant material in such open spaces excludes areas of the 100 year floodplain, floodways, lakes and ponds, undisturbed marshes, wetlands and detention and water quality ponds.
J. Building Perimeter Landscaping.
1. General. Building perimeter landscaping shall be required for multifamily, single-family attached (townhouse), and non-residential developments. Plantings shall be arranged to screen utility hardware and mechanical equipment, define entrances, and soften featureless walls. Building perimeter landscaping shall be located in conjunction with site furniture in order to enhance entrances. Trees and/or tall growing shrub species shall be located within shrub beds at building corners, primary entrances and along expanses of walls. Sites having expansive soils requiring specialized landscaping, irrigation techniques and concepts in order to comply with these standards shall not be exempt from building perimeter landscape requirements found in this Section.
2. Non-residential and Mixed-Use Structures.
a. Requirements. Building perimeter landscaping is required for all non-residential buildings in Subareas A (excluding the MU-OA zone district), B and C when said building elevations face public streets, transportation corridors, public open space, residential neighborhoods, or whenever an entrance door is present. Applicants shall provide one tree or tree equivalent for each 40 linear feet of elevation length. Measurements are not cumulative but shall be measured per side of the building
i. Ornamental grasses may comprise up to 25 percent of the total shrub requirement.
b. Exceptions. Urban Street Frontages and portions of building perimeters occupied by service and/or loading dock doors are not required to comply with this Section 146-4.7.5.J.
c. Types and Locations.
i. Building perimeter landscaping shall be located within 20 feet of the building face unless prevented by loading docks.
ii. Building perimeter landscaping may be installed in plant beds or raised planters. Plant beds located adjacent to building foundations shall be a minimum of five feet wide. The length shall be determined by the number of plants that are needed to meet code requirements. Planters shall be sized to accommodate the required plantings and ensure survivability.
iii. Containers shall be constructed of materials that are durable, compatible, and complement the architecture of the building. The number of required containers shall be based on tree equivalents as found in this Section.
iv. Landscaped parking lot islands located within 20 feet of the building elevation may be counted towards building perimeter landscaping.
d. Parking Structures.
i. Subarea A. The installation of perimeter landscape around parking garages for infill and redevelopment sites is not always feasible due to existing site constraints. When this occurs, the applicant shall provide architectural enhancements to the parking structure in the form of decorative, ventilated walls and grill work to effectively obscure automobile and interior lighting from the exterior. Refer to Section 146-4.6.5.E (Parking Garage Design) for further suggested buffer/landscape treatments.
ii. Subareas B and C. Architectural enhancements such as screen and landscape walls as well as art may be used in combination with foundation plantings to create a highly effective buffer and screen. Plant quantities, types, and locations shall comply with standards as noted in Subsections 2.a and 2.c above. Landscaping shall be required along all building faces. If overlapping landscape requirements occur such as building perimeter, street and non-street frontage buffers, the more restrictive requirement shall be applicable and may count for meeting both requirements.


3. Multifamily and Single-family Attached (Townhome) Residential Structures.
a. Requirements. Building perimeter landscaping is required for all multifamily and single-family townhome residential dwellings. Landscaping shall consist of a variety of plant material that will ensure seasonal interest.
b. Types and Locations.
i. Plant beds shall be an average of six feet wide and shall consist of landscaping, mulch, and metal edging. Edger shall be provided when adjacent to turf and rock mulched areas.
ii. Perimeter plantings shall consist of a total number of plants equal to 1.25 plants per five linear feet of unit perimeter footage, of which:
(a) At least five percent are a mixture of evergreen and deciduous trees;
(b) At least 15 percent are tall shrubs with a mature height of at least six feet; and
(c) Up to 80 percent are a mixture of evergreen and deciduous shrubs chosen to create seasonal interest. See Figure 4.7-22.

Figure 4.7-22: Building Perimeter Landscaping
c. Garages. For projects with detached garages or carports, landscaped islands a minimum of five feet in width shall be provided along the full width of both ends of the garages and/or carports. See Figure 4.7-23.

Figure 4.7-23: Perimeter Landscape for Detached Garages or Carports for Multifamily and Single-Family Attached Uses
K. Parking Lot Landscaping. The following standards apply to surface Parking Lots. Parking Garages shall comply with Section 146-4.7.5.J (Building Perimeter Landscaping).
1. General.
a. Internal parking lot landscaping shall be required for parking lots containing more than 10 parking spaces.
b. Screening of parking lots is required in all Subareas, and zone districts, and is not dependent upon the number of parking stalls or parking lot size.
c. Trees shall not be eliminated due to the placement of light poles in parking lot islands or parking lot perimeter landscaping.
d. No interior portion of a parking lot may contain turf, native seed, or artificial turf.
e. Parking lot landscaping MU-OA zone district shall focus on perimeter screening of the parking lot. Trees shall be provided, at a minimum, at the ends of parking rows on the exterior or perimeter of the parking lot. Interior parking lot landscaping shall be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis to balance the need for landscaping consistent with the purpose of the MU-OA zone district with the competing requirements for fire lanes, adequate parking, access and development potential of small infill and redevelopment parcels.
2. Parking Lot Layout.
a. All surface parking lots shall comply with the park standards in Section 146-4.6.5.D (Parking Lot Layout and Design).
b. To the extent consistent with other standards in this UDO and to the maximum extent practicable, all surface parking lots shall be designed to minimize negative visual impacts from adjacent primary roadways and properties.
c. To the maximum extent practicable, on-site drainage shall be integrated into the parking lot planting islands and perimeter planting areas as a means of treating storm water for water quality purposes in accordance with Public Works and Aurora Water criteria and Figure 4.7-24.

Figure 4.7-24: Parking Lot Stormwater Treatment Design



3. Interior Parking Lot Landscaping.
a. No parking row shall exceed 15 parking spaces without an intervening landscaped island, median or landscaped peninsula.
b. All rows of parking spaces shall be provided with a terminal landscape island to protect parked vehicles, provide visibility, confine moving traffic to aisles and driveways, and provide space for landscaping.
c. Each landscaped island shall be protected by raised concrete curbs, which shall include openings at grade as necessary to allow storm water to flow into any below grade landscaped swales. The planting area per tree shall be not less than nine foot by 19 foot for a single island and not less than nine foot by 38 foot for a double island. See Figures 4.7-24 through 4.7-26.
d. Interior parking lot islands shall be provided with a minimum of one canopy shade tree per nine foot by 19 foot island and two canopy shade trees per nine foot by 38 foot double island.
e. Ornamental trees may be used as accents at the ends of parking rows, but shall not be used as the primary shade tree within the parking lot.
f. In addition to trees, grasses (maximum 30 percent per island) and shrubs shall be provided at a ratio of six plants per nine-by-19-foot island or 12 plants per nine-by-38-foot island. Plant materials shall be sited appropriately to not exceed the confines of the planting area. Perennials may be provided as accents but may not be used to satisfy the parking lot island landscape requirements.

Figure 4.7-25: 9 foot by 18 foot Landscape Island Typical


Figure 4.7-26: 9 foot by 38 foot Landscape Island Typical

g. Landscaped islands may be mulched with either wood or rock mulch. The use of white rock mulch or crusher fines is prohibited. The use of crusher fines for pedestrian connectivity to an adjoining walk will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
h. No portion of the required parking lot island landscaping may be displaced by lighting, trash enclosures, recycling containers, transformers, fire hydrants, vacuum equipment or other mechanical equipment.
i. Where shared parking lots serve two or more adjacent lots, the requirements for perimeter landscaping between shall be determined by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis to prevent parking lots on two adjacent lots from appearing as one large expanse of paving.
j. Solar panels may be installed in lieu of parking islands. Trees shall be required around the perimeter of the parking lot and in terminal islands at the ends of parking rows.

4. Parking Block Design.
a. No more than 120 parking spaces or two parking rows maximum. Provide a landscaped median 20 feet in width with a pedestrian walk. See Figure 4.7-27.

Figure 4.7-27: Landscape Areas in Surface Parking Lots


b. Parking lot medians shall be landscaped with one shade tree per 30 linear feet of median length and one or more understory treatments that may include mulch, mulched shrub beds or decorative rock mulch. Shrubs shall be provided at a ratio of six shrubs per 36 linear feet of median. Shrubs may be grouped.


c. Landscaping shall be protected from vehicles by the placement of wheel stops, curbs, or other acceptable means. If wheel stops are not used, the landscape bed shall not be reduced by two or more feet to accommodate vehicle overhang. If a pedestrian walkway is used for vehicle overhang, then the walk shall be widened by two feet.
d. Whenever pedestrians must cross internal landscaped medians, the median shall be landscaped with a combination of hardscape materials and living plant material. Hardscape shall consist of concrete, modular pavers or decorative stamped and integral colored concrete.
5. Parking Lot Perimeter Screening.
a. Parking lots shall be visually screened along public rights-of-way, private streets, as well as from open space, and adjacent property. Such screening can be integrated into buffer requirements and is not in addition to such buffer requirements when the buffer and parking lot screening overlap with one another.
b. When not integrated as part of a required buffer, a minimum four foot buffer width shall be provided for screening around the perimeter of all parking lots.
c. Parking lots may be screened by one or more of the following methods:
i. A berm between three and four feet high with a maximum slope of 3 in1 in combination with evergreen and deciduous trees and shrubs. Screening shall be integrated with incentive features and streetscape plantings whenever possible.
ii. In lieu of berms, a low continuous landscaped hedge between three and four feet high consisting of a double row of shrubs planted 3 feet on center in a triangular pattern. See Figures 4.7-28 and 4.7-29.
iii. A decorative masonry wall three feet high in combination with shrubs, ornamental grasses, and perennials. Plant material shall be placed on the exterior side of the wall.
iv. Openings in screening may be permitted to allow access ways and for drainage purposes.
v. Plant material used for screening shall achieve required opacity within three years of construction of the vehicular use area to be screened.

Figure 4.7-28: Parking Lot Screening

Figure 4.7-29: A Low Wall in Combination with Landscaping to Screen the Parking Lot
d. Shrubs species shall be chosen that will reach a minimum height of three feet at maturity. At least 50 percent of the shrubs shall be deciduous flowering species. Whenever parking lots abut public open space plant materials shall be selected that are compatible with the natural character of the area.
e. Large shade and evergreen tree species and/or small trees or large shrub species shall be used as accents throughout the screen planting in conjunction with buffer and street frontage plantings to offset the horizontal lines of a typical shrub bed. At least one tree per 40 linear feet of parking lot perimeter.
f. Ornamental grasses shall not be used to screen parking lots.
6. Surface Parking Lots as a Primary Use. In addition to the standards in Subsections 1 through 5 above, surface parking lots as a primary use of land shall comply with the following standards. If the standards in this Section 146-4.7.5.K.6 conflict with standards in Subsections 1 through 5 above, the provisions of this Subsection 6 shall apply.
a. Interior Landscaping. Developments whose primary purpose is for outdoor recreational vehicle storage, car sales, or airport parking are exempt from these requirements or have modified interior parking lot landscape requirements as noted below.
i. Outdoor recreational vehicle storage and car sales
Only patron and/or employee parking areas are required to comply with the interior parking lot landscape requirements in Section 146-4.7.5.K.3.
ii. Airport parking.
(a) All parking rows shall be provided with a terminal landscaped island to protect parked vehicles, confine and direct moving traffic to aisles and driveways and provide space for landscaping.
(b) Terminal end islands shall be provided with a minimum of one canopy large shade tree per nine foot by 19 foot island and two canopy large shade trees per nine foot by 38 foot island. Large canopy shade trees shall be those that achieve a minimum crown width of 25 feet at maturity.
b. Perimeter Landscaping (Screening). A landscape buffer is required to provide the following types of screening for all outdoor recreational vehicle storage facilities, motor vehicle and light truck sales and rental facilities and airport-related parking lots:
i. Car Sales. Street and non-street frontage buffers shall be required for those portions of the development not being used for car sales/advertising immediately adjacent to a public or private street frontage and non-street frontage. Screening shall be provided in accordance with the required parking lot screening requirements and/or required non-street frontage buffer requirements as defined in Section 146-4.7.5.E (Non-Street Perimeter Buffers) and 146-4.7.5.K.5 (Parking Lot Perimeter Screening). For developments located within the Havana Overlay District, refer to Section 146-2.6.7 for street frontage landscaping requirements.
ii. Airport Parking Facilities. A landscape buffer shall be provided along the perimeter of all airport-related parking lots in accordance with the buffer requirements in Section 146-4.7.5.D (Street Frontage Landscape Buffers) and 146-4.7.5.E (Non-Street Perimeter Buffers). If a fence is installed for security, the fence shall be set back a minimum of 25 feet from the back of walk or property line. A 25 foot wide buffer shall be provided and the fence shall be placed on the inward edge of the buffer.
L. Site Entryways and Intersections.
1. Distinctive landscaped areas shall be provided at project entries and at intersections of public streets adjacent to proposed development, and those areas may be counted toward street buffer requirements. If specific guidance has not been provided within an approved Master Plan, then a design shall be provided at the time of Site Plan submission.

2. Entryway landscaping shall be installed within the MU-OA zone district to the maximum extent practicable given the existing site conditions and the extent of redevelopment occurring on each lot. Site entry landscaping shall consist of plant specimens having a high degree of visual interest during all seasons. A mixture of shrubs, flowers, and/or ground cover shall be planted around sign bases and at curb returns near site entrances, and shall be located in plant beds that are edged and mulched.
M. Detention and Water Quality Ponds.
1. General. Detention and water quality ponds shall be integrated physically, functionally and aesthetically into the total landscape design. Standing water shall be avoided to the maximum extent practicable, unless part of an existing recirculating water feature or located in wetland vegetated areas.
2. Slopes. Generally, vegetated slopes shall not exceed one foot of rise to three feet of run (3 to 1). All pond turf areas shall be properly drained. Any mowed slope that is within a public right-of-way or any area proposed to be maintained by the public shall be no steeper than one foot of rise to four feet of run (4 to 1). If retaining walls are installed, they shall comply with the standards in Section 146-4.7.9.T (Retaining Walls).
3. Pond Grading. Pond grading shall be designed to accommodate access for maintenance. Rockscaped or riprap slopes are only permitted when necessary for erosion control. All riprap areas not receiving direct flows shall be buried and seeded.
4. Landscape of Areas Surrounding Detention, Retention, and Water Quality Ponds. The area within the tract surrounding a pond shall contain a minimum of one tree and10 shrubs or the approved tree and shrub equivalents as listed in Subsection 2.1.1.A per 4,000 square feet above the 100 year water surface elevation. The 100 year water surface elevation shall be indicated on the landscape plan. The bottom of ponds shall be seeded and/or planted with water tolerant seed or plant materials that are capable of handling occasional water inundation. Plantings of willows and other wetland plant materials shall be included to the maximum extent practicable. The following areas may be deducted from tract square footage before calculating landscape requirements:
a. Area within 100-year floodplain.
b. Area within floodways.
c. Surface area of lakes and ponds.
d. Area within undisturbed marshes and wetlands.
5. Detention Ponds in Urban Landscapes. In the UC-TOD Core and MU-OA-MS subdistrict, detention, retention, and water quality ponds shall not be located adjacent to the street or back of walk unless the City Engineer determines that alternative on site or off-site locations are not available or are impracticable. All detention, retention, and water quality ponds shall be integrated physically, functionally, and aesthetically into the total landscape design.

N. Drive-Through Screening Adjacent to Street Frontages. A wall between 42 and 48 inches in height shall be provided to mitigate noise and minimize the visual impacts associated with on-site signs with speakers as well as screen drive-through aisles, service areas and stacking lanes from abutting public or private street rights-of-way. The wall shall match or complement the colors, materials and aesthetic theming of the main structure. Landscaping consisting of low shrubs shall be provided along the exterior or street side to soften the appearance of the wall. Screen walls may be located within any required buffer setbacks.
O. Medians. All medians in the public street rights-of-way that are to be maintained by the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department (PROS) shall be landscaped in accordance with the PROS Dedication and Development Criteria Manual. A copy of the manual is available on the City’s website. The applicant shall prepare median design and construction drawings for submission to PROS for review and approval independent of the required Site Plan submittal to the Planning and Development Services Department. A separate review fee is collected by PROS at time of submission. Coordinate with PROS on specific submittal requirements.
All medians in the public street rights-of-way that are to be privately owned and maintained by a homeowner’s association or Title 32 District may be landscaped in accordance with the PROS Dedication and Development Criteria Manual or shall be landscaped at a minimum in accordance with the following requirements:
Trees: One deciduous canopy/shade tree (two and one-half inches) or ornamental tree (two inches) every 35 feet on average. At least half of the trees shall be canopy or shade trees. Evergreen trees are not permitted within medians unless a narrow species is selected and preapproved by Planning staff. Ornamental trees may be grouped closer together to achieve a specific aesthetic look.
Shrubs: Shrubs shall be provided at a ratio of six shrubs per 36 linear feet of median. Shrub installation size shall be five-gallon containers.
Ornamental Grasses: Ornamental grasses may be provided but may not count for more than 30 percent of the total shrub quantity. Ornamental grass installation shall be five-gallon containers.
Water-Wise Xeric Grass Species/Native Seed: Native seed may be provided in combination with shrubs, ornamental grasses, water-wise xeric grass species and trees at a ratio of six shrubs per 36 linear feet of median. The shrub quantity is calculated first and the remainder of the median may be native seed. Ornamental grasses may not count for more than 30 percent of the total shrub quantity.
Mulch: Mulch may be either organic or inorganic or a combination of both at the discretion of the designer. Shredded cedar is the preferred mulch treatment as it has moisture retention qualities, unlike rock mulch that retains and radiates heat. No white rock or crusher fines are permitted.
Irrigation: Permanent irrigation is required for all plants except native seed mixes and Z-zone plant species. Overhead irrigation utilizing spray, rotor or rotary heads is prohibited as defined by Chapter 138-191 of the Aurora City Code. Above ground temporary overhead irrigation may be permitted for a three-year establishment period and permission is determined by the size and spatial layout of the landscape design. Native seed is established when no more than 10 percent of the native seed consists of nonnative species or weeds. In addition, no bare areas shall be larger than 12 inches by 12 inches.
P. Residential Yard Landscape.
1. General. Before the issuance of a permanent certificate of occupancy, the developers of all new single-family detached and two-family (duplex) residential developments shall provide front and side yards of corner lots visible from public view with landscaping on each lot meeting the water-wise landscape options as described below.
2. Irrigation. Landscaping for front, side and corner lots shall include automatic irrigation. Side yard landscaping and irrigation shall also be installed where the side yard faces a public right-of-way or public space in accordance with the City’s irrigation ordinance.
3. Reserved.
Editor’s note: Ord. 2023-29, adopted July 31, 2023, repealed this subsection.
4. Plant Material Sizes. All plant material shall meet the minimum plant sizes required by Section 146-4.7.3.B.2, and shall include a variety of shrubs and plants that will provide visual interest during all seasons. All plant beds, raised planters, plant containers, evergreen and deciduous trees and shrubs shall be mulched as required by Section 146-4.7.3.B.8. The mulch shall be applied to a circular area equal to the diameter of the tree.
5. Landscape Fabric. Landscape fabric is only required when rock mulch is installed.
6. Residential Yard Landscape Requirements.
a. The residential yard landscape requirements in Table 4.7-3 shall be provided. Measurement of areas referenced in Table 4.7-3 are shown in Figure 4.7-30.
b. Curbside street trees are required and are in addition to any required front yard trees and landscaping shown in Table 4.7-3.
c. For developments using the Small Residential Lot option as described in Section146-4.2.3.A, incorporating Loop Lanes as described in Section 146-4.2.3.D, or Motor Courts as described in Section 146-4.2.3.E, the Planning Director may approve adjustments to the standards in this Section 146-4.7.5.P based on the degree of compliance with landscape standards reasonably possible in light of site and utility constraints. The developer shall make every attempt to meet the intent of the front yard landscape requirements.
d. For Green Court Dwellings on lots smaller than 4,000 square feet or less than 50 feet in width, as described in Section 146-4.2.3.B, the Planning Director may approve crediting Green Court open space landscaping towards required front yard landscaping, based on the degree of tract landscaping provided.
Table 4.7-3 Residential Yard Landscape Requirements Front, side, and rear yard landscaping requirements for single-family detached and two-family (duplex) dwellings | ||
|---|---|---|
Areas located in front of the house elevation not including the streetscape area between the sidewalk and street curbs. Side and rear yards visible to the public shall comply with front yard standards. | ||
A | Turf[1] | Turf option: Shall not exceed the lessor of 45% or 500 sq. ft. Refer to Note 1 below. |
B | Trees[2] | 1 shade tree (≥ 2.5 in. caliper) or 1 ornamental tree (≥ 2 in. caliper) or 1 evergreen tree (≥ 6 ft. tall). Refer to Subsections 146-4.7.5.P.6.c and d. |
C | Shrubs | Min no. of shrubs = (front yard landscaped area in sq. ft. – turf area in sq. ft.) x 0.025. Artificial turf is permitted after the shrub count is met. 30% of shrub count can be ornamental grasses or perennials. When 9 or more shrubs are required, at least 3 plant species must be included to provide seasonal/visual interest. |
D | Rock and Inorganic Mulches | Mulch is required and may be organic or inorganic. If all inorganic mulch is proposed, 2 different types and sizes are required. White rock, red lava rock and rubber mulches are not permitted. When rock mulch is used and abuts a hard surface (concrete, curb, pavers, sidewalk) it must be a minimum size of 1/2 in. screened. |
E | Pavers | Up to 25% of landscape area can be provided as pavers such as brick and natural stone. |
F | Features | 1 of the following shall be incorporated in the front yard: a. Wall 1 – 2.5 ft. high made of decorative stone, stucco, or CMU. b. Fence. c. Earth berm ≤ 2.5 ft. tall with slopes not to exceed 1:4 rise:run. d. Natural boulders ≥ 2 ft. x 2 ft. x 2 ft. |
G | Side Yards | Side yards with no public view: No plant material required; mulch required. Side yards with public view: Front yard standards apply + 1 tree per 25 linear feet. |
H | Rear Yards | Rear yards with no public view: May have the lessor of < 45% turf or 500 sq. ft. Rear yards with public view: Front yard standards apply. |
Note: [1] New turf installations are limited to the rear lots of residential homes and the front yards of alley-loaded residential homes and shall not exceed the lessor of 45% or 500 square feet of the front or back yard areas. [2] This requirement may not be applicable based upon lot size and a reduction or exemption may be approved by the Planning Director based on lot and site constraints and other landscaping, screening, and buffering provided for the development. | ||
7. Yard Landscape Area Measurements. Figure 4.7-30 identifies what constitutes front and side yards for required and allowed shrub and sod requirements.


4.7-30 Residential Front Yards and Corner Side Yards



Figure 4.7-31: Water-Wise Front Yard Landscape Examples
8. Erosion Control.
a. Owners of all properties shall, within six months of the first occupancy, or as soon after that period as weather and survival of plants and vegetation will permit, install landscaping to control erosion. Such landscaping shall comply with Table 4.7-2 and the lawn permit and soil preparation procedures established by the Water Department, as well as any lawn establishment requirements contained in this UDO. Any second or later owner of a residential property that does not feature completed landscaping in its front and side yards shall complete the landscaping required in this Section 146-4.7.5.P within six months of the date that Code Enforcement first notifies a property owner, in writing, that the property has not been landscaped in compliance with the provisions of this UDO.
b. No artificial trees, shrubs, plants, or other materials not derived from natural vegetation shall be used to fulfill the requirements as set forth in this Section 146-4.7.5.P, unless approved by the Planning Director based in order to better achieve the intent of this Section 146-4.7.
Q. Landscape Requirements for Redeveloping Sites with Existing Development. The following standards apply to sites with existing development when those sites are redeveloped. Redevelopment shall include changes or expansions to existing parking areas, landscaping, buildings when the gross floor area is expanded by 25 percent or more, or the removal of an existing structure(s) in an effort to construct parking or new buildings.
1. Intent. These redevelopment landscape standards are adopted to encourage improvement of redevelopment sites where existing structures or land uses are outdated, while ensuring that the resulting redevelopment improves the visual quality of the neighborhood and mitigates any negative impacts of the redevelopment on nearby residential development.
2. Landscape Plan Requirements. Landscape plans shall include all required information, symbology, and plan formatting that is typically associated with vacant or cleared land as set forth on application forms and as defined in the Landscape Reference Manual and Site Plan Manual.
3. Landscape Requirements.
a. Minimum plant sizes at time of installation shall comply with the requirements found in this UDO.
b. Within the MU-OA zone district, the development potential of a property is often affected by lot size therefore in an effort to support redevelopment opportunities, the applicant and the City shall work together to include landscaping where screening or tree canopy may be most effective.
c. Within the remaining Subarea A (excluding the MU-OA zone district) and all of Subareas B and C, the following landscape requirements shall be met if deficient and if the proposed redevelopment creates a negative impact as determined by the Planning Director to surrounding existing or future development on adjoining properties or street frontages.
d. The landscape requirements as outlined in Sections 146-4.7.5.A through 4.7.5.P shall apply and be reviewed against each redevelopment application for applicability. This includes curbside streetscape, street and non-street frontage buffers, special landscape buffers, building perimeter landscaping, site entryway and intersection landscaping, parking lot landscaping & screening, urban street frontages, and residential front yard landscapes.
R. Seeding of Disturbed Land for Future Construction Phases. All future development areas in phased development projects that have been disturbed by grading shall be seeded and stabilized in accordance with requirements found in the City of Aurora Water Department’s Rules and Regulations Regarding Storm water (Discharge) for Construction Activities to prevent wind and water erosion for the time the site remains without development. All such areas shall be shown on the landscape plan and information concerning tilling, seeding methods, seed mixtures, watering and mulching shall also be provided.
S. Alternative Compliance. The Planning Director is authorized to approve alternatives to the location, amounts, or types of landscaping required under this Section 146-4.7.5 (Required Landscaping) provided that the applicant submits a landscape plan for alternative compliance and the Director determines that:
1. The need for an alternative compliance plan is based on site or development constraints not generally shared by other similar uses and structures in the area, including but not limited to topography; soil conditions; utility or access easement locations; or considerations of traffic, pedestrian, bicycle, or public transit safety; and
2. The alternative compliance plan will achieve the goals of the types of landscaping required by this Section 146-4.7.5, including but not limited to buffering of adjacent properties from the impacts of the proposed development of the site, visual appeal of the site from public and private streets and rights-of-way, creation of shade and cooling of the environment, as well or better than compliance with the standards otherwise required by this Section 146-4.7.5 (Required Landscaping). (Ord. No. 2023-41 §§ 5 – 14, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2023-40 § 2, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2023-29 §§ 2 – 6, 07-31-2023; Ord. No. 2022-17 §§ 8 – 10, 04-25-2022; Ord. No. 2020-37 §§ 19 – 21, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. General.
1. Treating and capturing storm water at the source is a proactive process. Traditional storm water management practices include the construction of large unattractive detention basins that are at the receiving end of a pipe located on public property and maintained by a public agency. Recently, the thought process has started to shift to more environmentally proactive practices that look at preventing storm water contaminants from entering the storm water conveyance system and or water body at the source rather than spending costly amounts of money retrofitting existing systems.
2. Today homeowners, developers, and local governments have opportunities to implement source control practices through the use of Low Impact Development (LID) options. These are typically located within a public right-of-way or on private property and are maintained by the property owner. A vegetated component is usually included that is directly tied to the treatment and infiltration functions. Plant selection is key to public perception and ultimately the acceptance of the integration of LID practices into the landscape.
B. Purpose.
1. To encourage the incorporation of low impact development standards (LIDs) into landscape designs in an effort to mitigate the impacts of increased runoff and storm water pollution from new development, redevelopment or infill developments close to the source as possible. LID practices are an integral part of the urban form and if designed and constructed correctly, will help ensure the preservation of permeable surfaces, encourage the use of native plants and promote infiltration into sub-soils to remove pollutants, regenerate ground water supplies and reduce subsidence rates.
2. The City acknowledges that project conditions associated with individual sites may justify approval of alternative methods of compliance when landscape is part of an integrated water management strategy or LID and the alternative proposal offers superior results. The standard landscape requirements may not be ignored or reduced by more than 35 percent in order to achieve the alternative. Planning staff will review the alternative design against standard landscape requirements and work with the applicant on a case-by-case basis to ensure compliance is achieved.
3. Applicants are encouraged to implement any of the following LID options at the time of site development. They are not intended to be prescriptive or inhibit creative design, but provide some ideas for consideration. Further descriptions and examples of Low Impact Development options that are permitted and promoted for use within the City are discussed in the Urban Drainage and Flood Control District Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual, Volume 3. By incorporating LIDs into parking lots, front yards and neighborhood streets, it becomes a tool to raise people’s awareness and change their behavior relative to reducing and cleaning storm water runoff.
C. Low Impact Development (LID) Options.
1. Bioswales are vegetated swales planted with wet tolerant species of plants or ornamental grasses. They transport, store, and allow infiltration of water and can be designed as a landscape feature. Bioswales are not grassed, but are planted with a variety of plant species that can withstand occasional water inundation for short periods of time.

2. Grassed swales are designed conveyance devices used to transport water over the surface of the ground to a point of disposal that may be a catch basin, ditch, water body that will filter, infiltrate, evaporate, and clean the water of total suspended solids, solid waste and other pollutants. Swales are often appropriate along property lines, public streets, and around buildings.


3. Permeable pavers, porous surfaces, grass paving. Pavers allow water seepage through the joints and through the graded gravel base that they are placed on. This allows for the infiltration of rainwater thereby reducing the runoff leaving a site. When used in connection with street tree plantings, they allow for more air circulation around tree roots and can easily be removed in order to trim tree roots and regrade for a walkable surface.

4. Rain gardens are small shallow, depressions planted with a variety of native or ornamental plants that can treat small amounts of runoff to improve water quality. Rain gardens are generally small collections of water loving plants planted on a low site area that naturally collects rainfall.


5. Sand filters are depressions, trenches, barriers, or sand lens constructed of porous mineral matter that improve ground water recharge to filter, clean and trap waterborne pollutants.
6. In addition, other LID standards include extended detention basins that may be used in open space tracts to treat the runoff from multiple lots, roads, trails, and pathways.

D. Reserved.
Editor’s note: The provisions of this subsection were repealed by Ord. 2023-41, enacted September 11, 2023.
(Ord. No. 2023-41 § 15, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. General Standards. All applicants are required to comply with the tree preservation, relocation and mitigation requirements found in the City’s adopted “Policy of Existing Trees,” as amended. It shall be unlawful for any person to remove an existing tree unless such removal is in accordance with the City’s policy on the preservation of existing trees. The Parks Recreation and Open Space Department’s Division of Forestry administers the tree preservation policy, and applicants considering tree removal as part of their land development should first contact the City Forester to discuss the proposed removal.
B. Additional Requirements for Black Forest Areas. The following additional standards apply to lands in the Black Forest area. If these standards conflict with those found in the City’s Policy on the Preservation of Trees, the provisions of this Section 146-4.7.7.B shall apply.
1. Intent. The standards in this Section 146-4.7.7 are intended to protect the Black Forest area’s unique ecosystem of non-mountainous extensions of Ponderosa Pine onto the high plains; protect the wildlife habitat created by its high quality Gambel Oak and Ponderosa Pines; and to achieve additional benefits of mature tree preservation, including shade and evaporative cooling, absorption of carbon dioxide and ozone, reducing soil erosion, increasing real properties, and enhancing the visual appeal of the area. The standards for the Black Forest Area are enacted to:
a. Maintain a sustainable tree cover within the Black Forest by locating new development in a manner that preserves existing trees to the maximum extent practicable;
b. Protect existing trees during development from the impacts of nearby construction; and
c. Provide standards governing the removal, relocation, and monitoring of trees that cannot be preserved in their original location.
2. Applicability and Exemptions. This Subsection applies to that portion of the Black Forest located in Aurora as defined in the Definitions. Exemptions include:
a. Trees that are diseased or constitute a threat to the public health and safety; and
b. Routine forestry management and fire safety practices in accordance with the Colorado State Forest's Forest Management Plan guidelines and developed by a professional forester.
3. Development Review. Any development activities and/or submittal of development applications to the City within the Black Forest shall include a tree protection plan in order to preserve existing Ponderosa Pine trees and associated Gambel Oak shrub vegetation to the maximum extent practicable. Development activities shall not result in the removal of any Black Forest trees and shrubs, except in accordance with this Section.
a. Plan Requirements. Any development activities or proposed development applications that involve disturbing the natural surface of the land or making any material change to any structure shall require the submittal of a tree protection plan that conforms to this Section and requirements set by the City Forester’s office. Black Forest trees shall be protected according to the procedures in this Section. Following tree protection plan approval, any subsequent development activity requiring approvals or the issuance of any permits shall conform to the plan. Tree protection plans shall include the following:
i. An inventory of trees and existing shrub vegetation, including a description of which trees are candidates for preservation, removal, and replanting. The inventory shall include Ponderosa Pine greater than four inches in diameter and all Gambel Oak plants greater than three inches in diameter.
ii. A construction limit line, which shall include all building, parking, underground utilities, vehicular use areas, and all areas of required cut and fill.
iii. Details and locations of permanent and/or temporary construction protection devices and measures to assure tree protection and normal growth after construction.
iv. A description of the size and location of all new trees to be planted as part of the landscape design of the proposed project.
v. A conservation escrow account to collect funds from the owner or representatives to ensure compliance with the tree preservation measures described in this Section. The amount to be collected will be based upon the “Guide to Plan Appraisal,” published by the International Society of Arboriculture. This amount will be assessed as an average diameter calculated from the total inventoried number of only those trees remaining in place and potentially impacted by construction activities. It does not include those trees outside of the construction limit line and, therefore, not impacted by construction activities as well as those that are to be removed or replanted according to plan specification. The amount will be returned to the owner upon completion of construction activities and implementation of tree protection plan requirements. If these measures are not complied with, the City shall use these funds to mitigate tree loss.
b. Plan Approval. Review and approval of the tree protection plan according to requirements set by the Planning Director and the Forestry Division of the Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Department shall be completed by the City Forester's office before the commencement of any development or planned development activity. Plans will be approved, approved with condition, or denied based upon conformity with the requirements of this division. Failure to comply with the provisions of an approved tree protection plan is a violation of this UDO.
c. Plan Amendment. The City Forester may amend any approved tree protection plan after receipt of an application for amendment from a property owner. The amendment shall be approved if the City Forester determines that the proposed amendment complies with the requirements of this Section 146-4.7.7.B.
d. Plan recordation. After approval of a tree protection plan, it shall be recorded in the office of the county clerk and recorder and shall be binding on the property owner and the owner's heirs, successors, and assigns.
4. Tree Removal and Mitigation.
a. Tree Removal. Black Forest trees and associated vegetation shall not be removed from their existing location due to development or construction activity unless avoidance through modifications of proposed development plans and design is not feasible. Tree removal is unlawful unless it is pursuant to an approved tree protection plan.
b. Tree Mitigation. Trees to be relocated shall be replanted at a suitable location on the site. Candidate trees for replanting will be greater than four inches for Ponderosa Pine and three inches for Gambel Oak, but less than 10 inches in diameter measured at a point one foot above natural grade. When such replanting is not feasible, removed trees shall be replaced at a ratio of one-to-one with an approved single tree of similar size or combination of not more than six trees measured at a point one foot above the natural grade with a cumulative total diameter equal to the diameter of the tree to be replaced. Mitigated trees shall be measured per the “Guide to Plant Appraisal.” Appropriate measures shall be undertaken to protect trees from construction activities.
c. Tree Protection. Appropriate measures shall be undertaken to protect trees from construction activities. If any of the trees required to be retained or replanted as part of the tree protection plan should die within a period of three years after completion of construction, the property owner shall replace trees within 6 months of the issuance to the owner of a notice to replace.
5. Monitoring. In addition to protection during new construction pursuant to Section 146-4.3.5 (Avoidance of Sensitive Areas), the following monitoring requirements apply to ensure that trees will be retained after construction is completed.
a. On-site supervision by the property owner or representative to ensure tree protection actions;
b. Pre-construction conferences between the property owner or representative and the City Forester;
c. Monthly meetings between construction management and the City Forester to review progress of the monitoring program; and
d. Final site inspection to verify that protection provisions have been followed.
6. Notice to Prospective Purchasers. Vendors of real property located within the Black Forest shall provide the following notice to prospective purchasers and cause such notice to be recorded with the Clerk and Recorder of Arapahoe County:
“NOTICE: The property described as (legal description and address) is located within an area governed by the Black Forest tree preservation ordinance, a tree protection plan, and is subject to the requirements Aurora City Code Section 146-4.7.7.B, as applicable.”
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The standards in this Section 146-4.7.8 apply in addition to the standards in Section 146-4.8.11 (Screening of Mechanical Equipment), but only one type of screening (through landscape or building design) is required for each area or piece of equipment required to be screened. If required screening for an area or piece of equipment is provided pursuant to this Section 146-4.7.8, then additional screening of the same area or piece of equipment is not required pursuant to Section 4.8.11, and vice-versa.
A. Utilities and Communication Lines. Meters or similar utility apparatus attached to the building façade shall be screened from view and painted to match, using landscaping and screen walls that match the architecture of the building they are part of. Such utilities shall not be mounted on or in front of the primary building façade.
B. Multifamily, Mixed-Use, Commercial, Institutional, and Industrial Developments.
1. Mechanical Equipment Screening Standards.
a. Roof-mounted mechanical equipment shall be screened from public view from the street centerline by a parapet or mechanical screen that is integrated into part of the building’s architectural design.
b. Ground-mounted mechanical equipment shall not be located between (i) a primary building façade or a patron or resident parking lot and (ii) a street or public open space.
c. Ground mounted mechanical equipment shall be screened from public view by landscaping or by a decorative wall, or fence that is similar in appearance to the primary building.
2. Service, Loading, Storage, and Trash Area Screening Standards.
a. Service, Loading, and Storage Areas.
i. All service, loading, and storage areas visible from residences, public or private streets, public open spaces or trails shall be screened by fences (excluding chain link fencing), walls, berms, or any combination of those items with landscaping. If walls are used, they shall not exceed nine feet in height and shall be similar in appearance and materials to the closest wall of the primary building structure they serve.
ii. Fence and wall screening shall be accompanied by landscaping on the exterior side to soften the appearance of the wall and fence. Landscaping shall consist of evergreen trees and shrubs, installed at a minimum of one tree and 10 shrubs per 40 linear feet. This requirement shall not be in addition to street and non-street frontage buffer requirements. If screening of service loading and storage areas overlap with the buffer requirements, then the wall or fence shall be provided at the inside edge of the required buffer and the plant material provided for the buffer may satisfy both requirements.
b. Trash Facilities. All trash dumpsters and recycling bins placed on an existing or developing site must be enclosed and set back at least 12 feet from adjacent properties with residential or commercial uses. The enclosure shall be large enough to accommodate both a dumpster and a recycling bin and shall be completely screened from view of public streets and adjacent properties using one of the techniques listed in Subsection 2.a above. Dumpsters shall be screened on three sides by a minimum six foot high masonry wall or an opaque fence enclosed on the exterior by evergreen plantings. The access opening shall be oriented so that the container is not visible from adjacent properties or public streets and shall have an opaque gate. Chain-link gates with metal cladding are prohibited.
c. Outdoor Storage.
i. Where outdoor storage is permitted, the following standards shall apply.
ii. Outdoor storage shall be located behind required front setbacks or buffer areas.
iii. All outdoor storage facilities for manufacturing equipment, fuel, raw materials, subassemblies, finished goods and defective or repairable goods shall be enclosed by an opaque fence with a maximum height of nine feet, a berm, or a wall with a maximum height of nine feet in combination with landscaping that completely conceals the view of those materials from the locations listed in Subsection 2.a above. Chain link fencing may not be used for this purpose. Landscaping shall consist of one tree and 10 shrubs per 40 linear feet.
iv. Outdoor storage not visible to the street or adjoining properties may not require screening, but will be evaluated for potential impacts on surrounding areas on a case-by-case basis. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Purpose.
1. To provide adequate screening by regulating the height, location and design of fences and retaining walls;
2. To maintain adequate visibility on public and private property and intersections;
3. To allow for adequate air and light visibility;
4. To mitigate noise;
5. To improve aesthetics;
6. To preserve and protect the value of adjacent property with durable materials; and
7. To avoid the appearance of fence and wall canyons along streets.
B. Applicability.
1. All fences and walls shall comply with the provisions of this Section 146-4.7.9 except temporary fences and barricades around construction sites, which shall comply with all other applicable City regulations.
2. All fences and walls shall comply with any additional standards applicable to the use of the property in Section 146-3.3 (Use-Specific Standards).
3. In addition to the standards in this Section 146-4.7.9, all development shall comply with any additional fence and wall standards applicable to the development in any approved Master Plan that includes the property.
C. General Standards.
1. Avoidance of Traffic Hazards. Notwithstanding other provisions of this Section 146-4.7.9, no fence, wall, or hedge shall be located in a location that the City determines will create a traffic hazard.
2. Sight Triangle. The location and height of all fences and hedges shall conform to the sight triangle requirements of Section 146-4.2.3.I. Corner lot fences shall have a 45 degree angle if located within the 30 foot sight triangle.
3. Obstruction of Fire Hydrant or Fire Department Connection. No person shall place or keep any post, fence, wall, retaining wall, tree, shrub, hedge, or any other structure or planting within five feet of a fire hydrant or Fire Department connection. Any variation from this standard shall require written approval from the Fire/Life Safety representative within the Building Division.
4. Prevention of Fence Canyons. For existing subdivisions where the rear of the lots abut a street frontage, a homeowners’ association, Title 32 District, or other approved quasi-public entity shall maintain a fence or wall meeting all applicable standards of this Section 146-4.7.9. Residential lots shall comply with Section 146-4.3 (Subdivision Standards), which restrict rear yards of homes facing streets. Refer to Section 146-4.7.5.G for fence setback requirements when rear lots abut an arterial or collector street.
D. Permitted Fence and Wall Materials.
1. Fences and walls shall be made of high-quality durable materials that require low maintenance. Acceptable materials are as follows:
a. Brick, stone, and decorative concrete masonry unit (CMU) fences that meet the design requirements in this Section 146-4.7.9.



b. Wrought iron style and metal picket fences that meet the definition and design requirements in this Section 146-4.7.9.


c. Pre-cast concrete composed of integrally colored concrete and convincingly replicate the appearance of brick, stone, stucco and CMU fences as required by this Section 146-4.7.9.


d. Closed style wood or stockade fencing. Wood or stockade fencing shall have a top rail.


e. Chain link with or without weather resistant color coating.


f. Omega (Welded Wire).

g. Wood or concrete three-rail and/or split rail.




h. Composite wood.

E. Prohibited Fences, Walls, and Materials. The following types of fences, hedges, and materials are prohibited and cannot be erected:
1. Electrically charged fences, except for battery-operated alarmed electric fences as allowed in this Section 146-4.7.9.
2. Any sharp pointed fence of any material erected or maintained in Residential districts
Picket fences less than six feet six inches in height shall have the top of pickets sawed or rounded to provide a blunt end.
3. Barbed wire fences, except in Special Purpose districts, construction sites, and for enclosing a public or private utility installation. See Section 146-4.7.9.F.2 for time and placement limitations on these exceptions.
4. Any fence using concertina wire or similar materials except that government facilities may be exempt if approved by the Planning Director based on security needs.
5. Fences constructed of chicken wire, corrugated metal, fabric materials, fiberboard, garage door panels, plywood, snow fencing, agricultural, rope, and miscellaneous materials not commonly associated with residential fences.
F. Special Requirements for Specific Districts and Types of Development.
1. Residential Districts. The following standards apply to fences and walls in Residential districts, but do not apply to multifamily developments.
a. Maximum length of unbroken fence plane shall not exceed 660 feet along arterial streets and shall not exceed 330 feet along collector streets in Subarea A.
b. Maximum length of unbroken fence plane shall not exceed 700 feet along arterial streets and shall not exceed 350 feet along collector streets in Subareas B and C.
2. Industrial Districts.
a. No fence or wall shall exceed a maximum height of nine feet, except for oil and gas perimeter screening and sound walls.
b. New wood closed-style fences are only allowed on Arterial streets in connection with industrial development, and only if they meet all the appearance and design requirements of this Section146-4.7.9 and related graphics.
c. Barbed wire is only permitted in industrial districts, but may not be installed adjacent to any residential or commercial uses or residential or commercially zoned districts or along arterial or collector streets.
d. For major public or private utilities in any zone, barbed wire may be allowed if it is located outside of required buffer yards.
e. The use of metal picket prongs is permitted in lieu of barbed wire.
f. Where allowed, barbed wire shall not extend more than six inches above the height of a permitted fence.
3. All Other Development. No continuous fence plane shall extend more than 700 feet without including an offset in fence alignment and/or a change in material, fence, and/or wall type.
G. Along E-470. In all residential developments adjacent to E-470, a minimum eight-foot high solid sound attenuation wall shall be constructed along the development's E-470 frontage, and shall meet all the material and design requirements for fences and walls along arterial streets. The sound attenuation wall shall be constructed and maintained by the developer, Title 32 District, homeowners’ association, or business district.
H. Along Arterial and Collector Streets.
1. Setbacks. Fences in new subdivisions shall be set back at least the following distances:
a. Where the rear lots of residential homes front a street, fence and/or walls shall be set back a minimum of 40 feet from the flow line of arterial streets, 38 feet from the flow line of minor arterial streets and 34 feet from the flow line of collector streets. See graphics below.
b. Fences and/or walls provided along the side yards continuous for a distance of 300 feet or more shall be required to be setback 10 feet from the back of walk unless the fence or wall is being provided in connection with outdoor storage screening, then the buffer setback requirements as specified in Table 4.7-2 shall apply.
c. Residential fencing in the front yards shall comply with the front yard setback requirements and shall not exceed 42 inches in height.
d. Fencing in the front yard of any commercial and/or industrial developments shall be limited to 42 inches in height unless such fencing is being provided in connection with the screening of outdoor storage, parking lots, equipment, or is to secure the site, in which case, fencing shall be limited to nine feet in height. Refer to Section 146-4.7.8.B.2.

Figure 4.7-32: Arterial Street Frontage – Straight Walk

Figure 4.7-33: Arterial Street Frontage – Meandering Walk

Figure 4.7-34: Minor Arterial Street Frontage

Figure 4.7-35: Collector Street Frontage
2. Allowable Materials. The following materials are permitted, except as required or permitted in Section 146-4.7.8.B.2.c (Outdoor Storage).
a. Brick, stone, and integrally colored decorative concrete masonry units (CMUs);
b. Decorative and durable pre-cast concrete panels and rails;
c. Wrought iron, metal picket, and other metals simulating the appearance of wrought iron;
d. Composite wood (not including vinyl);
e. Closed-style wood fences, but only for industrial uses and only if located outside of the required buffer yards;
f. Open-style three-rail fences made of wood or simulated wood adjacent to private open space areas and private common spaces; and
g. Open-style three-rail fences made of wood adjacent to public parks and open space areas.
3. Masonry Columns.
a. All fence types along arterial and collector streets shall incorporate masonry columns of a minimum cross-section of 18 by 18 inches.

Figure 4.7-36: Street Frontage Fencing
b. For all fence and wall types and locations, columns shall be placed at all fence corners, points of transition to other fence styles along a run of fence, and fence termination points.
c. In addition to the requirements of Subsection b, in residential developments, columns adjacent to residential uses shall be placed at a minimum spacing of 60 feet on center, or one for every two residential lots, and columns adjacent to community uses shall be placed at a minimum spacing of 60 feet on center.
d. In addition to the requirements of Subsection b, in commercial and industrial uses, columns shall be placed at a minimum spacing of 120 feet on center, and shall extend 75 feet down interior lot lines.
4. Special Requirements for Closed-Style Fences and Walls Over Four Feet in Height.
a. Maximum length of continuous fence shall not exceed 1,500 feet along arterial streets and shall not exceed 1,000 feet along collector streets.
b. Maximum length of unbroken fence plane within length of fence shall not exceed 500 feet along arterial streets and shall not exceed 320 feet along collector streets.
I. Fences and Walls Along Other Public and Private Streets. For fences and walls along other public and private streets, allowable materials shall include those permitted for arterial and collector streets plus:
1. Wood fences, provided they meet the design standards in this Section 146-4.7.9 and related graphics; and
2. Wood or wood simulated open-style three rail fences, provided they meet the design requirements in this Section 146-4.7.9 and related graphics.
J. Fences and Walls Along Interior Property Boundaries and Alleys.
1. Permitted Materials.
a. Permitted materials shall include those permitted for arterial and collector streets, except as modified by Subsections b through d below.
b. Chain link fencing for industrial development, provided it is not visible from a street and is not located on a lot adjacent to commercially or residentially zoned properties.
c. Chain link fencing within industrial zone districts must be color cladded and may not include fabric mesh or slats.
d. Color cladded chain link, welded wire, and Omega or similar welded wire fencing may not be used to meet screening requirements.
2. Locations.
a. Shared fences and walls shall be placed on lot lines.
b. Fences and walls shall not be located in required lot buffer areas but shall be located on the inner edge or interior buffer line with landscaping located along the exterior of the fence or wall. Exceptions are decorative low walls or seat walls.
K. Fences and Walls Along Open Space Tracts, Parks, Reservoirs, Golf Courses, Trails, and Drainage Ways.
1. For proposed development and new construction, fences adjacent to public parks, open space, trails, and drainage ways shall meet the design standards shown in Figure 4.7-37 and the screening requirements of Section 146-4.7.5.H.2 (Buffer Standards for Areas Adjacent to Public Parks, Open Space, and Trails) shall also apply.
a. Within a master planned development, residential lots that abut public open space where the open space also abuts a street, alley or shared drive may use a privacy fence in lieu of a three-rail fence to screen views into side and rear yards located across from the street, alley or shared drive. The fence design and material shall be included in the approved master plan and shall not exceed six feet in height. Additional landscaping may be required adjacent to the privacy fence depending on the context of it and will be reviewed with each Site Plan.
2. Existing fences adjacent to public parks, open space, trails, and drainage ways not within a master planned development shall be maintained and repaired in accordance with the location, height, design, and materials as shown on approved Site Plans.
a. For replacement fences, the Director of Parks, Recreation, and Open Space shall determine the location, height, design, and materials of fences adjacent to city-owned property taking into consideration consistency in the appearance and treatment along neighboring properties and the screening and access control needs relative to abutting land uses if no Master Plan or Site Plan exists for a property.
3. Fences adjacent to public golf courses or reservoirs shall be an open wrought iron style with masonry columns, or other styles or column spacing as may be specified by the Director of Parks, Recreation, and Open Space. Screening requirements of Section 146-4.7.5.H.2 (Buffer Standards for Areas Adjacent to Public Parks, Open Space, and Trails) shall also apply.
4. Fences may be up to four feet in height for parks and open space, and up to nine feet for athletic courts and fields and may exceed those maximum heights if the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department determines that the additional height is needed and will not create a traffic hazard.

Figure 4.7-37: Fencing Along Open Areas
L. Fences and Walls in Residential Developments. The standards in Table 4.7-4, Figure 4.7-38, Figure 4.7-39, and Figure 4.7-40 apply to all Single-Family Detached, Single-Family Attached, Two-Family, Co-housing, and Cottage Development or similar residential uses. In case of a conflict with other standards in this Section 146-4.7.9, these standards shall govern.
1. Location and Height.
Table 4.7-4 Fence Location and Height: Residential Uses | |
|---|---|
Standard | Requirements |
Front Yards | |
Height | Maximum 42 inches. |
Setback | Fence – 18 inches minimum from back of sidewalk, unless larger setback required by another provision of this UDO. |
Side Yards (See Section 146-4.7.9.H for new fencing along Arterial and Collector Streets) | |
Height | Maximum six feet; except fences along arterial or collector streets may be up to eight feet. |
Setback | Four feet minimum from back of sidewalk, if replacing an existing fence. |
Where existing homes that share a rear yard fence, the fence may be located on the lot line. | |
Rear Yards (See Section 146-4.7.9.H for new fencing along Arterial and Collector Streets) | |
Height | Maximum six feet; except fences along arterial or collector streets may be up to eight feet. |
Setback | Four feet minimum from back of sidewalk, if replacing an existing fence. |
Where existing homes that share a rear yard fence, the fence may be located on the lot line. | |
Corner Lots | |
Height | Maximum 42 inches. |
Setback | A fence that meets the front yard requirements may wrap a corner and shall be set back a minimum of 18 inches from back of sidewalk. |
New side yard fences shall be set back a minimum of 10 feet from the back of sidewalk adjacent to the street, but in no case less than 15 feet from the street flowline. A replacement for an existing fence shall be set back a minimum of 4 feet from the back of sidewalk. | |
2. Design and Opacity.
a. An open-style fence on a solid base is permitted in the front yard, provided the base does not exceed 18 inches in height. Where a solid base is proposed as part of the open fence, only stucco and masonry materials are allowed. A wood base is not allowed.
b. Open style picket fences that are at least 50 percent opaque are permitted in front yard.

Figure 4.7-38: Street Frontage Fencing
c. Solid base fences with bases no taller than 18 inches above grade, and picket fences no taller than 18 inches mounted on top of that base, are permitted in front yards.

Figure 4.7-39: Solid Fencing
d. Fencing on corner lots shall meet the requirements shown in Figure 4.7-39.

Figure 4.7-401: Corner Lot Fencing Setbacks
M. Fences and Walls for Other Development. The standards in this Section 146-4.7.9.M apply to all mixed-use and nonresidential development for which this UDO does not provide a different standard for fence and wall height and location.
Table 4.7-5 Fence Location, Type and Height: All Other Uses [1] | ||
|---|---|---|
Standard | Requirements | |
Other Uses | Industrial | |
Front Yards | ||
Height | Max. 48 in. | Max. 9 ft. |
Setback | Fence: 4 ft. min. from back of sidewalk, unless a larger setback required by another provision of this UDO | |
Side Yards | ||
Height | Max. 6 ft. | Max. 9 ft. |
Setback | Fence: 4 ft. min. from back of sidewalk | |
Where existing developments share an internal fence, the fence can be on the lot line | ||
Rear Yards | ||
Height | Max. 6 ft. | Max. 9 ft. |
Setback | Fence: 4 ft. min. from back of sidewalk | |
If replacing an existing fence, the fence may be on the lot line | ||
[1] Multifamily perimeter fencing shall not be located closer to a street or property line than the required buffer depth for setbacks. | ||
1. Battery-operated alarmed electric fences may be added to permitted fences in accordance with the Permitted Use Table 3.2-1. In addition, battery-operated alarmed electric fences require a conditional use approval if located within 300 feet of residentially zoned parcels or any parcel containing a residential use, dedicated park, open space, or trail.
N. Reserved.
Editor’s note: The provisions of this subsection were repealed by Ord. 2023-41, enacted September 11, 2023.
O. Screening of Outdoor Storage, Equipment, Asphalt, Concrete, Landscape Yards, Surface Parking Lots, Substations or Pump Stations.
1. Permitted Materials. Permitted materials include the following, all of which must be opaque:
a. Walls consisting of brick, stone, and integrally colored decorative concrete masonry units (CMUs);
b. Decorative and durable pre-cast concrete panels;
c. Composite wood;
d. Closed style wood fences.
2. Prohibited Materials. Color cladded, welded wire, chain link, Omega or similar welded wire may not be utilized to meet screening requirements.
P. Fence Replacement Program.
1. General Requirements. All portions and side of a fence shall be finished with the same quantity and quality of materials as the predominant side facing the street.
2. Minimum Column Spacing. Except for panelized construction, all masonry fences shall include masonry columns with a minimum cross-section of 18 inches by 18 inches placed at a maximum interval of 120 feet along the length of the fence. Additional columns shall also be required at all fence corners and turning points and at all fence termination points.
3. Color. All fence colors shall be integral to the material. Fence materials shall not be painted or stained with exterior coat systems. All colors shall be earth tones such as tans, browns, and traditional red brick tones. Uncolored concrete is not permitted.
4. Masonry Unit Sizes. When brick and concrete masonry are used, individual unit sizes shall not exceed 16 inches in length by eight inches in height. When panelized construction is used, the design of individual panels shall replicate the appearance of individual unit sizes as described above, or of a fence constructed of irregularly shaped stones.
5. Texture. Fences consisting of masonry units shall have a surface texture. Masonry units in excess of four inches in height shall have a decorative split-face texture. Units designed to resemble stone shall have a natural-looking stone texture. Panelized materials shall duplicate the textures of masonry and stone units as described above and may be painted to simulate masonry or stone.
6. Concrete Split Rail. Pre-cast concrete split rail and other open rail fence designs are not approved under this program for use along streets.
Q. Substitute Materials. Materials other than those required by this Section 146-4.7.9 may be allowed upon determination by the Planning Director that they are of comparable durability and quality, and have a similar appearance.
R. General Fence and Wall Construction Standards. All fences shall meet all the following general construction standards:
1. All construction materials shall be new and shall not include construction debris or salvaged material. Durable reprocessed and recycled materials sold as building materials for new construction may be approved by the Planning Director.
2. Wood fence posts shall be pressure treated. Cedar and redwood are not required to be pressure treated.
3. All fence posts for fences over 42 inches in height shall be set in circular concrete bases a minimum of two feet deep and one-foot diameter.
4. All wood fences shall conform to the post size and spacing requirements of Table 4.7-6
Table 4.7-6 Nominal Post Sizes and Spacing for Wood and Composite Wood Fences | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Fence Type | Minimum Nominal Post Cross-Section | Maximum Fence Post Spacing | |
Along arterials | All other locations | ||
Wood fences | Four inches x four inches | Five feet | Eight feet |
Four inches x six inches | Eight feet | Eight feet | |
Composite Wood fences | Four inches x four inches | Five feet | Five feet |
Five inches x five inches | Eight feet | Eight feet | |
5. Rails and/or posts shall be securely fastened.
6. Pickets and boards shall be securely attached to rails and posts. Wood picket or slat fences over 42 inches in height shall be constructed with a minimum of three, two inch by four inch horizontal rails and have a minimum nominal dimension for pickets or slats widths of four inches.
7. All brick and masonry fences shall be properly mortared and securely attached with foundations.
8. Where chain link fences are permitted, they shall have top rails.
9. The finished side of the fence shall face the public right-of-way or private streets or alleys, as applicable. Posts and rails shall be on the interior side along streets.
S. Gate Standards.
1. All gates shall have hardware to secure the gate in a closed position.
2. All gates shall be installed to the maximum fence height at all entrances.
3. All unattended gates shall be self-closing, self-latching, and locked when not in use.
4. If a fence or wall along a sidewalk includes a gate, the gate shall not open into the public sidewalk area except when a person is entering or exiting the gated area.
5. All gates must be set back 35 feet from the street entry point.
T. Retaining Walls.
1. General Requirements. Retaining walls shall be required whenever slopes exceed one foot of rise in three feet of run (3 to 1). Retaining walls for detention, retention, and water quality ponds shall not exceed 48 inches in height. Any wall exceeding 30 inches in height requires a pedestrian railing or barrier.
2. Requirements for Residential Development. Retaining walls in residential development shall comply with the following height requirements:
a. Maximum 48 inch height adjacent to rear lot lines;
b. Maximum 30 inch height adjacent to side lot lines;
c. Maximum 30 inch height in front yard and side yard for corner lots;
d. Maximum 48 inch height in all common areas; and
e. Terraced retaining walls are not permitted within the side yards of single-family detached homes.
3. Requirements for Non-residential Development. Retaining wall heights shall not exceed eight feet. Walls shall be terraced until the required amount of slope has been taken up. Slopes between walls shall not exceed one foot of rise for each four feet of run (4 to 1). The area between each wall shall be landscaped with one or more of the following: shrubs or groundcover in accordance with Section 146-4.7.3.B.5 (Living Material Requirements). Each wall shall be separated by not less than 36 inches. Retaining walls visible to the public view shall not be constructed from wood, plain concrete, or painted masonry units.
4. Requirements for Detention and Water Quality Ponds. Retaining walls shall not exceed 48 inches in height unless the Director Planning determines there a wall of that height would have a negative impact on the appearance of the site or the surrounding area, in which case the Director may require that the maximum wall height not exceed 42 inches. Railings will be required along the top off all walls that exceed 30 inches.
U. Battery-Operated Electric Alarmed Fencing.
1. General Requirements. Battery-operated electric alarmed fencing shall comply with the following requirements:
a. Has an energizer powered by no more than a 12-volt direct current commercial storage battery.
b. Is surrounded by a nonelectrical perimeter fence or wall not less than five feet in height.
c. The electric fence may be two feet higher than the height of the nonelectric perimeter fence but shall not exceed 10 feet in height.
d. Warning signage shall be posted in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations with not more than 30 feet between signs, which signs shall read:
“WARNING – ELECTRIC SECURITY FENCE.”
(Ord. No. 2025-08 § 1, 02-10-2025; Ord. No. 2023-41 § 16, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2023-40 § 3, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2021-67 §§ 4 – 6, 12-20-2021; Ord. No. 2021-15 § 25, 06-14-2021; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The following standards for building design are intended to promote a pedestrian-friendly street edge and scale to buildings. New buildings shall implement building and roof articulation methods to avoid long, flat walls and provide visual interest in architecture. High quality materials are encouraged to enhance the architectural character and promote overall building longevity. Buildings shall respond to context with a hierarchy of façade design. Residential design standards are intended to provide durable and well-designed homes that can be easily maintained by the homeowner and add to the quality of the City as a whole. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The provisions of this Section 146-4.8 shall apply to:
A. All new construction (but not including installation of a Mobile Home or Manufactured Home in an R-MH zone district), and
B. All expansions of the gross square footage of any primary building except a single-family detached or duplex dwelling by more than 25 percent, unless specifically exempted by the terms of this UDO. Specific provisions of this Section 146-4.8 apply to those types of buildings indicated in Table 4.8-1. Standards shall only apply to those portions of the building or site being modified as part of the expansion.
Table 4.8-1 Building Design Standards Applicability by Building Type Adjustments for Affordable Housing Structures appear in Sections 146-4.8.5 and 146-4.8.6 | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Standard | Single-family detached or two-family dwellings | Single-family attached | Multifamily buildings | Single-story non-residential buildings | Multi-story mixed-use or non-residential buildings | Large-scale retail large format– over 75,000 sq. ft. gfa. |
General building design standards | ||||||
Design variety | ✓ | |||||
Distribution of masonry and architectural features | ✓ | |||||
Windows | ✓ | |||||
Building orientation and spacing | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Massing and articulation | ||||||
Horizontal articulation | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Vertical articulation | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ [1] | ||
Maximum building length | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Building materials | ||||||
Primary building materials | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Masonry standards | ✓ | ✓ | ||||
Four-sided building design | ||||||
Façade character elements | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Entry design | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Roof design | ||||||
Roof materials | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Roof form | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Screening of mechanical equipment | ||||||
Rooftop equipment | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Ground-mounted equipment | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Garbage storage areas | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Notes: [1] Only applies when more than two stories or over 30 feet tall. | ||||||
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Applicability. These standards shall be applied in addition to any other applicable standards in this Section 146-4.8 unless otherwise stated. When these standards conflict with any other standards in Section 146-4.8, the stricter shall apply.
B. Design Variety.
1. In a subdivision plat of five to 10 lots, or a phase of development containing five to 10 detached single-family dwelling or two-family dwellings, distinct elevations shall be provided by incorporating at least four of the following:
a. Placement of windows and doors on the front façade of the elevation include at least a two-foot vertical or horizontal variation in size or location.
b. The use of different materials on the front façade elevation.
c. The width of the front façade elevation at its widest point must differ by more than two feet.
d. The locations and proportions of front porches must vary.
e. Variations in the front wall plane.
f. Use of roof dormers.
g. A variation of the building types.
h. Window shapes that are substantially different.
2. In a subdivision plat of 10 to 29 lots, at least two different home model varieties shall be constructed, each with a distinct floor plan and elevations.
3. In a subdivision plat of 30 to 49 lots, at least three different home model varieties shall be constructed, each with a distinct floor plan and elevations.
4. In a subdivision plat of 50 or more lots, at least four different home model varieties shall be constructed, each with a distinct floor plan and elevations.
5. No identical model home elevation shall be repeated directly across the street.
6. Approved paint schemes shall not be repeated more than once every four lots or directly across the street.
7. No model elevation shall be repeated more than once every four lots.
8. At least 30 percent of the model/elevation combinations must have variation in the roof line. Exceptions to accommodate rooftop solar applications will be permitted per Section 146-4.2.4.
C. Durability. All of the net façade area shall have durable siding materials. Manufactured siding shall have at least a 25-year written manufacturer's limited warranty. Sheathing or bracing shall not be used as an exterior wall covering. Durable siding materials include cement fiber, engineered composite wood, masonry, rust resistant architectural metals, stucco, any other material approved by the City as being of similar quality, appearance, and durability, and combination of these listed materials.
D. Distribution of Masonry and Architectural Features.
1. Except as required by Section 146-4.8.6.B (Applicability and Exceptions) a minimum average of 15 percent of the net façade area of each primary structure shall consist of masonry. The percentage of masonry coverage may vary among any residential design plans or the elevations of any residential design plans submitted; provided, that the minimum average coverage is met with each separate submission.
2. All residential design plans with side or rear elevations adjacent to streets, parks, golf courses, or open space shall distribute architectural features and materials so as to achieve side-specific design for each side that faces such street, park, golf course or open space. In addition, except for any residential design plan with a side elevation adjacent to a street, there shall be a four-foot change in the depth of the front elevation, achieved through a recessed or alternately loaded garage, covered porch, or other architectural feature.
E. Windows. Each elevation shall contain windows.
F. Architectural Features.
1. Weighted Point System. This Subsection is implemented through a weighted point system. Residential design plans subject to the requirements of this Section shall be compared against the features listed in this Subsection and shall be assigned points accordingly. All residential design plans shall meet a minimum score of 17 points from Section 146-4.8.3.F.2 (Architectural Features).
2. Architectural Features. Points for architectural features shall be calculated according to Table 4.8-2.
Table 4.8-2 Scoring System for Architectural Features | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Feature | Points | Total | ||
3 | 2 | 1 | ||
Windows | ||||
One full height, two-story bay window (for a one-story residential design plan, one full height bay window) | X | |||
One bay window | X | |||
One or more roof window dormers | X | |||
Two or more clerestory windows or windows with transoms above the main window | X | |||
Window mullion patterns on 75% of windows | X | |||
Front door with one or more sidelights, transom window or double door | X | |||
Ribbon windows with two or more horizontal rows of windows containing at least three windows each | X | |||
Decorative shutters on at least two street facing windows | X | |||
At least two special, decorative window heads or window sills on street facing elevations | X | |||
Four or more square feet of windows in the garage that are not on the door | X | |||
Garage door(s) with windows | X | |||
Roofs | ||||
Clay, or concrete tile, cement, or standing seam metal roof | X | |||
16-inch roof overhang on all sides | X | |||
Change in highest roof plane or ridgeline of at least one vertical foot | X | |||
Decorative roofing elements (e.g., copper above a bay window) | X | |||
Dimensional roof shingles with a 30-year warranty (previously no specified warranty length) | X | |||
Architectural Details and Styles | ||||
Plan/elevation with 30% or greater masonry | X | |||
Porte-cochere over driveway | X | |||
Garage not visible on front elevation | X | |||
Plan/elevation with 20-29% masonry | X | |||
Functioning or simulated chimney | X | |||
Change in siding style between home and roof gable ends | X | |||
Ranch plan offered | X | |||
Decorative material on at least one gable end facing a street (e.g., decorative vents, lentils, etc.) | X | |||
Provide wide fascia at least four inches (nominal) - materials around doors, windows and porches | X | |||
Porches, Stoops, and Enhancements | ||||
Covered porch of at least 50 square feet on the front elevation | X | |||
Wraparound porch, at least six feet deep | X | |||
Second story porch (at least 25 square feet) | X | |||
Public view - landscape enhancements in yards that face streets, parks, golf courses, or open space | X | |||
Porch of at least 50 square feet on the front elevation | X | |||
Walk out back covered patio of at least 50 square feet | X | |||
Porch or balcony railings | X | |||
Eight-inch wide columns, as measured at the base of the column, on front or side porch | X | |||
TOTAL | ||||
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. Multiple buildings on a site shall be arranged to promote multi-modal connectivity, provide visual interest to pedestrians, activate public spaces, and facilitate social interaction. Buildings shall be arranged to provide ample light and air into interior and exterior spaces.
B. Multifamily, Mixed-Use, and Light Industrial Districts. The following standards apply to primary structures in the R-3, R-4 zone districts, all Mixed- Use zone districts, and the AD, APZ, and I-1 zone districts.
1. Building Orientation - General. Each primary structure shall be arranged so that the primary façade and each façade with a main pedestrian entry, orients onto and provides direct pedestrian access onto, one of the following.
a. A public or private street;
b. A public park, open space or common green;
c. A plaza or courtyard; or
d. A pedestrian passage.
2. Building Orientation - Single-Story Commercial Buildings.
a. Commercial developments shall break up supporting commercial uses into a cluster of individual pad and liner buildings at corners and street edges.
b. Pad and liner buildings shall be designed to be "double-fronted", where one entrance faces the parking lot and another faces a street or other public space as defined in Section 146-4.8.4.B.1 above.
c. Larger single-story commercial buildings, such as a grocery store or large format retail building, may be placed internal to a site, provided they maintain a strong orientation with the other buildings on the site. However, large single-story commercial buildings may also be located at the street edge.
d. A primary structure located on a corner lot where two streets intersect shall orient to each street by having strong ties to each street setback line.
3. Building Spacing.
a. When two buildings with primary residential or commercial entrances each face a common area other than a street (such as a plaza, green space, or pedestrian passage/mews), the space between the two structures shall be a minimum of 40 feet. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. The intent of the following standards is to create a built environment in which the massing of buildings contributes to a sense of human scale, with ground floor design, horizontal and vertical articulation, manipulation of building forms, and use of various materials, fenestration and architectural details to avoid long, monolithic building shapes and surfaces.
B. Horizontal Articulation. Each primary structure shall use horizontal articulation elements to break up long, flat walls.
1. Attached single-family developments shall use at least one of the horizontal articulation methods shown in Table 4.8-3 to differentiate the front façade of each attached dwelling unit from the abutting dwelling units.
2. Single story commercial buildings shall use at least one of the horizontal articulation methods shown in Table 4.8-3 at an interval of 50 feet or less on each street facing façade of the primary building.
3. Single story industrial buildings shall use at least one of the horizontal articulation methods shown in Table 4.8-3 at an interval of 100 feet or less on each street facing façade of the primary building.
4. Every 50 linear feet, mixed-use and multifamily developments shall use at least two of the horizontal articulation methods shown in Table 4.8-3 at an interval of 50 feet or less on each street facing building façade.
Table 4.8-3 Horizontal Articulation Methods | ||
|---|---|---|
Attached Single-family (Townhouses) | Mixed-Use and Multifamily | Single Story Commercial/Industrial |
a. Change in material texture, patterning or color - A change in material texture, patterning or color that extends the full height of the primary façade, excluding the ground level | ||
![]() | ![]() | ![]() |
b. Horizontal offset or projection - A horizontal wall plane offset of at least 3 ft. extending for at least 50% of the average height of the primary façade | ||
![]() | ![]() | ![]() |
c. Change in fenestration pattern - A change in window size, style, or placement | ||
![]() | ![]() | ![]() |
d. Change in roof height or form - A variation in parapet height of at least 3 ft. or a change in roof form | ||
![]() | ![]() | ![]() |
e. Wall notch combination - A combination using at least one option from above, plus a wall notch. Wall notches shall be a minimum of 3 ft. deep and 8 ft. wide. | ||
![]() | ![]() | ![]() |
C. Vertical Articulation.
1. Each primary structure or portion of primary structure with a height of 30 feet or more and more than two stories shall use vertical articulation to present a clear base, middle and cap to the building on each façade facing a street or a Residential zone district.
2. The “base” is generally the portion of the building that meets the ground. It is at least 24 inches tall, but for taller buildings could be as tall as the first two stories. It shall include pedestrian oriented elements, high transparency, and be made of high-quality and durable materials. The “middle” is the least dominant façade element. It is generally located between the “base” (anywhere above 24 inches above the ground) and the “cap”, or roofline. The “cap” is where the building meets the sky. This is generally a predominant roofline or architectural element indicating the end of a building.

Figure 4.8-1: Base, Middle, and Cap of Building
3. At least one of the following vertical articulation options shall be used for each of the three vertical element categories.
Table 4.8-4 Vertical Articulation Methods for Base, Middle, and Cap of Buildings | |
|---|---|
Vertical Articulation Methods for “Base” | |
a. Use of “heavy” material on ground floor Use masonry such as brick or stone, or other durable material to delineate the ground floor. | ![]() |
b. Horizontal reveal line at base A horizontal reveal line a minimum of 24 in. from the ground. | ![]() |
c. Arcade, gallery, or colonnade Use an arcade, gallery, or colonnade to accentuate the ground floor. | ![]() |
d. Architectural detailing Use enhanced architectural detailing or fenestration on the ground floor. | ![]() |
Vertical Articulation Methods for “Middle” | |
e. Stepback in massing A stepback in massing a minimum of 5 ft. from the ground floor façade. | ![]() |
f. Change in material A change in material occurring between the first and second floors | ![]() |
g. Variation in window size Visible variation in window size from ground floor to upper floor(s) (typically smaller) | ![]() |
Vertical Articulation Methods for “Cap” | |
h. Cornice Use of cornice (on flat-roof buildings) or projecting roof line (for sloping roofs) | ![]() |
i. Reveal line at top of building A “reveal” line or change in material, texture, patterning or color (min. 24 in. from top) | ![]() |
D. Maximum Building Length.
1. The maximum building length of any multifamily or mixed-use building shall be:
a. 600 feet in Subareas A, B and C.
2. The maximum building length of any commercial building shall be:
a. 300 feet in Subarea A;
b. 400 feet in Subarea B; and
c. 600 feet in Subarea C.
3. The maximum building length of any industrial building shall be:
a. 400 feet in Subarea A;
b. No limit in Subareas B and C.
4. The maximum building length of single-family attached (townhouse) buildings shall be:
a. No more than eight attached units in one single building cluster in Subarea A; and
b. No more than 16 attached units in any single building cluster in Subareas B and C. (Ord. No. 2022-32 § 2, 07-11-2022; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. High quality building materials are promoted to ensure building longevity and architectural interest. Building materials shall provide a sense of human scale and interest, especially on ground floors. Colors shall be carefully chosen with respect to surrounding context.
B. Applicability and Exceptions. Each residential design plan submitted for approval after the Effective Date shall meet the requirements of Sections 146-4.8.6.C and 146-4.8.6.D except as those requirements may be modified by this Subsection B:
1. For any subdivision approved prior to November 1, 2012, where:
a. The average percentage of masonry on the net façade area of all residential dwelling units permitted by the subdivision plat is 30 percent or greater; and
b. At least 50 percent of the total residential dwelling units permitted by the subdivision plat have been built as of November 1, 2012.
Each new residential design plan shall provide that the net façade area of the residential dwelling unit shall be no less than 30 percent masonry. Upon application, the Planning Director may allow, on a case-by-case basis, the percentage of masonry coverage to vary among any residential design plans or the elevations of any residential design plans submitted to the Director for approval; provided, that the minimum average coverage is met in each such submission for the remaining dwelling units within the subdivision.
2. For any subdivision approved prior to November 1, 2012, where:
a. No masonry is included on the net façade area of any residential dwelling unit permitted by the subdivision plat and/or built within the subdivision; and
b. At least 50 percent of the total residential dwelling units permitted by the subdivision plat have been built as of November 1, 2012.
No masonry shall be required in any new residential design plan.
3. The building material requirements for the façades of single-family detached and duplex structures shall not apply to:
a. Any alterations, additions, or repairs to an existing single-family detached or duplex structure; or
b. The rebuilding of any single-family detached or duplex structure not built in conformance with this division that has been damaged or destroyed by fire or natural disaster; provided, that the rebuilt structure contains at least the same amount of masonry as the original.
C. Primary Building Materials.
1. Intense, bright, or fluorescent colors shall not be used as the predominant color on any wall or roof of any primary or accessory structure. These colors may be used as building accent colors, but shall not constitute more than 10 percent of the area of each elevation of a building.
2. Highly reflective glass is prohibited on all façades. Such prohibition shall apply regardless of whether the glass is used in window or spandrels areas.
3. Table 4.8-5 indicates permitted primary exterior building materials for each general building type/zone district. Alternative equivalent material to those listed in Table 4.8-5 may be approved by the Planning Director if the applicant submits the material warranty, durability specifications, sample material, and photographs of the material on structures similar to the proposed structure or development and the Director determines that the materials provide similar durability and visual quality.
Table 4.8-5 Permitted Primary Exterior Building Materials | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
✓ Blank cell ✓A/B | = Permitted = Not Permitted = Conditional | Residential Districts | Mixed-Use Districts | Special Purpose Districts | |
Single-Family Detached and Two-Family | Townhouses and Multifamily | ||||
Architectural Glass | See. Sections 146-4.8.3.C and D. | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Corrugated Metal [1] | ✓A | ||||
Composite Wood | ✓ | ||||
Detailed Cast Concrete | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Masonry - Brick | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Masonry - CMU Block | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Masonry - Decorative Tile | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Masonry - Natural Stone | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Metal Panel | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Large Cementitious Panels [2] | ✓B | ✓B | |||
Three Coat Stucco | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Synthetic Stucco | |||||
[1] Buildings with corrugated metal as the primary exterior building material shall include wainscoting at least 42 in. high, surfaced in stone, decorative concrete, or brick masonry when facing a view corridor, drainage, public or private space, or right-of-way. [2] Buildings with large cementitious tilt-up panels shall be embossed with reveals that repeat a common pattern that is human scaled. | |||||
4. In addition to the materials listed in Table 4.8-5 and equivalents permitted under Subsection 3 above, ecologically-based materials may be substituted provided those materials are certified as sustainable materials, such as reclaimed building materials, or are used to create ecological and sustainable building or site features such as living walls, water retention areas, or renewable energy elements may be approved by the Planning Director if the applicant submits the material warranty, durability specifications, sample material, and photographs of the material on structures similar to the proposed structure or development and the Director determines that the materials provide similar durability and visual quality.
5. The following charts illustrate successful applications of the various permitted primary exterior building materials on a variety of building types.



D. Masonry Standards for Single-Family Attached, and Multifamily Residential Dwellings. Masonry standards for single-family attached and multifamily dwellings (other than two-family dwellings), are as indicated in Table 4.8-6 below. Alternative equivalent material to the materials listed in Table 4.8-6 may be approved by the Planning Director if the applicant submits the material warranty, durability specifications, sample material, and photographs of the material on structures similar to the proposed structure or development and the Director determines that the materials provide similar durability and visual quality.
Table 4.8-6 Masonry Standards for Single-Family Attached and Multifamily | |
|---|---|
Type of Structure | Minimum Percentage of Masonry on Net Façade Area (not each elevation) |
Single-family attached | Either: • 50 percent shall be clad in brick or stone; or • 75 percent shall be clad in stucco; or • 75 percent shall be clad in a combination of stucco and brick, or stucco and stone. |
Multifamily (excluding two-family) | Either: • 60 percent (or 30 percent for an Affordable Housing Structure) shall be clad in brick or stone; or • 80 percent (or 40 percent for an Affordable Housing Structure) shall be clad in stucco; or • 80 percent (or 40 percent for an Affordable Housing Structure) shall be clad in a combination of stucco and brick, or stucco and stone. |
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. Four-sided building standards are provided to eliminate the common treatment of “backs” of buildings. There shall be a hierarchy to building façades, but depending on what each façade orients to there may or may not be a “back” side. For example, when a façade of a building orients to open space or a residential district, that façade shall employ architectural interest due to its high visibility, even if the façade does not include a main entry.
B. Applicability. The following standards apply to construction of all new primary buildings, and to all additions to and renovations of existing primary buildings that increase the gross floor area by 25 percent or more or 2,000 square feet, whichever is greater.
C. Building Face Hierarchy. A building's special architectural features and treatments shall not be restricted to a single façade. Each building face shall require a different degree of architectural treatment, commensurate with its degree of visibility from a public or private park, open space, or trail, or a public or private street right-of-way. Building faces shall be classified according to the hierarchy shown in Table 4.8-7.
Table 4.8-7 Building Face Naming and Descriptions | ||
|---|---|---|
A | Primary Building Face | This facade directly fronts a public or private street. It is typically the building face on which the primary entrance is located, and the face that will be viewed most frequently by pedestrian as well as automotive traffic. |
B | Secondary Building Face | This facade is typically perpendicular to the primary building face and located (a) on the side of a building, where it is viewed by pedestrian and automotive traffic, but less directly, or on the rear of a building that faces a park, open space, or trail. |
C | Minor Building Face | This facade is typically found at the rear of a building that does not face a park, open space, or trail, and that is viewed only from alleys, abutting lots, or indirectly from greater distances. |
D. Façade Character Elements.
1. In addition to any applicable Massing and Articulation standards, new buildings are subject to the following façade character requirements for four-sided design.
2. Façade materials shall wrap around a building corner a minimum of two feet when there is a change of façade material or color on two adjacent sides of the building.
3. Table 4.8-8 includes three categories for façade character elements. Each category includes a minimum number of required elements for each building face. This table may be used as a checklist for the Planning Director.
Table 4.8-8 Façade Character Elements for Four-Sided Building Design | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Mixed-Use and Multifamily Residential Districts | Special Purpose Districts | |||||
BUILDING FACE | PRIMARY FAÇADE | SECONDARY FACADE | MINOR FACADE | PRIMARY FACADE | SECONDARY FACADE | MINOR FACADE |
Massing | ||||||
General | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
Wall off-set (min. 3 ft.) | ||||||
Wall/parapet height change (min. 3 ft.) | ||||||
Roof form change | ||||||
Upper floor stepback | ||||||
Wall notch (min. 12 in.) | ||||||
Materials | ||||||
General | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
Change in material | ||||||
Change in color | ||||||
Change in texture | ||||||
Use of masonry (min. 40% of façade) | ||||||
Use of panelized materials (min. 40% of façade) | ||||||
Variety of window sizes | ||||||
Transparency and glazing (min 70% transparent glass) | ||||||
Human Scale | ||||||
General | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
Architectural detailing | ||||||
Display cases on ground floor (for mixed-use) | ||||||
Building-mounted lighting fixtures | ||||||
Awnings or shutters | ||||||
Entry definition (pronounced massing/roof form, stoop, porch, etc.) | ||||||
Building corner enhancements | ||||||
Wall art | ||||||
Balconies | ||||||
Landscape wall/decorative screen for vines | ||||||
E. Entry Design. Each building shown in Table 4.8-9 shall incorporate primary entries to either primary and/or secondary building faces. Each entry shall be accentuated by using one of the methods shown in Table 4.8-9.
Table 4.8-9 Entry Options | |
|---|---|
Entry Options for Residential Buildings with Individual Unit Access from Ground Floor | |
a. Front Porch Front porches are common on single-family attached (townhouse) and other residential building types where individual units may be accessed from the ground floor. A front porch shall be raised a minimum of 24 in. off the ground and be at least partially open on three sides and include a roof overhead. It shall be large enough to accommodate seating for two people. | ![]() |
b. Patio Patios are common on single-family attached (townhouse) and other residential building types where individual units may be accessed from the ground floor. They are also common for units that have to be accessible from the ground floor. A patio is less than 24 in. off the ground and shall be at least partially covered. A patio shall be large enough to accommodate seating for two people. | ![]() |
c. Stoop Stoops are most common on single-family attached (townhouse) or stacked apartment building types. A stoop shall be raised a minimum of 36 in. off the ground. The landing of the stoop shall be a minimum of 30 square feet and be covered. | ![]() |
Entry Options for Multifamily, Mixed-Use, Commercial and Industrial Buildings | |
d. Projected Mass A projected mass entry includes a featured building form element where the main entry to a building is located. This is most common for building types that share a common entry, especially to service upper floors. The projected mass shall be a minimum of 2 ft. deep. The entrance shall be covered, either by an attached element or by recessing the doors into the building mass. | ![]() |
e. Recessed Mass A recessed mass entry includes a featured building form element where the main entry to a building is located. This is most common for building types that share a common entry, especially to service upper floors. The recessed mass shall be inset a minimum of 2 ft. and shall be covered. | ![]() |
f. Corner Entry A corner entry is naturally featured by being located in the most visible portion of a building. A corner entry could serve the ground floor and/or act as a common entry for an entire building. The building is usually chamfered or rounded (at least on the ground floor) to accommodate doors and/or storefront windows. | ![]() |
g. Roof Form Variation Varying the roof form above the mass on which the entry is located enhances visibility to the main entrance. Roof form variation as a way to enhance an entry is most appropriate for lower-scaled buildings where the roof form is seen from the ground. A roof form variation shall be visibly different from adjacent building mass and form by varying overall roof form and/or height. | ![]() |
h. Awning or Sun Shade Device Incorporate an awning or sun shade device to enhance and highlight a main entrance and to cover an entrance from rain and snow. Sun shade devices shall be used appropriately for solar control, i.e. they are not appropriate on north facades. | ![]() |
(Ord. No. 2022-32 § 3, 07-11-2022; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Mixed-Use, Multifamily and Nonresidential Districts.
1. Roof Materials.
a. Acceptable materials for all sloping roof areas with a pitch of 3:12 or greater, and visible from any public or private right-of-way, are listed in Table 4.8-10.
b. Intense, bright, or fluorescent colors shall not be used on any roof areas visible from a public or private right-of-way or public open space.
c. All roof materials on all portions of all development other than rooftop decks shall have a minimum 25 year warranty.
Table 4.8-10 Permitted Materials for Visible Sloping Roofs | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
✓ = Permitted Blank cell = Not permitted | Residential Districts | Mixed-Use Districts | Special Purpose Districts | |
Single-Family Detached and Duplexes | Townhouses and Multifamily | |||
Asphalt Shingles | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Composition (Architectural) Shingles | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
Concrete, Clay or Slate Tiles | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
Membrane System Roofs | ||||
Seamed Architectural Metals (e.g., Tin, Copper) | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
2. Roof Form.
a. Where sloped roofs are used, at least one of the following elements shall be incorporated into the design for each 60 linear feet of roof to avoid long, flat roof surfaces:
i. Projecting gables,
ii. Hips,
iii. Horizontal/vertical breaks, or
iv. Other similar techniques.
b. Where flat roofs are used, the design or height of the parapet shall include at least one change in setback or height of at least three feet along each 60 linear feet of façade.
c. On all structures exceeding three stories in height, all flat roofs shall be internally drained, and external scuppers and wall drains shall be prohibited.
B. Special Purpose Districts. Industrial buildings with metal as the primary exterior surface material shall have roofs enhanced with a decorative fascia, a roof pitch of 4:12 or greater, projecting gables, or other similar techniques. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 22, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Structures containing over 75,000 square feet of gross floor area, and in which over 80 percent of the gross floor area is occupied by a single retail use, shall comply with the following standards in addition to those in Sections 146-4.8.4 through 146-4.8.8 above. In the event of an inconsistency between these standards and the standards in Sections 146-4.8.4 through 146-4.8.8 above, the standards in this Section 146-4.8.9 shall apply.
A. Pedestrian Scale Details. To promote a sense of human scale, special accent materials and design details shall be incorporated into all first floor façades and paving areas abutting pedestrian walkways. Such features shall include, but are not limited to:
1. Changes in paving patterns and materials at pedestrian building entrances and other significant pedestrian locations;
2. Special decorative wall patterns, textures, accent materials, or graphics;
3. Trim banks and reveals;
4. Special architectural features marking pedestrian entries; and
5. Display windows.
B. Façade Articulation. Each façade greater than 100 feet in length, measured horizontally, shall incorporate wall plane projections or recesses having a depth of at least 3 percent of the length of the façade (or at least two feet), and extending at least 20 percent of the length of the façade. No uninterrupted length of any façade shall exceed 100 horizontal feet.
C. Façade Design. Each building façade shall have a repeating pattern that shall include no less than three instances of; (1) color change, (2) texture changes, (3) material module change, or (4) expression of an architectural or structural bay through a change in plane no less than 12 inches in width, such as an offset reveal, or projecting rib. At least one of those elements shall repeat horizontally at an interval of no more than 50 feet.
D. Pedestrian Oriented Design Features. Ground floor façades that face public streets, on-site auto circulation drives, sidewalks, pedestrian paths, or plazas shall have arcades, display windows, entry areas, awnings, or other such features along no less than 60 percent of their horizontal length.
E. Customer Entrances. Each building shall have clearly defined, highly visible customer entrances featuring at least three of the following elements:
1. Canopies or porticos,
2. Arcades, arches, peaked roof forms, outdoor patios, display windows, architectural tilework or moldings integrated into the building design,
3. Overhangs, recesses or projections, or
4. Integrated planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas or seating areas.
F. Outdoor Amenities. Each primary structure subject to this Section 146-4.8.9 shall provide at least two of the following: patio or seating area, pedestrian plaza with benches, transit stop, window shopping walkway, display windows adjacent to pedestrian routes, outdoor playground area, water feature, clock tower, or other deliberately shaped and highly visible outdoor amenity as approved by the Planning Director. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
In Subarea C, primary structures designed for industrial uses shall comply with other applicable standards for non-residential development and with the following additional standards. If there is a conflict between the standards in this Section 146-4.8.10 and other standards in this UDO, the standards in this Section 146-4.8.10 shall apply.
A. Concrete tilt-up panels are allowed subject to the following standards:
1. Panels shall be embossed with reveals that repeat a common pattern.
2. All elevations visible from a public or private street shall include variable parapet heights and 1 foot minimum projections with the distance between not to exceed 50 feet.
3. All main entries shall be uniquely identified by using an arcade, covered entry, spandrel glass or other similar architectural feature.
B. Metal is prohibited as a primary exterior surface material on buildings that are visible from a street, park, open space, or trail. Metal may be used as an accent material covering no more than 10 percent of the façades of such building façades. If metal is to be used along interior lot lines, such façades need to be integrated into the overall building design.
C. Loading doors and operations shall occur within the interior of the site and not be visible from a public right-of-way. If physical site constraints or frontage on more than one right-of-way prevent compliance with this standard, alternative compliance may be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis if the Director determines that the alternative will reduce visual and noise impacts of loading doors and operations on abutting rights-of-way and residential to the maximum extent practicable.
D. Accessory buildings not visible from the street shall meet the following standards.
1. Articulation of each façade is required with a change in wall plane at a minimum of two locations.
2. Metal buildings are permitted, but a wainscot or base treatment is required. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 23, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The standards in this Section 146-4.8.11 apply in addition to the standards in Section 146-4.7.8 (Screening of Service Areas and Equipment) but only one type of screening (through landscape or building design) is required for each area or piece of equipment required to be screened. If required screening for an area or piece of equipment is provided pursuant to this Section 146-4.8.11, then additional screening of the same area or piece of equipment is not required pursuant to Section 146-4.7.8, and vice-versa.
A. Rooftop Equipment.
1. All rooftop mechanical equipment shall be screened from view from a point four feet above grade level on each property line with an abutting property, and from a point four feet above grade from each sidewalk on the far side of each adjacent street, or if there is no sidewalk then from a point five feet above grade at the curb line on the far side of each adjacent street. Appropriate methods for rooftop screening include:
a. Freestanding screen wall
b. Extended parapet wall
c. Other similar technique
B. Ground or Wall-Mounted Equipment.
1. Ground or wall-mounted utility equipment such as HVAC units, electric and gas meters, panels, junction boxes and similar equipment shall be screened from view of public streets, parks, open spaces, trails, plazas, and other public space by using architecturally compatible walls and/or landscaping.
2. Ground and wall-mounted equipment shall be located along or on secondary building faces, and not on primary building faces, to the maximum extent practicable.
3. When walls are used to screen mechanical equipment, the walls shall use similar building materials and detail as the primary structure.
C. Garbage and Recycling Storage Areas. Garbage dumpsters and recycling bins for multifamily dwellings and for mixed-use, commercial, and industrial buildings shall be accommodated within the primary structure or an accessory structure to the maximum extent practicable. If located outside the structure, garbage storage shall be screened from public view from any adjacent public street or residential use or district within 100 feet of the trash dumpster or recycling areas through the use of techniques that comply with Sections 146-4.7.8 (Screening of Service Areas and Equipment) or 146-4.8.11 (Screening of Mechanical Equipment). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The purpose of this Section 146-4.9 is to ensure that vehicle circulation areas, pedestrian circulation areas, parking areas, public gathering spaces, approaches to buildings, and other areas have adequate outdoor illumination to promote safety and walkability at night; to control the negative impacts associated with nuisance outdoor lighting, excessive lighting, light pollution, dramatic contrasts between lit and unlit areas; and to minimize light spillover onto adjacent properties. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Except in the R-R and R-1 districts, private sidewalks, internal pedestrian paths, and bicycle paths shall be lit with full cutoff shielded lighting fixtures no more than 16 feet tall and providing consistent illumination of at least one footcandle on the walking surface. All public sidewalks, pedestrian paths, and bicycle paths shall meet the requirements of the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual.
B. In all zone districts except portions of the I-2 zone district located more than 750 feet away from a Residential zone district, on-site streets and parking areas shall be lit with full cutoff shielded luminaire type lighting fixtures no more than 25 feet tall, and fixtures shall be downcast types with full cutoff shielding. In the I-2 district, the maximum permitted height of lighting fixtures located at least 750 feet from Residential districts and residential uses shall be 40 feet.

Figure 4.9-1: Examples of Full-Cutoff Light Fixtures

Figure 4.9-2: Examples of Light Fixtures that Do Not Meet the Full-Cutoff Standard
C. Incandescent light sources of 100 watts or less or other light sources of 60 watts or less (gaseous discharge) that are located at least 150 feet from the property line of a residential district, are exempt from the full cutoff shielding requirement.
D. Lighting along public street and landscaped areas shall comply with the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual and be of a unified design.
E. Lighting sources shall be color-correct types such as Halogen, metal halide, or light emitting diode (LED). Light types of limited spectral emission, such as low pressure sodium or mercury vapor lights, are prohibited.
F. Lighting fixtures shall have a minimum light intensity of one lumen per square foot and a maximum intensity of two lumens per square foot unless otherwise provided by this Section 146-4.9.
G. Light spillover onto adjacent properties shall not exceed 0.1 footcandles measured on abutting properties 10 feet away from the property line, except where adjacent to walkways, driveways, public and private streets.
H. All exterior light fixtures shall generate at least 80 lumens per watt of energy consumed, as shown on the manufacturer’s specifications for the fixture. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Shielding of Lights in Parking Areas. The following standards apply to all multifamily developments and non-residential developments in Residential zone districts, and to all uses in all mixed-use and non-residential uses.
1. Lighting fixtures for canopies or similar structures shall be flush-mounted or recessed above the lower edge of the canopy, and shall be equipped with flat lenses.
2. Lighting fixtures on a lot adjacent to a Residential district or residential use shall shield the light source from sight from all adjacent residential uses.
B. Illuminance.
1. Maintained average illuminance values in parking areas shall be no less than two foot-candles. Illuminance shall be measured using only the light produced on-site.
2. The acceptable uniformity ratio for lighted areas shall comply with recommended ranges adopted by the Illumination Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) for low, medium, and high activity areas.
C. Hours of Lighting.
1. All luminaires, except those required for security, shall be extinguished within one hour after the end of business closing and remain extinguished until one hour before business opening. A maximum of 25 percent of the total luminaires used for parking lot illumination may remain in operation during this period to provide security.
2. Parking area lighting during off-business hours need not conform to the otherwise applicable average-to-minimum uniformity ratio in Section 146-4.9.3.B. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Location and Direction.
1. Building-mounted lights shall be installed so that all light is directed downward except for decorative lighting less than 100 watts fluorescent or the equivalent.
2. No wall packs or similar lights shall be permitted unless the cutoff angle effectively eliminates glare from beyond the property lines.

Figure 4.9-3: Example of Wall Pack Light
3. Lights shall not be mounted above the parapet or above the eave on a pitched roof except for motion-activated security lighting, and decorative lighting.
4. Lights shall not exceed 400 watts of incandescent illuminance or the equivalent.
B. Decorative Lighting.
1. Decorative lighting is permitted to enhance the appearance of a building and/or landscaping provided that all light is cast against the building surface or downward onto a tree or other landscape feature.
2. Decorative lighting shall not exceed 100 watts of incandescent illuminance or the equivalent.
3. All decorative lighting shall be directed away from residential uses located within 300 feet of the façade on which the decorative lighting is mounted, and shall be shielded at all times to reduce light trespass upon adjacent residential uses. As an exception, patio string lighting may be mounted on a façade of a building facing and located within 300 feet of a residential use; provided, that the lighting is turned off between 11:00 pm and 6:00 am.
4. Lighting for special events, emergencies, construction, or holidays shall be exempt from these decorative lighting standards provided that the lighting is discontinued within seven calendar days upon completion of the project or the holiday for which the lighting was provided. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. To protect the right to free speech by the display of protected message(s) on a sign, while balancing this right against public interests of preserving and protecting the public, health, safety and welfare within the City of Aurora;
B. To reduce hazards that may be caused or worsened by driver, bicyclist, and pedestrian distraction caused by signs, especially those projecting along public rights-of-way or near roadway intersections;
C. To promote the effectiveness of signs by preventing their over concentration, visual clutter, hazardous placement, deterioration, excessive size and number;
D. To preserve and enhance the aesthetic and environmental values of the community, as reflected in the Comprehensive Plan, while at the same time providing adequate channels of communication to the public;
E. To increase the economic value of commercial areas through use of quality design; and
F. To regulate signs in in a content-neutral manner in accordance with the City's policy and intent in a manner consistent with the U.S. and Colorado Constitutions, laws, and court decisions. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Vehicle mounted signs that are not integrated into body of the vehicle, including mobile billboards;
B. Signs extending over or within the right-of-way, or within a protected sight triangle, unless otherwise authorized through a revocable right-of-way permit from the City;
C. Signs on utility poles, other than City-owned signs;
D. Roof signs or any signs placed on or above the roof line or parapet of a building;
E. Signs located on internally illuminated awnings; and
F. Signs that include, or message content that is communicated by, strobe or flashing lights. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Generally. Existing signs that do not conform to the provisions of this Section 146-4.10 shall not be re-erected when removed from their supporting structure. They may be re-erected if the location and the sign are made to conform to the provisions of this Section 146-4.10 or any other ordinance or regulation.
B. Discontinued Business. Any existing sign that advertises a defunct business or an unavailable entity, product ,or service is declared to be a nuisance and shall be removed by the owner, agent, or person having the control of the premises upon which such sign may be found as required by Section 146-4.11.1.E (Maintenance Requirements; Signs). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Residential sign shall comply with the standards in Table 4.10-1:
Table 4.10-1 Permitted Signs | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Sign Category | Sign Type | Maximum Number | Maximum Area |
Multifamily Dwelling structures containing 24 units or fewer | Wall or monument sign | 1 wall sign or monument sign per street frontage | 36 sf. |
Multifamily Dwellings containing more than 24 units | Wall or monument sign | 1 wall sign or monument sign per street frontage | 96 sf. |
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Applicability. These standards shall apply to all commercial, institutional, mixed-use, and industrial development unless otherwise specified in this UDO, Site Plan, Master Plan, Adjustment, or Variance.
B. Wall, Projecting, Blade, and Monument Signs.
1. Number of Permitted Signs. A total of five signs are permitted per use, with a total of 80 square feet minimum.
2. Total Sign Area Allowed.
a. Arterial Streets. On arterial street frontages, two square feet of sign area for each linear foot of building frontage for the first 100 feet, then one-half square feet of sign area for each linear foot of building frontage thereafter as measured along the building frontage (the longest building frontage with a public entrance), up to the limit in Subsection c. below.
b. All Other Streets. On all other street frontages, one square feet of sign area for each linear foot of building frontage for the first 200 feet of building frontage; then one-half square feet of sign area for each linear foot of building frontage thereafter as measured along the building frontage (the longest building frontage with a public entrance), up to the limit in Subsection c below.
c. Maximum Total Sign Area. Maximum total sign area shall not exceed 600 square feet.
d. Maximum Individual Sign Area. No individual sign shall exceed 200 square feet.
e. Additional Sign per Tenant or Business. Each tenant or business is permitted one blade sign up to a maximum of six square feet. in addition to the signs listed in Subsections a. through d. above.
C. Monument Sign Standards. Monument signage is considered as one of the five types of signs allowed and is included in the total allowable square footage as calculated above.
1. Location of Monument Signs.
a. Monument signs shall be located on the Site Plan showing size of sign face, setback, and sight triangle.
b. If any monument sign is located in an easement, a revocable license must be obtained prior to permit issuance.
c. No monument sign may be erected in a median.
2. Maximum Height. The maximum height of monument signs shall be determined by the location as follows, measured from grade to top of sign:
a. Along arterial streets: 12 feet
b. Along all other streets: 8 feet
3. Total Sign Area Allowed. The maximum size of a monument sign face is 100 square feet, unless otherwise noted in this Section 146-4.10.
D. Large Scale Retail Single-Tenant Use (over 50,000 sq. ft.).
1. Number of Permitted Signs.
a. May be extended from six to a total of eight signs through an Administrative Adjustment pursuant to Section 146-5.4.4.F.
b. One monument sign per street frontage for those single retail uses that have more than 150 feet of street frontage, plus one additional monument sign is permitted provided that a separation of 150 feet is maintained between monument signs.
2. Total Sign Area Allowed. Two square feet per linear feet of building frontage to maximum total sign area of 800 square feet.
3. Location of Monument Signs.
a. Minimum of four feet from back of sidewalk or 21 feet from flow line; and
b. Shall not be placed within any applicable site triangle.
4. Motor Vehicle Dispensing Uses.
a. Choose either the primary linear frontage of the canopy or building for calculating the maximum sign area, but not both.
b. Length of accessory car wash buildings may not be used to calculate sign area.
5. Donation Collection Bins. Two kiosk mounted signs are permitted, limited to a maximum of six square feet each.
6. Small Recycling Centers. One sign permitted, limited to a maximum of 20 square feet.
E. Wall and Monument Signs for Properties with Multiple Tenants, Businesses, or Users.
1. In addition to signs permitted by Subsections B, C, and D above, properties with multiple tenants, businesses, or users are permitted one additional wall or monument sign for each public street or highway abutting the project. The additional sign may be located on the lot where the primary building in the project is located, or on any lot in a designated on a Master Plan covering multiple lots.
2. The maximum size of the additional sign shall not exceed 100 square feet per sign face, and the maximum height of the additional sign shall not exceed 14 feet. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Signs of the types listed in Table 4.10-2 shall comply with the standards in that table.
Table 4.10-2 Standards for Other Types of Signs | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Sign Type | Description and Standard(s) | Size and Quantity | Permit Required? | Zone Districts Permitted |
Signs Erected by a Registered Neighborhood Group | At neighborhood entrances only on an arterial or collector street | 96 sf. max. area; 6 ft. max. height; Max. 2 per entrance | Yes | Residential and mixed-use zone districts |
Pillar or Column-Type Signs Erected by a Business improvement District or Business Association | On pillars or columns on arterial or collector streets | 20 sf. max area; 6 ft. max. height | No | Mixed-use zone districts |
Signs Erected by a Business Improvement District or Business Association | Only on an arterial or collector streets | 96 sf. total area; 8 ft. max. height | Yes | Mixed-use zone districts |
Bus Benches and Bus Shelter Advertising | Permitted on the City right-of-way pursuant to a bus bench or advertising bus shelter franchise agreement with City | As per agreement | Yes | All zone districts |
Donation Collection Bin | See standards in Section 146-3.3.5.WW (Recycling Collection Facility) | Max. 2 kiosk mounted signs; 6 sf. each max. area | No | Mixed-use zone districts |
Flags on Flag Poles | In no instance shall any part of a flag extend beyond the property line. | 3 poles max.; Max. 240 sf. total area; 35 ft. max height | Required for any flag pole over 25 feet in height | Multifamily developments; and R-2, R-3, R-4, and mixed-use zone districts |
Signs Adjacent to a Permitted Drive Up or Drive-Through Lane | Not calculated in business sign area | n/a | No | All zone districts where drive-up or drive-through facility is permitted or conditional use |
Signs Located on a Motor Vehicle Fuel Dispensing Station Pump Island | Not calculated in business sign area | n/a | No | All zone districts where motor vehicle fuel dispensing station is a permitted or conditional use |
Window | No flashing or blinking permitted. Calculated with all window signs (temporary and permanent) and includes "open" signs | General: 50% coverage per window pane max.; MU-OA-MS: 25% coverage per window pane max.; All: 200 sf. max. total area of all window signs | No | Mixed-use zone districts
Refer to Sections 146-2.4.4.H.2.h |
Incidental Site Signs | May not be directed to or designed to be legible from private or public streets | 3 sf. max area per sign; General: 3 ft. max. height At corners where driving aisles meet or cross: 6 feet max. height | Yes | Mixed-use zone districts |
Pennants, streamers, or similar decorative devices | Refer to Section 146-4.10.15 | n/a | No | All zone districts |
(Ord. No. 2022-71 § 1, 11-28-2022; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. An electronic message board is a form of on-premises sign.
B. An electronic message board is limited to use on monument signs only and shall be integrated into the overall sign face.
C. The area of the electronic message board signage shall not exceed 50 percent of the total sign area of the sign face.
D. The electronic message display must be programmed so it does not change more frequently than once every eight seconds, and the message change occurs instantaneously, without use of scrolling, flashing, fading, blinking, or other similar transitions. The board shall contain static messages only, changed only through dissolve or fade transitions, but that may otherwise not have movement, or the appearance or optical illusion of movement varying light intensity, of any part of the board, design or pictorial segment of the board. The change of message using dissolve or fade transition shall not exceed one second of time between each message displayed on the board.
E. The message display must be provided with automatic dimming software or solar sensors to control brightness for nighttime viewing and varying daytime lighting conditions.
F. All existing electronic signs that contain an electronic changeable copy that does not comply with the provisions of the Section shall conform to the brightness of copy provisions and animation restrictions within 180 calendar days of the original adoption of the regulations recodified in this Section 146-4.10.
G. Within the areas designated as the Special Commercial Sign Overlay Districts, electronic message boards may be integrated into either a wall or monument sign, but is limited to 50 percent of the overall sign square footage. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Purpose. The City Council determines that there are certain commercial areas in the City that warrant the designation as special commercial sign standard areas to permit a taller or larger ground sign because:
1. Such areas are characterized by intense commercial activity along major streets;
2. The uses to which such signs pertain have long street frontages;
3. Sign locations are buffered from residential areas;
4. The area is coterminous with other governmental jurisdictions that have less restrictive sign regulations; and/or
5. The signage otherwise permitted by this Section 146-4.10 would be obscured from visibility from public streets by light rail infrastructure.
B. Designation and Applicability. The City Council hereby designates special commercial sign standard areas along the frontage of the following streets for qualifying businesses having the requisite minimum frontage on such named streets:
1. Havana Street (South of Sixth Avenue);
2. Colfax Avenue (Outside of MU-OA-MS subdistrict and the MU-FB district);
3. Abilene Street; and
4. Parker Road.
C. Decision and Approval Criteria. The Planning Director shall approve the proposed sign, deny the sign, or approve the sign with conditions within 30 days after receipt of a complete application. The Director shall consider the following in making its determination:
1. Whether any negative offsite effects of the proposed sign are mitigated.
2. The extent to which the sign conforms to the associated design character of the development.
D. Appeal to or Call-up by City Council.
1. An applicant may appeal the decision pursuant to Section 146-5.3.13 (Appeals), or City Council may call up the decision pursuant to Section 146-5.3.11 (Call-ups).
2. If the City Council denies the appeal or does not call up the decision pursuant to Section 146-5.3.11, the applicant may seek prompt judicial review of the denial pursuant to Rule 106 of the Colorado Rules of Civil Procedure.
E. Large, Integrated Development. The Planning Director may approve a sign that exceeds the height, area, or location limitations in this Section 146-4.10.8 if it finds such increase is appropriate because the sign relates to a large integrated development or development in an MU-R zone district.
F. Signs Allowed. The following sign standards apply to any property in a special commercial sign standard area:
1. Only monument style freestanding signs are permitted.
2. The maximum height of all monument signs in a special commercial sign standard area shall not exceed 20 feet above grade.
3. If the proposed use has a minimum single street frontage of 300 feet, then one ground sign shall be permitted in addition to the maximum number permitted elsewhere in this Section 146-4.10.
4. The maximum total sign area including the additional ground sign shall not exceed 800 square feet.
G. Installation and Design.
1. The supports for such sign shall appear as an architectural and/or integral part of the sign.
2. The Planning Director is authorized to adopt design guidelines to be applied in the evaluation of each sign permitted in the commercial sign standard areas. Prior to their application, the design guidelines shall be reviewed and approved by the City Council. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Purpose.
1. The creative sign program provides for property owners and businesses within the City to propose creatively designed signs. The intent of this process is:
a. To encourage signs of high-quality materials and workmanship;
b. To encourage signs of unique design that exhibit a high degree of imagination, inventiveness; and
c. To provide a process for the application of creatively designed signs that make a positive visual contribution to the overall image of the City, while mitigating the impacts of large or unusually designed signs.
2. Additionally, the creative sign program may provide for increased allowance to the maximum sign area permitted and to allow changeable copy in association with marquee signs.
B. Procedures. A creative sign program may be approved pursuant to Section 146-5.4.3.F (Creative Sign Program). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Signs in the MU-OA, MU-FB, MU-TOD, and MU-R Districts.
1. Permitted Sign Types and Standards. Signs of the types listed in Table 4.10-3 shall comply with the standards in that table.
Table 4.10-3 Sign Regulations in the MU-OA, MU-FB, MU-TOD, and MU-R Districts | |
|---|---|
Permitted Sign Types | Standard |
Wall sign | Each tenant or business is allowed 1 wall sign for each street and parking lot frontage. Wall signs shall be allowed up to 1 sf. per linear foot of building frontage with a maximum of 70 sf. of sign area. Individual tenants are allowed a minimum of 25 sf.. |
High wall sign (five stories or greater) | 1 high wall sign is permitted on individual building(s) of 5 stories or greater in height. High wall signs shall be allowed up to 2 sf. per linear foot of building frontage with a maximum of 200 sf. in total sign area. The sign must be located in the area between the bottom of the top floor and the top of the parapet wall. Signs above the parapet wall will be considered roof signs. |
Grand projecting sign | 1 permitted per development on a building located on a corner lot with a street-facing open plaza. Grand projecting signs shall not be a multi-tenant development sign. Sign shall have a minimum clearance of 10 ft. above grade, and shall not project more than 5 ft. beyond the face of the building. A Grand Projection Sign shall be permitted upon an approved Site Plan review. |
Canopy sign | Each tenant or business is allowed 1 canopy sign over a public entrance, each with a maximum sign area of 10 sf. |
Awning sign | Each tenant or business is allowed a maximum of 3 sf. of sign area placed on the vertical flap of the fabric awning. Backlit or internally lit awning signs are prohibited. |
Pedestrian blade sign | Each tenant or business is allowed 1 blade sign per pedestrian entrance, with a maximum size of 6 sf. The sign must be placed within the occupied elevation leased and entirely between 9 and 12 feet above grade. |
Monument sign | Only monument-style ground signs are permitted, with a maximum of 40 sf. per face for a total of 80 sf. for 2-sided signs with an 8-foot maximum height. Fabric, pole-mounted, and other types of permanent signs are prohibited. |
Multi-tenant development wall sign and/or ground sign | Only wall and ground signs are permitted and must be integrated architecturally, with a maximum of 40 sf. per face for a total of 80 sf. for 2-sided signs. Fabric, pole-mounted, and other types of permanent signs are prohibited. More than 1 multi-tenant development sign is permitted for arterial street frontages in a development covered by a Master Plan provided they have a minimum separation of 150 feet. |
Sidewalk sign | 1 sidewalk sign may be placed in front of each tenant or business premises, provided they are located to maintain a clear 6-foot wide pathway for pedestrians. The maximum size for a sidewalk sign is 3 ft. by 4 ft. No permit is required for signs located on private property. |
2. Sign Design and Color Criteria.

Figure 4.10-1: Grand Projecting Sign
a. All monument style signs shall include a base constructed from the same primary materials as used on the main building;
b. All letters and message content on a sign shall be individual 3-D, engraved, or projecting can type. Cabinet signs are prohibited; and
c. All colors used on a sign background shall match the colors used on the main building. All colors and materials used on structures and frames containing the sign face shall match materials and colors used on the main building.
3. Sign Illumination. If a sign is illuminated, all letters and message content on a sign shall be individually illuminated from an internal source, with the exception that wall signs are permitted to be illuminated entirely from downcast architectural lighting fixtures. A uniformly backlighted sign face is not permitted on any sign.
B. Signs in the MU-OA-MS and G Subdistricts.
1. Applicability. These provisions apply to signs in the area bounded by 14th Avenue, 16th Avenue, Yosemite Street, and Oswego Street. Where the regulations of Section 146-2.4.4 (Mixed-Use -- Original Aurora District (MU-OA)) conflict with the requirements of this Section 146-4.10.10.B, the regulations in Section 146-2.4.4 shall govern.
2. Sign Lettering.
a. Except for projecting signs, all sign content shall consist of three-dimensional individual letters or message content of a material distinctive from the background to which it is attached.
b. Cabinet type signs are prohibited.
3. Sign Lighting.
a. If a sign is to be internally illuminated, each sign letter shall be individually illuminated or "back-lit" from a shielded internal source.
b. Signs with letters or message content applied to an internally lit sign face or translucent internally lit awning are prohibited.
c. Neon of any color or neon accents is allowed.
d. Wall, awning, and projecting signs with opaque style lettering may be externally illuminated from adjacent downcast architectural lighting fixtures.
e. Canopy signs may be "up-lighted" or "halo-lighted" if the light source is not open to the sky or visible from the ground.
f. LED (light emitting diode) lighting is prohibited for sign illumination.
4. Permitted Sign Types and Standards. Signs in the MU-OA district shall comply with the standards in Table 4.10-4.
Table 4.10-4 Sign Regulations in the MU-OA-MS and MU-OA-G Subdistrict | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Sign Types | Subdistrict | Standards | Size/Quantity |
Wall sign | MU-OA-MS | Individual channel letters or message content only. A wall or canopy sign, not both. | 1 per tenant or business per building street frontage up to 30 sf. For properties that exceed 60 linear ft. of building frontage: ½ sf. per linear ft., up to 60 sf. |
MU-OA-G | Individual channel letters or message content only. | Size and number per the general sign standards in this Section 146-4.10. | |
Alley wall sign | MU-OA-MS | 1 alley wall sign is permitted up to a maximum of 10 sf. | |
MU-OA-G | n/a | n/a | |
Projecting sign | MU-OA-MS | Signs may be attached or suspended by a metal bracket or placed beneath a projecting canopy or arcade. A minimum ground clearance of 9 feet in height is required. | 1 building-mounted projecting sign is allowed per tenant per each street/alley frontage, not to exceed 12 sf. per sign face. |
MU-OA-G | Prohibited | n/a | |
Grand projecting sign | MU-OA-MS | A single grand projecting sign is allowed for buildings located at street corners, buildings facing an open public plaza, or buildings occupying at least 1/2 block. The projecting sign shall not extend more than 5 ft. above roof peak or parapet or more than 5 ft. beyond the face of its building. Such projecting sign shall maintain a minimum of 10 ft. clear distance from sidewalk to bottom of the sign. Canopy type signage at the base of the grand projecting sign is permitted. See Figure 4.10-1. | The canopy signage portion of the grand projecting sign shall not exceed 20 sf. |
MU-OA-G | Prohibited | n/a | |
Monument sign | MU-OA-MS | Monument signs are not permitted without an administrative adjustment, which may only be granted if the proposed monument sign meets all the following design criteria: (a)There is sufficient plaza or other landscaped area outside of required rights-of-way on the applicant’s property to accommodate the sign; (b) The sign is designed with a solid base composed of brick or stone matching the materials on its associated building; and (c) The height of the sign does not exceed eight feet. | |
MU-OA-G | All monument signs shall be placed on a sign base constructed of materials similar to the main building. All message content shall be individual channel letters or shapes and distinctive from the background. | Per general sign standards. | |
Canopy sign | MU-OA-MS | A canopy or wall sign, not both. Backlighting illumination of canopies is prohibited. | Total area shall not exceed 25 sf. |
MU-OA-G | 1 canopy sign is permitted in addition to the overall size and number permitted by this Section 146-4.10. Total area shall not exceed 25 sf. | ||
Awning sign | MU-OA-MS | All awnings shall be constructed from an opaque fabric material. Backlighting of the awning is not permitted. Message content may not exceed 8 in. and may only be placed on the vertical front portion. Up to 3 sf. of message content may be placed on the slanted portion of the awning. | |
MU-OA-G | Same as MU-OA-MS. | In addition to the overall number and size allowed by this Section 146-4.10. | |
Sidewalk sign | MU-OA-MS | 1 sidewalk sign may be placed in front of each tenant or business premises, provided it is located to maintain a clear 6 ft. wide pathway for pedestrians. | Sidewalk signs shall not exceed 3 ft. by 4 ft. |
MU-OA-G | Prohibited | n/a | |
Banner | MU-OA-MS | Banners are permitted only if attached to street lights. Banners may remain in place for extended periods of time, but shall be kept in good repair and rotated on a seasonal basis or as appropriate for individual events. | |
MU-OA-G | Prohibited | n/a | |
Temporary banner | MU-OA-MS | Prohibited | n/a |
MU-OA-G | Per general sign standards. | ||
C. Colfax Avenue Sign Preservation.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this Section 146-4.10.10.C is to permit the preservation of signs that are illustrative of the City's history in the Post-World War II Era and that comply with the requirements provided in this Section 146-4.10.10.C. The term "Post-World War II Era" refers to a popular style of design from that time, also known as exaggerated modern. The style is characterized by the use of exaggerated geometry, streamlined curves, and fanciful literal elements and lighting, particularly in its use of shapes reminiscent of amoebas, stars, atoms, rockets, and flying saucers.
2. Display.
a. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 146-4.10 to the contrary relating to height, area, and setback, the City Council hereby permits the continued display of signs it has designated based upon the finding that each sign complies with the following requirements:
i. The sign is a least 25 years old.
ii. The sign is of design representative of the Post-World War II Era.
b. A list of council-designated signs shall be kept on file in the office of the Planning Director.
3. Compliance. Signs designated by the City Council in this Section 146-4.10.10.C are granted exceptions to the provisions of this Section 146-4.10 regulating sign height, area, and setbacks. All other provisions, including permitted maximum number, shall apply. Nothing in this Section 146-4.10.10.C shall exempt any sign not designated in this Section 146-4.10.10.C from compliance with this UDO, including other signs on the same premises as a designated sign.
4. Termination of Exemption.
a. The exemptions from the otherwise applicable sign code provisions granted in this Section shall cease if:
i. The designated sign is not maintained in the same style;
ii. The designated sign is not maintained in good condition;
iii. The lighting, including neon signage, is inoperative; or
iv. The sign becomes unsightly due to paint peeling.
b. The message content of these signs may be changed so long as all of the criteria and conditions of this Section are met.
5. Board of Adjustment and Appeals Review. The signs designated in this Section 146-4.10.10.C shall not be eligible for variances or exceptions granted by the Board of Adjustment and Appeals. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 24, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Standards for Temporary Signs That Require a Permit. Signs of the types listed in Table 4.10-5 shall comply with the standards in that table.
Table 4.10-5 Sign Regulations for Temporary Signs that Require a Permit | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Sign Type | Standards | Size/Quantity | Where Permitted |
Large Additional Ground-Mounted Temporary Sign, On-Site | Must be located on a property for which at least 1 active building permit for construction of buildings for residential uses, as listed in Table 3.2-1, is in effect. Allowed for up to 12 consecutive calendar months. | Maximum 2 signs per development. Total sign area per sign shall not 100 sf. per side, or 200 sf. for a 2 sided sign. Sign height shall not exceed 12 ft. | Subarea C |
Additional Ground-Mounted Temporary Sign, Off-Site | Must be located within 2 miles, measured along the shortest public street right-of-way, of a property for which at least 1 active building permit for construction of buildings for residential uses, as listed in Table 3.2-1, is in effect. Allowed for up to 12 consecutive calendar months. | Maximum 8 signs per applicant. Each sign shall be a minimum of 600 ft. from another additional temporary off-site sign. Allowed in public right-of-way if at least 120 ft., from an intersection. Total sign area per sign shall not exceed 16 sf. or 32 sf. for a 2 sided sign. Sign height shall not exceed 12 ft. | Subarea C, with notification of abutting property owner |
B. Standards for Temporary Signs That Do Not Require a Permit. Signs of the types listed in Table 4.10-6 shall comply with the standards in that table.
Table 4.10-6 Sign Regulations for Temporary Signs that Do Not Require a Permit | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Sign Type | Application/Description | Time Limitation | Size/Quantity | Where Permitted |
Small Temporary Event Sign | Any temporary event | Shall be removed within 7 days after the event | Max. 6 sf. per side, or 12 sf. for 2-sided sign, in area Max. 4 ft. in height. Max. number of signs: 4 | All districts |
Small Additional Ground-Mounted Temporary Sign | Must be located on: A property for which at least 1 active building permit is in effect, or a property in which at least one premises recently constructed or improved pursuant to a building permit has not yet been occupied by a tenant or business | Sign may be erected between date the first building permit is approved and the date on which the last premises constructed or improved pursuant to that building permit is occupied by its first tenant or business. | For residential development in residential zone districts: Max. 6 sf. In area Max. 4. Ft. in height For other development: 1 sign allowed per street frontage of the main building. Max. 48 sf. in area. Max. 8 ft. in height | All districts |
Temporary Fabric Sign, Wall | Any temporary event | Limited to 15 calendar days maximum, up to six times per year. | 1 wall sign per business Max 200 sf. combined area of temporary wall and ground fabric signs. | R-3, R-4, and mixed-use districts, except the. MU-OA-MS subdistrict. |
Temporary Fabric Sign, Ground-Mounted | Any temporary event | Limited to 15 calendar days maximum, up to four times per year. | General: 1 sign per business Single tenant or business property with over 150 feet of street frontage: 3 signs 100 sf. max area per sign 10 ft. max. height Max: 200 sf. combined area of temporary wall and ground fabric signs | R-3, R-4, and mixed-use districts, except the. MU-OA-MS subdistrict. |
Sidewalk Sign | Any temporary event | Limited to 15 calendar days maximum, up to four times per year. | Shall not exceed 3 ft. by 4 ft. | On private property in districts or areas where other UDO sidewalk sign standards do not apply |
Inflatable, Balloon, or Other Similar Device | Any temporary event Applies to individual components or those tied together that exceed 20 inches in diameter. | Not to exceed 72 consecutive hours, up to once per year. | 1 balloon or similar device | All districts. |
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. The purposes of a uniform sign program are to:
1. Achieve a reasonable degree of sign uniformity and coordination;
2. Enhance the visual quality of the area through compatibility of the signs in color, shape, and materials;
3. Provide clarity and legibility for visitors to the project; and
4. Meet or exceed sign design standards.
B. Applicability. A uniform sign program shall be required for shopping centers, or for multi-use or multi-building business, mixed-use, commercial, or industrial developments.
C. Large Scale Master Planned Communities. For those developments for which a Master Plan is required or approved, that exceed 90 acres in size, and that are located adjacent to a limited access roadway, one large scale sign is permitted. These signs shall not exceed 400 square feet per sign face, and shall not exceed 30 feet in height. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Off-premises signs, including billboards, shall be permitted in the I-2 district, within 1,000 feet of a highway in commercial and industrial areas; provided, that they comply with the standards in this Section 146-4.10.13.
A. Signs Permitted. Ground Signs are permitted if they comply with the following standards:
1. One off-premises ground sign; provided, that no sign shall be less than 600 feet from another off-premises ground sign.
2. Maximum sign area shall not exceed 100 square feet per side for double-faced signs.
3. Maximum sign area shall not exceed 200 square feet for single-faced signs.
4. Maximum height shall not exceed 25 feet.
5. If abutting residential use or district, the sign shall not be illuminated between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.
B. Authorization. Written permission from the property owner on which the sign is to be erected must accompany the original application and any renewal application.
C. Visibility. No sign shall be allowed to be visible from any freeway, interstate highway, or residential zone districts.
D. Site Plan Exists. Where a sign is to be located on a property that has an approved Site Plan, all tenants within the area covered by the Site Plan shall be notified of the application. The notice shall include the nature of the application and shall instruct the tenants to direct any comments on the application to the Planning Director.
E. No Site Plan Exists. Where a sign is to be located on a property for which no Site Plan has been approved, a plan, approved by the property owner, showing the property boundary, and the size, height, location, and orientation of the proposed sign shall be submitted to the Planning Director.
F. Reserved.
G. Review. The Planning Director shall review and shall approve the sign in accordance with the following criteria:
1. The sign shall conform with all applicable requirements of this Section 146-4.10 and the Aurora City Code;
2. The sign shall not obstruct the view of other signs or uses; and
3. The sign shall not be located within the potential future location of streets, drives, or easements.
H. Approval Period. Approval for signs under this Section 146-4.10.13 shall be for a period of five years, at which time application for renewal for an additional five-year period may be made.
I. Precedence. Nothing in this Section 146-4.10.13 shall allow a sign to be within the location of any future streets, alleys, easements, fire lanes, access easements, or other requirements imposed during Site Plan review. Approval for a sign under this Section 146-4.10.13 may be terminated by the City upon submittal of a Site Plan to the City, if such termination is necessary to comply with the criteria for review set forth in this Section 146-4.10.13.
J. Exemption for City Property Signs. No provision of this Section shall apply to Section 146-4.10.16 (City Property Signs). (Ord. No. 2025-37 § 1, 04-07-2025; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Each sign erected or remodeled shall bear in a prominent position on the sign a clearly legible identification plate, stating the name of the person responsible for its construction and erection. Electrical signs shall be marked with input amperes at full load input. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Generally. Signs may be erected, altered, and maintained only for those uses permitted in the zone district where the signs are located, and shall be located on the same lot as the permitted use unless otherwise permitted by this UDO.
B. Repairing. Painting, repainting, replacing damaged or broken parts, or cleaning of an advertising structure is permitted unless it is located within the MU-OA district, a structural change is made, or unless the sign is a nonconforming sign.
C. Message Substitution.
1. A noncommercial message may be substituted for a commercial message on any sign permitted by this Section 146-4.10.
2. Changing of the message content of a sign shall not require a sign permit.
D. Standards.
1. Setback. All signs on private property must be set back four feet from back of sidewalk and may not be placed in street medians, corner sight triangles (as required by the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual) or within a parking space. In the absence of a sidewalk, such sign shall be located a minimum of 21 feet from the flowline of the street.
2. Revocable License. Signs shall not be located in the public right-of-way unless authorized by this UDO, or in the case of rights-of-way under the jurisdiction of the Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT), then unless authorized by CDOT. Signs requiring permits to be installed in the public right-of-way or easement shall only be allowed upon execution of a revocable permit with the City.
3. Landscaping. Signs shall not be attached to or disturb landscape materials.
4. Building Permit. Permanent signs higher than seven feet in height shall require a building permit.
5. Sight Triangle. Private signs shall not be located within any sight triangle defined in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual.
6. Interior Signs. Signs located inside a building at least four feet away from any window through which the sign could be viewed from outside the building shall not be regulated by this Section 146-4.10.
7. Wall Signs. Wall signs are permitted to the maximum height of the wall structure. Signs on buildings with a flat roof are permitted to the top of the parapet wall. On structures with peaked roofs, wall signs shall not be installed above the height of the lowest point of the roof structure. Permitted wall signs may project into the public right-of-way to a maximum depth of 18 inches.
8. Animation. No sign shall flash, blink, rotate, or fluctuate.
E. Design Quality.
1. Architectural and Visual Compatibility. Sign type, scheme, size, and illumination within a development shall be coordinated and compatible with the site's architectural character.
2. Sign Shape. The silhouette of signs shall be simple and compatible with the building or façade they relate to.
3. Illumination. Illumination shall be shielded so there is no glare in the public right-of-way and adjacent properties, and directed so light does not stray above the light source horizontally. All lighting elements shall be kept in working condition.
4. Materials. Materials and textures of signs shall be consistent with the architectural character of the site and building. Supporting sign structures of monument signs shall match the primary finish and colors of the associated building(s). Sign materials not permitted include plywood, fabric/paper (except for temporary signs), wall siding, fencing, or roofing material, and plain concrete masonry units.
5. Placement. Signs attached to buildings shall not overlap or cover features of the building such as cornices, eaves, window and doorframes, columns and other decorative elements.
6. Views. Ground or freestanding signs shall not be placed where they obscure important architectural features such as entrances, display windows, or decorative elements when viewed from the public right-of-way.
F. Measurement.
1. Area to Be Measured.
a. The structure or bracing of a sign shall be omitted from measurement unless such structure or bracing is made part of the message or face of the sign.
b. Where a sign has two or more display faces, the area of all faces shall be included in determining the area of the sign.
2. Wall Signs.
a. In the MU-OA-MS and MU-OA-G subdistricts, channel letter signs shall be measured as shown in Figure 4.10-2.

Figure 4.10-2: Channel Letters or Message Content Sign – MU-OA-MS and G Subdistricts
b. All other districts:
i. For channel letters or message content the area of any sign displaying individual letters on a background (façade, wall, divisional wall, awning or canopy) shall be measured by encompassing all the letters and content in a geometric form consisting of no more than eight rectilinear lines at right angles to each other.

Figure 4.10-3: Channel Letters or Message Content Sign
ii. Two capital and two lower case extensions, or similar extensions to message content, may be exempted from being included in the area of measurement. Capital letters, lower case extensions, and other content extensions may not exceed twice the height of lower case letters. See Figures 4-10-3 and 4.10-4.
3. Monument Signs. The area calculation for monument signs shall include both the front and back sign faces. See Figure 4.10-4.

Figure 4.10-4: Monument Sign
(Ord. No. 2020-37 § 25, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
City property signs shall be permitted in all zone districts; provided, that they comply with the standards in this Section 146-4.10.16.
A. Signs Permitted. City property signs are permitted if they comply with the following standards:
1. Maximum sign area shall not exceed 280 square feet.
2. Maximum height shall not exceed 25 feet.
3. No City property sign shall be located within 600 feet of another City property sign.
4. If the sign includes an electronic message display, it must comply with the following standards:
a. The electronic message display may occupy up to 100 percent of each sign face;
b. The electronic message display must be programmed so it does not change more frequently than once every eight seconds, and the message change occurs instantaneously, without use of scrolling, flashing, blinking, or other similar transitions. The board shall contain static messages only, changed only through dissolve or fade transitions, but that may otherwise not have movement, or the appearance or optical illusion of movement or varying light intensity, of any part of the board, design or pictorial segment of the board. The change of message using dissolve or fade transition shall not exceed one second of time between each message displayed on the board;
c. The message display must be provided with automatic dimming software or solar sensors to control brightness for nighttime viewing and varying daytime lighting conditions; and
d. The sign shall not obstruct the view of other signs or uses.
5. If abutting a residential use or district, and oriented so that light from the sign is visible from a window of a residential building, the intensity of the light shall not exceed 0.01 footcandles above ambient, measured vertically, at the property line at a point nearest to the window between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.
B. Authorization. Permission, in a form acceptable to the City, such as but not limited to a revocable license, must accompany an application, except when the City is the applicant.
C. Review. The Planning Director shall review and shall approve the sign permit in accordance with the following criteria:
1. The sign shall conform with all applicable requirements of this Section 146-4.10 and the Aurora City Code;
2. The sign complies with any conditions as set forth in the approved revocable license, (see Subsection B above), if a revocable license is required, including, but not limited to, location of the sign. (Ord. No. 2025-37 § 2, 04-07-2025)
A. General.
1. All property in Aurora shall be maintained in a clean and safe condition and shall not create a public or private nuisance as determined by the Planning Director.
2. When the standards and procedures of this UDO or the conditions attached to any permit, approval, or variance require that any building or site feature be constructed or installed, the property owner is responsible for maintaining those building or site features in good repair, and for replacing them if they are damaged or destroyed or, in the case of living materials, if they become diseased or die after installation.
3. Where a development application includes streets, alleys, rights-of-way, access drives, sidewalks, utilities, or other forms of improvements that do not meet City standards for size, design, or construction, including but not limited to those standards in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specification Manual, Aurora Parks and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual, Aurora Landscape Reference Manual, and FHAW/AASHTO roadside barrier requirements, the applicant or property may be required to sign a Development Agreement with the City, in a form acceptable to the City, agreeing that the property owner(s) or an entity under the control of the property owner(s) with adequate financial resources, as determined by the City, shall maintain any or all such improvements, utilities, or infrastructure that not dedicated to and accepted by the City for maintenance by the City.
B. Landscaping.
1. General Standards.
a. Trees, shrubs, fences, walls and other landscaping materials required by this UDO or shown on approved Site Plans are required elements of the approved project, unless the Site Plan clearly indicates that they are to be removed or altered. The property owner is responsible for the continued existence and maintenance of those items.
b. Infected, damaged, or diseased plant material shall be treated to remove the infection, damage, or disease, if such a treatment exists, and shall be removed and replaced if no such treatment exists.
c. Trees required to be installed by this UDO that are lost to damage or disease within two years after installation shall be replaced by the property owner within six months at a ratio of one inch of Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) for each inch of DBH removed.
d. Shrubbery or other plantings that die within 18 months of installation shall be replaced in kind within six months.
e. In the Black Forest Area, appropriate measures shall be taken to protect trees from construction activities. If any of the trees required to be retained or replanted as part of the tree protection plan dies within a period of three years after completion of construction, the property owner shall replace the trees within six months of the issuance to the owner of a notice to replace.
f. Branches of maturing street trees encroaching above a walkway, sidewalk, alley, and public right-of-way shall be pruned to a height of not less than eight feet. Pruning shall conform to forestry division standards.
2. Maintenance and Management of Landscaping. All landscaping shall be maintained in a neat, clean, and healthy condition. Maintenance shall include proper pruning, mowing of lawns, weeding, removal of litter, fertilizing, replacement of dead plants, and irrigation of all live landscaping. All replacement plants shall conform to the City's then-current landscaping standards unless a previously approved Site Plan is on file at the Planning Department, then replacement plants shall be installed according to the approved plan.
a. Replacement of Dead Landscaping. If any of the landscaping required to be retained or replanted as part of an approved landscaping or tree protection plan dies, the property owner shall replace the trees within six months of the issuance to the owner of a notice to replace.
b. Re-Vegetation. All areas disturbed during construction shall be re-vegetated. Permanent re-vegetation shall comply with requirements outlined below.
c. Re-establishment of Non-Irrigated Native, Dryland, and Restorative Grasses. All new development and changes to existing development proposing the seeding or re-seeding of non-irrigated areas with native grasses, dryland grasses, restorative grasses and/or forbs where they are intended to remain as the permanent condition on lands that will not be conveyed to the City shall submit a re-vegetation plan and comply with all requirements as provide for in Aurora Water Department’s Rules and Regulations Regarding Storm water (Discharge) for Construction Activities.
d. Trees Overhanging Streets. Street trees shall be maintained no less than 13 and one-half feet above street level.
e. Landscape Improvements in the Public Right-Of-Way. The maintenance of all landscape improvements in the right-of-way is the responsibility of the adjacent lot owner unless specified elsewhere on the landscape plan.
C. Building Exterior. All primary and accessory building exteriors shall be maintained to comply with the following standards, and any necessary repairs, repainting, removals, or other actions needed to bring the property into compliance with these standards.
1. Exterior Walls. Every exterior wall shall be kept weatherproof, watertight, and kept free of deterioration, holes, breaks, loose or rotting boards, or timbers, except when under approved repairs or reconstruction.
2. Painting or Staining. When the finished surface of a building exhibits deterioration of its finished surface on any wall, that wall shall be painted or stained.
3. Architectural Projections. All shutters, cornices, moldings, lintels, sills, windows, and similar projections shall be kept in good repair and free from cracks and defects that make them hazardous or unsightly. Awnings designed to be covered with fabric or opaque materials shall be covered with those materials, so that bare frames are not visible.
4. Roof Surfaces. Roof surfaces shall have no defects that admit water. All roof drainage systems shall be secured and hung properly, and shall be maintained to avoid the blockage of rainwater.
5. Boarded Windows and Doors. Building windows and doors that have been boarded and secured shall be painted or stained to be compatible in color with the adjacent or surrounding walls.
D. Fences and Walls.
1. Maintenance Responsibility along Arterials and Collectors. Except where a fence or wall is provided by the City or other governmental entity, including Metro Districts, the maintenance of all new fences and walls occurring in subdivisions of five or more residential lots along collector and arterial streets, as well as the landscaped setback area between the sidewalk and fence or wall, shall be the responsibility of a homeowners’ association composed of the owners of the residential subdivision lots. Where no homeowners’ association exists, maintenance shall be the responsibility of the property owner on whose property the fence is placed.
2. General Requirement to Maintain Fences. All fences and adjacent landscaping shall be maintained by their owners in good structural condition and in good repair at all times. This shall include general maintenance, painting and staining, and the replacement of any broken, warped, or missing portions of the fences with materials of equal or better quality and that are consistent in design, appearance and structural integrity. All fences shall be vertically aligned and structurally sound. Areas adjacent to fences and hedges shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition, free and clear of all rubbish and weeds. Angled or nonvertical fence post supports are not permitted.
3. Maintenance and Repairs Not Requiring a Permit.
a. Maintenance and repairs to fences that require a permit under Section 146-5.4.3.H (Fence Permit) may be carried out without meeting all the location, design, and material requirements of this UDO and without an additional fence permit if the work performed meets the definition of Fence Maintenance (and/or Fence Repair) in Article 146-6 and all other applicable standards in this UDO.
b. Maintenance and repairs to those fences that require a fence permit under Section 146-5.4.3.H (Fence Permit) that does not meet the conditions of Section 146-4.11.1.D.3.a above shall require a fence permit and, at the discretion of the Planning Director, may be required to meet all or some of the standards listed in Section 146-4.7.9 (Fence and Wall Regulations).
E. Signs. The following standards apply to all signs, including those that do not require a sign permit and those that do not conform to the requirements of this UDO.
1. Every sign shall be maintained in good structural condition at all times. Fabric signs shall be maintained in a taut and unsoiled condition.
2. Any sign that becomes damaged, dilapidated, or dangerous shall be repaired or removed. If the paint on any sign has checked, peeled, or flaked to the extent that the sign cannot be read in whole or in part, the sign shall be repainted or removed.
3. Any sign that contains messages that have become obsolete because of the termination of the use or business or product advertised, or for some other reason, shall have such message removed within 60 calendar days after becoming obsolete. Upon failure to comply with such notice within the time specified in such order, the Planning Director is authorized to cause removal of such sign. Any expense related to the removal shall be paid by the owner of the premises upon which such sign is located. Designated historic signs are exempt from these requirements except as necessary to remove hazards to public safety.
F. Landmarks and Structures in Historic Districts. All features of historic landmarks, historic districts, or Cultural Heritage Sites shall be maintained to prevent deterioration of all features, including features protected from alteration pursuant to the City Council's exception from provisions of this UDO.
G. Abandoned Construction. Any building or portion of a building that has been abandoned or upon which construction has ceased shall have a chain link security fence, no less than six feet high erected around the building, and at least one “no trespassing” sign attached to that fence, within 90 calendar days after receiving notice to do so from the City. Enforcement of this Section may be against either the owner, the holder of any mortgage, the beneficiary under a deed of trust, or any person in possession of the property.
H. Storm water Management System Maintenance. Every yard, court, vent passageway, parking lot, driveway, and other portion of the lot on which the building stands shall be maintained to be consistent with original grading and drainage standards and to prevent accumulation of water on any such surface or adjacent property.
I. Parking Lots. All parking lots shall be kept free of litter and debris. Parking lots that use changes in paving materials or raised crosswalks or sidewalks for pedestrians shall keep such areas free from ice and snow so they are visible for users. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 26, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Outdoor Display. Retailers of both new and used merchandise shall be permitted to display outdoors, provided the outdoor display meets the following standards.
1. General Requirements.
a. Merchandise shall be displayed in a clean and orderly manner.
b. Display of merchandise must be set back 10 feet from all side and rear property lines.
c. No merchandise may be placed:
i. On a public sidewalk
ii. On the property or leased area of another owner or tenant without their permission;
iii. On required landscaped areas;
iv. Within three feet of either side of a working doorway;
v. Within10 feet directly in front of a working doorway; or
vi. In a designated sight triangle or in any location that would impair a driver's view of a street.
d. Merchandise may be placed on a private sidewalk as long as a four-foot walkway clearance is maintained.
e. Merchandise may be placed in a parking lot; provided, that the merchandise is related to a permitted primary use on the property and the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces for primary uses on the property are maintained. Parking lot sales by independent contractors who are not the owner or tenant of a permanent structure on the property are not permitted.
2. Outdoor Display of Used Merchandise. Except for uses involving the outdoor display of vehicles, equipment or home building or landscaping materials, the size of the outdoor display area for used merchandise shall not exceed10 percent of the total indoor gross floor area of the business conducting the sale, or 100 square feet, whichever is less, and no used merchandise shall be displayed or stored or otherwise left outdoors during non-operating hours of the business.
B. Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage of materials, equipment, and merchandise is permitted in the following cases; provided, that the standards in this Section are met.
1. Vehicle or Equipment Sales, Rental, or Storage Businesses
Outdoor storage areas for vehicles and equipment offered for sale or rental is permitted, provided the outdoor storage area is fully screened from view from adjacent properties by an approved treatment that may include building placement, walls, fencing, and landscaping. Such storage areas shall not be located in the front setback or buffer area.
2. Outdoor Storage in Industrial Districts.
a. After the Effective Date, outdoor storage of equipment, materials, appliances, tires, abandoned or inoperable vehicle storage, and similar items are permitted only in the I-2 District.
b. Railroad boxcars and trailers may not be used for storage or warehousing purposes.
c. No highly flammable or explosive liquids, solids, or gases shall be stored in bulk above ground. Tanks or drums or fuel directly connected with heating devices or appliances located on the same site as the tanks or drums of fuel are excluded from this provision as well as liquefied and gaseous noncombustible materials.
C. Glare, Heat, Smoke, Fumes, Radiation, and Odors. Every use shall be operated so that it does not exceed an objectionable or dangerous degree of glare, heat, fumes, electromagnetic radiation, nuclear radiation, or odors beyond any boundary line of the site on which the use is located. Applicants shall provide all information necessary for the adequate review of potential impacts by the City, Tri-County Health Department, the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and other agencies as appropriate.
D. Vibration. Every use shall be operated so that the ground vibration inherently and recurrently generated is not perceptible, without instruments, at any point on any boundary line of the site on which the use is located.
E. Noise. All activities shall comply with the maximum noise standards in this Subsection E unless another provision of this UDO or another City regulation applies a different standard. All sound measurements shall be made on a sound level meter that meets American National Standards Institute (ANSI) specifications S1.4-1974 or successor document for type I or type II equipment.
1. Prohibited Activities. The following standards apply to all uses and development in the City, unless another Code or ordinance provides a different noise standard for a specific use or context, in which case the standard for the more specific use or context shall apply.
a. Generating sound levels that exceed the limits established in the neighboring land zone category specified in Table 4.11-1 when measured at or within the property boundary of the neighboring land zone.
b. Using, operating, or permitting the use or operation of any radio receiving set, loudspeaker, musical instrument, television, phonograph, tape player, or other machine or device for the production or reproduction of sound in such a manner as to violate the maximum permissible sound levels in Table 4.11-1, is prohibited.
c. Using or operating any loudspeaker, public address system, or similar device between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., in a manner that creates a noise disturbance to a residential real property boundary is prohibited, unless the activity is authorized by a temporary permit.
d. Idling or permitting the idling of a motor or any stationary diesel fuel burning vehicle or motor vehicle of any kind for a period in excess of 15 minutes in any hour, within the City limits at any time is prohibited. This Section shall not apply to:
i. Engines that must be operated in the idle mode for safety reasons, including but not limited to cranes and forklifts used in the construction industry; and
ii. Uses where freight drivers sleep in their cabs; provided, that the location of the idling is at least one-quarter mile from residential dwellings and from Residential zone district boundaries.
e. Emitting periodic, impulsive, or shrill sounds that exceed five dBA less than the maximum permitted between 7:00 am and 9:00 in Table 4.11-1.
2. Maximum Permissible Sound Levels.
Table 4.11-1 Maximum Permissible Sound Levels [1] | ||
|---|---|---|
Adjacent Land Use [2] | Max decibels (dBA) 7am-9pm | Max decibels (dBA) 9pm-7am |
Residential | 55 | 45 |
Commercial or Mixed-Use | 60 | 55 |
I-1 zone district | 70 | 65 |
I-2 zone district | 80 | 75 |
Notes: [1] Construction work is subject to standards applicable to the I-2 district from 7 am to 5 pm, the standards applicable to the I-1 district from 5 pm to 9 pm, and the standards based on adjacent land uses between 9 pm and 7am. Operation of trash compactor trucks is subject to the standards applicable to the I-2 district at all times. [2] If there is more than one adjacent land use, the standard for the more restrictive applies | ||
3. Exemptions. The following uses and activities shall be exempt from sound level regulations:
a. Sound made by safety signals, warning devices, and sound resulting from any authorized emergency vehicle when responding to an emergency call or acting in time of emergency;
b. Sound emanating from activities permitted through the issuance of a special use permit, including parades and fireworks displays;
c. Sound emanating from City-sanctioned activities, including those at City parks and recreational facilities, or private activities at the facilities as authorized through a valid permit.
F. Burning Restrictions.
1. High Pollution Prohibition.
a. No person may operate a solid fuel fired heating device during a high pollution day unless an exemption has been granted pursuant to Subsection 2 below. It shall be the duty of all persons owning or operating solid fuel fired devices to be aware of any declaration of a high pollution day by the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment.
b. At the time of the declaration of a high pollution day, the City Manager shall allow three hours for the burn down of existing fires in solid fuel burning devices prior to the initiation of enforcement.
2. Exemption.
a. A person who relies on a solid fuel fired heating device as the sole source of heat may apply to the City Manager for a temporary exemption from subsection (F)(1) of this section. An exemption obtained under this section shall be effective for 12 months from the date it is granted.
b. Burning in a Colorado Phase III certified device or in a solid fuel fired heating device shall be exempt from Subsection 1, provided the device meets standards established under state statute or Colorado Air Quality Control Commission regulations on the date the device is installed, as demonstrated by a test by a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency accredited laboratory and safety tested to Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
3. Non-owner-occupied Dwelling Units. It shall be unlawful for a solid fuel fired heating device to be the sole source of heat in any non-owner-occupied dwelling unit. Any violation of Subsection 1 by the tenant of such a dwelling unit shall be considered a violation by the owner of the dwelling unit if a solid fuel fired heating device is the tenant's sole source of heat, and the owner (not the tenant) shall be liable for any penalty imposed.
G. Hazardous Materials. All uses and activities shall comply with all state statutes and regulations regarding the use, storage, handling, and transportation of flammable liquids, liquefied petroleum, gases, explosives, hazardous materials, hazardous wastes, toxic materials and solid wastes, as those terms are defined by applicable statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances.
H. Waste Materials.
1. No materials or wastes shall be deposited upon a zone lot in such form or manner that natural causes or forces may transfer them off the site.
2. All materials or wastes that may cause fumes or dust, or that constitute a fire hazard, or that may be edible by or otherwise attractive to rodents or insects shall only be stored outdoors in closed trash containers that are screened from adjacent property.
3. All biomedical wastes that are processed through ozonation treatment shall either be beneficially reused, recycled, or rendered safe for disposal in a municipal solid waste landfill or other approved disposal facility, or as otherwise permitted by state law.
I. General Performance Standards for Heavy Industrial, Auto Repair Uses, or Contaminated Sites.
1. Environmental Impact Summary Document. Applicants shall provide copies of documents, data and permits required by federal, state and local regulatory agencies.
2. Every industrial use, auto repair use, or associated activity, unless expressly exempted by this Unified Development Ordinance, shall be operated in its entirety within a completely enclosed structure or heavily screened area and must be operated so that ground vibrations, negative impacts to water quality, air/particulate emissions, or odors are not perceptible at any point on any boundary line of the site on which the use is located without the use of instruments. Example activities that must be indoors include auto repair or painting, outdoor milling, or extraction of materials. Large scale example uses that involve the use of heavy equipment, including oil and gas operations, mining, batch plants and asphalt processing, automobile salvage yards, or accessory storage, are required to be heavily screened and emissions retained within the property lines. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 27, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
4 Development Standards
The following Table 4.1-1 indicates relevant zoning and subdivision standards in Sections 146-4.2 through 146-4.11 that apply during different types of application review.
Table 4.1-1 Summary Table of Development Standards Applicability | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Standard | UDO Section 146- | Subdivision Plat | Master Plans | Site Plan Review |
Dimensional Standards | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Subdivision Standards | ✓ | [1] | ||
Neighborhood Protection Standards | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Lot Access and Connectivity | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Parking, Loading, and Stacking | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Landscaping, Screening, and Stormwater Management | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Building Design Standards | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Exterior Lighting | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Signs | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Historic Preservation Standards | ✓ | ✓ | ||
[1] See Section 146-4.3.1.B for situations in which Subdivision Standards may be applied to Master Plans | ||||
The standards of this Section apply to all applications for division or consolidation of land for development unless specifically stated otherwise. If there is a conflict between the requirements of this Section and life safety or engineering standards, the Planning Director in consultation with the Director of Public Works shall determine which standard shall apply. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. School Lands and Fees-in-Lieu.
1. Location. Sites designated or dedicated for schools shall meet the following location standards to the maximum extent practicable:
a. Be located at the intersection of a collector and local street for elementary school and K-8 school sites, and be located at the intersection of a collector and arterial street for middle and high school sites;
This Section 146-4.10 applies to all signs erected in the City unless exempted or modified by another standard in this UDO, but excluding signs erected or required to be erected by the City or an entity of local, state, or federal government in the performance of its governmental functions. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Setback, Yard, and Buffer Requirements.
1. The building setback areas required under this Section 146-4.2 shall be unobstructed from the ground upward except for fences, landscaping, and other specific building features specified as exceptions to the required setbacks in Section 146-4.2.4 (Exceptions and Encroachments) or otherwise identified as exceptions in this UDO.
2. In addition to the dimensional standards in this Section 146-4.2, landscaped buffers required by Sections 146-3.3 (Use-Specific Standards), 146-4.4 (Neighborhood Protection Standards), and 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management) may apply, and applicable site and storm drainage standards will apply, any or all of which may require building setbacks or yard areas to be larger than those listed in the dimensional standard tables in this Section 146-4.2.
B. Height Limits. No structure shall exceed the height limits described in the zone district standards except as specified in this Section 146-4.2.4 (Exceptions and Encroachments).
C. Measurement of Residential Density. Residential density shall be calculated by dividing the total number of residential units of each particular housing type by the adjusted area occupied by that housing type. The adjusted area shall be the area to be occupied by a particular housing type and meeting the following criteria.
1. The adjusted area shall form a single, closed polygon of compact and logical shape.
2. For the MU-TOD district, the adjusted area shall be determined by Station Area Plans.
3. The adjusted area shall not include any lands that the applicant is otherwise required to dedicate pursuant to statute, or any additional, voluntary dedication of land, except for land related to streets and rights-of-way as described in Section 146-4.2.1.C.5 below.
4. The adjusted area shall exclude any floodplain areas and any existing publicly owned land.
5. The adjusted area shall include the right-of-way of all public and private streets surrounded by the area's other eligible land uses, as well as one-half of the right-of-way of any public or private streets along the area's perimeter. For purposes of determining densities, limited access highways shall not be included as public and private streets and shall not be included in the adjusted area.
6. The adjusted area may include any private common space, including recreation facilities, parking areas, detention ponds, or accessory structures, such as a maintenance facility or administrative office, customarily associated with the adjusted area's housing type, as well as any golf course that will be conveyed to the City for public use or will be held by a homeowners’ association or other entity approve by the City for private use.
7. The maximum residential densities indicated in Section 146-4.2.2 are not guarantees that the listed can be achieved on any individual lot or parcel, or within any development, and do not imply that the City is obligated or willing to use any of the tools in Section 146-5.4.4 (Flexibility and Relief Procedures) to enable those residential densities to be achieved. Those maximum densities may not be achievable for a number of reasons, including but not limited to the shape or configuration of the lot or parcel, topographic or geologic conditions on the lot or parcel, or the presence of environmentally sensitive areas or utility easements on or through the parcel, (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
All development and redevelopment shall comply with the standards in this Section 146-4.2.2 (General Dimensional Standards Summary Tables) unless another Section of this UDO provides an alternative standard for a particular use, layout, or development type. Sections of this UDO that may provide alternative standards include but are not limited to Sections 146-3.3 (Use-Specific Standards), 146-4.2.3 (Special Dimensional Standards), 146-4.2.4 (Exceptions and Encroachments),146-4.4 (Neighborhood Protection Standards), and 146-4.64.6 (Parking, Loading, and Stacking).
A. Residential Districts.
1. The dimensional standards for residential districts shown in Table 4.2-1 shall apply to all development in the listed zone districts in Subareas A and B.
Table 4.2-1 Summary of Residential Districts Dimensional Standards – Subareas A and B See additional standards in Section 146-2.3 (Residential Districts) | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Zone District | R-R | R-1 | R-2 | R-3 | R-4 | R-MH |
Density and Lot Standards [Also See Small Residential Lot Options in Section 146-4.2.3.B] | ||||||
Residential density, maximum | N/A | Manufactured housing: 10 du/ac. Co-housing or Cottage housing: 12 du/ac. Tiny houses: 15 du/ac. | ||||
Lot area, minimum | ||||||
Single-family detached | 43,560 sf. | 6,000 sf. [1] | 5,000 sf. | [2] | ||
Two-family | N/A | 3,000 sf. | N/A | |||
Single-family attached fronting a public street or a private street meeting public street standards [3] | N/A | 1,600 sf. | N/A | |||
Multifamily | N/A | 7,000 sf. | N/A | |||
Other permitted or approved conditional use | 7,000 sf. | N/A | ||||
Lot frontage at front lot line, minimum | ||||||
Single-family detached | 120 ft. | Subarea A: 50 ft. Subarea B: 60 ft. | 50 ft. | N/A | ||
Two-family | N/A | 30 ft. | N/A | |||
Single-family attached fronting a public street or a private street meeting public street standards [3] | N/A | 20 ft. | 18 ft. | N/A | ||
Multifamily | N/A | 60 ft. | N/A | |||
Other permitted or approved conditional use | 60 ft. | N/A | ||||
Lot frontage (cul-de-sac or curved frontage), minimum | 60 ft. | 35 ft. | N/A | N/A | ||
Setbacks, Minimum | ||||||
Front | 30 ft. | 25 ft. [4] | 20 ft. [4] | 15 ft. | 12 ft. | 15 ft. |
Side | ||||||
Interior [5] | 10 ft. | 5 ft. [6] | 5 ft.[6] | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | |
Abutting a local street | 25 ft. | 12.5 ft. | 10 ft. | 10 ft. | 7.5 ft. | 15 ft. |
Abutting a collector or arterial street | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | Collector: 25 ft. Arterial: 30 ft. | 15 ft. | ||
Non-residential use abutting residential use | 25 ft. | N/A | ||||
Rear | ||||||
General | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 15 ft. | 10 ft. | 8 ft. | |
Non-residential use abutting residential use | 25 ft. | N/A | ||||
Building separation between units, minimum | N/A | 15 ft. min. general, 8 ft. min. side-to-end, 6 ft. min. end-to-end | ||||
Building Standards | ||||||
Building height, maximum | 38 ft. | 45 ft.[7] | 65 ft.[8] | 20 ft.[9] | ||
Notes: [1] In Subarea A, when a lot or parcel is subdivided or resubdivided for single-family detached or two-family dwelling structures, and any residentially zoned or residentially developed land abutting the lot or parcel to be subdivided or resubdivided contains single-family detached or two-family dwelling structure, the minimum lot area of lots created through the subdivision shall not be smaller than the smallest abutting lot occupied by a single-family detached or two-family dwelling structure, nor larger than the largest abutting lot occupied by a single-family detached or two-family dwelling structure. [2] 1,000 sf. per manufactured home, or 1.5 times the gross floor area of all manufactured homes, whichever is larger [3] Only alley-loaded residential product permitted. Single-family attached products that do not front on a public street or a private street meeting public street standards shall comply with the requirements for Green Court Dwellings. [4] In Subarea A, when lots on both sides of the subject lot are developed with single-family detached or two-family dwelling structures, and the front setbacks on those single-family or two-family structures are not larger than 30 feet, the front setback shall be no further from the street than the further of the two adjacent structures, and no closer to the street than the closer of the two adjacent structures. [5] Single-family attached dwellings have an interior side setback of 0 ft. [6] In Subarea A, When lots on both sides of the subject lot are developed with single-family detached or two-family dwelling structures, and the side setbacks on those single-family or two-family structures are not larger than 10 feet, the side setback shall be no smaller than the smallest of the side setbacks on either abutting lot, and no larger than the largest of the side setbacks on either abutting lot”. [7] Portions of Affordable Housing structures located more than 75 feet from an R-R, R-1, or R-2 zone district have a maximum height of 55 feet. [8] Portions of Affordable Housing structures located more than 75 feet from an R-R, R-1, or R-2 zone district have a maximum height of 75 feet. [9] Common area structures have a maximum height of 30 feet. | ||||||
2. The dimensional standards for residential districts shown in Table 4.2-2 shall apply to all development in the listed zone districts in Subarea C, unless an applicant uses the optional standards available in Section 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards). All development required to comply with Table 4.2-2 shall also comply with the requirements of Section 146-4.6.5 (Parking Design and Location), and the event of a conflict between required dimensions in Table 4.2-2 and Section 146-4.6.5, the requirements of Section 146-4.6.5 shall apply.
Table 4.2-2 Summary of Residential Districts Dimensional Standards – Subarea C | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Applies when Small Residential Lot Option is not being used | ||||||
See additional standards in Section 146-2.3 (Residential Districts) | ||||||
Zone District | R-R | R-1 | R-2 | R-3 | R-4 | R-MH |
Density and Lot Standards [Also See Small Residential Lot Options in Section 146-4.2.3.B] | ||||||
Residential density, maximum | N/A | 3 du/ac | 5 du/ac | N/A | N/A | Manufactured housing: 10 du/ac. Co-housing or Cottage housing: 12 du/ac. Tiny houses: 15 du/ac. |
Lot area, minimum | ||||||
Single-family detached (Standard/Small) | 43,560 sf. / N/A | 4,500 sf. / See Table 4.2-5 | 4,500 | N/A | ||
Two-family (Front Load / Alternate-Load | N/A / N/A | 3,200 sf. / 1,250 sf. | N/A | |||
Single-family attached fronting a public street or a private street meeting public street standards [1] | N/A | 1,380 sf. for end units and 1,250 sf. for interior units | N/A | |||
Multifamily | N/A | 7,000 sf. | N/A | |||
Other permitted or approved conditional use | 7,000 sf. | |||||
Lot frontage at front lot line, minimum | ||||||
Single-family detached (Standard / Small) | 120 ft. | 50 ft. / See Table 4.2-5 | 50ft. | N/A | ||
Two-family (Front-load/Alternate Load) | N/A | 40 ft. / 25 ft. per lot | N/A | |||
Single-family attached fronting a public street or a private street meeting public street standards [1] | N/A | 20 ft. for end units and 18 ft. for interior units | N/A | |||
Multifamily | N/A | 60 ft. | N/A | |||
Other permitted or approved conditional uses | 60 ft. | N/A | ||||
Lot frontage (cul-de-sac or curved frontage), minimum | 60 ft. | 35 ft. | N/A | N/A | ||
Setbacks, Minimum | ||||||
Front | 30 ft. | 20 ft. | 20 ft.[2] | 15 ft. | 12 ft. | 15 ft. |
Side | ||||||
Interior [3] | 10 ft. | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | |
Abutting a local street | 25 ft. | 12.5 ft. | 10 ft. | 10 ft. | 7 ft. | 15 ft. |
Abutting a collector or arterial street | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | Collector: 25 ft. Arterial 30 ft. | 15 ft. | ||
Non-residential use abutting residential use | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 25 ft. | N/A | ||
Rear | ||||||
General | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 15 ft. | 10 ft. | 8 ft. | |
Non-residential use abutting residential use | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 25 ft. | N/A | ||
Building separation between units, minimum | N/A | 15 ft. min. general, 8 ft. min. side-to-end, 6 ft. min. end-to-end | ||||
Building Standards | ||||||
Building height, maximum | 38 ft. | 45 ft.[4] | 65 ft.[5] | 20 ft.[6] | ||
Notes: [1] Only alley-loaded residential product permitted. Single-family attached dwelling units that do not front on a public street or a private street meeting Aurora public street standards shall comply with the requirements for Green Court Dwellings or Motor Court Dwellings. [2] Must comply with Section 146-4.6.5.C. [3] Single-family attached dwellings have an interior side setback of 0 ft. [4] Portions of Affordable Housing structures located more than 75 feet from an R-R, R-1, or R-2 zone district have a maximum height of 55 feet. [5] Portions of Affordable Housing structures located more than 75 feet from an R-R, R-1, or R-2 zone district have a maximum height of 75 feet. [6] Common area structures have a maximum height of 30 feet. | ||||||
B. Mixed-Use Districts. Dimensional standards for mixed-use districts are shown in Table 4.2-3.
Table 4.2-3 Summary of Mixed-Use Districts Dimensional Standards | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
See additional standards in Section 146-2.4 (Mixed-Use Districts) | ||||||||
Zone District | MU-N | MU-OI | MU-C | MU-OA | MU-FB | MU-TOD | MU-R | MU-A |
Project and Site Standards | ||||||||
Contiguous and adjacent area, minimum | N/A | N/A | 40 ac [1] | N/A | N/A | N/A | 40 ac [2] | N/A |
Contiguous and adjacent area, maximum | 10 ac [1] | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Residential density | 16 du/ac max. | N/A | N/A | N/A | 25 du/ac min. | Core: 60 du/ac, min. Edge: 20 du/ac, min. | N/A | 40 du/ac, max. |
Lot area and lot width, minimum | ||||||||
Residential uses | R-2 standards apply | R-3 standards apply | See Table 2.4-5 | R-3 standards apply | N/A | N/A | N/A | |
Other uses | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Setbacks and Build-To Standards | ||||||||
Front | ||||||||
From streets (All Subareas) [3] | 0 ft./ 20 ft. / 20 ft. | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | See Table 2.4-5 | Arterials and Collectors: 0 ft. min. 15 ft. max; Other: 5 ft. min, 15 ft. max. | Core: 10 ft. max. Edge: 18 ft. max. | Main Street: 15 ft. max for at least 50% of ground floor frontage; All streets other than the Main Street: 10 ft. min | 25 ft. min. [4] | |
From Residential district (All Subareas) | 20 ft. | |||||||
Side setback, minimum | ||||||||
From streets (All Subareas) | 0 ft./ 20 ft./ 20 ft. | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | See Table 2.4-5 | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | Core: None Edge: same as any Residential zone district adjacent to the lot | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | 25 ft. [4] | |
From Residential districts (All Subareas) | 20 ft. | 50 ft. | ||||||
Rear setback, minimum | ||||||||
General (All Subareas) | 0 ft./ 20 ft./ 20 ft. | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | See Table 2.4-5 | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | Core: If no alley: 5 ft. If alley: 3 ft. max. Edge: same as any Residential zone district adjacent to the lot | Must allow compliance with Section 146-4.7 | 25 ft. | |
From Residential districts (All Subareas) | 20 ft. | 50 ft. | ||||||
Setback from centerline of alley, minimum. | N/A | 10 ft. | Subarea A: 10 feet min., Subareas B & C: N/A | See Table 2.4-5 | N/A | N/A | N/A | |
Separation of buildings, maximum | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | 45 ft. on Main Street; 180 ft. along arterials and collectors | N/A |
Building Standards | ||||||||
Building height | ||||||||
General | Subarea A: See Aurora Infill Handbook; Subareas B & C: 2 stories max. | 75 ft. max. | 75 ft. max. | See Table 2.4-5 | 19 ft. min. on arterials | Core: No max.; 3 story min. Edge: No max.; No min. | Max for Focal Point: N/A Max General: No building taller than Focal Point; If no Focal Point yet constructed: 100 ft. | Single-family and duplex: 38 ft. max.; Multifamily or mixed-use: 100 ft.; Non-residential: 100 ft. |
Multifamily Affordable Housing structure | 2 stories max. | 75 ft. max | 90 ft. max. | See Table 2.4-5 | 19 ft. min on arterials | Core or Edge: No max. 3 story min. | Max for Focal Point: N/A Max General: No building taller than Focal Point; If no Focal Point yet constructed: 130 ft. | 100 ft. |
Within 75 feet of R-1 or R-2 district [5] | 38 ft. max. | 38 ft. max. | 38 ft. max. | See Table 2.4-5 | 38 ft. max. | 48 ft. max. | 38 ft. max. | 38 ft. max. |
Gross floor area, maximum | ||||||||
All structures | 50,000 sf. gfa | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Each individual use [6] | 15,000 sf. gfa | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Notes: [1] Applies to properties zoned into this district after the effective date. Ten-acre maximum does not apply to MU-N districts designated for school, park, or religious assembly uses. [2] Applies to projects in this district approved under prior E-470 or NEP zoning and projects in Subarea C zoned into this district after the effective date. [3] Entries and arcades can be recessed from maximum setbacks. [4] If the Director determines that the intended character of the development is urban, based on considerations of surrounding existing or intended development and relationship of primary buildings to the street, the Director can approve a reduction to 15 feet. [5] Applies to general structures and to affordable housing structures. [6] Except grocery stores, places of worship, schools, or recreation centers. | ||||||||
C. Special Purpose Districts. Dimensional standards for special purpose districts are shown in Table 4.2-4.
Table 4.2-4 Summary of Special Purpose Districts Dimensional Standards | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
See additional standards in Section 146-2.5 (Special Purpose Districts) | |||||
AD | APZ | I-1 | I-2 | POS | |
Lot Standards | |||||
Lot coverage by buildings and structures, max. | N/A | See Section 146-2.5.2.D.2.b | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Lot area and width, minimum | [1] | [1] | [1] | [1] | N/A |
Setbacks, Minimum | |||||
Front setback, minimum | 25 ft. for permanent structures; 10 ft. for parking areas. | ||||
General | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | 25 ft. | |
From arterial street | 25 ft. | 25 ft. | 25 ft. | 50 ft. | |
From interstate or expressway | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | |
On frontage road adjacent to interstate or expressway | 40 ft. | 40 ft. | 40 ft. | 50 ft. | |
Side setback, minimum | |||||
General | General: 25 ft.; Abutting Residential district: 50 ft. | 10 ft. | 10 ft. | 10 ft. | |
Abutting a public street | 25 ft. | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | 25 ft. | |
Rear setback, minimum | |||||
General | General: 25 ft. Abutting Residential district: 50 ft. | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | |
Abutting a public street | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | 25 ft. | |
Building Standards | |||||
Building height, maximum | |||||
General | 100 ft. | 60 ft. or limits in FAA Part 77 surfaces for military airports, whichever is less | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | 50 ft. |
Within 200 feet of a Residential district | Same as Residential district | ||||
Notes: [1] Lot must be large enough to accommodate required setbacks, parking, loading, landscaping, screening, buffering, fire access, refuse/recycling, and other areas required by this UDO. | |||||
(Ord. No. 2023-41 § 1, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2020-37 § 13, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards. In Subarea C, undeveloped land zoned R-1, R-2, or MU-A that has not been redesignated by the applicant for development pursuant to the standards for MU-N or MU-C development pursuant to Section 146-5.4.3.I (Administrative Activity Center Designation) may be subdivided and developed as described in this Section 146-4.2.3.A, provided the application complies with the following additional standards. The maximum residential dwelling density of three dwelling units per acre in the R-1 zone district and five dwelling units in the R-2 zone district shall apply, but any conflict between the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.A and the lot dimension, size, and layout standards that would otherwise apply in Subsection C (including those standards for alternative-load garage setbacks in Section 146-4.6.5.C.8.a.iv) shall be resolved in favor of the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.A. Three alternative development options are available: General (See this Section 146-4.2.3.A), Green Court (See Section 146-4.2.3.C), and Motor Court (See Section 146-4.2.3.E).
1. Purpose. The purpose of the Small Residential Lot single-family development standards is to create high-quality mixed residential developments that will retain their social and economic value over time and provide housing for individuals and families seeking convenience, a range of housing choices, and generous and high quality open space amenities. Small Residential Lot developments should be designed to provide a variety of lot sizes that are distributed in groupings throughout the development so that large areas of one lot size do not exist. The Small Residential Lot subdivision shall also be specifically designed to provide adequate light and air between units, adequate drainage between lots, interior and exterior privacy, open space relief on the individual lot and throughout the neighborhood, low maintenance building materials, innovative and architecturally interesting home design, attractive streetscapes, and adequate parking. In addition, the standards are designed to increase the variety of lot sizes, preserve open space, enhance natural features and site amenities, provide landscaped buffers, and promote energy conservation.
2. Minimum Lot Size. The following standards apply to all development of Small Residential Lots unless the Green Court Dwelling standards of Section 146-4.2.3.C or the Motor Court Dwelling standards of Section 146-4.2.3.E provide a different standard.
Table 4.2-5 Minimum Lot Size and Area for Small Residential Lot Developments Subarea C | ||
|---|---|---|
Front-Loaded Residential Product | Min. Lot Frontage [1] | Min. Lot Area |
Dwelling, single-family detached, standard | 50 ft. | 4,500 sf. |
Dwelling, single-family detached, small | <50 ft. or | <4,500 sf. |
Dwelling, two-family (duplex) | 40 ft. | 3,200 sf. |
Alternate-Loaded Residential Product | Min. Lot Frontage [2] | Min. Lot Area [2] |
Dwelling, single-family detached | 30 ft. | 1,500 sf. |
Dwelling, two-family (duplex) | 25 ft. | 1250 sf. |
Dwelling, motor court | See Section 146-4.2.3.E | |
Dwelling, single-family attached, only alley loaded product permitted | End units: 20 ft. Interior units: 18 ft. | End units: 1,380 Interior units: 1,250 sf. |
Notes: [1] No front-loaded single-family detached dwelling may be located on a lot less than 45 ft. in width [2] Minimum lot frontage or minimum lot area for Alternate-Loaded Product may not include an alley or common shared drive. The alley or shared drive may be located in a tract or public assess easement. | ||
3. Amount and Distribution of Small Residential Lots. The following standards apply to all development of Small Residential Lots unless the Green Court Dwelling standards of Section 146-4.2.3.C or the Motor Court Dwelling Standards of Section 146-4.2.3.E provide a different standard. For purposes of this Section 146-4.2.3.A.3, single-family attached dwelling units do not count against the maximum permitted number of Small Residential Lots included in a Master Plan.
a. When included in a Master Plan or Site Plan, groupings of Small Residential Lots and single-family attached dwellings should be distributed throughout the Master Plan or Site Plan, regardless of the number of residential lots or Small Residential Lots included in the Master Plan or Site Plan.
b. In the R-1 zone district, no Master Plan may include more than 25 percent Small Residential Lots, regardless of the total number of residential lots included in the Master Plan.
c. In the R-2 and MU-A zone districts, no Master Plan containing fewer than 100 residential lots may include more than 35 percent Small Residential Lots.
d. In the R-2 and MU-A zone districts, a Master Plan containing 100 residential lots or more may include up to 50 percent Small Residential Lots subject to all of the following standards:
i. No more than 35 percent of the total number of lots in the Master Plan may be front-loaded Small Residential Lots.
ii. No more than 60 percent of the total number of lots in the Master Plan may be a single type as described in Section 146-4.2.3.A.8.
iii. A minimum of 40 percent of the total number of lots in the Master Plan must meet or exceed the standards for minimum lot width and minimum lot area for “single-family detached dwelling, standard” shown in Table 4.2-2.
iv. If a Master Plan includes 200 lots or more, a minimum 10 percent of the total number of lots must be lots with at least 60 feet of lot frontage and 6,000 square feet of lot area.
4. Minimum Residential Building Setbacks.
Table 4.2-6 Minimum Building Setbacks for Small Residential Lot Development in Subarea C | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Front-loaded Residential Product | Front [1] | Side | Rear |
Dwelling, single-family detached, standard | House = 15 ft. Garage = 20 ft. | 5 ft. or building code | 10 ft. |
Dwelling, single-family detached, small | House = 10 ft. Garage = 18 ft. | ||
Dwelling, two-family (duplex) | |||
Alternate-Loaded Residential Product | |||
Dwelling, single-family detached | House = 10 ft. Porch = 5 ft. | 5 ft. or building code | Alley-Loaded = 3 ft. Green Court or Motor Court = per Section 146-4.2.3 |
Dwelling, two family (duplex) | Alley-Loaded = 3 ft. | ||
Dwelling, single-family attached dwelling, only alley loaded product permitted | End walls = 10 ft. Interior walls = 0 ft. | 3 ft. | |
Notes: [1] Porches and stoops with a front setback of less than 10 ft. may not have a roof element or associated structure taller than a single story. The 5 ft. porch setback shall be increased if necessary to accommodate utility infrastructure or required landscaping. | |||
5. Required Open Space. The following standards apply to all development of Small Residential Lots unless the Green Court Dwelling standards of Section 146-4.2.3.C or the Motor Court Dwelling Standards of Section 146-4.2.3.E provide a different standard.
a. Private Open Space.
i. Each Small Residential Lot shall incorporate a private, usable outdoor space or spaces with direct access to the dwelling unit on the lot.
ii. The required private, usable outdoor space shall contain at least 180 square feet of area and have minimum length and width dimensions of 10 feet.
iii. If the required private, usable outdoor space is provided in more than one space on the lot, the total of all spaces must contain at least 200 square feet and each space must have minimum length and width dimensions of 10 feet; and shall be marked for private use.
iv. A front yard may be counted toward this requirement if the front yard meets the minimum dimensions described in Subsections ii or iii above and the space includes a front porch, deck or similar space with minimum dimensions of six feet by eight feet.
v. Patios, porches, roof top decks and similar spaces that are not located in the front yard may be counted toward the requirements of Subsection ii or iii, provided they have minimum length and width dimensions of 10 feet.
vi. A lot with frontage on a Green Court open space complies with the requirements of Subsection i or ii.
vii. A portion of the required private, usable outdoor space may be located on an adjacent lot if an easement restricting the use of that area to the owner of the subject lot easements is obtained and recorded.
viii. Driveway and parking areas shall not be counted toward meeting the minimum private, usable open space requirement.
b. Common Open Space.
i. Each Small Residential Lot and single-family attached dwelling must be within 1,320 feet of one of the following:
(a) A park or open space as defined by the Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Department, and for which the Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Department has given credit towards parks and open space dedication requirements, which may include but is not limited to a neighborhood park, a community park, or a pocket park.
(b) Designated open space, which may include a trail corridor provided that the trail corridor has a minimum width of 50 feet.
ii. As an alternative to the requirement in Subsection i above, the applicant may provide a privately maintained recreational facility that serves the residential development (such as a pool operated by a homeowners’ association or an area designated for development under the standards applicable to the Mixed-Use Neighborhood zone district), and that is located within 1,320 feet of each Small Residential Lot.
iii. The distance requirement in Subsection i. shall be measured from the closest point, measured radially, on the residential lot and the lot or tract containing the required park or open space.
iv. A Small Residential Lot development that meet the standards for Green Court Dwellings in Section 146-4.2.3.C has satisfied this common open space requirement.
6. Architectural Standards. All developments containing Small Residential Lots, including but not limited to those organized as Green Court Dwellings or Motor Court Dwellings, shall comply with the standards in Section 146-4.8.3 (Design Standards for Single-Family Detached and Two-Family Dwellings).
7. Garage Mitigation. The following standards apply to all development of Small Residential Lots unless the Green Court Dwelling standards of Section 146-4.2.3.C or the Motor Court Dwelling Standards of Section 146-4.2.3.E provide a different standard.
a. At least 50 percent of all lots with 50 feet or more of frontage and 4,500 or more square feet of lot area shall contain Alternate-Loaded Residential Product or have garages recessed as described in Section 146-4.6.5.C.8.a.ii.
b. At least 75 percent of lots with less than 50 feet of frontage or less than 4,500 square feet of lot area shall contain Alternate-Loaded Residential Product or must have garages recessed as described in Section 146-4.6.5.C.8.a.ii.
c. The homes that are not Alternate-Loaded Residential Product shall be distributed in groupings throughout a Master Plan or Site Plan.
8. Product Mix.
a. Each Master Plan being developed with Small Residential Lots pursuant to this Section 146-4.2.3.A shall meet the following standards for product mix, using those Lot/Housing Types defined in Subsection b. below.
Table 4.2-7 Required Product Mix in Developments with Small Residential Lots | |
|---|---|
Developments in R-1 District and Developments in R-2 and MU-A Districts with 35 Percent or Fewer Small Residential Lots | |
Number of Dwelling Units | Minimum Number of Lot/Housing Types |
Less than 200 dwelling units | No minimum requirement |
200-399 dwelling units | 2 Lot/Housing Types |
400-799 dwelling units | 3 Lot/Housing Types |
800 or more dwelling units | 4 Lot/Housing Types |
Developments in R-2 and MU-A Districts with More than 35 Percent Small Residential Lots | |
Number of Dwelling Units | Minimum Number of Lot/Housing Types |
Less than 100 dwelling units | No minimum requirement |
100-199 dwelling units | 3 Lot/Housing Types |
200 or more dwelling units | 4 Lot/Housing Types |
b. Definition of Lot/Housing Types. For purposes of applying the requirements in Subsection a. above, the following Lot/Housing Types are defined.
Table 4.2-8 Lot/Housing Types for Developments with Small Residential Lots | |
|---|---|
1. | Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of 70 ft. or more |
2. | Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of at least 60 ft. but less than 70 ft. |
3. | Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of at least 50 ft. but less than 60 ft. |
4. | Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with less than 50 ft. of frontage |
5. | Dwelling, single-family detached -- alley loaded |
6. | Dwelling, single-family Green Court or Motor Court, with at least 35 ft. of frontage |
7. | Dwelling, single-family Green Court or Motor Court, with less than 35 ft. of frontage |
8. | Dwelling, two-family (duplex) |
9. | Dwelling, single-family attached (townhouse) |
10. | Dwelling, multifamily |
9. Other Standards on Layout and Connectivity Continue to Apply. Except as modified by this Section 146-4.2.3.A, the provisions of Sections 146-4.3.9 (Block Dimensions), 146-4.3.10 (Lot Design and Layout),146-4.3.11(Streets and Alleys), 146-4.3.12 (Sidewalks, Trails, and Bicycle Paths), 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity), and 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management) apply to residential developments under Sections 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards), 146-4.2.3.C (Green Court Dwellings), 146-4.2.3.D (Loop Lane Dwellings) and 146-4.2.3.E (Motor Court Dwellings).
B. Subarea C Flexible Residential Lot Option.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the Flexible Residential Lot Option is to offer additional flexibility for the creation of diverse residential housing types in with supporting non-residential uses in Subarea C, beyond that flexibility provided by Sections 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards), 146-4.2.3.C (Green Court Dwellings), and 146-4.2.3.E (Motor Court Dwellings), by removing minimum lot size standards for residential lots in return for compliance with the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.B and those purposes and standards in the Subarea C Flexible Residential Lot Handbook.
2. Applicability.
a. In Subarea C, undeveloped land zoned R-1, R-2, or MU-A may be subdivided and developed as described in this Section 146-4.2.3.B (Subarea C Flexible Residential Lot Option), provided the application complies with the following additional standards.
b. The Flexible Residential Lot Option is not available within any Master Plan that has been developed using the standards in Section 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards) or land that has been redesignated by the applicant for development pursuant to the standards for MU-N or MU-C development pursuant to Section 146-5.4.3.I (Administrative Activity Center Designation).
c. If there is a conflict between the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.B and the lot dimension, size, and layout standards that would otherwise apply in Subsection C the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.B shall apply.
d. Developments approved pursuant to the E-470 Sustainable Urban Neighborhoods (SUN) standards in effect prior to the Effective Date shall be deemed to have been approved pursuant to this Section 146-4.2.3.B, and shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Section provided development is in compliance with the conditions of the SUN approval.
3. Standards. All development shall comply with the following standards:
a. Contiguous Area and Maximum Density.
i. The Flexible Residential Lot Option area shall include no less than 75 contiguous acres, and no more than 200 contiguous acres.
ii. The overall density of any area approved under the Flexible Residential Lot Option shall not exceed 12 dwelling units per acre.
b. Compliance with Flexible Residential Lot Option Handbook.
i. All development shall comply with all standards and guidelines in the Flexible Residential Lot Handbook to the maximum extent practicable and consistent with the standards in this Section 146-4.2.3.B and this UDO, as determined by the Planning Director. This includes but is not limited to compliance with standards and guidelines related to:
(a) Required mix of land uses;
(b) Required mix of lot types;
(c) Requirements for alley-loaded access to parking areas for some lot types;
(d) Dimensional standards;
(e) The required pattern book for the development; and
(f) Additional standards.
ii. If the Flexible Residential Lot Handbook does not provide an alternative standard, all the development shall comply with the standards otherwise applicable to land located in the underlying R-1, R-2, or MU-A zone district in Subarea C, as applicable, as determined by the Planning Director.
4. Procedure for Approval. Applications for approval under this Section 146-4.2.3.B shall be reviewed under the Master Plan procedure in Section 146-5.4.1.E or the Major Subdivision procedure in Section 146-5.4.2.A, as applicable.
C. Green Court Dwellings.
1. The following standards apply to all Green Court Dwelling developments, regardless of whether they are included in a development containing Small Residential Lots.
a. Purpose. The Green Court option is intended to contribute to a mix of housing types and land uses by permitting more flexible arrangements of buildings and open spaces. Green Court Dwelling developments are an arrangement of single-family residential products around a common open space area intended for use by residents and guests. Typically, Green Court Dwelling lots are smaller than average lots because they share a common space within a higher density format and are oriented perpendicular to a street. Green Court Dwellings and adjacent housing shall demonstrate quality design, provide open space that is accessible and usable by residents, and be designed to encourage resident interaction. Green Court Dwelling developments within a neighborhood should have a variety of home elevations, styles, and Green Court designs. Green Court Dwellings may also be located within blocks that include other nongreen Court housing products. A north-south orientation for Green Court open spaces is also encouraged. The location and design of Green Court Dwellings should not negatively impact street frontage by creating extended lengths of side facing buildings or result in garages or the rear façades of buildings facing a street.
b. Standards. Green Court Dwelling developments shall comply with the following standards.
i. Only single-family detached, two-family (duplex) or attached dwellings are permitted in a Green Court Dwelling development.
ii. The minimum Green Court open space width shall comply with one of the following standards:
(a) A standard Green Court open space must have a minimum width of 30 feet or the height of the tallest residential building facing the Green Court open space, whichever is greater; or
(b) A variable width Green Court open space must have the minimum width described in Subsection b.i above for at least 75 percent of its length, and no portion of the remainder that is fronted by one- or two-story dwelling units is less than 15 feet in width and no portion of the remainder that is fronted by three-story dwelling units is less than 25 feet in width;

Figure 4.2-1: Green Courts
iii. If no more than six dwelling units face the Green Court open space, and none of the dwelling units are more than three stories in height, the Director may approve a maximum of one Green Court open space within each platted block with a minimum width of 20 feet for any portion fronted by one- or two-story dwelling units and a minimum width of 30 feet for any portion that is fronted by three-story dwelling units.
iv. The Green Court open space width is calculated by measuring from the narrowest dimension of front building face to front building face. For the purposes of establishing the minimum Green Court open space width, building height is measured to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof or the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the peak of a gable, pitched or hip roof.
v. In Subareas A and B, no more than 14 dwelling units may face the same Green Court open space.
vi. In Subareas C, no more than 14 dwelling units may face the same Green Court open space, except that the number of units facing a Green Court open space may be increased to 24 dwelling units, if both ends of the Green Court open space have frontage on a public street and the design is approved by the Department of Public Works, Life Safety. The length of the Green Court open space shall not exceed 360 feet in length measured from any public or private street or access drive (refer to graphic below).
vii. Each Green Court Dwelling development shall have direct frontage on and pedestrian access to a street that includes on-street parking and sidewalks on both sides.
viii. Both end units of each group of attached Green Court Dwellings shall abut a public or private street or alley, without intervening common open space between the side wall of the end unit and the right-of-way of the private or public street or alley, except as provided in Subsection ix below.
ix. Green Courts not meeting the standard Subsection viii shall be approved by the Planning Director in the circumstances listed in this Subsection ix:
(a) Perimeter Conditions. Along arterial streets, major utility corridors, major drainage facilities, or other similar facilities that preclude street connectivity; provided, that:
(i) The maximum continuous frontage of Green Courts Dwellings along an arterial or major drainage facility is limited to 700 feet; and
(ii) The continuous frontage of Green Courts Dwellings must be separated from other continuous frontages of Green Courts Dwellings by a pocket park tract of at least 60 feet in width, or by a street connection.
(iii) Not more than two continuous frontages meeting the standards in Subsections i and ii above are allowed on a single perimeter condition that limits street connectivity.
(b) Infill. For infill development and infill development parcels where existing development precludes street connectivity; provided, that:
(i) No more than 25 percent of the groups of attached Green Court Dwellings, or no more than two of the groups of attached Green Court Dwellings, whichever is greater, do not comply with Subsection viii above; or
(ii) Up to three contiguous groups of attached Green Court Dwellings and related Green Court open spaces may not comply with Subsection viii above if they are separated from other groups of attached Green Court Dwellings and related open spaces by another non-Green Court Dwelling land use allowed in Table 3.2-1, or by a street connection. For the purposes of this Subsection viii, contiguous shall mean sharing a property boundary, alley, or common driveway or other non-buildable parcel.
(c) Additional Standards. All exceptions shall comply with the following standards:
(i) No group of attached Green Court Dwellings may include more than five dwellings on each side of the Green Court open space; and
(ii) In addition to the number of parking spaces required for each Green Court Dwelling by Section 146-4.6 (Parking, Loading, and Stacking), the Green Court development must provide guest parking for motor vehicles at the rate of one-half parking space per Green Court Dwelling. Required guest parking must be located within 200 feet of the front entrance of the dwelling it serves and must be located (a) on a public or private street, or (b) in a parking lot or garage abutting and visible from a public or private street.
x. At least 50 percent of the Green Court open space area shall be landscaped and shall be designed to accommodate foot traffic and play areas. Sidewalks should be located to accommodate pedestrian access while maximizing use of the Green Court open space. Trees are allowed in open areas but should be located along the perimeter and typically be canopy tree species to allow usable space under the tree canopy.
xi. All Green Court Dwellings shall have front entry features (porches or stoops) fronting on a Green Court open space or a street. If porches are provided to meet this requirement, they shall be a minimum 45 square feet in area and a minimum of five feet wide in the narrowest porch dimension. Porches and stoops facing the Green Court open space may extend up to five feet beyond the building façade provided that no roof or associated structure exceeds one story in height.
xii. Above grade utility, cable, telecommunication infrastructure or similar improvements should be located outside of the central Green Court open space area.
xiii. Maintenance and management of common areas shall be provided by a homeowners’ association or other similar entity.
xiv. All standards in Section 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity) apply to Green Courts Dwellings.
D. Loop Lane Dwellings. Within residential zoning districts, up to 10 single-family dwellings may share access to a public street through the use of a Loop Lane; provided, that the following conditions are met:
1. The surface of the Loop Lane shall be at least 23 feet wide to accommodate two-way vehicle circulation.
2. No portion of the Loop Lane shall extend more than 250 feet from the public street to which it gives access.
3. The common area surrounded by the Loop Lane shall be at least 60 feet wide.
4. Each lot fronting on a noncurved section of the Loop Lane shall have a minimum lot width of 50 feet at the front lot line; each lot fronting on a curved section of the Loop Lane shall have a minimum lot width of 30 feet at the front lot line.
5. The Loop Lane shall be surfaced with concrete. Both the Loop Lane and the common area surrounded by the Loop Lane shall be dedicated to a homeowners’ association with responsibility for maintaining the Loop Lane and the common area. The homeowners’ association shall have the power to enforce payment of dues from individual homeowners in order to maintain the Loop Lane and common area. The homeowners’ association shall be created and the Loop Lane and common area shall be dedicated to the association before a certificate of occupancy shall be issued for any dwelling unit in the Loop Lane Dwelling development.
6. Individual driveways leading from the Loop Lane to each home shall be at least 18 feet long, as measured between the front of the garage or carport and the closest edge of the Loop Lane.
7. The design of the Loop Lane shall permit a passenger vehicle to back out of an individual driveway and turn 90 degrees in either direction without any portion of the vehicle: (a) leaving the individual driveway from which the vehicle is exiting or the Loop Lane, or (b) entering on or over the individual driveways of any other residence. The ASHTO turning template for a "P" design vehicle shall be used to confirm that these standards are met.
8. The Loop Lane Dwelling development shall comply with off-street parking requirements applicable to single-family dwellings and shall provide one guest parking space per dwelling unit with a minimum of one such space located within 125 feet of each dwelling unit. Such parking may be located on the abutting public street, as head-in parking in the common area, or as parallel spaces on individual lots. On-street parking on the Loop Lane shall be prohibited.
9. Each Loop Lane extending longer than 100 feet from the public street shall have a fire hydrant adjacent to the shared driveway at a point determined by the Fire Department.

Figure 4.2-2: Loop Lane
E. Motor Court Dwellings.
1. The following standards apply to all Motor Court Dwelling developments, regardless of whether they are included in a development containing Small Residential Lots.
a. Purpose. Motor-courts are an arrangement of single-family detached housing units on very small lots sharing a common, private access drive. A motor-court is intended to contribute to a mix of housing types and land uses by permitting more flexible arrangements of building and open spaces. Motor-courts include relatively small amounts of outdoor private space, and contiguous groupings of these motor-courts are limited unless mitigated with additional outdoor space.
b. Standards. Motor Court Dwelling developments shall comply with the following standards:
i. This use is not permitted in the R-3 and R-4 zone districts in Subareas A and B.
ii. Only single-family detached and two-family (duplex) dwelling units are permitted in a Motor Court Dwelling development.
iii. No more than six single-family detached dwelling units or eight two-family dwelling units may obtain access from a public street through a shared drivelane in a Motor Court Dwelling development.
iv. The minimum lot size of each lot is 2,500 square feet.
v. The minimum lot width of each lot is 50 feet, as measured at the centerline of the private, shared drivelane.
vi. If four or fewer dwellings obtain access from the shared drivelane, the minimum width of the drivelane is 16 feet, and the drivelane must be posted with “no parking – tow away zone” signs to ensure homeowner access and fire department hose pull activity.
vii. If five or more dwellings obtain access from the shared drivelane, the minimum width of the drivelane is 23 feet.
viii. Dwellings on lots abutting a public or private street shall have front doors facing that street, and any fence between the dwelling and the street shall comply with the requirements of Section 146-4.7.9.L (Fences and Walls in Residential Developments).
ix. All garages shall receive access from the shared drivelane and not onto a private or public street.
x. The front, side and rear setbacks of a Motor Court Dwelling development shall be measured from the outer lot lines of the Motor Court Dwelling development, and shall not apply to individual lots within the development. The front setback shall be the lot line adjacent to the street, rear is opposite the street and sides are perpendicular to the street.
xi. The front setback for homes on lots abutting a public or private street shall be 10 feet for the house and five feet for a porch facing the street. The five-foot setback shall be increased if necessary to accommodate utilities, required landscaping, or other City regulations.
xii. For those lots abutting the rear property line, the minimum setback from the rear property line is 10 feet. For those lots abutting the side property lines, the minimum setback from the side property lines is five feet.
xiii. The minimum separation between dwellings is 10 feet, and the minimum separation between garage doors on adjacent dwellings is 30 feet.
xiv. If a wall or fence is provided along the rear property line, the provisions of Section 146-4.7.5.D.8.b shall apply.
xv. Each Motor Court Dwelling development containing five or more dwellings shall include at least two guest parking spaces.
xvi. Motor Court Dwelling developments shall be organized as shown, and shall comply with the building location, setback, and separation standards shown, on the figure below.

Figure 4.2-3: Motor Courts
F. Accessory Buildings for Residential Uses. The following standards apply to accessory buildings for all residential zone uses unless a different standard is required for a particular type of accessory building by Section 146-3.3 (Use-Specific Standards).
1. Larger than 120 Square Feet. Accessory buildings in residential districts larger than 120 square feet shall:
a. Be constructed within the rear yard only;
b. Not occupy more than 50 percent of the total rear yard;
c. Not exceed 450 square feet or 50 percent of the gross floor area of the principal building, whichever is greater;
d. Not exceed the height of the principal building or 20 feet;
e. Be set back from each side property line a minimum of five feet;
f. Be set back from each rear property line a minimum of:
i. Three feet from each alley;
ii. Five feet from each rear property line;
g. Not be approved if they encroach over an easement on or near a property line, unless the applicant has obtained authorization for such encroachment from the easement holder;
h. Have exterior design, colors, roof pitch, and building materials, similar to the principal building; and
i. Shall not be clad in:
i. Unpainted or galvanized metal or T-1-11, or materials of similar appearance; or
ii. Plywood or materials of similar appearance and durability.

2. Smaller than 120 Square Feet. Buildings that are accessory to residential uses and that are equal to or smaller than 120 square feet in floor area may be placed within the required side and rear setbacks but must be set back a minimum of three feet from all property lines. Accessory buildings meeting this requirement are exempt from the fire safety construction standards of the International Building Code (IBC).
3. Carports and Garages. Carports and private residential garages detached from the principal building requiring a building permit shall:
a. Be constructed within the rear or side yard;
b. Meet the side setback requirements and the rear setbacks required by Subsection 1.f above; and
c. Have exterior materials and colors similar in appearance to the principal building.
G. Accessory Buildings for all Non-residential Primary Uses Except Industrial Uses.
1. An accessory structure shall not be located within a required setback.
2. The height of the accessory structure shall not exceed the height of the primary building on the lot or 24 feet, whichever is less.
3. Accessory buildings shall be screened from private common space, public rights-of-way, parks, open spaces, and residential uses by landscaping, berms, and/or architecturally compatible walls that comply with the standards in Section 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management).
4. In a Mixed-Use district accessory buildings shall be constructed with materials and building forms similar to the primary building on the site.
5. In a Special Purpose district accessory buildings shall be constructed with materials and building forms compatible with the surrounding non-residential area.
6. Accessory buildings for agricultural uses shall:
a. Be constructed within the rear or side yard;
b. Meet the side and rear setback requirements in paragraph 1.e above;
c. Not exceed 25 percent of the lot area;
d. Have exterior design, colors, roof pitch, and building materials similar to the principal building; and
e. Shall not be clad in:
i. Unpainted or galvanized metal or T-1-11, or materials of similar appearance; or
ii. Plywood or materials of similar appearance and durability.
H. Accessory Buildings for Industrial Uses. All buildings on a lot containing a primary use listed in Table 3.2-1 as an industrial use are considered principal buildings, and shall meet all standards applicable to principal buildings.
I. Sight Triangle Required.
1. Sight Triangle Area. The sight triangle distance for street intersections is defined in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual.
2. Obstruction Prohibited. No person shall place or maintain any structures, fences, landscaping, or any other objects within any sight triangle that obscures sight visibility above the sight triangle area for more than six horizontal inches between a height of 26 inches and 96 inches above the roadway surface. Trees with an expected mature Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) of six inches or less may be planted and maintained within the sight triangle area if all branches are trimmed to maintain a clear vision for a vertical height of 96 inches above the roadway surface.

Figure 4.2-4: Visibility in Sight Triangle
J. Reverse Setbacks from Oil and Gas Facility. The minimum setback for a residential use from an oil or gas facility, measured from the lot line of the residential lot shall be 150 feet provided a sign is not less than four square feet in area is posted at the line of a lot that is within 350 feet of an oil and gas facility that states: “THERE IS AN OIL AND GAS FACILITY WITHIN 350 FEET OF THIS LOT.”
K. Plugged Wells, Flowlines, and Reserve Pits.
1. Intent and Authority. This subsection is enacted to protect public health, safety, welfare, the environment, and wildlife resources. This subsection is authorized pursuant to the land use authority of the City.
2. Applicability. This subsection applies to certain plugged oil and gas wells (plugged well), flowlines, and reserve pits, as those terms are defined in the City Code of Aurora at Section 135-1(f)(2), located within a planned, or active development in the City of Aurora.
3. Locating and Assessing Plugged Wells.
a. Prior to the submittal of a final plat or site-specific development plan, each plugged well shall be physically located (through excavation if necessary) and surveyed.
b. The surveyed location of the plugged well shall be depicted on all site development plans and the final plat map.
c. Prior to the submittal of a final plat or site-specific development plan, and prior to the issuance of a grading or building permit for a property containing a plugged well, the applicant shall require a registered engineer to review the history of each plugged well on and within 100 feet of the property and assess the current status, to determine whether the well was properly plugged and abandoned according to the most recent Colorado Energy and Carbon Management Commission (ECMC) regulations.
d. The applicant shall submit to the City acceptable verification that the plugged well was remediated of hydrocarbon contamination to background levels or shall work with the City to ensure remediation of hydrocarbons, if necessary, to a level acceptable to the City.
4. Locating and Assessing Reserve Pits. Prior to issuance of a grading permit within a development containing a known reserve pit, the reserve pit shall be tested for expansive soils and the results submitted to the City. Reserve pits containing expansive soils in locations proposed for buildings shall be subject to the provisions of City Code or other City regulations.
5. Locating and Assessing Abandoned Flowline. Prior to issuance of a grading permit within a development containing a flowline, the history and condition of the flowline shall be assessed. If the flowline was properly abandoned according to ECMC rules, and if the flowline will not conflict with the planned construction, it may be left in place. If the flowline is removed, the fluids within the flowline shall be recovered and properly disposed of. Any fluid loss as a result of removing the flowline shall be reported to the City and shall be remediated at the City’s direction, in compliance with current ECMC rules.
6. Establishing a Plugged Well Setback Area.
a. A site plan that contains a plugged well shall delineate a setback area around the plugged well on the site plan as defined herein, and the developer shall grant a permanent easement to the City allowing City staff or City-authorized contractors to enter the setback area at reasonable times to assess the plugged well and surrounding soils.
b. The setback area shall be a minimum of 22,500 square feet (equal to an area 150 feet by 150 feet) in size.
c. The minimum dimension of the setback area shall be 100 feet in any direction.
d. There shall be access for ingress and egress to the setback area of a width of not less than 24 feet to allow for the passage of equipment to access, maintain, and repair the plugged well or related abandoned oil and gas facilities, as defined in Chapter 135-1(f)(2) of the Aurora City Code. This access requirement can be satisfied by locating the setback area adjacent to a public road, trail, or other similar open space.
e. When multiple plugged wells are in close proximity, the setback area shall be allowed to overlap around each well.
f. If the setback area is within the boundaries of a site plan, the land within the setback area shall be credited toward park and open space land dedication requirements, if the area is in conformance with the PROS Dedication and Development Criteria Manual. The property must be deeded to, owned, and maintained by a noncity entity and available for public use. Title to the underlying property encumbered by a setback area is prohibited from being dedicated to the City as City-owned and maintained parks and open space, unless the City specifically requests such.
7. Restrictions Applicable to the Plugged Well Setback Area Established in Subsection (k)(6) of This Section.
a. No permanent structures shall be constructed in the setback area. The provision does not restrict such things as playground equipment, etc.
b. In no case shall a new building be located or constructed within 50 feet of a plugged well.
c. In no case shall a residential building unit, school, or hospital be constructed within 100 feet of a plugged well.
d. There shall be no above-ground utility facilities, public or private, installed within 25 feet of a plugged well.
e. There shall be no underground utility facilities, public or private, installed within 25 feet of a plugged well unless the City Engineer approves the installation.
8. Variances to Plugged Well Setback Area Requirements. Upon request by the applicant, the Director of the Planning and Business Development Department may approve, at the Director’s sole discretion, a site-specific change in the size or shape of a setback area so long as the setback area remains sufficient to allow necessary equipment to access and replug the well if necessary in the future. All variances must remain protective of public health, safety, welfare, the environment, and wildlife resources.
9. Exemption for Existing Structures. If a structure has already been constructed on the date of implementation of this subsection, then that structure shall be exempted from the requirements of this subsection regardless of the proximity to a plugged well.
10. Nonemergency Plugged Well Replugging Notice. If, based on the City’s assessment of a plugged well, the City determines that a plugged well must be replugged in order to protect human health and the environment, the City will notify the property owner in writing. The City will also notify ECMC of the conditions of the plugged well. The City will include the basis for the determination, the specific action items that must be completed, and a date certain for completion of the work. The City will work with the property owner on compliance in a reasonable manner. Failure to comply with the City’s determination notice may result in the City initiating appropriate action to address the noncompliance.
11. Emergency Plugged Well Access. In the event of an emergency resulting in an immediate threat to human health, property, or the environment, the City, State, or authorized contractor, may, without obtaining prior approval from the property owner, enter the setback area to conduct whatever actions are necessary to abate such emergency situation. Examples of an emergency situation include, but are not limited to, uncontrolled hydrocarbons or gas emissions escaping the plugged well, significant and ongoing soil contamination from the plugged well, and other similar exceptional situations. (Ord. No. 2025-68 § 2, 08-25-2025; Ord. No. 2025-09 §§ 1, 2, 02-10-2025; Ord. No. 2022-17 § 7, 04-25-2022; Ord. No. 2020-37 § 14, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Table of Exceptions and Encroachments. The following table identifies permitted exceptions and encroachments into required yard areas and height limits.
Table 4.2-10 Exceptions and Encroachments | |
|---|---|
Structure or Feature | Conditions or Limits |
Encroachments into Required Yard Areas | |
Accessory solar collector | Exempt from side and rear setbacks except where prohibited by building code. Not permitted in required front setbacks. |
Accessory structures | See Section 146-4.2.3.F and 4.2.3.G |
Accessory wind energy system | Exempt from side and rear setbacks except where prohibited by building code. Not permitted in required front setbacks. |
Masonry ledges, window sills, belt courses, chimneys, fireplaces, cantilevers, architectural features, cornices, eaves, and roof overhangs | May extend two feet into a required setback. |
Fencing, landscaping, walkways and stairways, landings associated with stairways, handicap ramps, and railings, | Exempt from setback and yard requirements. |
Little library book exchange boxes | Exempt from front yard setbacks in Residential zone districts, provided the portion of the yard occupied by the box does not exceed two square feet. |
One-story unenclosed porches, patios, and decks (30 inches or less in height above grade) | May extend eight feet into required front yard setback and may extend into required rear yard setback. |
One-story unenclosed porches, patios, and decks (greater than 30 inches in height above grade) | May extend into the rear yard setback up to 10 feet from the rear lot line. |
Open fire escapes in Subarea A and where already existing on the Effective Date. | May extend up to four feet into any required setback. |
Port cochere, carport, or canopy if every part is unenclosed except for necessary structural supports | May extend into side setbacks, but no closer than 5 feet to any side lot line. |
Raised garden beds no more than three feet in height | Exempt from setback requirements. |
Exceptions to Building Height Limits | |
Places of worship towers and spires, belfries, cupolas, domes not used for human occupancy, chimneys, ventilators, skylights, water tanks, bulkheads, similar features and necessary mechanical appurtenances usually carried above the roof level | Exempt from height limit. |
Structures built to support, shelter, or enclose emergency warning sirens, communication antennae, or other public safety devices operated by government agencies. Requirements for telecom facilities are included in Section 146-3.3.5.JJ. | Exempt from height limit. |
Ham radio antenna or television antenna | Permitted height shall be 45 feet measured from finished grade, only permitted in rear yard, and must comply with all required setbacks. |
Accessory wind energy system | Permitted height shall be 10 feet above the height limit for primary structures. |
Accessory rooftop solar collectors | May extend up to 18 inches above the height limit for primary structures. |
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Unless otherwise expressly stated in this Section 146-4.3, or in a valid, approved development agreement or annexation agreement, review and approval of a subdivision plat shall be required whenever any lot, tract or land parcel is created or divided into two or more lots, tracts, parcels or other land divisions for the purpose of sale or development.
B. The standards in Sections 146-4.3.5 (Avoidance of Sensitive Areas), 146-4.3.6 (No Grading before Storm water Quality Permit), 146-4.3.8 (Through-Connectivity), 146-4.3.9 (Block Dimensions), 146-4.3.10 (Lot Design and Layout), 146-4.3.11 (Streets and Alleys), 146-4.3.12 (Sidewalks, Trails, and Bicycle Paths),146-4.3.13 (Access Safety), 146-4.3.14 (Utility Easements), 146-4.3.15 (Improvements Required), and 146-4.3.16 (Responsibility for Improvement Costs) may also apply to a Master Plan that does not involve the subdivision of land if the Planning Director determines that the proposed Master Plan development will create impacts similar to a subdivision of land.
C. Exceptions.
1. Review and approval of a subdivision plat shall not be required for any of the following:
a. Dedication, acquisition, or condemnation of land for right-of-way or other public use, or conveyances relating to the vacation of land designated for public rights-of-way or public use;
b. A correction of a legal description in a prior conveyance;
c. The sale or transfer of a tract of land for which approval of a subdivision plat will be required prior to any development of the property;
d. Any transfer of land required by law;
e. Lease of property;
f. Division of property that occurred prior to August 1, 1980;
g. Division of land created by lien, mortgage, deed of trust or any other security interest;
h. Division of land ordered by a court;
i. Division of land for sale as part of an approved cemetery; or
j. A bona fide division or portion of agricultural land for agricultural use or related purposes.
2. An exception from the requirement to obtain a subdivision plat approval pursuant to this Subsection 146-4.3.1.c does not authorize any development without compliance with all other applicable provisions of this UDO. (Ord. No. 2020-01, 03-25-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The purpose of this Section 146-4.3 is to ensure that each subdivision of land:
A. Establishes an interconnected logical framework comprised of the streets, utilities, parks and lots that are created in a manner that allows for any development or redevelopment with a defined system of streets, blocks, and lots that front either public or private streets, or alternative layouts as defined within Section 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity);
B. Ensures that all development is served by necessary infrastructure services, including utilities, transportation, storm drainage, public safety, parks and open space and community facilities;
C. Promotes good civic design and arrangement that improves, the layout, form, and relationship between sites, buildings, lots, natural features, parks and open space and rights-of-way;
D. Avoids premature division of land that by its permanence may negatively impact the long-term development patterns or adjacent land areas;
E. Encourages the most efficient development of land by analyzing adjacencies and identifying both on and off-site infrastructure improvements;
F. Ensures that each parcel of land sold for development has sufficient size, shape, and utilities with access to public streets to function for its intended purpose;
G. Provides healthy options for physical activity and clearly defines multi-modal connections for economic and employment viability; and
H. Promotes human health, economic vitality, safety, and welfare of the community both within larger developments and on individual lots through the careful organization of land, infrastructure, parks and open space that respect and are integrated into their context. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The design of each subdivision shall comply with, and shall include only lots, tracts, and infrastructure improvements that comply with:
A. The Comprehensive Plan and all other adopted plans and policies of the City Council;
B. The requirements of the zone district (and overlay district(s), if any) in which the property is located;
C. All provisions of this UDO applicable to the type of development proposed in that zone district including without limitation the provisions of Sections 146-4.4 (Neighborhood Protection Standards), 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity), 146-4.6 (Parking, Loading, and Stacking), and 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management);
D. The Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual, the Aurora Public Improvements Rules and Regulations Regarding Standards, the Aurora Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual, and the regulations of the Urban Drainage and Flood Control District; and
E. All requirements of any Master Plan or Site Plan approved for the property. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The procedures for review and approval of applications for subdivision of land, and for modifications of prior subdivisions of land, are in Section 146-5.4.2 (Subdivision of Land), and include without limitation procedures for the following:
A. Initial Subdivision of Land (Section 146-5.4.2.A);
1. Neighborhood Plan (Section 146-5.4.2.A.2.a);
2. Final Plat (Section 146-5.4.2.A.2.b).
B. Revisions and Changes to Adopted Subdivisions Plats (Section 146-5.4.2.B);
1. Minor Plat Amendments (Section 146-5.4.2.B.1);
2. Vacation of Plat without Established Streets (Section 146-5.4.2.B.2);
3. Vacation of Established Streets (Section 146-5.4.2.B.3); and
4. Other Changes to Approved Final Plats (Section 146-5.4.2.B.4).
C. Other general procedures used by the City, including but not limited to procedures for the review and approval of public right-of-way encroachment or license agreements and for the review and approval of fire and access easements, may apply to the subdivision of land or the modification of an approved subdivision of land. (Ord. No. 2025-36 § 1, 04-07-2025; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. Protect and preserve significant natural features, resources, and sensitive areas to minimize the impacts of development on the environment and create more distinctive neighborhoods and mixed-use areas. Such features shall be used as amenities to enhance the value of development.
B. Standards. The following standards apply in Subareas B and C.
1. Subdivisions shall be organized to protect, appropriately use, or enhance the following types of natural resources and features, by including such areas in private common space and dedicated public park land and open space areas, by requiring construction in these areas to avoid sensitive land features to the maximum extent practicable, or by mitigating the impacts of construction on these features to the maximum extent practicable. These features shall be connected or integrated with similar features on adjacent lands to the maximum extent practicable:
a. Water features, and bodies of water (in addition to floodplains);
b. Private common space, dedicated public park land, open space areas, trails, and greenways on or adjacent to the site;
c. Historic or archeological sites or areas that have been recognized by the City Council as significant;
d. Significant views of the Front Range or of designated open space areas as viewed from dedicated public parks and open space, from the E-470 right-of-way, or from collector or arterial streets;
e. Significant wildlife habitat, as defined by Colorado Parks and Wildlife, or a natural or open space, as designated in the Comprehensive Plan or other applicable planning document;
f. The approximate topographic form of major ridgelines and swales;
g. Natural or geologic hazard areas or soil conditions, such as unstable or potentially unstable slopes, faulting, landslides, rockfalls, or expansive soils; and
h. Other natural features such as bluffs, ridges, steep slopes, stands of mature trees, rock outcroppings, or wetlands.
2. Grading on or near major ridgelines and swales shall maintain their approximate topographic form. Significant reconstruction of major or prominent topographic features shall be avoided to the maximum extent practicable.
3. Slope conditions shall be addressed as follows:
a. Lands that show evidence of slope instability, landslides, avalanche, flooding, or other natural or manmade hazards shall not be included in platted lots. If requested by the Planning Director or Director of Public Works, based on the topography of the land, the applicant shall demonstrate that the slope's ground surface and subsurface are stable and that the proposed development will not cause instability or increase the potential for future hazards.
b. New structures shall not be built on any portion of any parcel of land that contains an existing average slope of 30 percent or more. Structures shall be exempt from this requirement if not more than10 percent of the total area of the lot is located on slopes in excess of 30 percent. Any site disturbances that remove existing vegetation from a property shall not be permitted unless a storm water quality permit for erosion control has been previously approved, as required by the Aurora City Code.
4. Potential wildlife habitat shall be protected from potential water quality impacts as follows:
a. New structures intended for human occupancy shall not be located within 100 feet of any perennial stream or any public lake, reservoir, or element of a public water supply system, unless the Director of Water determines that a smaller setback would adequately protect water quality and wildlife habitat.
b. In making the determination required in paragraph (a) of this Section, the Director of Water shall consider factors such as the proposed use of the land, the intensity of proposed human activity on the land, the types of existing vegetation on the land, the existence of wetlands or floodplains on the property, probable future water levels and habitat quality based on potential upstream development, the importance of the property to existing water supply sources and habitat networks, water quality and habitat quality improvements included in the design of the proposed development, and the existing and proposed uses of nearby lands.
c. Roads, bridges, trails, public access sites for recreation, fences, irrigation and water diversion facilities, erosion and flood control devices, underground utilities, and similarly necessary structures may be located within the required setback if the Director of Water determines that the encroachment is minimized and water quality and wildlife habitat are adequately protected.
5. All subdivisions shall be designed to avoid and/or minimize soil erosion, both during construction and at final stabilization, in accordance with the Aurora Rules and Regulations Regarding Storm water Discharges Associated with Construction Activities.
6. Avoidance of natural features identified in this Section 146-4.3.5 shall be accomplished through the inclusion of a site analysis with each Master Plan, or with each Site Plan or plat when a Master Plan is not required. The site analysis shall describe the following:
a. The location and extent of the natural features described in this Section;
b. The extent to which these features will be included in private common space and dedicated public park land and open space areas;
c. The extent to which construction of land uses and roads, utilities and other infrastructure will occur in or adjacent to these features;
d. The manner in which these features will be protected or used as amenities when construction or grading occurs in or adjacent to the features; and
e. The manner in which the impacts of construction or grading will be mitigated. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
No site grading shall occur on land included within any proposed subdivision prior to the issuance of a storm water quality permit as required by the Aurora City Code. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. To organize new development into distinct neighborhoods, no subdivision or portion of a subdivision in which more than 70 percent of the lots are occupied by a Household Living uses (as shown in Table 3.2-1) shall contain more than 160 contiguous acres unless it is separated from other adjacent residential development areas by significant natural or man-made features such as:
1. Clearly visible bluffs, rock outcroppings, or landforms that are intended to be protected and preserved as natural community assets;
2. Water features, major drainages, or designated open spaces, including greenway or trail corridors, at least 100 feet in width;
3. An arterial street meeting the requirements of the Aurora street standards; or
4. A collector street that has a landscaped median at least 14 feet in width and that complies with all other standards for a collector street as described in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual. If a street with planted median is used to define adjacent neighborhoods, the same fencing style may not be used on both sides of the street. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
All subdivisions shall comply with the requirements in Section 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity) or other similar requirements applicable at the time of preliminary subdivision plat approval, final subdivision plat approval, or plat modification. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. In Subarea A, the length and width of new blocks created through subdivision shall be within 25 percent of the typical length and width of blocks nearest adjacent subdivided land, or, if none of the adjacent land has been subdivided, shall not exceed 330 feet in width and 660 feet in length, to the maximum extent practicable in light of topographic conditions.
B. In Subareas B and C, the maximum block length and width shall be 700 feet, and the perimeter of new blocks created for residential development, measured at the curb line of adjacent streets, shall not exceed 2,800 feet, to the maximum extent practicable in light of topographic conditions.
C. In all Subareas, each block shall be bordered by public or private streets meeting the requirements of Section 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity) and with all applicable Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications, or by private common space or dedicated park land or open space at least 30 feet in width.
D. As an alternative to Subsection C above, in all Subareas, all infill residential development containing between 12 and 20 acres of land may contain at least one internal public or private street that integrates with the surrounding street network and that complies with all applicable Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Floodplains. No residential lot or parcel intended for residential or non-residential occupancy shall include any land included within the 100-year floodplain, as determined by the Floodplain Administrator or any land in the Flood Protection Overlay (-FPO) zone district pursuant to Section 146-2.6.1.
B. Access to Public Streets. All lots shall have direct or indirect access to a dedicated public or private street. Indirect access through an easement may be approved by the City for alternative lot layouts defined in this UDO, based on considerations of pedestrian, bicycle, motor vehicle, and emergency vehicle access and safety, and through connectivity.
C. Double Frontage Lots. Double frontage lots shall not be permitted adjacent to local or collector streets, and shall be avoided to the maximum extent practicable along arterial streets. Where double frontage lots cannot be avoided, buffering of back yards from those streets shall include a landscaped buffer at least 20 feet in width between the rear lot line of any residential lot and the closest edge of curbside landscaping area adjacent to the street, per Section 146-4.7.3.
D. Remainder Parcels Prohibited. No subdivision of land shall result in any remainder parcel or tract that does not otherwise meet the standards for a required open space, drainage area, buffer, or other area required by this UDO to be included in the development.
E. Street Fence Ownership and Maintenance. Where rear lot lines face an arterial street, the lots shall comply with the requirements of Section 146-4.7.9 (Fence and Wall Regulations), which are designed to prevent the creation of "fence canyons" A note reading as follows shall appear on the plat:
"All new neighborhood fences along arterial street shall be maintained by a Title 32 District or homeowners’ association and any fence replacement shall comply with the Fence and Wall Standards in Section 146-4.7.9 of the Aurora Unified Development Code.”
F. Variety of Lot Sizes.
1. The following standards apply to all subdivisions or parts of subdivisions except those that include Small Residential Lots pursuant to Section 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards).
a. Each subdivision or part of a residential subdivision that contains more than 40 gross acres but less than 160 gross acres of land shall include lots from at least two different lot size categories described in Subsection c below, and at least 10 percent of the residential lots shall be in each size category.
b. Each subdivision or part of a residential subdivision containing 160 gross acres of land or more shall include lots from all three lot size categories described in Subsection c below, and at least 10 percent of the residential lots shall be in each size category.
c. Lot Size Types.
i. Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of at least 50 feet but less than 60 feet.
ii. Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of at least 60 feet but less than 70 feet.
iii. Dwelling, single-family detached, front loaded with frontage of 70 feet or more.
iv. Dwelling, single-family attached, with frontage of 35 feet or more.
2. In portions of Subarea A that are not located in the R-1 zone district or the MU-OA zone district, and in portions of Subarea B that are not located in the R-1 zone district, subdivisions of land may include the following types of lots, but the inclusion of such lots shall not relieve the applicant of complying with the requirements of Table 4.2-1 and Subsection 1 above.
a. Where single-family detached residential development is permitted, up to 15 percent of the single-family detached residential lots may have a minimum lot size of 3,700 square feet; or
b. Where single-family detached residential development is permitted, up to 25 percent of the single-family detached residential lots may have a minimum lot size of 3,700 square feet; provided, that all of such lots are alley-loaded.
3. Subdivisions in Subarea C that include Small Residential Lots shall comply with provisions for lot distribution and product mix in Section 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards) instead of the standards in Subsection 1 above. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Generally. Each subdivision shall include an integrated system of streets, sidewalks, trails, and infrastructure that:
1. Provides for efficient movement of pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorists within the subdivision and to and from adjacent development;
2. Is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan, any Master Plans, or Site Plans approved for the property, and with the results of any circulation analysis;
3. Meets the requirements of Section 146-4.5 (Access and Connectivity); and
4. Meets all applicable provisions of the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual with regard to curves, grades, intersections, continuity, traffic flow, terminating streets, and traffic calming.
B. Alleys. In Subarea A, subdivisions of land after the Effective Date shall include an alley meeting all applicable City specifications on the same alley alignment existing on any adjacent block, unless the Planning Director determines that installation of an alley is impracticable due to topography, utilities, fire safety, or public service considerations.
C. Medians. If any portion of a street is designed with a median, the median design shall comply with all Aurora Road Design and Construction Specifications manual, as well as with the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual, if applicable.
D. Street Name Signage and Striping. The subdivider shall install and maintain signage and striping in accordance with the provisions of the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual as determined by the Director of Public Works.
E. No Encroachment or Construction without City Approval. Structures, walls, or other permanent site features shall not be placed within any public right-of-way or easement without the prior written approval of the City. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 15, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. All properties shall provide an interconnected system of sidewalks that directly connect all lots to and within commercial centers, employment areas, designated parks and open spaces, and other uses. All lots, except those Motor Court Dwelling lots that do not abut a public street, shall include or directly abut a sidewalk.
B. All subdivisions shall contain those trails and bicycle paths shown in the Comprehensive Plan, the Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Plan and other approved planning and design studies that identify trail connectivity needs, or any previously approved development plan for the property. Such trails shall be constructed to applicable City standards.
C. Accessible routes meeting the standards of the Americans with Disabilities Act shall be provided from all building or site entries to any designated handicap parking space and to a public or private street.
D. Pedestrian and bicycle access between adjacent properties or developments shall not be impeded by controlled access gates unless the Planning Director makes a determination that those gates are necessary to protect public health and safety and will not materially discourage pedestrian or bicycle access in the area. Any approved controlled access gates must be shown on an approved Site Plan or Redevelopment Plan. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
All subdivisions shall comply with the standards in Section 146-4.2.3.I (Sight Triangle Required). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. All subdivisions shall include adequate easements to accommodate the construction, maintenance, and repair of all public streets, sidewalks, trails, water supply systems, wastewater systems, storm water management systems, and erosion control facilities, as well as for all gas, electric, and other utilities required to provide each utility to each permanent, occupied structure in the subdivision. Easements shall not be required for any land that is dedicated to and accepted by the City.
B. The construction of retaining walls and similar structures over any portion of a recorded easement may require a license from the City after a determination by the City Engineer that the structure will not interfere in the intended use of the easement.
C. All utilities shall be placed in public or private streets or alleys, and not in Green Court open spaces or other open spaces, to the maximum extent practicable.
D. No trees shall be placed in any utility easement without the approval of the easement holder. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Public Improvement Plan Requirements. Each subdivision shall submit those public improvement plans required by applicable City regulations, standards, policies, and/or manuals, at that point in the development review process required by those regulations, standards, policies, and/or manuals.
B. Standards and Specifications.
1. All public improvements shall be constructed in compliance with the standards and specifications established by this Section 146-4.3, Section 146-5.4.2 (Subdivision of Land), the Aurora City Code and adopted regulations, including all design standards and requirements in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual, the Aurora Public Utility Improvement Rules and Regulations Regarding Standards and Specifications, the Aurora Water Standards and Specifications Regarding Water, Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Infrastructure, and the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual.
2. No subdivider shall be relieved of the duty to construct public improvements for the subdivision until all public improvements are constructed, approved, and accepted by the City Engineer.
3. The subdivider shall submit plans, profiles, and specifications for the construction of all public improvements for which no specifications or standards are established by Aurora. Such plans, profiles, and specifications shall be prepared and authenticated over the seal of a professional engineer, duly licensed to practice in Colorado.
4. A subdivider may, upon City approval, construct public improvements to standards higher than the City's specifications for the design and construction of roadways established by the City Engineer. Before the City approves such higher standards, the subdivider shall submit maintenance plans relating to such public improvements.
C. Water Supply/Fire Protection. All subdivisions shall include a water supply system designed in accordance with the Aurora Public Utility Improvements Rules and Regulations Regarding Standards and Specifications. The fire/life safety representative within the building division shall determine the number and location of fire hydrants and fire lanes to be provided and installed by the subdivider.
D. Wastewater Systems. All subdivisions shall include a wastewater system designed in accordance with the City of Aurora Public Utility Improvements Rules and Regulations Regarding Standards and Specifications.
E. Storm water Management.
1. In addition to the 100-year floodplain, other lands subject to flooding or land that if developed or improved would cause improved areas within the City to be subject to flooding shall not be platted for residential occupancy or for any other use that may increase danger to health, life, or property, or aggravate the flood hazard to surrounding properties.
2. All subdivisions shall include a storm water management system designed in accordance with the City of Aurora Public Utility Improvements Rules and Regulations Regarding Standards and Specifications and the City of Aurora Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria and the Aurora Water Standards and Specifications Regarding Water, Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Infrastructure and approved Master Plans. The storm water management system shall provide adequate drainage and flood control as well as provide structural and/or nonstructural Best Management Practices for the control of storm water quality, as required by the ASDDTC and Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE).
3. The storm water management system in each subdivision shall be designed to integrate with required outdoor common areas, designated parkland and open space areas, green space, and landscaped areas as described in Section 146-4.7.6 (Site Design for Low Impact Development – (LID)), to promote the use of natural systems to manage storm water, and to reduce the cost of construction and maintenance of pipes, culverts, and other hard infrastructure, to the maximum extent practicable.
4. Drainage outfalls shall be consolidated so that they may be served by area-wide or regional ponds or storm water treatment facilities to the maximum extent practicable.
F. Other Utilities. All subdivisions shall provide those additional utilities, and shall incorporate those additional utility designs, contained in Chapter 138 of the Aurora City Code. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Generally. The subdivider shall be responsible for the costs of all streets, alleys, sidewalks, and other improvements required by this Section 146-4.3 unless the oversizing provisions of Subsections B or C below apply, or unless the subdivider has entered into an agreement approved by the City Council providing for a different allocation of costs.
B. Street Oversizing or Extensions.
1. In the event that the street construction standards of this UDO require an applicant to construct all or part of a street along property that is not part of the subdivision application (for example, along property that separates the applicant's land from a street to which a connection is required), the City will use its best efforts to assist the applicant to recover that portion of the street construction costs that represent an unearned benefit conferred upon other landowners, under the following conditions:
a. The City Engineer shall determine the allocation of benefits between property owners benefiting from an oversized road, based on an approved Traffic Impact Study submitted by the applicant addressing probable development densities and traffic generation from each property.
b. The City may use any legal mechanism to recover reimbursement from later property owners benefiting from the oversized street, including but not limited to subdivision improvements agreements, escrow of funds, conditions on plat approval, conditions on building permit issuance, conditions on any development approval or permit, the collection of fees and charges, direct reimbursement agreements between property owners, or required participation in street districts.
c. The City's obligation to use its best efforts to attempt to collect reimbursement from benefiting property owners shall terminate10 years after the acceptance of the oversized street by the City (or, in the case of a private street,10 years after the final approval of such street construction).
d. The failure or inability of the City to obtain such reimbursement from benefiting property owners within such 10-year period shall not create any legal or financial liability for the City to repay or reimburse any such sums or any alleged damages related to the failure or inability to obtain reimbursement.
2. In the event that the City constructs all or part of a street along property that has not contributed to the construction of such street, the City shall have the same authority to attempt to collect reimbursement as it would have if the street had been constructed by a private party, and shall be authorized to retain any amounts collected to reimburse itself for street construction costs incurred. However, the City shall not be required to attempt to obtain reimbursement if, in the opinion of the City Engineer, it would be inequitable, impracticable, or not in the City's best interests to do so.
C. Reimbursement for Other Improvements.
1. When any subdivider constructs or installs an extension of a water transmission line, sewer interceptor line, street, or other public improvement through intervening undeveloped property to serve the subdivider's property, the entire cost of the improvement shall be the responsibility of such subdivider.
2. The City Council is authorized to enter into agreements to reimburse any subdivider that constructs or installs a public improvement through intervening undeveloped property. Such reimbursement shall be made solely from funds collected from the owner or owners of each parcel of land that abuts the improvement at the time such parcel develops within the City. The amount of the reimbursement to be paid shall not exceed the original cost of the improvement, plus reasonable interest, as agreed to by the City and the subdivider. To defray the costs of administering the reimbursement agreement, the City shall withhold a fee not to exceed 2½ percent of the amount of the reimbursement.
3. The City's obligation to reimburse shall be subject to the creation of an Improvement Reimbursement District, the development of the intervening property, the collection of funds from the owner or owners of such property, and the appropriation of such funds by the City Council. The term of each such reimbursement agreement shall be within the sole discretion of the City Council and, in any event, shall not exceed 20 years.
4. Each subdivider that enters into a reimbursement agreement with the City shall submit a written application to the City, on a form approved by the City, for the creation of an Improvement Reimbursement District. Such application shall be in a form approved by the City Manager and shall include, at a minimum, the following information:
a. A map and legal description of the boundaries of the proposed district and the properties contained therein;
b. A list of the current owners of the properties contained in the proposed district and their last known mailing addresses;
c. Preliminary plans and specifications for the improvement or improvements to be constructed or installed by the subdivider;
d. A certified list of the costs incurred or expected to be incurred by the subdivider based upon unit quantities; and
e. The proposed share of costs to be assessed on a front foot basis to each intervening parcel of land.
5. Within 60 calendar days after receiving the subdivider's completed application regarding the creation of an Improvement Reimbursement District and the assessment of public improvement costs, intervening undeveloped properties shall be noticed and processed in compliance with the procedures in Sections 146-5.3.7 (Notice) and 146-5.3.8 (Public Hearings).
6. At the conclusion of the public hearing, the City Council may adopt an ordinance approving, conditionally approving, or denying the creation of an Improvement Reimbursement District and the assessment of public improvement costs to intervening undeveloped properties.
7. The City shall record a notice of a reimbursement obligation with the clerk and recorder of the county in which the property so obligated is located. The notice shall include a provision stating that at the time of development of the property, the City shall require the owner to pay the assessment for the described improvements at the time of issuance of a building permit.
8. In the event that the City extends public improvements, the City is authorized to receive reimbursement from intervening undeveloped properties that abut such improvements; provided that the City has followed the public hearing process consistent with the requirements of Article 146-5 (Zoning and Subdivision Procedures).
9. The City may deduct from funds collected any costs or expenses that the City has incurred in repairing, correcting, or improving any defect that the subdivider who constructed or installed such improvement failed to correct during the applicable warranty period.
10. A building permit shall not be issued for the construction of any structure on the abutting, intervening property until payment of the assessment per foot of property frontage is received by the City.
11. Nothing in this Section shall be deemed to relieve any owner of property located within an Improvement Reimbursement District of any obligation imposed upon such owner by virtue of a valid annexation agreement with the City. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Open space acreage not anticipated for use as active or developed parks shall be located on prominent high points with significant views, or along significant and interesting geological features or wooded areas, or along significant drainages to the maximum extent practicable.
B. A majority of park land acreage anticipated for use as active or developed parks shall be located on flat, well-drained terrain outside the 100-year floodplain. Required open spaces that are anticipated to serve as trail corridors shall be continuous with anticipated trail corridors on adjacent properties to the maximum extent practicable.
C. Areas designated as part of the 100-year floodplain or included in the FP-O zone district pursuant to Section 146-2.6.1 may not be counted towards required open space.
D. Park land and open space areas shall be:
1. Integrated into and throughout the development;
2. Connected with one another and with such land in adjacent development to the maximum extent practicable;
3. Connected by trails to pedestrian routes on adjacent lands and to regional and City trail systems. Open space that is anticipated to serve as a greenway and trail corridor shall be continuous with anticipated greenway and trail corridors on adjacent properties to the maximum extent practicable; and
4. Planned, designed and constructed in compliance with the standards and specifications established by this UDO, including without limitation Sections 146-4.3 (Subdivision Standards), Section 146-5.4.2 (Subdivision of Land), the Aurora City Code, and adopted regulations including all standards and requirements set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. School Lands and Fees-in-Lieu.
1. Location. Sites designated or dedicated for schools shall meet the following location standards to the maximum extent practicable:
a. Be located at the intersection of a collector and local street for elementary school and K-8 school sites, and be located at the intersection of a collector and arterial street for middle and high school sites;
b. Contain slopes of less than 10 percent and flat areas for sports fields;
c. Be centrally located for the population to be served;
d. Be compact in shape, either rectangular or square;
e. Not be located in a 100-year floodplain or in the –FPO overlay zone district;
f. Not be located near sources of loud noise, hazardous uses, or potentially offensive odors, such as those that may be emitted by gas compression facilities, landfills, marijuana-related facilities, and hemp processing, manufacturing and storage facilities; and
g. Not contain regional storm water detention facilities, wetlands, archaeological sites, significant stands of trees, or electrical transmission lines.
2. Amount Required.
a. Public land dedication shall be provided for public schools to serve the future residents of the subdivision. The dedication of such areas shall be as required by agreement between the school district and the property owner, if one has been approved for the property. The applicant shall provide a letter from the applicable school district that includes the district’s current requirements for land value per acre, student yield ratio, and acres per child.
b. If land uses have changed, or no agreement exists for the subdivision, school land dedication based upon the number of students to be generated by the land use shall be required as follows:
i. Land dedicated for schools shall be calculated based on net acreage, not counting land for streets, tracts, or pre-existing easements that would preclude use of the land.
ii. The amount of land that shall be dedicated shall equal the product of the "standard student yield ratio factor" from Table 4.3-1 multiplied by the "acre per child standard" in Table 4.3-2.
Table 4.3-1 Standard Student Yield Ratio Factor Per Dwelling Unit | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Dwelling Unit Type | Elementary | Middle | High | Total |
Single-family | .340 | .160 | .200 | .700 |
Multifamily low density | .170 | .080 | .050 | .300 |
Multifamily high density | .075 | .040 | .030 | .145 |
Table 4.3-2 Standard Acres per Child Standard | ||
|---|---|---|
School Type | Student Enrollment | Acres Per Child |
Elementary | 644 | 0.0175 |
Middle | 1,000 | 0.025 |
High | 1,800 | 0.032 |
c. Land dedication shall occur, by plat or separate document at the City’s option, at the time that the first plat is submitted to the City.
3. Other Permitted Uses of Land. If land is dedicated to the City for school purposes, and is later determined by the City to be unnecessary for school purposes, the City may put the land to use for other public facilities required to provide other public services or facilities to the residents of the development for which the land was dedicated at a level roughly proportional to those received by other residents of the City, to the extent authorized by the constitution or laws of the federal government or the State of Colorado, including without limitation the powers granted to home rule municipalities in Article XX of the Colorado constitution.
4. Cash-in-lieu of Land Dedication. At the discretion of the school district and upon mutual agreement, which cannot be unreasonably withheld by school district or City, cash-in-lieu of land may be required. Land value will be based on fair market value of zoned land with infrastructure in place as determined by an MAI (Member of the Appraisal Institute) appraisal. Cash-in-lieu payment shall be based on an appraisal that is no more than six months old and shall be made at the time of recording of the first plat.
B. Park and Open Space Land Dedication and Cash-in-Lieu.
1. Requirement. Public land shall be dedicated to provide for parks and open space to serve the future residents of the development, and address the impacts of additional residents within existing neighborhoods. The dedication of such land shall be as required by an annexation agreement, if one has been approved for the property. If land uses change from those approved at the time of annexation or no annexation agreement exists for the subdivision, park land dedication shall be required as set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual.
2. Dedication Timing. The dedication of land for parks and open space purposes shall occur, by plat or separate document at the discretion of the City, at the time that the first plat for property adjacent to such land is submitted to the City.
3. Land Dedication Standards. The amount of land dedicated for parks and open space purposes shall comply with the methodology, population-based standards, housing unit types, average household sizes, and other criteria, such as cash-in-lieu, as set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual.
4. Cash-in-Lieu of Land Dedication. Developments unable to provide the required land dedication per the standards set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual shall be required to pay a cash-in-lieu of land dedication fee. The timing of any required cash-in-lieu of land dedication payments, land value calculations and payment tracking are set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual.
5. Dedication and Development Criteria Manual. Park and open space land dedication, development and design criteria, which govern the eligibility of land and areas to receive land dedication credit, shall be as set forth in the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual.
C. Lands for Other Public Facilities. The City may require dedication of lands, or cash-in-lieu of dedication of land, for other public facilities required to the extent the demand or need for such facilities is created by the proposed development in order for the City to provide public facilities or services at a level roughly proportional to those received by other residents of the City, to the extent authorized by the constitution or laws of the federal government or the State of Colorado, including without limitation the powers granted to home rule municipalities in Article XX of the Colorado constitution. (Ord. No. 2023-40 § 1, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2020-15 § 21, 05-21-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Monuments shall be installed within subdivisions in accordance with the City of Aurora standards regulations. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
This Section includes standards to reduce potential negative impacts that may occur when non-residential development, mixed-use development, or higher-intensity multifamily Residential zone districts abut lower-intensity Residential zone districts. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
After the Effective Date, these standards of this Section 146-4.4 apply:
A. To each lot in a Mixed-Use or Special Purpose district that abuts an R-R, R-1, or R-2 district, or that abuts any lot in a PD district containing single-family detached or two-family dwelling units; and

Figure 4.4-1: Neighborhood Protection - Applicability
B. To each lot in an R-3 or R-4 district with building(s) three or more stories in height that abuts an R-R or R-1 district, or that abuts any lot in an R-2 or PD district containing single-family detached or two-family dwelling units.

Figure 4.4-2: Neighborhood Protection - Applicability
C. In this Section, lots in an R-R, R-1, or R-2 district, and lots in a PD district containing single-family detached or two-family dwelling units are referred to as “Protected Lots.” (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The maximum height of any portion of a primary structure shall not exceed 38 feet, and the maximum height of any accessory structure shall not exceed 24 feet:
A. Within 50 feet of a Protected Lot in Subarea A, or
B. Within 100 feet of a Protected Lot in Subareas B or C.

Figure 4.4-3: Neighborhood Protection – Building Height
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
All exterior lighting shall meet all standards in Section 146-4.9 (Exterior Lighting), except that:
A. The maximum height of any exterior pole mounted light or building-mounted light shall not exceed 15 feet if the light pole is located within 50 feet of a Protected Lot in Subarea A, or within 100 feet of a Protected Lot in Subareas B or C.

Figure 4.4-4: Neighborhood Protection – Outdoor Lighting
B. All exterior lighting fixtures located within 50 feet of a Protected Lot in Subarea A, or within 100 feet of a Protected Lot in Subareas B or C, shall be turned off between 11:00 pm and 7:00 am unless necessary to illuminate entrances, parking lots, or walkways for public safety. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. No service area containing outdoor garbage or recycling containers or truck loading/unloading areas may be located:
1. Within 20 feet of a Protected Lot in Subarea A, or
2. Within 25 feet of a Protected Lot in Subareas B or C.
B. No drive-through lane may be located between a permitted primary structure and the boundary with any Protected Lot.
C. No automobile entry or exit driveway may be located within 30 feet of a Protected Lot in Subareas B and C.

Figure 4.4-5: Neighborhood Protection – Service Areas and Drive-Through Lanes
D. Additional standards for drive-up or drive-through accessory facilities are found in Sections 146-3.3.6.E (Drive-Up or Drive-Through Facility) and 146-4.6.7 (Drive-Through Stacking Areas). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. In Subarea A. Primary structures on any lot abutting the side or rear lot line of a Protected Lot shall be set back from those lot lines a distance equal to the required primary building setback from that lot line on the Protected Lot.

Figure 4.4-6: Neighborhood Protection – Subarea A Setback
B. In Subareas B and C. Primary structures on any lot abutting the side or rear lot line of a Protected Lot shall be set back from those lot lines a distance equal to the greater of:
1. The required primary building setback from that lot line on the Protected Lot; or
2. 20 feet.

Figure 4.4-7: Neighborhood Protection – Subareas B and C Setback
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
All development shall comply with additional buffering and screening requirements in Section 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 146-4.11.2 or Chapter 94-107 (Unnecessary Noise; Disturbing the Peace), the noise level measured at the property line of each Protected Lot must not exceed 55 decibels (dBA) from 7:00 a.m. until 9:00 p.m. of the same day, and may not exceed 45 dBA from 9:00 p.m. until 7:00 a.m. of the next day. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The following standards for subdivision and site design are intended to promote safe and convenient vehicle, bicycle, wheelchair, pedestrian, public transit, and other mobility device connectivity among individual development sites, trails, sidewalks, transit stations, and convenience shopping areas to encourage travel by bicycles, transit, other micro-mobility devices, or walking as an alternative to automobile trips, to reduce the frequency and shorten the distance of automobile trips, to provide multiple routes to many destinations, and to implement the Comprehensive Plan goals or other approved plans or design studies. Each development shall accommodate safe and convenient movement for all modes of transportation throughout the development and to surrounding areas as well as create an efficient automobile circulation system that avoids the creation of large, isolated tracts without routes, or with only one route, for access to the area. Access to sites shall be consolidated with access to adjacent properties to the maximum extent practicable in order to minimize curb cuts and access shall be located as to not disrupt existing adjacent residential areas. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. General. In addition to all other provisions of this Section 146-4.5, all developments shall comply with all applicable regulations and standards for fire protection, emergency vehicle access, and life safety adopted by the City, including without limitation those that may limit the number of residential dwelling units relying on a limited number of vehicle access points. If there is a conflict between the requirements of this Section and life safety or engineering standards, the Planning Director in consultation with the Director of Public Works shall determine which standard shall apply.
B. Cul-de-Sacs. No cul-de-sac shall be longer than 500 feet, measured from the flow line of the intersecting street to the center of the cul-de-sac bubble, unless a secondary emergency access is approved by the Building Division on behalf of the Fire Marshall. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
New subdivisions and developments for which a Master Plan is required or approved shall meet the following standards to provide through connectivity and mobility and to promote clear and efficient access for emergency vehicles.

Figure 4.5-1: Major Road Connectivity
A. Major Roads.
1. Unless an alternative through-traffic system is described in an approved Master Plan, or the Aurora Transportation Master Plan, each subdivision in Subareas B and C containing one section (640 acres) of contiguous land or more shall reserve or dedicate an arterial street right-of-way along each section line, and shall reserve or dedicate at least one collector street right-of-way to provide a continuous north-south through connection between the east-west section line street alignments, and at least one collector street right-of-way to provide a continuous east-west through connection between the north-south section line street alignments. See Figure 4.5-1.
2. Unless an alternative through-traffic system is described in an approved Master Plan, then in addition to the requirement in Subsection 1 above, each subdivision in Subareas B and C containing one quarter-section (160 acres) of contiguous land or more shall reserve or dedicate at least one collector street right-of-way to provide a continuous north-south through connection between each east-west collector street alignment required by Subsection 1 above, and shall reserve or dedicate at least one collector street right-of-way to provide a continuous east-west through connection between each north-south collector street alignment required by Subsection 1 above. See Figure 4.5-1.
B. Local Destinations.
1. In addition to the requirement of Subsections 1 and 2 above, each subdivision in Subarea B and C shall organize all local streets so that each lot may be accessed by travelling over no more than two (2) local streets after departing from the grid of arterial, collector, and collector streets required by Subsections 1 and 2 above.
2. All street types shall align across major arterials unless the Planning Director and Director of Public Works determine that an alternative alignment will increase pedestrian, bicycle, or automobile safety or reduce traffic congestion. For example, a collector street proposed in a new subdivision shall align across an existing or proposed arterial street with an existing or proposed collector street to form a continuous street network. Stub streets shall match and connect to other streets on the opposite side of the arterial to the maximum extent practicable.

Figure 4.5-2: Wayfinding Connectivity
C. Adjacent Land.
1. Unless the Planning Director and Director of Public Works determine that an alternative alignment will increase pedestrian, bicycle, or automobile safety or reduce traffic congestion, or that topographic or geological conditions make the connection impracticable, where adjacent land has been subdivided with stub streets ending adjacent to a new subdivision, or with a local street ending at a street dividing the new subdivision from the old subdivision, the new subdivision streets shall be designed to align the streets in the adjacent subdivision to allow future through circulation between the two adjacent subdivisions.
2. Where adjacent land has not been platted, subdivisions shall be designed so that at least one local street is constructed as a stub street intended as a future through connection to the adjacent parcel within each one-quarter mile of boundary length.
D. Coordination with Public Transit Providers. Each applicant for a new subdivision shall submit evidence of a written request made to any transit authorities whose service area includes the proposed subdivision, regarding locations for current, new, or future transit stops or connections in or immediately adjacent to the proposed site, and for those mobility hubs shown on the Comprehensive Plan, and shall reflect those stops, connections, and mobility hubs on the subdivision application materials to the maximum extent practicable. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The following standards apply to the design and layout of individual lots that are part of an approved subdivision. Each curb cut from private property onto a public or private street shall require City approval prior to construction.
A. Mixed-Use and Special Purpose Districts.
1. Vehicle Access. Access to Mixed-Use and Special Purpose district lots located on arterial streets shall provide site access meeting the requirements of Table 4.5-1 below, as illustrated in Figure 4.5-3 below.
Table 4.5-1 Mixed-Use and Special Purpose District Access from Arterials | |
|---|---|
A | Access points shall use flared or channelized intersections and be oriented at right angles to the street. |
B | Curb cuts shall be located a minimum of 200 feet from each other and no more than the required number of curb cuts shall be used. For redevelopment sites, existing curb cuts may be used if approved by the Department of Public Works. |
C | Vehicle entrances and exits shall be located at least 50 feet from any intersecting street right-of-way. |
D | Vehicle entrances and exits shall be located at least 10 feet from an adjacent property line, except where it is possible to provide one shared access point to serve the adjacent property on the other side of that property line. |
E | Primary circulation and access shall be oriented toward predominantly non-single-family residential streets. If necessary, secondary and emergency access may be provided on such streets. |
F | Private full movement driveways giving access to development sites shall be aligned across arterial, collector and local streets to contribute to circulation efficiency. |
EXAMPLE |
![]() |
GUIDELINE A – To the maximum extent practicable, combine access points for adjoining properties in order to minimize curb cuts and traffic impacts on adjoining streets. GUIDELINE B – Provide internal, direct vehicular connections between adjoining properties to reduce traffic impacts on adjoining streets. Align vehicular connections to the maximum extent practicable. A joint access agreement may be needed. GUIDELINE C – Provide internal pedestrian connections that link adjoining properties and create an internal pedestrian circulation system within large development sites. GUIDELINE D – Provide multiple pedestrian connections that link into existing or planned citywide open space and trail networks. |
Figure 4.5-3. Mixed-Use and Special Districts Access and Connectivity |
2. Vehicle Connectivity. Internal streets or driveways shall be made between multiple buildings and parking areas on a single lot or development to break up large parcels into smaller, internal “blocks”, and to avoid the need to use public boundary streets to move between different buildings or areas of the development site. Such connections shall:
a. Create internal “blocks” for which the perimeter of each “block” created by internal streets and external streets is no greater than 2,640 feet, or not greater than 1,600 feet for properties within ½ mile of an activity center or transit station.
b. Include a driving surface at least 16 feet wide.
c. Accommodate two-way traffic.
B. Additional Requirements for I-1,I-2, and AD Districts.
1. In Master Plans that include primarily industrial uses, the street layout shall generally align with the arterial and collector street system to the maximum extent practicable. Shared internal roadways and defined truck routes that avoid conflicts with primarily residential and commercial use areas shall be included to the maximum extent practicable.
2. Where an I-1, I-2, or AD zone district occurs along an arterial street frontage and residential use areas are located across the arterial street, entries serving the I-1 or I-2 district shall be placed out of alignment with residential use area entries to keep heavy commercial traffic out of residential neighborhoods.
3. No curb cut sized or designed for site access into an I-1, I-2, or AD zone district by a semi-truck tractor and/or trailer, or for site access by a commercial vehicle, trailer, or bus exceeding 6,000 pounds empty weight, shall be permitted on streets that separate R-1 or R-2 Residential zone districts from the I-1, I-2 or AD zone district.
4. In I-1, I-2, and AD zone districts, access and circulation shall be designed so that loading docks and loading dock door are internally oriented and are shared with adjacent industrial development in order to consolidate and minimize street access points, to the maximum extent practicable.
C. Residential Access. The provisions of this Section 146-4.5.4.C apply unless this UDO provides alternative access regulations for a specific residential land use or form of residential development, in which case those alternative standards shall apply.
1. Vehicle Access in General. Access from arterial streets into a residential development shall meet the requirements of Table 4.5-2 below.
Table 4.5-2 Residential District Access Standards | |
|---|---|
A | All residential units and associated parking spaces shall have direct vehicular access from a public street or alley or private street. |
B | Vehicular access shall be from residential or side streets only, except that R-4 districts may have curb cuts from an arterial. |
C | Vehicular access to multifamily developments shall be oriented toward non-residential streets rather than single-family neighborhood streets. |
D | Vehicle access to residential lots from streets shall be located a minimum of 5 feet from each side property line. |
E | Access driveways to residential development areas shall be a minimum of 23 feet and maximum of 30 feet in width for all residential uses except Motor Court Dwellings. |
F | Curb cuts within a single property shall be minimized. |
2. Single-Family Residential Access Through Private Streets.
a. Indirect vehicular access from single-family detached dwellings to public streets may be provided by means of a private street, Loop Lane, or Motor Court, provided the standards in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual are met.
b. Alternative standards for Subarea C developments that incorporate Small Residential Lots are in Section 146-4.2.3.A (Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards).
3. Individual Residential Driveways. Individual driveways from public streets to single-family detached or two-family residential dwelling shall comply with the standards of Section 146-4.6.5.C (Single-Family Detached and Two-Family Lots).
D. General Pedestrian Access and Connectivity.
1. Intent. These standards require that safe and convenient pedestrian access be provided to points within a development and to nearby uses and amenities to encourage walking and reduce the frequency and number of automobile trips.
2. Mixed-Use and Multifamily Districts. Each lot shall provide the following pedestrian connections, as applicable:
a. Required Connections are shown in Table 4.5-3.
Table 4.5-3 Required Pedestrian Connections | |
|---|---|
From Main Entry to Public Sidewalk – Provide a safe, convenient, and accessible pedestrian connection from the main entrance of a building to a public sidewalk or internal walkway that connects to a public sidewalk. | ![]() |
To Adjoining Streets – Provide pedestrian connections between internal and perimeter sidewalks at a maximum of 1,320 feet along the perimeter street (i.e. pedestrians along the perimeter sidewalks shall be able to find a sidewalk connection into the internal sidewalk system without walking more than 1,320 feet along the perimeter of such a site.) | ![]() |
Between Multiple Buildings on a Site – All developments containing more than one building shall provide walkways between the principal entrances of buildings. | ![]() |
To Adjacent Development – Sidewalks and walkways serving a site shall align and connect with any sidewalks on adjacent properties that extend to the boundary of such properties. Multiple pedestrian connections between adjacent developments shall be provided to the maximum extent practicable. | ![]() |
b. Standards for Connections. Standards for connections are shown in Table 4.5-4.
Table 4.5-4 Pedestrian Crossing Options | |
|---|---|
Change in Paving Materials | ![]() |
Change in Paving Color | ![]() |
i. Walkways shall be a minimum of six feet wide and include lighting at a height of 12 feet or less spaced no further than of 50 feet on center.
ii. Mixed-use and multifamily lots within one-quarter mile of a light rail transit station shall include a direct pedestrian connection to the station, to the maximum extent practicable, or if that is not practicable, to a public sidewalk leading to the station. Signage directing pedestrians to the nearest transit station shall be provided on-site.
iii. When a lot in a Mixed-Use district abuts public open space that includes existing or planned trails, a direct pedestrian connection at least six feet wide from the development to the existing or planned trail shall be provided.
iv. At each point where a sidewalk must cross a parking lot, internal street or driveway to make a required connection, it shall be clearly marked by using one of the methods shown in Table 4.5-3.
E. Americans with Disabilities Act.
1. All “places of public accommodation,” as defined in the federal Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) shall comply with the requirements of that Act concerning on-site circulation and access.
2. Accessible routes shall be provided from public transportation stops, accessible parking and accessible passenger loading zones and public sidewalks to 60 percent of the accessible building entrances they serve.
a. The accessible route between accessible parking and accessible building entrances shall be the most practical direct route. The accessible route must be located within a sidewalk, at least six feet wide, or as required to comply with the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual, whichever is greater.
b. No slope along this route may exceed 1:20 without providing a ramp with a maximum slope of 1:12 and handrails.
c. Crosswalks along this route shall be wide enough to wholly contain the curb ramp with a minimum width of 36 inches and shall be painted with white stripes.
3. All development shall comply with handicapped accessibility requirements based on the version of the International Building Code, Chapter 11, and the International Code Council (ICC) A117.1-2009, or any future update of that document adopted by the City. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The intent of this Section 146-4.6 is to require new development and significant redevelopment to provide adequate off-street parking spaces to avoid traffic congestion, to avoid parking congestion on neighborhood streets, to improve the visual appeal of the City, and to avoid inefficient use of land by provision of unnecessary parking facilities, by regulating the placement, use, and design of parking lots and garages. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Generally. Unless otherwise stated in this UDO, the requirements in this Section 146-4.6 shall apply to all uses in all districts. No Site Plan shall be approved and no permit for the erection or occupancy of a building or structure shall be issued unless the use conforms with the parking supply requirements of this section or a variance or administrative adjustment for any differences from this Section 146-4.6 has been issued.
B. Expansions.
1. Any expansion of the gross floor area of an existing land use or structure by more than 25 percent in Subarea A, or by more than 15 percent in Subareas B and C, shall provide additional parking for the expansion areas, including accessible parking, as required by Table 4.6-1.
2. Additional parking may be required for increases in required parking of less than 25 percent in Subarea A or less than 15 percent in Subareas B and C if the Planning Director determines that the expansion is likely to create a significant increase in on-street parking in any surrounding residential neighborhood.
C. Change in Permitted Use.
1. Any change of a permitted or approved conditional use that results in an increase in required parking of more than 25 percent in Subarea A, or by more than 15 percent in Subareas B and C, shall provide additional parking, including accessible parking, as required in Table 4.6-1.
2. Additional parking may be required for increases in required parking of less than 25 percent in Subarea A or less than 15 percent in Subareas B and C if the Planning Director determines that the change of use is likely to create a significant increase in on-street parking in any surrounding residential neighborhood.
3. The provisions of Subsection C.1 shall not apply to any change of use in a multi-tenant commercial, mixed-use, or industrial building larger than 50,000 square feet in gross floor area unless the Planning Director determines that the change of use is likely to create a significant increase in on-street parking in any surrounding residential neighborhood.
D. Reductions of Existing Parking. Off-street parking or loading space provided before the Effective Date shall not be permanently reduced in a way that would bring the property out of conformance with this Section 146-4.6 or would increase the degree of any existing nonconforming with the provisions of this Section 146-4.6.
E. Parking for Unlisted Uses. For any use not specifically mentioned in Table 4.6-1, the parking provisions for a similar use, as determined by the Planning Director, shall apply. For a new use where the Planning Director determines that a similar parking rate is not stated in this UDO, the Director may establish a minimum parking requirement based on a parking study, or by a parking reference guide in general use, or after consultation with other City officials regarding potential parking needs, or by a combination or those methods. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Calculation.
1. Demand. When calculating the required parking spaces in this Section results in a fractional parking space, the fraction shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.
2. Supply.
a. All parking spaces that meet the minimum size requirements of this UDO and are located on the same property as the use they serve shall count towards required parking supply. Off-site spaces shall also count towards parking supply in those locations where off-site spaces are permitted by this UDO.
b. Required resident parking for single-family attached dwellings or multifamily dwellings may be provided by assigning non-tandem spaces on a private street, Motor Court, or drive lane directly abutting the dwelling unit’s lot, or in a garage or carport.
c. Required guest parking for residential uses may be provided in parking spaces on a residential driveway leading exclusively to a dwelling unit’s private residential garage; or along a public street frontage directly abutting the dwelling unit’s lot; or within 200 feet of the unit’s entrance on a private street, Loop Lane, Motor Court, parking lot, or garage.
B. Use and Place Restrictions.
1. No parking area shall be used for the sale, storage, repair, dismantling, or servicing of any vehicles, equipment, materials, or supplies.
2. Parking of any vehicle on lawn areas in front or side yards, on areas set aside for landscaping, or on any other area not surfaced for off-street parking as provided in this UDO is prohibited.
3. The following vehicles shall not be parked or stored in a Residential zone district, unless the vehicle is being used to render services such as deliveries, pickups, or construction activity to property within 200 feet of where the vehicle is parked:
a. Commercial vehicle, trailer, or construction vehicle, or bus exceeding 6,000 pounds empty weight; or
b. Semi-truck tractor and/or trailer.
4. Travel trailers, tent trailers, pick-up campers or coaches, and motorized dwellings or vans shall not be used as a dwelling unit or for the conduct of business unless they are located in a Manufactured Home Park or Recreational Vehicle Park.
C. Minimum Required Parking. Unless otherwise provided in this UDO, off-street parking shall be provided in the amounts shown in Table 4.6-1, Required Off-Street Parking below.
Table 4.6-1 | ||
|---|---|---|
Required Off-Street Parking | sf. = square feet gfa = gross floor area | |
Number Required | Category | Required Parking |
0 | Uses that may be primary or accessory uses: Cemetery Park and Open Space Agriculture Urban Agriculture Above Ground Bulk Storage of Flammable Liquids or Gasses; | No Parking Requirement |
Storage, Distribution, and Warehousing | For storage and warehousing: No parking requirement For distribution facilities: 1 space per 1,000 sf. gfa | |
Mining Railroad Track Transit Facility Electric Power Generator Station Solar Collector as a Primary Use Telecom Facility, Tower Telecom Facility, Freestanding Monopole Telecom Facility, Freestanding Unipole Telecom Facility, Freestanding, Stealth Utility, Major Utility, Minor Wind Energy System, Large Bio-medical Waste Treatment Facility | No Parking Requirement | |
1 | Data Center Brewery, Distillery, or Winery Catering Service Bulk Commodity Storage Facility Outdoor Storage Heavy Manufacturing Light Manufacturing Marijuana Cultivation Facility, Marijuana Product Manufacturing Facility, Marijuana Research Business, or Marijuana Transporter Licensed Premises Marijuana Testing Facility Hemp Processing, Manufacturing or Storage Facilities Specialty Food Manufacturing Intermodal Cargo Transfer Yard Locomotive and Railcar Yard and Repair Facility Motor Freight Terminal Electric Power Generator Station Motor Vehicle Towing, Salvage, and Dismantling Vehicle Fleet Operations Center Recycling Collection Facility, Sewage Disposal Plant Solid Waste Transfer Facility Slaughterhouse, Small | 1 space per peak-time employee |
1 | Horse Stable or Riding Academy | 1 space per peak-time employee, plus 1 space per 5 stalls. |
Dwelling, Co-housing Development Dwelling, Cottage Development Dwelling, Tiny House Dwelling Unit, Accessory | General: 1 space per dwelling unit. Affordable Housing Structure: .85 spaces per dwelling unit. For multifamily, and other residential developments where individual dwelling units (other than accessory dwelling units) do not have individual frontage on a public or private street: 1 additional space per 5 dwelling units for guest parking. | |
Dwelling, Multifamily | General: 1 space per dwelling unit. Affordable Housing Structure: .85 spaces per dwelling unit. MU-TOD: .85 spaces per dwelling unit. For multifamily, and other residential developments where individual dwelling units (other than accessory dwelling units) do not have individual frontage on a public or private street: 1 additional space per 5 dwelling units for guest parking. | |
Continuing Care Retirement or Assisted Living Facility | .85 spaces per dwelling unit. For multifamily, and other residential developments where individual dwelling units (other than accessory dwelling units) do not have individual frontage on a public or private street: 1 additional space per 5 dwelling units for guest parking. | |
Nursing or Convalescent Home | 1 space per 5 units plus 1 space per peak-team employee | |
Outdoor Recreation and Entertainment | 1 space per 4 design capacity. For sports fields exclusively dedicated to organized sports; not including those located in a community park: 40 spaces per sports fields | |
Dormitory, Fraternity, or Sorority House | 0.5 space per unit | |
Congregate Living Facility Group Home, FHAA Large Group Home, FHAA Small Supportive Housing, Large Supportive Housing, Small | 1 space per 2 persons of design capacity. Group homes occupying a structure previously constructed for another residential use shall have the same parking requirements as the previous residential use. | |
Hotel | 0.75 space per unit | |
Adult or Child Day Care Center, Large Adult or Child Day Care Center, Small | 1 space per 10 persons care capacity, plus 1 space per peak-time employee | |
Civic, Cultural or Public Use Facility Club, Lodge, and Service Organization | 1 space per 4 persons design capacity | |
1 | Place of Worship | 1 space per 4 seats in primary place of assembly |
Crematorium Mortuary | 1 space per 4 persons design capacity | |
School, Elementary or Secondary | Elementary or middle: 1 space per classroom, plus 1 space per 10 seating capacity in the largest assembly area. High school: 1 space per classroom, plus 1 space per 3 seating capacity in the largest assembly area. | |
Recreational Vehicle Park | 1 space per designated camping / RV spot | |
Racetrack Stadium Theater | 1 space per 4 seats design capacity | |
Home Building Supplies | 1 space per 1,000 sf. gfa plus 1 space per 2,500 sf. of outdoor display or storage area | |
Self-storage Facility | 1 space per 50 storage units | |
Indoor Shooting Range | 1 space per firing lane | |
Bed and Breakfast | 1 space per guest room plus 1 additional space | |
Plant and Tree Nursery and Greenhouse | 1 space per 2,500 sf. gfa used for outdoor display and storage | |
Caretaker’s Residence Art Studio or Workshop | 1 space | |
Hospital | 1.5 spaces per bed, plus 1 space per peak-time employee | |
1 | Automobile and Light Truck Sales and Rental | 1 space per 1.5 employees, plus 1 space per 150 gfa of repair or maintenance space, plus 1 space per 600 gfa of showroom, indicating the location of any and all customer parking, vehicle storage and outdoor display area |
Motor Vehicle Body Shop and Painting | ||
Motor Vehicle Indoor Showroom or Broker | ||
Motor Vehicle Repair and Service | ||
Other Motor Vehicle, Trailer, Boat, or Manufactured Home Sales or Rental | ||
2 | Indoor Recreation and Entertainment (except Stadium) in MU-OA district Retail Sales, Large or Small (when located in shopping centers with 200,000 sq. ft. gfa or more) Sale at Wholesale | 2 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa |
Dwelling, Green Court Dwelling, Live/work Dwelling, Loop Lane Dwelling, Motor Court Dwelling, Single-Family Attached (Townhouse) Dwelling, Single-family Detached Dwelling, Two-family (Duplex) Manufactured Housing | 2 space per dwelling unit. For manufactured homes: 1 additional space per 5 dwelling units for guest parking For live/work dwelling: Additional parking requirements apply to non-dwelling space as indicated in this Table 4.6-1 | |
Higher Education Institution | 2 spaces per 1,000 sf. office, research, and library areas plus 1 space per 125 sf. in largest assembly areas | |
Temporary Construction Support Facility | 2 spaces | |
Kennel Veterinary Clinic and Hospital Day Labor Hall (Subarea A) Medical and Dental Clinic Office (Subarea A) Office, Flex Indoor Recreation and Entertainment (except Stadium), except in MU-OA District Pari-mutuel Wagering Facility Pawnbroker Personal Service, Large Personal Service, Small Retail Liquor Store (Subarea A) Retail Marijuana Store Retail Sales, Large or Small (except when located in shopping centers with 200,000 sq. ft. gfa or more) Sexually-Oriented Business Ground Floor Commercial Use (Subarea A) (Accessory Use) | 2.5 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa For office uses: In the MU-C, MU-OA-MS, MU-R, MU-FB, and MU-TOD districts: Maximum 4 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa for primary buildings with more than 100,000 sf. gfa | |
Equipment Rental and Repair | MU-OA district: 2.5 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa Other districts: 2.5 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa plus 1 space per 5,000 sf. outdoor display or storage area | |
3 | Meeting, Banquet, Event, or Conference Facility Day Labor Hall (Subareas B And C) Office (Subareas B And C) Retail Liquor Store (Subareas B And C) Motor Vehicle Fuel Dispensing Station Ground Floor Commercial Use (Subareas B And C) (Accessory Use) | 3 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa For office uses: In the MU-C, MU-OA-MS, MU-R, MU-FB, and MU-TOD districts: Maximum 4 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa For motor vehicle fuel dispensing station: Fuel pump spaces do not count toward minimum parking requirement |
Private Golf Course, Tennis Club, Country Club, or Clubhouse | 3 spaces per hole or 1 space per 400 sf. of clubhouse space, whichever is greater | |
4 | After Hours Club or Entertainment Bar and Tavern Brewpub Microbrewery Restaurant Medical and Dental Clinic | 4 spaces per 1,000 sf. gfa For motor vehicle fuel dispensing station: Fuel pump spaces do not count toward minimum parking requirement |
D. Maximum Permitted Parking.
1. Parking maximums apply to surface parking lots, not to spaces provided in parking garages.
2. Except for development in the MU-TOD zone district, additional parking up to 20 percent over the maximum parking requirement may be approved by the Planning Director if the Director determines that additional surface parking may be necessary due to unusual site or use characteristics, and provided that the additional parking area is paved with an approved alternative surfacing material meeting the requirements of Section 146-4.6.5.D.7.
E. Accessible Parking. Within the requirements of Section 146-4.6.3.C (Minimum Required Parking) and not in addition to those requirements), accessible parking shall be provided for all multifamily and non-residential uses as shown in Table 4.6-2 or as required the International Building Code, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities and Colorado Revised Statutes, whichever has the higher requirement.
Table 4.6-2 Accessible Parking Spaces Required | |
|---|---|
Total Parking Spaces Required | Minimum Number of Accessible Parking Spaces |
1 through 25 | 1 |
26 through 50 | 2 |
51 through 75 | 3 |
76 through 100 | 4 |
101 through 150 | 5 |
151 through 200 | 6 |
201 through 300 | 7 |
301 through 400 | 8 |
401 through 500 | 9 |
501 through 1,000 | 2 percent of total |
More than 1,000 | 20 plus 1 for each 100 spaces more than 1,000 |
F. Bicycle Parking. Unless a different standard is required by a Use-specific Standard in Section 146-3.3, the following amounts of bicycle parking shall be provided.
1. Bicycle Parking Spaces Required.
a. Multifamily and non-residential development in Subarea A shall provide bicycle parking spaces equal to at least 10 percent of required automobile parking spaces, and multifamily and non-residential development in Subareas B and C shall provide bicycle parking spaces equal to at least five percent of the required automobile parking spaces; provided, that each multifamily and non-residential use shall install a minimum of two U-racks or other similar bicycle storage, and no multifamily or non-residential use shall be required to install more than 15 U-racks or other similar bicycle storage.
b. The requirements of Subsection F.1 also apply to the non-residential component of each mixed-use development.
c. Each inverted-U bicycle rack counts as two bicycle parking spaces.
d. Reserved.
Editor’s note: The provisions of this subsection were repealed by Ord. 2023-41, enacted September 11, 2023.
2. Design. Bicycle parking facilities shall:
a. Be located in convenient, highly visible, well-lighted areas that do not interfere with pedestrian movements
At least 10 percent of required bicycle parking spaces shall be located within 100 feet of the primary building entrance;
b. Provide for storage and locking of bicycles, either in lockers or racks that are securely anchored and resistant to rust, hammers, and saws;
c. Be designed to support the bicycle in an upright position and so that both the bicycle frame and wheels may be locked by the user using a U-shaped lock or a chain/cable and lock; and
d. Be designed to provide at least two points of contact with the bicycle. (Ord. No. 2023-41 § 2, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2022-75 § 2, 12-19-2022; Ord. No. 2021-15 § 24, 06-14-2021; Ord. No. 2020-37 § 16, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2020-15 § 22, 05-21-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A reduction to the required parking may be granted by complying with any one or combination of the parking alternatives listed in this Section provided that the total reduction is not greater than 25 percent below the parking requirements in Section 146-4.6.3.C (Minimum Required Parking), and that the applicant provides a parking analysis and the Planning Director determines that the analysis provides adequate documentation of reduced parking demand and demonstrates that the reduction will not create significant adverse impacts on surrounding properties. Without limiting the generality of the previous sentence, parking alternatives may be applied to vertical mixed-use developments.
A. Proximity to Transit.
1. The minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for new development or redevelopment may be reduced if the proposed development or redevelopment is located within one-quarter mile, measured by the most direct walking route, of any Regional Transportation District (RTD), or other publicly authorized transit agency transit stop as follows:
a. 30 percent reduction with a peak frequency of 15 minutes or better.
b. 15 percent reduction with a peak frequency of between 16 and 30 minutes.
2. No development approved with this parking reduction shall be considered nonconforming parking or shall be subject to the requirements of Section 146-5.5.5 (Nonconforming Site Feature), for not meeting minimum parking requirements if the bus or transit line is later relocated, or if peak service frequency falls below the peak frequency requirements in Subsection 1 above, and the remaining number of parking spaces provided for that use does not meet the minimum requirements of Section 146-4.6.3.C (Minimum Required Parking).
3. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
B. Credit for Shared or Fleet Vehicle. For each shared vehicle and fleet vehicle, which is available throughout the day for employee use, provided, the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces may be reduced by nine spaces for residential uses and four spaces for office or retail uses. Each shared or fleet vehicle shall be signed for such use and shall count toward the minimum number of required parking spaces. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
C. Credit for Carpool or Vanpool Spaces. For each shared vehicle, carpool, or vanpool space provided, the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces may be reduced by four. Each shared vehicle, carpool, or vanpool space shall be signed for such use and shall count toward the minimum number of required parking spaces. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
D. Credit for Point-to-Point Share Areas. On any property within a point-to-point car or bicycle share service area the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces for residential and commercial uses may be reduced by10 percent. A point-to-point share service is one in which bicycles, automobiles, or other vehicles are obtained in one location and must be dropped at a number of fixed locations for use by others. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
E. Credit for Electric Vehicle Charging Stations. For each electric vehicle charging station provided, the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces may be reduced by two. Each charging station counts toward the minimum number of required parking spaces. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
F. Credit for Bicycle Parking. The number of required motor vehicle parking spaces may be reduced at a ratio of one motor vehicle parking space for each two additional secured bicycle parking spaces provided above the minimum bicycle parking requirements, up to a maximum reduction of five percent of the required motor vehicle parking spaces. This credit is not available for multifamily dwellings.
G. Credit for Public Parking. The Planning Director may, at their discretion, allow for a reduction or elimination of parking requirements if the applicant can demonstrate that adequate spaces are available in a nearby public parking lot or structure, and that the reduction or elimination of parking requirements will not result in excessive traffic congestion or on-street parking in any nearby Residential zone district. For the purposes of this provision, on-street parking and parking located within public parks and open space areas shall not constitute a nearby public parking area. This reduction is not available for multifamily dwellings.
H. Credit for On-Street Parking. In Subarea A, and the Mixed-Use and Special Purpose districts in Subareas B and C, any on-street parking located directly in front of the subject property may be counted towards on-site parking requirements. Only those street parking spaces for which at least one-half the length of the parking space falls between imaginary lines extending from the corners of the front lot line perpendicularly into the street right-of-way may be counted. Each on-street parking space may only be counted once towards the parking requirements of the adjacent lot, regardless of the number of individual buildings or tenants on the lot. The use of this credit shall not entitle the property owner to the continued availability of those on-street parking spaces over time; management of on-street parking spaces is subject to subject to standard City parking management policies and practices. This reduction is not available to reduce required parking for individual dwelling units in multifamily dwellings, but may be used to reduce required guest parking.
I. Shared Parking.
Where two or more uses listed in Table 3.2-1 (Permitted Use Table) share a parking lot or structure, the total off-street parking requirement for those uses may be reduced by the factors shown in Table 4.6-3, below.

To calculate the shared parking reduction, add the requirements for each use category, then divide the sum by the factor indicated in FTable 4.6-3
Table 4.6-3 Shared Parking Reduction (add the requirements and divide by these factors) | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Property Use | Multifamily Residential | Public, Institutional, or Civic | Food, Beverage, Indoor Entertainment, or Lodging | Retail | Other Commercial |
Multifamily residential | 1.0 | ||||
Public, Institutional, or Civic | 1.1 | 1.0 | |||
Food, Beverage, Indoor Entertainment, or Lodging | 1.1 | 1.2 | 1.0 | ||
Retail | 1.2 | 1.3 | 1.3 | 1.0 | |
Other Commercial | 1.3 | 1.5 | 1.7 | 1.2 | 1.0 |
J. Transportation Demand Management. The Planning Director may, at their discretion, allow for a reduction in required parking for employers who enter into a Transportation Demand Management Agreement that specifies how on-site parking will be reduced through employee programs or work schedules that reduce the number of employees on site. Such programs may include the following:
1. Compressed work week schedules;
2. Flexible arrival and departure times;
3. Telework opportunities; or
4. Incentives for employees to use alternative modes of transportation to the workplace. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 17, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Location and Use of Parking Facilities.
1. Generally.
a. Required parking spaces shall be located on the same lot with the principal building or the primary use unless otherwise permitted in Subsection 1.b below.
b. The Planning Director may approve the location of required off-street parking that is not required to meet the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, and that is not related to a convenience store or a residential use, on a separate lot, subject to the following standards.
i. Off-site parking shall not be located more than 660 feet walking distance from the primary entrance of the use served.
ii. Land used for off-site parking for a non-residential use shall not be located in a Residential zone district unless the use for which the parking is provided is a permitted or conditional use in that Residential zone district.
c. No portion of an off-street parking facility shall be located in a public street or sidewalk, parkway, alley, or other public right-of-way.
d. Off-site parking may be shared with another use provided that the shared parking meets the standards in Table 4.6-2.
2. In Subarea A. The following standards shall apply in Subarea A, unless Subsection 4 below applies, in which case the provisions of Subsection 4 shall be applied.
a. No more than 25 percent of the lot frontage on arterial or collector streets to a depth of 60 feet shall be occupied by surface parking. The remaining 75 percent of the lot frontage on arterial or collector streets shall be occupied by a structure, and no surface parking shall be located between that building and the street.
b. Required parking space(s) associated with any single-family attached or multifamily residential building shall not be located more than 330 feet from an entrance to that building and shall have a direct pedestrian connection to the building's entrance or entrances.
c. In the MU-N, MU-C, MU-TOD, and MU-FB districts, and in the MU-OA-MS subdistrict, off-street parking facilities shall be located to the rear of the primary building, within the principal building, within a garage structure, or entirely below grade.
3. In Subareas B and C. The following standards shall apply in Subareas B and C, unless Subsection 4 below applies, in which case the provisions of Subsection 4 shall be applied.
a. No more than 60 percent of the lot frontage on arterial and collector streets to a depth of 60 feet shall be occupied by surface parking.
b. Garage entries, carports, and parking structures shall be internalized in building groupings or oriented away from street frontage to the maximum extent practicable.
4. Multifamily and Single-Family Attached Dwellings.
a. Parking spaces on private streets or driveways within multifamily developments may be used to meet the requirements for guest parking.
b. For structures that do not meet the definition of an Affordable Housing Structure, at least 40 percent of resident parking shall be in garages or carports and at least 50 percent of those garages and carports shall be attached to a primary residential structure, directly or through a roofed structure with partial sidewalls or without sidewalls, rather than freestanding garages or carports.
c. Where detached garages are used, they shall be faced with the same mix and percentage of materials as the primary building(s).
d. In Subareas B and C, required parking space(s) associated with any single-family attached dwelling shall not be located more than 200 feet from the entrance to the dwelling, and required parking space(s) associated with any multifamily residential building shall not be located more than 330 feet from an entrance to that building. In both cases, there shall be a direct pedestrian connection between the dwelling or building's entrance(s) and the parking area associated with that dwelling or building.
B. Parking Access from Streets and Alleys. The following standards apply to both parking lots and parking garages, unless otherwise indicated.
1. No Back-out Parking. Except for single-family and two-family uses, parking areas shall be designed so that vehicles are not permitted to back out of the parking area onto a public street.
2. Access Points.
a. Only the minimum number of curb cuts necessary to serve the subject parcel is permitted. Existing curb cuts shall be removed as part of a site redevelopment project when in excess of minimum number of curb cuts necessary to serve the parcel or the existing curb cut is in an unsafe location as determined by the City Engineer.
b. Access to parking lots along arterials shall be from the local side street that is not adjacent to an R-R, R-1, or R-2 zone district or single-family or two-family residential component of a mixed-use project to the maximum extent practicable.
c. Access drives for parking facilities shall be oriented perpendicular to the street. Access drives and internal drives for parking facilities shall align as closely to the surrounding grid network as feasible. In the absence of a gridded network surrounding the site any site greater than five acres shall be designed with internal blocks that generally reflect a grid street network with an east/west frontage of 330 feet and a north/south frontage of 660 feet to the extent local topography allows. In the event the north/south measurement of the property is less than 660 feet, smaller blocks are allowed.
d. In Subareas B and C no parking lot or garage entrance or exit shall be located closer than 50 feet to any intersecting street right-of-way line or closer than 10 feet to any adjacent property line, except where it is possible to provide shared access for adjacent properties, unless application of these standards would leave a parcel of property without vehicle access.
C. Single-Family Detached and Two-Family Lots.
1. Applicability and Exceptions. Where vehicle access to single-family detached or two-family residential dwelling structures is provided by individual driveways, those driveways shall meet the standards in this Section 146-4.6.5.C, with the following exceptions.
a. Parking surfaces lawfully existing on July 21, 2012, may continue to exist as lawful nonconforming structures, subject to City regulations that prohibit enlarging or increasing the area of the parking surface.
b. Driveways or parking surfaces abutting unpaved public rights-of-way in open, natural areas, and agricultural districts, are not required to be of concrete, asphalt, or brick or stone pavers.
c. Driveways or parking surfaces abutting unpaved streets in residential zones are not required to be of concrete, asphalt, or brick or stone pavers. However, driveways or parking surfaces shall conform with standards for construction, placement, materials, drainage, and containment adopted by the Director of Public Works.
2. Front Yard Restrictions.
a. Except for wedge-shaped lots, all driveways or parking surfaces located in the front yard shall not cover more than 40 percent of the total front yard area. For wedge-shaped lots, the maximum coverage shall be 50 percent.
b. Private driveways leading to dwelling units shall be a minimum of 18 feet in length. No driveway shall allow parking such that parked vehicles encroach on public or private streets or sidewalks.
c. On residential lots with side-loaded garages, a minimum back-out dimension of 25 feet is required and shall not block drainage along the side yard lot line.

Figure 4.6-1: Side-load Garage
3. Side Yard Restrictions. No driveway or parking surface located in the side yard shall exceed a width of 10 feet.
4. Rear Yard Restrictions.
a. All driveways or parking surfaces located in the rear yard of lots smaller than 20,000 square feet without alley access shall not cover more than 25 percent of the total rear yard area or 750 square feet, whichever is less.
b. All driveways or parking surfaces located in the rear yard of lots smaller than 20,000 square feet with alley access for the purpose of serving alley-loaded garages and lots with either attached garages on the rear elevation of the residence or detached garages located in the rear lot setback shall not exceed 50 percent of the total rear yard area.
c. All driveways or parking surfaces located in the rear yard on lots greater than 20,000 square feet in area shall not exceed 750 square feet.
d. Guest parking may be provided in private driveways (tandem parking) leading to individual buildings; provided, that no parked vehicle encroaches on or over public or private streets or sidewalks.
5. Surfacing.
a. Driveways or parking surfaces abutting paved public rights-of-way are required to be surfaced with concrete, asphalt, or brick or stone pavers.
b. Driveways or parking surfaces abutting unpaved public rights-of-way in open, natural areas, and agricultural districts, are not required to be surfaced with concrete, asphalt, or brick or stone pavers.
c. Driveways or parking surfaces abutting unpaved streets in residential zones are not required to be surfaced with concrete, asphalt, or brick or stone pavers. However, driveways or parking surfaces shall be of standards in conformity with those adopted by the Director of Public Works. Standards shall address construction, placement, material, drainage, and containment.
6. Garage Required. In Subareas B and C, single-family detached and two-family dwellings shall include a garage structure large enough to fully enclose at least one off-street parking space per dwelling on the same lot as the residential structure.
7. Garage Design. In all Subareas, if a garage is provided, the garage structure may be attached or detached from the main dwelling, and shall meet the following standards:
a. It shall be of a similar design, quality, and style as the main residential structure, using the same façade and roofing materials or mixture of materials as found on those portions of the main residential structure facing the street.
b. It shall include at least four square feet of window area, including any window areas located within overhead or swinging doors. Such window areas shall admit light, but may be either transparent or translucent.
8. Garage Variation Required.
a. In single-family detached residential subdivisions that contain four lots or more in Subareas B and C, and that are not using the Subarea C Small Residential Lot Standards from Section 146-4.2.3.A, the following standards shall be met:
i. At least 50 percent of the total number of lots in the subdivision or block shall have recessed garage configurations, alternate-load garage configurations, or any combination of either.
ii. A recessed garage configuration is a home design having all its street-facing garage doors recessed at least five feet behind the home's front building line as shown in Figure 4.6-2. A front building line shall be a home's most forward nongarage wall plane at least10 feet wide. It may include the front line of a front porch, provided the porch has a roof and is at least five feet deep and eight feet in width.

Figure 4.6-2: Recessed Garage
iii. For the purposes of this Section 146-4.6.5.C.8, an alternate-load garage configuration shall be defined as a home design having garage doors facing in a direction other than the street on which the home fronts, as shown in Figure 4.6-3. Where used as an alternate-load design, a side-load garage shall have at least one garage door oriented perpendicular to the front elevation of the house with the enclosed portion of the garage on the front elevation comprising a maximum of 60 percent of the total front elevation width.

Figure 4.6-3: Alternate-load Garage
iv. House lots with alternate-load garages shall be permitted a reduced minimum front building setback of 15 feet for all portions of the building, including the garage, except that every dwelling shall maintain a minimum of 20 feet from the garage door to the back of the sidewalk, or to the back of the curb if no sidewalk is present. Alley-load garages shall be set back a minimum of three feet from the alley right-of-way. Lots with alternative-load garages shall be exempted from the driveway area restrictions of this UDO. All garage configurations shall avoid layouts where parking on the driveway will overhang sidewalks or public rights-of-way.
9. Garage Doors as a Percentage of Front Façades. In all Subareas, where a garage door or doors accommodating one or two cars in non-tandem configuration appear on the front of a residential structure, the door or doors shall not occupy more than 47 percent of the total width of the front elevation. For garages built to accommodate three or more vehicles in non-tandem configuration, the garage doors shall not occupy more than 55 percent of the total width of the front elevation. All three-car garages shall have a minimum two foot offset between the single and double garage doors, or between two single doors if three single doors are provided.
D. Parking Lot Layout and Design.
1. Landscaping and Screening. All surface parking lots shall comply with the landscaping and screening standards applicable to parking lots in Section 146-4.7.5.K (Parking Lot Landscaping).
2. Pedestrian Walkways. In parking lots containing more than 150 contiguous spaces, sidewalks or paths at least six feet in width and designated by painted lines, raised surfaces, or different surfacing colors or materials shall be provided within a landscaped median to provide safe pedestrian access from the farthest parking block, row, or bay to the primary entrance of each building the parking area serves.
3. Parking Blocks. Each parking lot containing more than 150 spaces shall divide the parking area into “parking blocks”, each containing no more than 120 vehicle parking spaces to the maximum extent practicable in light of the shape and orientation of the parking lot and the location of access points to the parking lot. Each parking block shall be separated from other parking blocks by a driving aisle with a center landscaped swale, median, or area at least 20 feet in width.
4. Tandem Parking.
a. In Subarea A, all required parking spaces shall be individually accessible except for guest parking in private driveways leading to dwellings, designated employee parking for non-residential uses, and residential parking spaces assigned to a specific unit in a multifamily dwelling.
b. In Subareas B and C, all required parking spaces shall be individually accessible except for guest parking in private driveways leading to single-family detached, single- family attached, and two-family dwellings. Unless otherwise stated, tandem parking for the purpose of meeting minimum parking requirements is prohibited.
5. Overhangs.
a. Parking areas for public use shall be designed so that a parked vehicle does not overhang the public right-of-way, fire lane easement, public sidewalk, or trail unless the right-of-way, fire lane easement, sidewalk, or trail is widened by the amount of the overhang and does not reduce the width of an area or route required to meet the standards of the Americans with Disabilities Act.
b. A parked vehicle may overhang a landscaped area by up to two feet; provided, that the width of the landscape area is increased by the amount of parked vehicle overhang.
c. A permanent curb, bumper, wheel stop, or similar devise shall be installed no closer than two feet from the end of each parking space adjacent to a public right-of-way, public sidewalk, or planters to protect those areas from vehicle overhangs and to protect structures from vehicle damage.
6. Stall Size and Drive Aisle Dimensions.
a. Parking areas and required spaces, drive aisles, and maneuvering areas shall comply with the dimensional standards in the table below.
Table 4.6-4 Off-Street Parking Layout Dimensions | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
0° (parallel) | 45° | 60° | 90° (head-in) | |
Standard Spaces | ||||
Curb length per space | 23 ft. | 12.7 ft. | 10.4 ft. | 9 ft. |
Space depth | 23 ft. | 19.8 ft. | 21 ft. | 19 ft. |
Space width | 8 ft. | 9 ft. | 9 ft. | 9 ft. |
Access aisle width (1 way / 2 way) | 12/22 ft.[1] | 13/22 ft. [1] | 18/22 ft. [1] | 23 ft. |
Notes: [1] Additional width may be required where aisle serves as the principal means of access to on-site buildings or structures. | ||||
b. For parking designs other than those indicated in Table 4.6-4, the minimum dimensions shall be determined by the Planning Director.
7. Surfacing.
a. Generally. All parking areas shall be properly graded for drainage and shall be surfaced with concrete or asphalt, brick or stone pavers meeting Public Works Department standards. All portions of Parking Lots that exceed 125 percent of the minimum on-site parking required for a lot or a development shall use alternative materials pursuant to Subsection 7.b below.
b. Alternative Materials. Alternative materials including pervious or semi-pervious parking materials may be approved if the Director of Public Works determines that the materials are durable and can be maintained over time. These alternative paving materials include but are not limited to grass, mulch, grasscrete, ring and grid systems used with grass, permeable concrete or asphalt, porous pavers, or recycled materials such as glass, rubber, used asphalt, brick, block, and concrete.
8. Marking of Spaces.
a. Parking spaces shall be marked on the pavement. Any other directional markings or signs shall be installed as permitted or required by the City to ensure the approved use of space, direction of traffic flow, and general safety.
b. Required off-street parking spaces shall be delineated by four-inch-wide single- or double-striped lines in the configurations shown in Fig. 4.6-4.

Figure 4.6-4: Alternative Stall Markings and Wheel Stop Locations
E. Parking Garage Design.
1. Design. Above ground parking garages or portions of structures occupied by automobile parking shall meet the following standards:
a. The minimum setback for a parking garage shall be the same that is required for the principal structure.
b. The height of an accessory parking garage shall not exceed the height of the principal structure it is intended to serve. This standard does not apply to parking garages intended to serve transit stations that are one story or less in height.
c. Where the top parking level of a parking garage is not enclosed, lighting for the top parking level may not exceed 12 feet above the parking surface.
d. Each façade facing a public street shall conceal the view of all parked cars below the hoodline and the view of internal light sources, when viewed from the property street frontage.
e. All parking surfaces along any street frontage of the garage shall be generally horizontal, rather than an angled surface or ramp leading to a higher or lower level of the garage.
f. Elements such as decorative grillwork, louvers, or translucent materials consistent with building code requirements for open parking structure requirements shall be used on the upper floor façades, or the upper parking floors shall be designed with a pattern of window-like openings on the parking garage façade.
g. In Subarea A, and in the Core subdistrict of the MU-TOD district, ground floor parking garage frontages on collector or arterial streets shall be designed with a minimum floor-to-ceiling height of 11 feet to a depth of at least 20 feet from the street frontage, so that area can be converted to a pedestrian-active retail or service use in the future.
h. In all Subareas, the ground floor of a parking structure shall employ one or more of the options shown in Table 4.6-5, below to improve visual interest of the ground floor façade. Parking structures without ground-floor active uses shall comply with required landscaping per Section 146-4.7.5.J.2.d.
Table 4.6-5 Parking Structure Screening Methods | |
|---|---|
Storefront with Active Use – Often referred to as a “wrap”, this includes locating an active use such as, but not limited to, retail, restaurant, office, residential, commercial, or civic space between the parking structure and public space. | ![]() |
Public Art – Using public art, such as a mural or sculptural element integrated into the façade. | ![]() |
Display Cases – Display cases could be used to display retail goods, art, banners, and more. | ![]() |
Landscape Wall – Incorporating green landscaping into the façade of a parking structure at the ground floor also provides interest. This can be done with vines, vertical gardens, or other living plant material. | ![]() |
2. Pedestrian and Vehicular Circulation.
a. Where pedestrians cross primary vehicular routes to access stairways, elevators, or other entries, a marked and signed crosswalk shall be provided.
b. Parking ramp slopes shall not exceed the 6.67 percent slope, or the maximum parking slope permitted in the Adopted Building Code for the City of Aurora. (Ord. No. 2023-41 § 3, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Number of Required Off-Street Loading Spaces. The minimum number of off-street loading spaces, plus areas required for access and maneuvering, shall be provided pursuant to Table 4.6-6.
Table 4.6-6 Required Off-Street Loading Spaces | |
|---|---|
Use Category | Minimum Required Loading Spaces |
Office, Lodging, Personal Services and Repair, and Retail | 1 space per 50,000 sf. of gross floor area or fraction thereof, up to a maximum requirement of 3 spaces |
Other Non-Residential Uses | 1 space per 50,000 sf. of gross floor area or fraction thereof, up to a maximum requirement of 2 spaces |
Required Off-Street Loading Spaces
B. Exemptions. Developments meeting any of the following conditions shall be exempt from required off-street loading requirements:
1. Any use with less than 15,000 square feet of gross floor area.
2. Any lot in Subarea A.
3. Any use within the MU-FB, MU-TOD, and MU-R districts or the MU-OA-MS subdistrict.
C. Applicability to Existing Structures. Off-street loading requirements shall only apply to existing buildings when the gross floor area is increased by more than 50 percent. When the gross floor area is increased by more than 50 percent, the required loading spaces shall comply with Table 4.6-6 for both the existing building and the expansion.
D. Design and Use of Off-Street Loading Areas.
1. Location.
a. Off-street loading spaces shall be located on the same lot or parcel as the structure or use for which it is provided.
b. Trucks parked in a loading area shall not encroach into required parking spaces or building setbacks.
c. Parked trucks loading or unloading materials shall not block travel lanes in parking lots or fire lanes.
d. Any required off-street loading areas with more than two docking facilities shall not be located adjacent to any Residential zone district.
2. Maneuvering. In Subareas B and C, loading areas shall be designated to provide for truck backing and maneuvering on-site and not from or within the public rights-of-way.
3. Screening. Service and loading areas visible from a Residential zone district or a public right-of-way shall be screened pursuant to Section 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The following standards apply to properties with a drive-through facility:
A. Number of Required Stacking Spaces. Vehicle stacking spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 4.6-7, below. Required stacking distances shall be measured from the flow line to the first parking stall or aisle. The required stacking distance for the site may be distributed between accesses serving the site, when a minimum stacking distance of 20 feet is provided at all access points.
Table 4.6-7 Required Drive-Through Stacking Spaces | ||
|---|---|---|
Drive-Through Activity | Minimum Required Stacking Spaces (per lane) | Measured from Flow Line To |
Bank, Financial Institution, or Automated Teller Machine (ATM) | 3 | Teller window |
Restaurant | 7, of which at least 4 must be located before the ordering station | Pick-up window |
Motor Vehicle Wash (Full Service) | 3 | Outside of washing bay |
Motor Vehicle Wash (Self Service or Automated) | 1 | Outside of washing bay |
Other | Determined by the Planning Director based on anticipated demand | |
B. Size and Location.
1. Vehicle stacking spaces shall be a minimum of 8.5 feet in width and 19 feet in length.
2. Required vehicle stacking spaces shall not interfere with access to parking spaces. They may be located anywhere on the site provided that multi-modal traffic impacts on- and off-site are minimized and the location does not create negative impacts on adjacent properties due to noise, light, or other factors.
3. Electronic devices such as loudspeakers, automobile service order devices, and similar instruments shall not be audible beyond the property line with any adjacent Residential district.
4. Customers in vehicles shall only be served through service windows or order stations located on the rear of the building or on a side of the building not adjacent to a street frontage.
5. In the MU-TOD Edge subdistrict and the MU-OA-G subdistrict, no drive-through lane or vehicle stacking area may extend between the front of the building and the front lot line.

Figure 4.6-5: Drive-Through Stacking Areas
6. Drive-up or drive-through accessory facilities shall be designed to meet all applicable standards in Sections 146-3.3.6.E (Drive-Up or Drive-Through Facility) and 146-4.4 (Neighborhood Protection Standards). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The intent of this Section 146-4.7 is to establish landscape standards to be used in the preparation of landscape plans that will promote, preserve, and enhance existing and new developments and the image of the City as a whole. Landscaping has many benefits some of which are to improve the visual quality and compatibility within and between developments and differing land uses. It provides green spaces that improve site permeability, contribute to the reduction of erosion and storm water runoff, and, in a number of studies, are essential for long term well-being. In addition, landscaping can be water conserving and contribute to the implementation of Low Impact Development (LID) standards through the use of native and indigenous plant materials that are well adapted to local climatic conditions. Overall, the intent of this Section is to achieve the following goals:
A. Create a sense of place based upon the existing or planned context of an area;
B. Create a high standard of landscape quality for all development;
C. Promote water efficiency through the use of Water-wise plant materials as well as Water-wise principles and practices;
D. Create landscape designs that integrate Low Impact Development principles;
E. Buffer transportation corridors, view corridors, private common space, public park land, and public open space areas;
F. Establish tree-lined canopy streets;
G. Reduce heat island effects and protect citizens from the harmful impacts of the sun;
H. Mitigate the impacts of developments;
I. Discourage the use of seed mixtures or sod containing blue grass, fescue or rye grass cultivars;
J. Preserve existing trees; and
K. Promote biodiversity and habitat for pollinators. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. General. The provisions of this Section 146-4.7 apply to all development and redevelopment within Subareas A, B and C and shall be included as part of the Site Plan submittal process or as part of a Redevelopment Plan. The landscape focus for Subareas A, B and C, as described in Section 146-2.2 (Three Character Areas) will vary depending on the type of development and redevelopment that is expected to occur and the given zoning of a parcel. Landscaping shall be required for the following:
1. All development on vacant land or cleared land;
2. All new development of residential, mixed-use, and non-residential primary structures;
3. Redevelopment of a site that involves replacement of an existing structure or expansion of the gross floor area by more than 25 percent.
4. Construction of new parking lots containing 10 or more parking spaces, and the redesign or reconfiguration of existing primary use parking lots containing 10 or more parking spaces.
B. All parks and open space areas that are to be owned and maintained by the City but constructed by a developer, shall comply with the design standards and procedures in the Aurora Parks, Recreation and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual rather than the standards found in this Section 146-4.7.
C. The City Council may declare a drought emergency, and during such times, the installation of various types of landscaping as required by this Section may be postponed. In the event of a declared drought emergency, the following landscape preparation measures shall be completed in lieu of specific landscape plantings prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy:
1. Final grading;
2. Installation of main irrigation system components;
3. Installation of plant beds, including edging, weed barrier, and mulch, without plant materials; and
4. Completion of sedimentation and soil erosion best management practices including placement of soil erosion materials on areas to be sodded or seeded. Types of materials include roof leader extensions, straw wattles, hay bales, and soil erosion blankets. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Landscape Reference Manual. Prior to the preparation of a formal landscape plan submittal, designers shall consult the Landscape Reference Manual, which is available on the City’s website, for specific requirements regarding plan setup, scale, notes, plant symbology, standard tables, and the Water-wise plant list.
B. Plant Material Requirements.
1. General. Landscaping for all development shall include a variety of Water-wise plant materials, such as trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses, groundcovers, annual and perennial flowering species, turf grasses, and mulches that will provide visual interest during all seasons.
a. The use of plant materials adapted to the climatic conditions of the area shall be used to the maximum extent practicable in order to reduce water consumption, general maintenance, and the dependence on fertilizers and insecticides.
b. Landscape materials such as stone, masonry, wood, and steel may also be used to define space and create visual interest. When landscaped areas are adjacent to natural areas or open spaces, plants shall be selected to continue that native appearance along the border with the open space or natural area.
c. At least 75 percent of all annuals and trees, and 100 percent of shrubs, perennials, groundcovers, and ornamental grasses used to landscape each site regulated by this Section shall be selected from the Water-wise Plant List in the Landscape Reference Manual; the Colorado State University Cooperative Extension Facts Sheet on Xeriscaping; or other approved Water-wise, resource wise, or Xeriscape plant material references.
d. Trees and shrubs specified from another source other than the Water-wise plant list will be considered if the source for the Water-wise designation is listed on the plan. Such sources may consist of the Colorado State University Extension office or similar sources. Applicants may also consult with the City Forester regarding any proposed tree species not on the approved Water-wise plant list.
e. Evergreen trees such as Austrian and Ponderosa Pine as well as Spruce, shall not be planted closer than 20 feet to a street edge, sidewalk, or parking area as measured from the trunk of the tree to the edge of the pavement.
f. Planting within rip-rap lined swales is prohibited. No trees, shrubs, and/or perennials shall be planted within the rock.
2. Minimum Plant Sizes. Plant material shall be installed in the minimum sizes shown in Table 4.7-1. Trees shall be measured six inches above ground level for all trees up to four inches in caliper and 12 inches above ground level for larger trees.
Table 4.7-1 Minimum Plant Sizes | ||
|---|---|---|
Type of Planting | General Minimum Size Requirement | Special Locations [1] |
Shade trees | Two inch caliper minimum standard. Two and one-half inch caliper minimum for street trees along arterial and collector streets. | Three-inch caliper |
Ornamental trees | Two-inch caliper minimum (for single stem varieties). Clump forms, multi-stemmed, and similar are acceptable and shall be six to eight feet in height at time of installation. | Two and one-half inch caliper |
Evergreen trees | Six feet tall | 8 -10 feet high |
Shrubs | Five-gallon container | |
Ornamental grasses and perennials | One-gallon container | |
Notes: [1] Special Locations include non-residential or mixed-use development along property lines adjacent to residential uses. | ||
3. Tree and Shrub Diversity. Tree and shrub diversity shall comply with the Landscape Reference Manual to the maximum extent practicable.
4. Prohibited Plant Species.
a. The following plants shall be prohibited from being planted in the City:
i. Russian Olive (all Elaeagnus Angustifolia species and cultivars);
ii. Aspen (all Populus Tremuloides species and cultivars);
iii. Cottonwood (all species), unless being used to continue the native appearance along the border with open space or natural areas or within non-street frontage buffers, but not in connection with curbside landscape areas or abutting walks and/or buildings;
iv. Tamarisk (all species);
v. Ash (Fraxinus species);
vi. Siberian Elm (Ulmus pumia); and
vii. Tree of Heaven (Ailanthus sp.).
b. Plants listed as an invasive species by the Colorado State University Extension Service are prohibited.
c. Plants listed on the Colorado Noxious Weed List are prohibited.
5. Living Material Requirements.
a. General Requirements. This Section 146-4.7.3.B.5 applies to all required landscapes unless exempted by Subsection b below or by another provision of this UDO.
b. Exceptions.
i. Areas within and immediately adjacent to public rights-of-way having no reasonable means of providing an underground automatic irrigation system shall with the approval of the Planning Director be landscaped with a minimum of two materials as listed below. One of the two materials must be plant material. Forty percent of the total landscape area must be permeable materials. Twenty percent of the permeable material area must be plant material. A homeowner’s yard visible from the public right-of-way shall not consist of entirely non-living materials.
(a) Plant material – to be hand watered if no automatic irrigation system is available
(b) Rock, no white rock
(c) Natural or manmade pavers over a compacted base
(d) Integrally colored stamped decorative concrete
(e) Shredded cedar or wood chip mulch
6. Plant Quality and Installation. All plant materials shall meet or exceed minimum standards as outlined by the Colorado Nursery Act Regulations and the current edition of the Uniform Nursery Standards, and shall be installed according to specifications of the Associated Landscape Contractors of Colorado.
7. Tree and Shrub Equivalents.
a. Tree Equivalents. The following tree equivalents are provided to allow design flexibility in applicable situations as provided in this UDO. One tree equivalent shall be equal to:
i. One 2.5 inch caliper deciduous shade tree;
ii. One 2 inch caliper deciduous shade tree;
iii. One 2 inch caliper ornamental tree;
iv. One 6 foot tall evergreen tree;
v. Twelve 5 gallon shrubs per one 2.5 inch caliper tree or 8 foot to 10 foot tall evergreen tree; or
vi. Ten 5 gallon shrubs per one 2 inch caliper tree or 6 foot tall evergreen tree.
b. Shrub Equivalents. The following shrub equivalents are provided to allow design flexibility in applicable situations as provided in this UDO. Shrub equivalents apply to either deciduous or evergreen species. One five gallon shrub equivalent shall be equal to:
i. Three 1 gallon perennials; or
ii. Three 1 gallon ornamental grasses
8. Plant Beds.
a. Plant beds shall be separated from turf and other areas by metal edging or approved equivalent material.
b. All shrubs, ornamental grasses, perennials, and groundcovers shall be located within plant beds.
c. The installation of individual shrub species in turf or native seed areas without metal edging, but with hand-dug spade edges, may be approved by the City based on likelihood of survival and potential impacts on surrounding vegetation.
d. Where rock is the chosen mulch treatment and no plant material will be installed, weed barrier fabric shall be used to block weed growth and conserve moisture. Crusher fines may not be used as a mulch treatment unless specified as permitted in another section of the UDO.
e. Trees and shrubs shall be mulched by either rock or wood mulch, or a combination of both, at the discretion of the designer. Shredded cedar is the preferred mulch treatment around all plant material as it has moisture retention qualities unlike rock mulch that retains and radiates heat around plants.
f. For wood mulch applications, all trees shall be surrounded by an area of mulch that shall be no less than three inches in depth and no less than three inches from the trunk to reduce potential damage from insects. Mulch shall be a minimum of three inches from trunks to reduce insect and trunk damage.
g. All plant beds shall be mulched to a minimum depth of three inches. Areas planted with perennials and groundcovers species shall be mulched to a minimum two inches in depth.
9. Thorny Plants and Shrubs. Shrubs that have thorns shall not be planted within 8’ of public walks or within parking lot islands. Trees that drop fruits or have thorns shall not be planted within 20 feet of public walks or within parking lot islands or medians.
10. Clear Space Above Walks. Trees planted adjacent to public sidewalks shall maintain an eight foot or greater tree branching height above the walks when mature.
11. Artificial Turf Standards. Where this UDO permits the use of artificial turf, it shall comply with the following standards.
a. Allowed Use.
i. Artificial turf may be used in sports field applications.
ii. Artificial turf may be used in front yards to replace sod or native seed areas of single-family residential lots if approved by a homeowners’ association and/or Title 32 District. Homeowners shall meet the Residential Yard Landscape Requirements per Table 4.7-3 in addition to providing artificial turf.
iii. Artificial turf may be used in commercial developments.
iv. Artificial turf may be used in street frontage buffers.
v. Artificial turf may be used in dog parks.
vi. Artificial turf may be used in back yards.
b. Materials. Artificial turf shall be of a type known as cut pile infill and shall be manufactured from polypropylene, polyethylene, or a blend of polypropylene and polyethylene fibers stitched onto a polypropylene or polyurethane mesh or hole-punched backing. Hole-punched backings shall have holes spaced in a uniform grid pattern with spacing not to exceed four inches by six inches on center.
c. Installation. Artificial turf shall be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
d. Slope Restrictions. The installation of artificial turf on slopes greater than 6.6 percent shall require the applicant to consult with the manufacturer on recommendations for installation and use.
e. General Appearance. Artificial turf shall be installed and maintained to effectively simulate the appearance of a well-maintained turf grass.
f. Specific Prohibited Uses.
i. Artificial turf may not be used within curbside planting areas in any zone district.
ii. Reserved.
Editor’s note: The provisions of this subsection were repealed by Ord. 2023-41, enacted September 11, 2023.
iii. Reserved.
Editor’s note: The provisions of this subsection were repealed by Ord. 2023-41, enacted September 11, 2023.
iv. Artificial turf may not be used to satisfy any requirements of this Section 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management) unless this Section 146-4.7 or another section of this UDO contains a specific provision allowing such use.
v. Where this UDO permits the use of artificial turf or natural turf, the use of indoor or outdoor plastic or nylon carpeting or other materials or combinations of materials as a replacement for artificial turf or natural turf is prohibited.
12. Turf Regulations. The design of all new turf areas shall comply with the following requirements:
a. Turf Area Limitations.
i. Turf Area Limitations for Each Lot Containing Single-Family Detached, Two-Family and Single-Family Attached Duplex Homes. Turf requirements for such areas shall be subject to all the requirements listed in Table 4.7-3, Residential Yard Landscape Requirements and Section 138-191 of the Aurora City Code.
ii. Turf Area Limitations for All Other Development Areas Except Playfields. In all other development sites except playfields, areas as defined by Section 138-191 of the Aurora City Code, Use of Turf and Ornamental Water Features, the use of cool-season grass sod, seed and seed mixtures that contain cool-season grass species shall be limited to not more than 33 percent of the site’s total landscaped areas. The area consisting of high-water using species of cool-season grasses such as Kentucky bluegrass shall be contiguous. For the purposes of these standards “contiguous” shall mean all abutting areas and areas that may be separated by a pedestrian walk or trail. Areas separated by pavement used for vehicular circulation are not considered contiguous.
b. Cool-Season Grass.
i. High-Water Usage Cool-Season Grasses. A cool-season grass species shall be considered high-water use if it requires more than 15 inches of annual irrigation.
C. Irrigation.
1. New landscaped areas, plant beds, raised planters, and plant containers, with the exception of non-irrigated native, dryland, and restorative grasses shall be watered by a permanent automatic irrigation system meeting all adopted Aurora Water engineering standards, which may be found on the City’s website.
2. Automatic rain shutoff sensors shall be installed in all irrigation systems.
3. The Aurora Water Department requires all non-single-family landscapes to be divided into water conserving (non-turf), nonwater conserving (turf), and non-irrigated areas (e.g., pavement). A separate hydrozone plan is required for submittal with the landscape plan. Refer to the Landscape Reference Manual for plan requirements. (Ord. No. 2023-41 § 4, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2023-29 § 1, 07-31-2023; Ord. No. 2020-37 § 18, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Any private covenant(s) that purports to invalidate or disallow the xeriscaping provisions contained in this UDO are invalid and a nullity, as to those provisions, as being against the expressed public policy of the Aurora City Council and of the state legislature as expressed in Section 37-60-126(11) of the Colorado Revised Statutes. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Requirements. All of the areas listed in this Section 146-4.7.5 shall be landscaped as described in this Section 146-4.7.5. If there is a conflict between the various landscaping standards, the more restrictive standard shall apply. Wherever the requirements for two or more landscaping standards overlap, the same plant material may be counted toward meeting the requirements of both standards, however the more restrictive standard must be met. Cross-references to some subsections of Section 146-4.7.5 commonly applicable to development and redevelopment are provided below, but additional subsections address specific areas, types of development, or development situations, and all applicable provisions in this Section 146-4.7.5 shall apply regardless of whether cross-referenced below.
1. Curbside Landscape, See Section 146-4.7.5.C
2. Street Frontage Landscape Buffers, See Section 146-4.7.5.D
3. Parking Lot Landscaping - Exterior, See Section 146-4.7.5.K.
4. Parking Lot Landscaping - Interior, See Section 146-4.7.5.K
5. Building Perimeter Landscaping, See Section 146-4.7.5.J
6. Non-Street Perimeter Buffers, See Section 146-4.7.5.E
7. Detention Pond and Water Quality Ponds, See Section 146-4.7.5.M.
B. Landscape Components. Figure 4.7-1 below represents the typical landscape components required in a land development application and corresponds with the list of cross-references below. The specific landscape requirements can be found in this Section 146-4.7.5. The figure below is illustrative only; quantities shown are not necessarily representative of the requirements.

Figure 4.7-1: Landscape Components
C. Curbside Landscaping.
1. General.
a. Curbside landscaping shall include requirements for detached walks, street trees, curbside planting, mulches, and fence locations. Street trees and curbside planting are required whether on a public or private street.
b. Streets with detached walks shall have curbside landscapes that include the area within the right-of-way as measured between the back of curb and face of walk. The curb is not counted as part of the curbside landscape.
c. Street trees shall be centered within the curbside planting area unless defined by another provision of the Aurora City Code or an approved Master Plan. The uniform placement of street trees is intended to create a continuous street edge. Trees may be grouped to achieve a specific aesthetic; however, the intent is to avoid large areas without street trees. No gap between groupings of street trees shall exceed 120 feet, and no trees shall be placed in easements unless permitted by the easement holder.
d. Street trees shall be deciduous, thornless, fruitless canopy trees of species that mature to heights of between 30 and 60 feet and with canopies that mature to at least 25 feet wide.
e. Street trees shall be set back at least 50 feet from the face of a stop sign in order to maintain a regulatory sign visibility zone as shown in Figure 4.7-2.

Figure 4.7-2: Regulatory Sign Visibility Zone
f. Applicants shall retain City-owned street trees in order to preserve the City’s urban forest. Removal of City-owned street trees requires prior approval of the City Forester. If removal is necessary, tree mitigation fees may be applicable and will be determined upon inspection by the Forestry Department.
g. Applicants requesting to develop or redevelop within the Havana Overlay District shall not be required to comply with the curbside landscaping standards within this Section. Instead, all properties shall comply with right-of-way planting standards in Section 146-2.6.7 (Havana Street Overlay (-HSO).
h. Curbside landscaping is required and is in addition to street frontage landscape buffers described in Section 146-4.7.5.D.
2. Detached Walks.
a. Minimum Plant Material Quantities. One tree per 40 linear feet of street frontage plus shrubs, water-wise xeric grass species, native seed, ornamental grasses, and perennials, as required by this Subsection C.
i. Curbside landscape areas that are less than four feet in width shall be mulched with rock mulch or wood mulch, no white rock. Rock shall be a minimum of 2.5 inch diameter.
ii. Curbside landscape areas that are between four and seven and one-half feet in width shall be planted with shrubs meeting the minimum quantity requirements as defined by this Section. Ornamental grasses may also be provided. Refer to Figure 4.7-3 below.

Figure 4.7-3: Substitute for Non-Xeric, Cool-Season Grass in Curbside Landscape Area
iii. Curbside landscape areas that are between eight and 10 feet in width shall be planted with shrubs at a minimum. Ornamental grasses as well as water conserving (xeric) seed and/or grass species may be provided in between shrub and ornamental grass beds.
iv. Curbside landscape areas that are 10 feet in width or wider may be planted entirely with either a water conserving (xeric) grass species or native seed. A combination of shrubs and ornamental grass beds may be incorporated within the curbside landscape area meeting the minimum quantity requirements as defined by this Section.

Figure 4.7-4: Curbside Landscape Native Seed Application
v. Curbside landscapes shall provide no less than one shrub per 40 square feet of curbside landscape area. Shrub equivalents may be installed but may not account for more than 40 percent of the total shrub count provided as shrub equivalents. Shrubs are assumed to be an average of four feet wide at maturity. No more than five percent of perennials may be provided as shrub equivalents. Calculations for the plant quantities shall be done first. Any area within the curbside planting bed that is remaining shall be completed with either wood or rock mulch, or native seed depending upon the width of the curbside landscape. Provide a variety of shrub species that differ in height, color and width for visual interest throughout the seasons. Shrubs and ornamental grasses shall be five gallon size at time of installation and perennials shall be provided at a ratio of three one-gallon perennials to one five-gallon shrub.
vi. The use of native seed within the curbside planting areas within the MU-OA zone district may be approved on a case-by-case basis by the Planning Director based on appearance and durability in the location where it is to be installed. Given the urban and fully developed character of the MU-OA zone district, native seeding may not be appropriate.
vii. When located within a sight distance triangle, plant materials shall comply with the provisions of Section 146-4.2.3.I. Refer to the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual for sight distance triangle design parameters.
viii. Rock mulch within the curbside landscape area may be used in between planting beds, but may not be used as 100 percent coverage in the curbside planting area, unless the exception in Section 146-4.7.5.C.2.a.i applies.
ix. Additional trees may not be provided in the curbside landscape area as a substitute for the living ground cover treatment such as shrubs, ornamental grasses, or perennials.
b. Street Tree Measurements. For detached sidewalks, street tree quantities shall be determined by taking the measurements as shown in Figures 4.7-6 and 4.7-7 below.

Figure 4.7-6: Street Tree Measurement – Detached

Figure 4.7-7: Street Tree Measurement – Detached
c. Use of Living and Non-Living Materials. The following standards apply to sites with detached sidewalks:
i. In addition to the required street trees, curbside landscaping within the right-of-way may consist of both living and non-living landscape materials.
ii. Living materials shall include water-wise deciduous or evergreen shrubs, ornamental grasses, perennials, ground covers, water-wise xeric grass species, and/or native seed consistent with Subsection C.2.a.ii above.
iii. Non-living landscape materials may consist of wood mulch and rock mulch in combination with living plant material consistent with Section 146-4.7.5.C.2.a.ii. Crusher fines may not be used as a mulch treatment. Crusher fines may be installed to support limited areas of high pedestrian traffic generated by adjacent land uses or as step-out areas supporting on-street parking within the curbside landscapes as a means to access adjoining sidewalks.



Figure 4.7-8: Examples of Detached Sidewalk Curbside Landscapes
3. Attached Sidewalks.
a. Minimum Plant Material Quantities. One tree 40 per linear feet of street frontage.
b. Street Tree Measurements. For attached sidewalks, street tree quantities shall be determined by taking the measurements between the tangent points in Figure 4.7-9 below.

Figure 4.7-9: Street Tree Measurement - Attached
c. Location.
i. Adjacent to attached sidewalks, street trees shall be located between four to five feet from the back of curb or edge of sidewalk.
ii. In an attached sidewalk condition, street trees and street frontage landscape buffers may overlap. In this scenario, street trees may count toward the buffer plantings if approved on a case-by-case basis by the Planning Director based on appearance and effectiveness as a buffer in the location where the trees are to be installed.
4. Urban Street Frontages. Urban street frontages are those that are required to have attached walks with tree openings and no curbside landscape. Urban street frontages include widened sidewalks to accommodate outdoor cafes and pedestrian thruways, site amenities such as benches, lighting and wayfinding as well as landscaping to strengthen the urban tree canopy, plant containers and raised planters to enhance the pedestrian realm and minimize the appearance of hardscape.
a. Zones. The urban street cross-section is divided into functional areas or zones based upon a total 16 foot width. These zones are called the Edge Zone, the Furnishings Zone, the Pedestrian Throughway Zone, and the Frontage Zone. See Figure 4.7-10.
i. Edge Zones. The Edge Zone is located within approximately one and one-half feet from the face of curb, and does not contain landscaping, plant containers, raised planters, or other items that will interfere with traffic and/or snow plowing. Tree openings flush with the grade may encroach into the Edge Zone. The Edge Zone is only required when on street parking is provided.
ii. Furnishings Zone. The Furnishings Zone abuts the Edge Zone and is five feet wide. Its purpose is to accommodate street trees within tree openings, decorative pavement, site furnishings, bus shelters, and lighting. Landscape requirements include the installation of one street tree per 35 linear feet of street frontage. Street trees shall be located in tree openings at least five feet by 15 feet in size and near property lines to the maximum extent practicable. Street trees shall be accompanied by ornamental grasses, perennials and/or shrubs in the tree openings or by non-living materials such as rock and wood mulch. Street trees shall be either large deciduous canopy tree species or ornamental tree species. The combined height of groundcovers shall be not more than 26 inches tall when within a sight triangle.
iii. Pedestrian Throughway Zone. The intent of the Pedestrian Throughway Zone is to allow efficient, direct, and unobstructed access at least six feet wide along sidewalks. The Pedestrian Throughway Zone shall be clear of all plant containers, raised planters, plant beds, and other site amenities. Branches of maturing street trees encroaching into this zone shall be pruned to a height of not less than eight feet. Outdoor cafes may be located within this zone, but shall not obstruct pedestrian movements. To allow for a wider outdoor seating area, a five foot pedestrian throughway may be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case based on considerations of pedestrian access, pedestrian safety, and plant survival.
iv. Frontage Zone. The Frontage Zone abuts the façade of the building and is three-and-one-half feet wide. Whenever landscaping is voluntarily provided within the Frontage Zone adjacent to a building façade, landscaping may be provided within plant containers, raised plants beds or at grade. In addition to plantings, this area would be ideal for outdoor seating with tables and chairs. Any voluntary landscaping shall be in addition to street tree requirements.

Figure 4.7-10: Urban Street Frontage Zones With Parallel Parking

Figure 4.7-11: Urban Street Frontage Zones Without Parallel Parking


Figure 4.7-12: Urban Streetscape Examples
b. Urban Street Trees. Refer to the Landscape Reference Manual regarding the City of Aurora Recommended Xeriscape and No-Water Plant List.
c. Mulch Rings. A minimum four foot diameter mulch ring shall be placed around each tree planted within an urban turf area or within a tree opening within the pavement. The mulch ring shall consist of organic materials placed at a depth of not less than three inches. Crusher fines, crushed gravel or granite shall be not be used as a mulch in tree openings within pavement.
d. Tree Opening Options. Urban conditions often require special design considerations in an effort to preserve and promote urban tree canopy. Alternative tree planting and sidewalk modifications that could improve the life expectancy of an urban tree or that will provide a more advantageous growing area for tree roots and create opportunities for water quality may be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis based on appearance, durability, and potential success in achieving these goals in the location where the trees are to be installed. While not an all-inclusive list, designers may wish to consider the following options or propose other alternatives not currently listed below.
i. Rubber Sidewalks. Rubber sidewalks are not installed as deep and the material is not as thick as a traditional sidewalk thereby providing more space for tree root growth. The panels are pervious allowing storm water to seep down between the panels increasing infiltration rather than running into street gutters. Maintenance costs often associated with removing existing concrete, hauling it away and replacing it are reduced as panels can be easily be removed individually to examine and/or trim tree roots.

ii. Structural Cells. Structural cells are strong plastic structures that firmly support sidewalks and provide an expanded area for greater soil volume capacity. The increased soil volume can lead to an expanded rooting zone thereby supporting larger tree growth. It is an ideal low impact development option for the long-term co-existence of trees and streets.

iii. Suspended Pavements. Suspended pavements are a type of technology that support the weight of paving while creating a larger subsurface void space that is filled with native, excavated or a specified planting mix. The system allows for an increase in the soil capacity providing a greater rooting area composed of lightly compacted soil. This system aids in urban tree growth, provides a source for on-site treatment of storm water for water quality purposes and recharges the watershed.

5. Exceptions and Exemptions.
a. If an easement conflicts with the installation of street trees, applicants shall provide shrub equivalents. If vegetation of any type, other than grass is prohibited by the easement holder, than the applicant shall be required to provide the required trees elsewhere on site. Relocated street trees shall not be used to satisfy other required landscaping (i.e. building perimeter, open space tract landscaping, buffers etc.) If the applicant and the City determine that site constraints prohibit the relocation of the street trees, then the applicant shall request an administrative adjustment.
b. Columnar trees will be permitted when a hardship is demonstrated, such as in confined planting areas or environmental conditions, and may be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis based on durability and appearance in the location where the tree is to be installed.
c. Existing deciduous street trees in good health and condition may be used to satisfy the street tree requirement if they are part of the curbside landscaping as described in this Section 146-4.7.5.C.
d. Evergreen trees shall not be used as street trees.
D. Street Frontage Landscape Buffers.
1. General.
a. Public and private street frontages shall include landscaping in accordance with this Section 146-4.7.5.D, unless another provision of this UDO or an approved Master Plan or Site Plan provides a different landscaping standard. The requirements of this Section shall be in addition to the required curbside planting (street trees and understory plantings) standards set forth in Section 146-4.7.5.C above.
b. The required depth of a street frontage landscape buffer is measured inward from the back of sidewalk or from a public or private right-of-way when a sidewalk is not present. On private streets with no right-of-way line, the street frontage buffer depth shall be measured inward from the back of the sidewalk or if no sidewalk exists, the buffer is measured from the back of the nearest curb line. See Figure 4.7-13.

Figure 4.7-13: Street Frontage Landscape Buffer Measurement
2. Exceptions.
a. Landscape street frontage buffers for single-family detached and multifamily developments facing an arterial and/or collector street shall measure their street frontage buffer from the back of walk. Refer to Figures 4.7-14 through 4.7-17.
b. Street frontage landscape buffer requirements are not applicable to residential structures as noted in Table 3.2-1 (Permitted Use Table) with the exception of single-family detached homes whose rear lots face an arterial or collector street and multifamily residential developments fronting an arterial or collector street. Refer to Figures 4.7-14 through 4.7-17.

Figure 4.7-14: Arterial Street Frontage Buffer Measurement Detached Straight Walk

Figure 4.7-15: Arterial Street Frontage Buffer Measurement Detached Meandering Walk

Figure 4.7-16: Arterial Street (Painted Median) Frontage Buffer Measurement Detached Straight Walk

Figure 4.7-17: Collector Street Frontage Buffer Measurement Detached Straight Walk
3. Minimum Plant Material Quantities.
a. Along Public or Private Rights-of-Way.
i. All required street frontage landscape buffers shall contain a minimum of one tree and 10 shrubs per 40 linear feet. Where single-family detached residential or multifamily residential abut an arterial or collector street, 50 percent of the trees provided shall be evergreen species. Buffer widths shall be in accordance with Table 4.7.2.
While shrubs may be provided as equivalents for trees as listed in Section 146-4.7.3.B(7), perennials may not be used as equivalents to meet screening requirements. Perennials may be provided as accents but may not count toward the minimum plant quantities. Shrubs and ornamental grasses may only be substituted for trees if the applicant demonstrates to staff that the site is encumbered.
ii. Encumbrances shall include overhead and underground utilities, floodplain, easements, or the like. Self-imposed encumbrances such as drainage swales shall not be deemed encumbrances. Minimum required buffer depths and plant materials shall be required. Plant material shall be a combination of evergreen and deciduous trees and shrubs. Shrubs shall be chosen based upon their ability to provide appropriate screening and shall reach minimum mature height of between three to four feet. No more than 20 percent of the buffer plant material shall be ornamental grasses due to their limited buffering ability during the late fall through summer months. See Figure 4.7-18.

Figure 4.7-18: Street Frontage Landscape Buffer
4. Planting Design. Buffer plant material may not be concentrated in one location within the buffer, but shall be distributed to provide the necessary screening along its entire length. A minimum eight foot wide planting bed shall be maintained from the face of a wall or fence.
5. Encroachments into Buffers. No buildings or portions of buildings including drive lanes, detention ponds, parking stalls, dumpsters, or dumpster enclosures may intrude into the minimum required buffer.
6. Exceptions for Subarea A.
a. Street frontage buffers shall not be required for single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family front yards and corner side yards visible from public view.
b. Street buffers are not required adjacent to public or private park land.
c. Properties in the MU-OA zone district area not required to comply with the street frontage buffer standards in this Section 146-4.7.5.D but are required to comply with the standards in Section 146-2.4.4 (Mixed-Use -- Original Aurora District (MU-OA).
d. Properties within the Havana Overlay District shall not be required to comply with the street frontage buffer standards within this section, with the exception that grasses and perennials may not be provided as shrub equivalents for trees. Shrubs may only be provided as equivalents for trees when the site is encumbered. Encumbrances shall include overhead and underground utilities, floodplain, easements, or the like. Self-imposed encumbrances such as drainage swales shall not be deemed encumbrances. Minimum required buffer depths and plant materials shall be required. Plant material shall be a combination of evergreen and deciduous trees and shrubs. Shrubs shall be chosen based upon their ability to provide appropriate screening and shall reach a minimum mature height of between three to four feet. No more than 20 percent of the buffer plant material shall be ornamental grasses due to their limited buffering ability during the late fall through summer months. All other street frontage buffer requirements shall be required to comply with the standards in Section 146-2.6.7 (Havana Street Overlay (-HSO)).
e. The MU-OA, MU-FB, MU-TOD, and MU-R zone districts call for intensive types of development that might be associated with an urban center, transit oriented development or main street. Such districts emphasize pedestrian friendly design, traditional main streets, mixing of uses and the creation of unique places. Development in such places is often characterized in part by relatively short blocks, narrow lots and narrow to zero building setbacks on the fronts and sides of the lots. Strict adherence to the requirements for setbacks or buffers as described in this UDO could limit the achievement of the purposes of such districts. Such development can benefit from flexibility in otherwise generally applicable zoning standards. The Planning Director may approve a modification of street frontage buffer standards in these zone districts pursuant to Section 146-5.4.4.F (Administrative Adjustments).
7. Exceptions for Subareas B and C.
a. All development and redevelopment shall meet the street frontage buffer requirements except when residential uses abut an arterial and collector street whose buffer depths shall be measured from the flow line. Refer to Figures Figure 4.7-14: Arterial Street Frontage Buffer Measurement Detached Straight Walk through 4.7-17.
b. When a tract platted as a private common space tract is 20 feet or less in depth and separates the rear lot lines of a residential development from an arterial or collector street, then a street buffer is required meeting the standards of this Section 146-4.7.5.D and Figures 4.7-14 through 4.7-17 is required.
c. Where residential rear lots abut a private common space tract and the separation between the residential rear lot line and the arterial or collector street is greater than 20 feet, no street buffer is required, but the private common open space/tract landscaping standards in Section 146-4.7.5.I shall apply. See Figure 4.7-14.
d. Street frontage landscape buffers shall not be required for single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family front yards and corner side yards visible from public view.
e. Street frontage landscape buffers are not required adjacent to public or private park land.

Figure 4.7-19: Street Buffer for Homeowners’ Association Tracts Abutting Public or Private Streets
8. Fence and Wall Placement.
a. Where screen walls and fences are placed within a street frontage buffer, they shall be placed at the inward edge of the buffer or berm and shall not be used to reduce the buffer width to a distance less than the prescribed buffer or to prohibit the installation of the required landscaping unless permitted as stated in Table 4.7-2. Required buffer plantings shall be installed on the exterior or street-facing side of the buffer.
b. If a wall or fence is provided along the rear property lines of residential homes along a street frontage, the required landscape buffer shall be provided within a designated lot or tract owned by a homeowners’ association or Title 32 District. The tract containing the buffer and the plant material shall be located on the exterior or street-facing side of the wall or fence. Access for future maintenance and irrigation shall be provided by the property owner, homeowners’ association, or Title 32 District.
c. If a wall or fence is provided along the rear property lines of residential homes along a street frontage and there is a designated easement abutting the rear lots, a landscape buffer shall be provided within the developer’s property or within a separate dedicated easement behind the public right-of-way approved by the Planning Director as consistent with other easements and service requirements. Access for future maintenance and irrigation shall be provided by the property owner, homeowners’ association, or Title 32 District.
d. Side yard fences and walls placed at corner lots of single-family, two-family, and single-family detached homes may be placed at the minimum fence setback line allowed by Section 146-4.7.9 (Fence and Wall Regulations).
e. For fence and wall setback and material requirements along arterial, collector and other public and private streets and alleys, see Section 146-4.7.9 (Fence and Wall Regulations).
E. Non-Street Perimeter Buffers.
1. General.
a. Non-street perimeter buffers occur along property lines with no street frontages. Non-street perimeter buffer requirements within the MU-OA zone district shall focus on screening surface parking lots, loading areas and drive-through lanes.
b. All new development or redevelopment proposed adjacent to dedicated public park land and open space areas, including trail corridors, within Subarea A, B or C shall provide the required buffer in accordance with the Section 146-4.7.5.H (Special Landscape Buffers for Development Adjacent to I-70, I-225, E-470, Public Parks, Open Space, and Trails).
c. Plant material shall be a combination of evergreen and deciduous trees and shrubs. Shrubs shall be chosen based upon their ability to provide appropriate screening and shall be selected to reach a mature height of between four and five feet. While upright junipers are commonly used for buffers, alternative plant materials shall be integrated that are better suited to winter snow loads and provide year round visual interest such as the following:
i. Evergreen Trees: Compact White Spruce, Bakeri and Fastigiata Spruce, Emerald Arrow and Mint Truffle Bosnian Pine, Columnar Austrian Pine
ii. Deciduous Trees: Columnar oaks, upright Norway Maple, Tallhedge Buckthorn, Tower Poplar, Columnar Purple Plum
2. Plant Quantities.
a. Commercial and Industrial Buffers.
i. Commercial or industrial buffers adjacent to commercial, industrial, or other non-residential developments shall include one tree and five shrubs per 40 linear feet of buffer. At least 30 percent of the tree species shall be evergreen.
ii. Commercial and industrial buffers proposed adjacent to residential development shall include one tree and five shrubs for each 25 linear feet of buffer and 50 percent of the trees shall be evergreen species.
iii. Plant sizes shall be increased to three-inch caliper for deciduous shade trees and eight feet tall for evergreen trees between non-residential and residential uses.
iv. While shrubs may be provided as equivalents for trees as listed in Section 146-4.7.3.B(7), perennials may not be used as equivalents to meet screening requirements. Perennials may be provided as accents but may not count toward the minimum plant quantities. Shrubs and ornamental grasses may only be submitted for trees if the applicant demonstrates to staff that the site is encumbered.
Encumbrances shall include overhead and underground utilities, floodplain, easements, or the like. Self-imposed encumbrances such as drainage swales shall not be deemed encumbrances. Minimum required buffer depths and plant materials shall be required. No more than 20 percent of the buffer plant material shall be ornamental grasses due to their limited ability to buffer during the late fall through summer months.

Figure 4.7-20: Commercial and Industrial Uses Adjacent to Commercial and Industrial Uses
b. Residential Buffers.
i. Residential development proposed adjacent to industrial, commercial, commercial mixed-use properties, and all other non-residential properties shall include one tree and five shrubs for each 25 linear feet of buffer and 50 percent of the trees shall be evergreen species. See Figure 4.7-21.
ii. When multifamily dwellings are located abutting lots containing any Household Living use listed in Table 4.3-1, the multifamily dwelling use shall provide one tree and five shrubs for each 40 linear feet of buffer.
iii. Plant sizes shall be increased to three inch caliper for deciduous shade trees and eight feet tall for evergreen trees between non-residential and residential uses.
iv. While shrubs may be provided as equivalents for trees as listed in Section 146-4.7.3.B(7), perennials may not be used as equivalents to meet screening requirements. Perennials may be provided as accents but may not count toward the minimum plant quantities. Shrubs and ornamental grasses may only be submitted for trees if the applicant demonstrates to staff that the site is encumbered.
Encumbrances shall include overhead and underground utilities, floodplain, easements, or the like. Self-imposed encumbrances such as drainage swales shall not be deemed encumbrances. Minimum required buffer depths and plant materials shall be required. No more than 20 percent of the buffer plant material shall be ornamental grasses due to their limited ability to buffer during the late fall through summer months.

Figure 4.7-21: Residential Uses Adjacent to Non-residential Uses
3. Buffer Exceptions for Subareas A, B, and C. The following exceptions apply to development on individual lots or parcels.
a. Non-street perimeter buffers shall not be required between the same or differing land uses within multiple phases of a single approved Master Plan.
b. Non-street perimeter buffers shall not be required between the same land use categories, as shown in Table 146-3.2-1 (Permitted Use Table) located in two adjacent approved Master Plans.
c. Alternatives to non-street perimeter buffers adjacent to active rail lines may be approved on a case-by-case basis if the Planning Director determines that compliance with standards of this Section 146-4.7.5.E (Non-street Perimeter Buffers) is impracticable due to rail-related maintenance operations associated with vegetative management. Approved alternatives shall meet one of the following standards, or a combination of them, as approved by the Planning Director:
i. Required plant material for the buffer shall be distributed elsewhere on site; or
ii. A minimum of 30 percent of the required plant material required to comply with other landscaping standards in this Section 146-4.7 (Landscape, Water Conservation, Storm water Management), including but not limited to street perimeter, building perimeter, or detention pond landscaping, shall be upsized to compensate for the missing buffer plant material.
d. Within the MU-OA zone district, proposed development and redevelopment shall be exempt from required non-street perimeter buffer standards in Table 4.7-2. Instead, all developments and redevelopments shall comply with the buffer requirements as defined in Tables 2.4-8 and 2.4-9 in Section 146-2.4.4.
4. Encroachments into Buffers. No buildings or portions of buildings including drive lanes, structured or unstructured detention ponds, parking stalls, dumpsters, or dumpster enclosures may encroach into the minimum required buffer.
5. Fence and Wall Placement.
a. Where screen walls and fences are permitted between property lines, they shall be placed at the inward edge of the buffer and shall not be used as a mechanism to reduce the buffer width less than required or prohibit the installation of the required landscaping unless permitted as stated in Table 4.7-2.
b. Fences and walls may be used in combination with berming in order to negate the appearance of fence and wall canyons. Fences shall be on the inward side of the berm or buffer with plant material placement on the exterior side of the wall or fence.
c. If a wall or fence is chosen as a buffer reduction feature or for the screening of outdoor storage and the adjacent property has an existing fence or wall, the installation of a new fence or wall may be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis to ensure maintenance access between the two fences. If approved, landscape shall be located on the interior side of the proposed wall or fence, or distributed to other areas of the site, as approved by the Planning Director based on effectiveness as a visual buffer and appearance from abutting streets or lots. Access for future maintenance and irrigation shall be provided by the property owner, homeowners’ association, or Title 32 District.
d. If the Planning Director determines that an existing fence on an adjoining lot may be used as a buffer reduction feature, the Director may require that the amount of buffer plant material being installed by the new development be increased in order to provide the same level of visual and sound buffering that would have been achieved through the installation of a second wall or fence.
F. Required Landscape Buffer Widths and Allowed Reductions. Buffer widths may be reduced when landscape incentive features are provided in addition to landscaping requirements otherwise required by this UDO. The required landscape buffer widths and permitted reductions in the Table below apply to all portions of Subareas A, B, and C except the following:
1. The MU-OA zone district.
2. If a required buffer width is already located between a proposed residential use and multifamily or a non-residential use, then the residential development shall only be required to provide one-half the standard buffer width. Required plant quantities shall remain the same.
G. Buffer Widths and Allowed Reduction Table.
1. All development and redevelopment shall comply with the provisions of Table 4.7-2 unless an exception or alternative standard is included in this UDO.
Table 4.7-2 Required Landscaping Buffer Widths and Allowed Reductions (N.A. = not applicable) | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Residential [1] | Multifamily | Institutional [2] | Office, Commercial and Mixed-Use | Industrial | |
STANDARD DESIGN [3] Plant material quantities per code requirements. Standard design means without buffer reduction incentive features. | |||||
At ROW [4] [5] [6] | N.A. | 20 feet | 10 feet | 20 feet | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: 10 feet |
At adjacent residential property lines | N.A. | 15 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet |
At adjacent multifamily property lines | 15 feet | 15 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 20 feet |
At adjacent non-residential property lines | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 10 feet | 18 feet |
Adjacent to E-470, I-225, and I-70 | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet |
Adjacent to Parks & Open Space [7] | N.A. [8] | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet |
INCENTIVE FEATURES TO REDUCE BUFFER WIDTHS [9] Low Hedge or Berm with Hedge Hedge: 3 to 4 foot high hedge planted in a triangular pattern in a double row with shrubs three feet on center. Berm: Must be a minimum of 3 feet in height. Slope no steeper than 1:3 rise: run. Berm to include the above noted hedge plant material. | |||||
At ROW | N.A. | 18 feet | 9 feet | 15 feet | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: N.A. |
Low Wall Standard design plus 3 to 4 foot high masonry wall with landscaping on exterior side. | |||||
At ROW | N.A. | 15 feet | 6 feet | 10 feet | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: N.A. |
Tall Landscape Screen [10] Tall landscape screen shall consist of one of the following: (1) A mixture of evergreen shrubs planted 42" on center and deciduous trees planted 25' on center; (2) A row of evergreen trees planted no less than 20' - 25' on center with deciduous and evergreen shrubs interspersed. | |||||
At ROW | N.A. | N.A. | N.A. | N.A. | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: 8 feet |
At adjacent residential property lines | N.A. | 12 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet |
At adjacent multifamily property lines | 12 feet | 10 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 18 feet |
At adjacent non-residential property lines | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 5 feet | 15 feet |
Adjacent to E-470, I-225, and I-70 | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet |
Fences [11] [12] Standard design plus six-foot fence per the fence code Section 4.7.9 with landscaping on exterior side | |||||
At ROW | 20’ [10] | N.A. | N.A. | N.A. | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: 8 feet |
At adjacent residential property lines | N.A. | 10 feet | 18 feet | 18 feet | 18 feet |
At adjacent multifamily property lines | 10 feet | 10 feet | 18 feet | 18 feet | 18 feet |
At adjacent non-residential property lines | 18 feet | 18 feet | 18 feet | 5 feet | 12 feet |
Adjacent to E-470, I-225, and I-70 | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 20 feet | 15 feet |
Masonry Walls Standard design plus six-foot masonry wall with landscaping on exterior side | |||||
At ROW | 20' [11] | N.A. | N.A. | N.A. | Arterial ROW: 25 feet Other Public ROW: 6 feet |
At adjacent residential property lines | N.A. | N.A. | 12 feet | 15 feet | 12 feet |
At adjacent multifamily property lines | N.A. | N.A. | 12 feet | 12 feet | 12 feet |
At adjacent non-residential property lines | 15 feet | 12 feet | 12 feet | N.A. | N.A. |
Adjacent to E-470, I-225, and I-70 | 15 feet | 15 feet | 15 feet | 15 feet | 15 feet |
[1] Includes all residential uses listed in Table 3.2-1 (Permitted Use Table) except multifamily dwellings. |
[2] Includes all institutional uses listed in Table 3.2-1 (Permitted Use Table) except parks and open spaces. |
[3] Standard design refers to the required plant material per linear foot of required buffer. |
[4] Buffer reductions are not permitted for industrial developments along arterial streets. |
[5] When an Urban Street Frontage is proposed, with no intervening vehicular area between the building and street, no street frontage buffers are required. |
[6] Where the rear lots of single-family detached and multifamily abut an arterial or collector roadway, a 20-foot-wide landscape setback is required in accordance with Section 146-4.7.9.H. Buffer reductions are not permitted for multifamily dwelling units adjacent to arterial and collector streets. |
[7] Buffer reductions are not permitted adjacent to parks, trails, or open space. |
[8] Single-family residential developments are exempt from the 25-foot buffer except under those circumstances noted in Section 146-4.7.5.H(2)(b)(iii). |
[9] Landscape plant material quantities shall remain the same regardless of any approved reduction in buffer width. |
[10] For a tall landscape screen, deciduous trees and evergreen trees shall mature to a height of 15-25 feet tall, and shrubs shall mature to an average height of five feet tall. If option 2 in Table 4.7-2 is chosen, then 50 percent of the buffer trees shall be evergreen species. |
[11] Fences and masonry walls shall not be permitted as a buffer reduction feature installed along the rear lots of homes adjacent to arterial and collector streets. |
[12] Parallel fencing along adjoining properties shall be avoided to the maximum extent practicable to avoid inefficiencies in maintaining either fence. If two parallel fences are necessary, a minimum separation of 10 feet shall be maintained for maintenance purposes. |
2. The incentive features listed in Table 4.7-2 are illustrated below.
a. Hedge

b. Berm with Hedge

c. Low Wall

d. Tall Landscape Screen

e. Fence and/or Masonry Wall

H. Special Landscape Buffers for Development Adjacent to I-70, I-225, E-470, Public Parks, Open Space, and Trails.
1. General.
a. The following additional standards apply to development adjacent to E-470, I-225, I-70, and public parks, open space, and trails. The purpose of these standards is to require a level of landscape quality with aesthetic characteristics appropriate for areas with high public visibility based on the type of adjacent landscape and uses. If the standards of this Section 146-4.7.5.H conflict with other buffer requirements in Section 146-4.7, the provisions of this Section 146-4.7.5.H shall apply.
b. Landscaping shall include one tree and 10 shrubs per 25 linear feet of frontage when the site contains industrial development, and one tree and 10 shrubs per 30 feet when the site contains any other type of development.
c. The encroachment of buildings or portions of buildings including porches and patios, trash enclosures, dumpsters, parking lots and internal vehicular drives, sidewalks and detention and water quality pond infrastructure into landscape buffers is prohibited. Exceptions to this rule in the case of public parks, open space and trail buffers, including the provision of trail connections and sidewalks, may be made on a case-by-case basis by the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department based on unique site conditions and alternatives to those impacts, including any proposed mitigation measures.
i. The provision of trail connections through public park, open space and trail buffers is generally permitted, but at those locations approved by the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department based on trail connectivity, public safety, and appearance.
ii. Sidewalks which provide access to the primary entry to residential uses may be permitted in public park, open space and trail buffers, provided the sidewalk is set back a minimum of 10 feet from the property line of the adjacent park, open space or trail.
2. Buffer Standards for Areas Adjacent to Public Parks, Open Space, and Trails
a. These regulations apply to all development adjacent to public parks and open space areas and trails under the jurisdiction of the City, including lands that Title 32 Districts, homeowners’ associations, business associations, or other entities manage for public use and benefit to comply with City land dedication requirement for park and open spaces purposes.
b. The following buffer standards shall apply to buffer and screen public use areas and to minimize potential adverse impacts from adjacent land uses.
i. A 25 foot wide buffer shall be required, and plantings shall not encroach past the property line into the designated public use property.
ii. Buffer width reductions are not permitted for buffers adjacent to public open spaces, public parks, and public trails.
iii. Single-family detached residential developments shall be exempt from the buffer requirement, except when the rear yards of residential lots abut an open space or park that has sensitive natural features or is part of a special habitat area, in which case a buffer consistent with the protection needs of the resource or the planned ecological character for the habitat shall be required.
iv. The landscape design of buffers consisting of all living material including trees, shrubs, grasses, and groundcovers and non-living materials including boulders, cobble, rock, and wood chips/mulch and the proposed grading for buffers shall be coordinated with and approved by the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department.
v. The Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Department may approve a landscape design having less plant material than required by the buffer standards based on the existing or proposed character and management objectives of the adjacent park, open space or trail, without the need for the applicant to obtain a Hardship Variance pursuant to Section 146-5.4.4.A or an Administrative Adjustment pursuant to Section 146-5.4.4.F.
vi. If a fence is proposed as an aesthetic enhancement or a functional element of a buffer, it must comply with standards of Section 146-4.7.9.K (Fences and Walls Along Open Space Tracts, Parks, Reservoirs, Golf Courses, Trails, and Drainage Ways.).
vii. If a wall is proposed to retain or transition surrounding grade as part of the buffer, the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department may specify the material and method of construction to ensure compatibility with the character of the adjacent public use area. Walls must be contained within the buffer and not extend onto park or open space property.
viii. The Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Department may require that buffers be left undisturbed and be maintained and managed in a natural state to supplement an adjoining open space area or natural feature if resource management objectives support conservation of the acreage.
3. Buffer Standards for Areas Adjacent to the E-470 Multi-Use Easement
If not specifically stated in a Master Plan, buffer locations shall be determined by the E-470 Authority based upon the proposed use of their multi-use easement.
a. Outside the E-470 Multi-Use Easement. Required trees shall consist of large deciduous shade tree species and large evergreen tree species. At least 50 percent of required trees shall be evergreen species and shrubs may consist of tall deciduous species and evergreen species planted a minimum of five feet on center.
b. Within the E-470 Multi-Use Easement. Landscaping shall include a combination of dryland grasses, trees, and shrubs. A minimum of 50 percent of the required trees shall be evergreen species.
c. Spacing of Plantings. Like tree species may be grouped with spacing not less than 25 feet on center for small deciduous trees; 35 feet on center for large deciduous trees; and 15 feet on center for evergreen trees. The maximum distance between groups may not exceed 45 feet on center. Planting a single row of trees the full length of the buffer is prohibited. Shrubs shall be massed and planted between the tree groups.
I. Private Common Open Space/Tract Landscaping.
1. General. In all development, areas of land that have been disturbed during construction and are required or designated to be preserved and protected from future development for non-public active and passive recreation areas and facilities, trails, wildlife habitat, or the preservation of view corridors and natural land features, shall be landscaped in accordance with Subsections 2 and 3 below.
2. Minimum Plant Material Quantities. All private common open space not defined as street buffers shall contain a minimum of one tree and 10 shrubs (or the approved tree and shrub equivalents as listed in Section 146-4.7.3.B.7 per 4,000 square feet.
3. Exceptions. The calculation of required plant material in such open spaces excludes areas of the 100 year floodplain, floodways, lakes and ponds, undisturbed marshes, wetlands and detention and water quality ponds.
J. Building Perimeter Landscaping.
1. General. Building perimeter landscaping shall be required for multifamily, single-family attached (townhouse), and non-residential developments. Plantings shall be arranged to screen utility hardware and mechanical equipment, define entrances, and soften featureless walls. Building perimeter landscaping shall be located in conjunction with site furniture in order to enhance entrances. Trees and/or tall growing shrub species shall be located within shrub beds at building corners, primary entrances and along expanses of walls. Sites having expansive soils requiring specialized landscaping, irrigation techniques and concepts in order to comply with these standards shall not be exempt from building perimeter landscape requirements found in this Section.
2. Non-residential and Mixed-Use Structures.
a. Requirements. Building perimeter landscaping is required for all non-residential buildings in Subareas A (excluding the MU-OA zone district), B and C when said building elevations face public streets, transportation corridors, public open space, residential neighborhoods, or whenever an entrance door is present. Applicants shall provide one tree or tree equivalent for each 40 linear feet of elevation length. Measurements are not cumulative but shall be measured per side of the building
i. Ornamental grasses may comprise up to 25 percent of the total shrub requirement.
b. Exceptions. Urban Street Frontages and portions of building perimeters occupied by service and/or loading dock doors are not required to comply with this Section 146-4.7.5.J.
c. Types and Locations.
i. Building perimeter landscaping shall be located within 20 feet of the building face unless prevented by loading docks.
ii. Building perimeter landscaping may be installed in plant beds or raised planters. Plant beds located adjacent to building foundations shall be a minimum of five feet wide. The length shall be determined by the number of plants that are needed to meet code requirements. Planters shall be sized to accommodate the required plantings and ensure survivability.
iii. Containers shall be constructed of materials that are durable, compatible, and complement the architecture of the building. The number of required containers shall be based on tree equivalents as found in this Section.
iv. Landscaped parking lot islands located within 20 feet of the building elevation may be counted towards building perimeter landscaping.
d. Parking Structures.
i. Subarea A. The installation of perimeter landscape around parking garages for infill and redevelopment sites is not always feasible due to existing site constraints. When this occurs, the applicant shall provide architectural enhancements to the parking structure in the form of decorative, ventilated walls and grill work to effectively obscure automobile and interior lighting from the exterior. Refer to Section 146-4.6.5.E (Parking Garage Design) for further suggested buffer/landscape treatments.
ii. Subareas B and C. Architectural enhancements such as screen and landscape walls as well as art may be used in combination with foundation plantings to create a highly effective buffer and screen. Plant quantities, types, and locations shall comply with standards as noted in Subsections 2.a and 2.c above. Landscaping shall be required along all building faces. If overlapping landscape requirements occur such as building perimeter, street and non-street frontage buffers, the more restrictive requirement shall be applicable and may count for meeting both requirements.


3. Multifamily and Single-family Attached (Townhome) Residential Structures.
a. Requirements. Building perimeter landscaping is required for all multifamily and single-family townhome residential dwellings. Landscaping shall consist of a variety of plant material that will ensure seasonal interest.
b. Types and Locations.
i. Plant beds shall be an average of six feet wide and shall consist of landscaping, mulch, and metal edging. Edger shall be provided when adjacent to turf and rock mulched areas.
ii. Perimeter plantings shall consist of a total number of plants equal to 1.25 plants per five linear feet of unit perimeter footage, of which:
(a) At least five percent are a mixture of evergreen and deciduous trees;
(b) At least 15 percent are tall shrubs with a mature height of at least six feet; and
(c) Up to 80 percent are a mixture of evergreen and deciduous shrubs chosen to create seasonal interest. See Figure 4.7-22.

Figure 4.7-22: Building Perimeter Landscaping
c. Garages. For projects with detached garages or carports, landscaped islands a minimum of five feet in width shall be provided along the full width of both ends of the garages and/or carports. See Figure 4.7-23.

Figure 4.7-23: Perimeter Landscape for Detached Garages or Carports for Multifamily and Single-Family Attached Uses
K. Parking Lot Landscaping. The following standards apply to surface Parking Lots. Parking Garages shall comply with Section 146-4.7.5.J (Building Perimeter Landscaping).
1. General.
a. Internal parking lot landscaping shall be required for parking lots containing more than 10 parking spaces.
b. Screening of parking lots is required in all Subareas, and zone districts, and is not dependent upon the number of parking stalls or parking lot size.
c. Trees shall not be eliminated due to the placement of light poles in parking lot islands or parking lot perimeter landscaping.
d. No interior portion of a parking lot may contain turf, native seed, or artificial turf.
e. Parking lot landscaping MU-OA zone district shall focus on perimeter screening of the parking lot. Trees shall be provided, at a minimum, at the ends of parking rows on the exterior or perimeter of the parking lot. Interior parking lot landscaping shall be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis to balance the need for landscaping consistent with the purpose of the MU-OA zone district with the competing requirements for fire lanes, adequate parking, access and development potential of small infill and redevelopment parcels.
2. Parking Lot Layout.
a. All surface parking lots shall comply with the park standards in Section 146-4.6.5.D (Parking Lot Layout and Design).
b. To the extent consistent with other standards in this UDO and to the maximum extent practicable, all surface parking lots shall be designed to minimize negative visual impacts from adjacent primary roadways and properties.
c. To the maximum extent practicable, on-site drainage shall be integrated into the parking lot planting islands and perimeter planting areas as a means of treating storm water for water quality purposes in accordance with Public Works and Aurora Water criteria and Figure 4.7-24.

Figure 4.7-24: Parking Lot Stormwater Treatment Design



3. Interior Parking Lot Landscaping.
a. No parking row shall exceed 15 parking spaces without an intervening landscaped island, median or landscaped peninsula.
b. All rows of parking spaces shall be provided with a terminal landscape island to protect parked vehicles, provide visibility, confine moving traffic to aisles and driveways, and provide space for landscaping.
c. Each landscaped island shall be protected by raised concrete curbs, which shall include openings at grade as necessary to allow storm water to flow into any below grade landscaped swales. The planting area per tree shall be not less than nine foot by 19 foot for a single island and not less than nine foot by 38 foot for a double island. See Figures 4.7-24 through 4.7-26.
d. Interior parking lot islands shall be provided with a minimum of one canopy shade tree per nine foot by 19 foot island and two canopy shade trees per nine foot by 38 foot double island.
e. Ornamental trees may be used as accents at the ends of parking rows, but shall not be used as the primary shade tree within the parking lot.
f. In addition to trees, grasses (maximum 30 percent per island) and shrubs shall be provided at a ratio of six plants per nine-by-19-foot island or 12 plants per nine-by-38-foot island. Plant materials shall be sited appropriately to not exceed the confines of the planting area. Perennials may be provided as accents but may not be used to satisfy the parking lot island landscape requirements.

Figure 4.7-25: 9 foot by 18 foot Landscape Island Typical


Figure 4.7-26: 9 foot by 38 foot Landscape Island Typical

g. Landscaped islands may be mulched with either wood or rock mulch. The use of white rock mulch or crusher fines is prohibited. The use of crusher fines for pedestrian connectivity to an adjoining walk will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
h. No portion of the required parking lot island landscaping may be displaced by lighting, trash enclosures, recycling containers, transformers, fire hydrants, vacuum equipment or other mechanical equipment.
i. Where shared parking lots serve two or more adjacent lots, the requirements for perimeter landscaping between shall be determined by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis to prevent parking lots on two adjacent lots from appearing as one large expanse of paving.
j. Solar panels may be installed in lieu of parking islands. Trees shall be required around the perimeter of the parking lot and in terminal islands at the ends of parking rows.

4. Parking Block Design.
a. No more than 120 parking spaces or two parking rows maximum. Provide a landscaped median 20 feet in width with a pedestrian walk. See Figure 4.7-27.

Figure 4.7-27: Landscape Areas in Surface Parking Lots


b. Parking lot medians shall be landscaped with one shade tree per 30 linear feet of median length and one or more understory treatments that may include mulch, mulched shrub beds or decorative rock mulch. Shrubs shall be provided at a ratio of six shrubs per 36 linear feet of median. Shrubs may be grouped.


c. Landscaping shall be protected from vehicles by the placement of wheel stops, curbs, or other acceptable means. If wheel stops are not used, the landscape bed shall not be reduced by two or more feet to accommodate vehicle overhang. If a pedestrian walkway is used for vehicle overhang, then the walk shall be widened by two feet.
d. Whenever pedestrians must cross internal landscaped medians, the median shall be landscaped with a combination of hardscape materials and living plant material. Hardscape shall consist of concrete, modular pavers or decorative stamped and integral colored concrete.
5. Parking Lot Perimeter Screening.
a. Parking lots shall be visually screened along public rights-of-way, private streets, as well as from open space, and adjacent property. Such screening can be integrated into buffer requirements and is not in addition to such buffer requirements when the buffer and parking lot screening overlap with one another.
b. When not integrated as part of a required buffer, a minimum four foot buffer width shall be provided for screening around the perimeter of all parking lots.
c. Parking lots may be screened by one or more of the following methods:
i. A berm between three and four feet high with a maximum slope of 3 in1 in combination with evergreen and deciduous trees and shrubs. Screening shall be integrated with incentive features and streetscape plantings whenever possible.
ii. In lieu of berms, a low continuous landscaped hedge between three and four feet high consisting of a double row of shrubs planted 3 feet on center in a triangular pattern. See Figures 4.7-28 and 4.7-29.
iii. A decorative masonry wall three feet high in combination with shrubs, ornamental grasses, and perennials. Plant material shall be placed on the exterior side of the wall.
iv. Openings in screening may be permitted to allow access ways and for drainage purposes.
v. Plant material used for screening shall achieve required opacity within three years of construction of the vehicular use area to be screened.

Figure 4.7-28: Parking Lot Screening

Figure 4.7-29: A Low Wall in Combination with Landscaping to Screen the Parking Lot
d. Shrubs species shall be chosen that will reach a minimum height of three feet at maturity. At least 50 percent of the shrubs shall be deciduous flowering species. Whenever parking lots abut public open space plant materials shall be selected that are compatible with the natural character of the area.
e. Large shade and evergreen tree species and/or small trees or large shrub species shall be used as accents throughout the screen planting in conjunction with buffer and street frontage plantings to offset the horizontal lines of a typical shrub bed. At least one tree per 40 linear feet of parking lot perimeter.
f. Ornamental grasses shall not be used to screen parking lots.
6. Surface Parking Lots as a Primary Use. In addition to the standards in Subsections 1 through 5 above, surface parking lots as a primary use of land shall comply with the following standards. If the standards in this Section 146-4.7.5.K.6 conflict with standards in Subsections 1 through 5 above, the provisions of this Subsection 6 shall apply.
a. Interior Landscaping. Developments whose primary purpose is for outdoor recreational vehicle storage, car sales, or airport parking are exempt from these requirements or have modified interior parking lot landscape requirements as noted below.
i. Outdoor recreational vehicle storage and car sales
Only patron and/or employee parking areas are required to comply with the interior parking lot landscape requirements in Section 146-4.7.5.K.3.
ii. Airport parking.
(a) All parking rows shall be provided with a terminal landscaped island to protect parked vehicles, confine and direct moving traffic to aisles and driveways and provide space for landscaping.
(b) Terminal end islands shall be provided with a minimum of one canopy large shade tree per nine foot by 19 foot island and two canopy large shade trees per nine foot by 38 foot island. Large canopy shade trees shall be those that achieve a minimum crown width of 25 feet at maturity.
b. Perimeter Landscaping (Screening). A landscape buffer is required to provide the following types of screening for all outdoor recreational vehicle storage facilities, motor vehicle and light truck sales and rental facilities and airport-related parking lots:
i. Car Sales. Street and non-street frontage buffers shall be required for those portions of the development not being used for car sales/advertising immediately adjacent to a public or private street frontage and non-street frontage. Screening shall be provided in accordance with the required parking lot screening requirements and/or required non-street frontage buffer requirements as defined in Section 146-4.7.5.E (Non-Street Perimeter Buffers) and 146-4.7.5.K.5 (Parking Lot Perimeter Screening). For developments located within the Havana Overlay District, refer to Section 146-2.6.7 for street frontage landscaping requirements.
ii. Airport Parking Facilities. A landscape buffer shall be provided along the perimeter of all airport-related parking lots in accordance with the buffer requirements in Section 146-4.7.5.D (Street Frontage Landscape Buffers) and 146-4.7.5.E (Non-Street Perimeter Buffers). If a fence is installed for security, the fence shall be set back a minimum of 25 feet from the back of walk or property line. A 25 foot wide buffer shall be provided and the fence shall be placed on the inward edge of the buffer.
L. Site Entryways and Intersections.
1. Distinctive landscaped areas shall be provided at project entries and at intersections of public streets adjacent to proposed development, and those areas may be counted toward street buffer requirements. If specific guidance has not been provided within an approved Master Plan, then a design shall be provided at the time of Site Plan submission.

2. Entryway landscaping shall be installed within the MU-OA zone district to the maximum extent practicable given the existing site conditions and the extent of redevelopment occurring on each lot. Site entry landscaping shall consist of plant specimens having a high degree of visual interest during all seasons. A mixture of shrubs, flowers, and/or ground cover shall be planted around sign bases and at curb returns near site entrances, and shall be located in plant beds that are edged and mulched.
M. Detention and Water Quality Ponds.
1. General. Detention and water quality ponds shall be integrated physically, functionally and aesthetically into the total landscape design. Standing water shall be avoided to the maximum extent practicable, unless part of an existing recirculating water feature or located in wetland vegetated areas.
2. Slopes. Generally, vegetated slopes shall not exceed one foot of rise to three feet of run (3 to 1). All pond turf areas shall be properly drained. Any mowed slope that is within a public right-of-way or any area proposed to be maintained by the public shall be no steeper than one foot of rise to four feet of run (4 to 1). If retaining walls are installed, they shall comply with the standards in Section 146-4.7.9.T (Retaining Walls).
3. Pond Grading. Pond grading shall be designed to accommodate access for maintenance. Rockscaped or riprap slopes are only permitted when necessary for erosion control. All riprap areas not receiving direct flows shall be buried and seeded.
4. Landscape of Areas Surrounding Detention, Retention, and Water Quality Ponds. The area within the tract surrounding a pond shall contain a minimum of one tree and10 shrubs or the approved tree and shrub equivalents as listed in Subsection 2.1.1.A per 4,000 square feet above the 100 year water surface elevation. The 100 year water surface elevation shall be indicated on the landscape plan. The bottom of ponds shall be seeded and/or planted with water tolerant seed or plant materials that are capable of handling occasional water inundation. Plantings of willows and other wetland plant materials shall be included to the maximum extent practicable. The following areas may be deducted from tract square footage before calculating landscape requirements:
a. Area within 100-year floodplain.
b. Area within floodways.
c. Surface area of lakes and ponds.
d. Area within undisturbed marshes and wetlands.
5. Detention Ponds in Urban Landscapes. In the UC-TOD Core and MU-OA-MS subdistrict, detention, retention, and water quality ponds shall not be located adjacent to the street or back of walk unless the City Engineer determines that alternative on site or off-site locations are not available or are impracticable. All detention, retention, and water quality ponds shall be integrated physically, functionally, and aesthetically into the total landscape design.

N. Drive-Through Screening Adjacent to Street Frontages. A wall between 42 and 48 inches in height shall be provided to mitigate noise and minimize the visual impacts associated with on-site signs with speakers as well as screen drive-through aisles, service areas and stacking lanes from abutting public or private street rights-of-way. The wall shall match or complement the colors, materials and aesthetic theming of the main structure. Landscaping consisting of low shrubs shall be provided along the exterior or street side to soften the appearance of the wall. Screen walls may be located within any required buffer setbacks.
O. Medians. All medians in the public street rights-of-way that are to be maintained by the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department (PROS) shall be landscaped in accordance with the PROS Dedication and Development Criteria Manual. A copy of the manual is available on the City’s website. The applicant shall prepare median design and construction drawings for submission to PROS for review and approval independent of the required Site Plan submittal to the Planning and Development Services Department. A separate review fee is collected by PROS at time of submission. Coordinate with PROS on specific submittal requirements.
All medians in the public street rights-of-way that are to be privately owned and maintained by a homeowner’s association or Title 32 District may be landscaped in accordance with the PROS Dedication and Development Criteria Manual or shall be landscaped at a minimum in accordance with the following requirements:
Trees: One deciduous canopy/shade tree (two and one-half inches) or ornamental tree (two inches) every 35 feet on average. At least half of the trees shall be canopy or shade trees. Evergreen trees are not permitted within medians unless a narrow species is selected and preapproved by Planning staff. Ornamental trees may be grouped closer together to achieve a specific aesthetic look.
Shrubs: Shrubs shall be provided at a ratio of six shrubs per 36 linear feet of median. Shrub installation size shall be five-gallon containers.
Ornamental Grasses: Ornamental grasses may be provided but may not count for more than 30 percent of the total shrub quantity. Ornamental grass installation shall be five-gallon containers.
Water-Wise Xeric Grass Species/Native Seed: Native seed may be provided in combination with shrubs, ornamental grasses, water-wise xeric grass species and trees at a ratio of six shrubs per 36 linear feet of median. The shrub quantity is calculated first and the remainder of the median may be native seed. Ornamental grasses may not count for more than 30 percent of the total shrub quantity.
Mulch: Mulch may be either organic or inorganic or a combination of both at the discretion of the designer. Shredded cedar is the preferred mulch treatment as it has moisture retention qualities, unlike rock mulch that retains and radiates heat. No white rock or crusher fines are permitted.
Irrigation: Permanent irrigation is required for all plants except native seed mixes and Z-zone plant species. Overhead irrigation utilizing spray, rotor or rotary heads is prohibited as defined by Chapter 138-191 of the Aurora City Code. Above ground temporary overhead irrigation may be permitted for a three-year establishment period and permission is determined by the size and spatial layout of the landscape design. Native seed is established when no more than 10 percent of the native seed consists of nonnative species or weeds. In addition, no bare areas shall be larger than 12 inches by 12 inches.
P. Residential Yard Landscape.
1. General. Before the issuance of a permanent certificate of occupancy, the developers of all new single-family detached and two-family (duplex) residential developments shall provide front and side yards of corner lots visible from public view with landscaping on each lot meeting the water-wise landscape options as described below.
2. Irrigation. Landscaping for front, side and corner lots shall include automatic irrigation. Side yard landscaping and irrigation shall also be installed where the side yard faces a public right-of-way or public space in accordance with the City’s irrigation ordinance.
3. Reserved.
Editor’s note: Ord. 2023-29, adopted July 31, 2023, repealed this subsection.
4. Plant Material Sizes. All plant material shall meet the minimum plant sizes required by Section 146-4.7.3.B.2, and shall include a variety of shrubs and plants that will provide visual interest during all seasons. All plant beds, raised planters, plant containers, evergreen and deciduous trees and shrubs shall be mulched as required by Section 146-4.7.3.B.8. The mulch shall be applied to a circular area equal to the diameter of the tree.
5. Landscape Fabric. Landscape fabric is only required when rock mulch is installed.
6. Residential Yard Landscape Requirements.
a. The residential yard landscape requirements in Table 4.7-3 shall be provided. Measurement of areas referenced in Table 4.7-3 are shown in Figure 4.7-30.
b. Curbside street trees are required and are in addition to any required front yard trees and landscaping shown in Table 4.7-3.
c. For developments using the Small Residential Lot option as described in Section146-4.2.3.A, incorporating Loop Lanes as described in Section 146-4.2.3.D, or Motor Courts as described in Section 146-4.2.3.E, the Planning Director may approve adjustments to the standards in this Section 146-4.7.5.P based on the degree of compliance with landscape standards reasonably possible in light of site and utility constraints. The developer shall make every attempt to meet the intent of the front yard landscape requirements.
d. For Green Court Dwellings on lots smaller than 4,000 square feet or less than 50 feet in width, as described in Section 146-4.2.3.B, the Planning Director may approve crediting Green Court open space landscaping towards required front yard landscaping, based on the degree of tract landscaping provided.
Table 4.7-3 Residential Yard Landscape Requirements Front, side, and rear yard landscaping requirements for single-family detached and two-family (duplex) dwellings | ||
|---|---|---|
Areas located in front of the house elevation not including the streetscape area between the sidewalk and street curbs. Side and rear yards visible to the public shall comply with front yard standards. | ||
A | Turf[1] | Turf option: Shall not exceed the lessor of 45% or 500 sq. ft. Refer to Note 1 below. |
B | Trees[2] | 1 shade tree (≥ 2.5 in. caliper) or 1 ornamental tree (≥ 2 in. caliper) or 1 evergreen tree (≥ 6 ft. tall). Refer to Subsections 146-4.7.5.P.6.c and d. |
C | Shrubs | Min no. of shrubs = (front yard landscaped area in sq. ft. – turf area in sq. ft.) x 0.025. Artificial turf is permitted after the shrub count is met. 30% of shrub count can be ornamental grasses or perennials. When 9 or more shrubs are required, at least 3 plant species must be included to provide seasonal/visual interest. |
D | Rock and Inorganic Mulches | Mulch is required and may be organic or inorganic. If all inorganic mulch is proposed, 2 different types and sizes are required. White rock, red lava rock and rubber mulches are not permitted. When rock mulch is used and abuts a hard surface (concrete, curb, pavers, sidewalk) it must be a minimum size of 1/2 in. screened. |
E | Pavers | Up to 25% of landscape area can be provided as pavers such as brick and natural stone. |
F | Features | 1 of the following shall be incorporated in the front yard: a. Wall 1 – 2.5 ft. high made of decorative stone, stucco, or CMU. b. Fence. c. Earth berm ≤ 2.5 ft. tall with slopes not to exceed 1:4 rise:run. d. Natural boulders ≥ 2 ft. x 2 ft. x 2 ft. |
G | Side Yards | Side yards with no public view: No plant material required; mulch required. Side yards with public view: Front yard standards apply + 1 tree per 25 linear feet. |
H | Rear Yards | Rear yards with no public view: May have the lessor of < 45% turf or 500 sq. ft. Rear yards with public view: Front yard standards apply. |
Note: [1] New turf installations are limited to the rear lots of residential homes and the front yards of alley-loaded residential homes and shall not exceed the lessor of 45% or 500 square feet of the front or back yard areas. [2] This requirement may not be applicable based upon lot size and a reduction or exemption may be approved by the Planning Director based on lot and site constraints and other landscaping, screening, and buffering provided for the development. | ||
7. Yard Landscape Area Measurements. Figure 4.7-30 identifies what constitutes front and side yards for required and allowed shrub and sod requirements.


4.7-30 Residential Front Yards and Corner Side Yards



Figure 4.7-31: Water-Wise Front Yard Landscape Examples
8. Erosion Control.
a. Owners of all properties shall, within six months of the first occupancy, or as soon after that period as weather and survival of plants and vegetation will permit, install landscaping to control erosion. Such landscaping shall comply with Table 4.7-2 and the lawn permit and soil preparation procedures established by the Water Department, as well as any lawn establishment requirements contained in this UDO. Any second or later owner of a residential property that does not feature completed landscaping in its front and side yards shall complete the landscaping required in this Section 146-4.7.5.P within six months of the date that Code Enforcement first notifies a property owner, in writing, that the property has not been landscaped in compliance with the provisions of this UDO.
b. No artificial trees, shrubs, plants, or other materials not derived from natural vegetation shall be used to fulfill the requirements as set forth in this Section 146-4.7.5.P, unless approved by the Planning Director based in order to better achieve the intent of this Section 146-4.7.
Q. Landscape Requirements for Redeveloping Sites with Existing Development. The following standards apply to sites with existing development when those sites are redeveloped. Redevelopment shall include changes or expansions to existing parking areas, landscaping, buildings when the gross floor area is expanded by 25 percent or more, or the removal of an existing structure(s) in an effort to construct parking or new buildings.
1. Intent. These redevelopment landscape standards are adopted to encourage improvement of redevelopment sites where existing structures or land uses are outdated, while ensuring that the resulting redevelopment improves the visual quality of the neighborhood and mitigates any negative impacts of the redevelopment on nearby residential development.
2. Landscape Plan Requirements. Landscape plans shall include all required information, symbology, and plan formatting that is typically associated with vacant or cleared land as set forth on application forms and as defined in the Landscape Reference Manual and Site Plan Manual.
3. Landscape Requirements.
a. Minimum plant sizes at time of installation shall comply with the requirements found in this UDO.
b. Within the MU-OA zone district, the development potential of a property is often affected by lot size therefore in an effort to support redevelopment opportunities, the applicant and the City shall work together to include landscaping where screening or tree canopy may be most effective.
c. Within the remaining Subarea A (excluding the MU-OA zone district) and all of Subareas B and C, the following landscape requirements shall be met if deficient and if the proposed redevelopment creates a negative impact as determined by the Planning Director to surrounding existing or future development on adjoining properties or street frontages.
d. The landscape requirements as outlined in Sections 146-4.7.5.A through 4.7.5.P shall apply and be reviewed against each redevelopment application for applicability. This includes curbside streetscape, street and non-street frontage buffers, special landscape buffers, building perimeter landscaping, site entryway and intersection landscaping, parking lot landscaping & screening, urban street frontages, and residential front yard landscapes.
R. Seeding of Disturbed Land for Future Construction Phases. All future development areas in phased development projects that have been disturbed by grading shall be seeded and stabilized in accordance with requirements found in the City of Aurora Water Department’s Rules and Regulations Regarding Storm water (Discharge) for Construction Activities to prevent wind and water erosion for the time the site remains without development. All such areas shall be shown on the landscape plan and information concerning tilling, seeding methods, seed mixtures, watering and mulching shall also be provided.
S. Alternative Compliance. The Planning Director is authorized to approve alternatives to the location, amounts, or types of landscaping required under this Section 146-4.7.5 (Required Landscaping) provided that the applicant submits a landscape plan for alternative compliance and the Director determines that:
1. The need for an alternative compliance plan is based on site or development constraints not generally shared by other similar uses and structures in the area, including but not limited to topography; soil conditions; utility or access easement locations; or considerations of traffic, pedestrian, bicycle, or public transit safety; and
2. The alternative compliance plan will achieve the goals of the types of landscaping required by this Section 146-4.7.5, including but not limited to buffering of adjacent properties from the impacts of the proposed development of the site, visual appeal of the site from public and private streets and rights-of-way, creation of shade and cooling of the environment, as well or better than compliance with the standards otherwise required by this Section 146-4.7.5 (Required Landscaping). (Ord. No. 2023-41 §§ 5 – 14, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2023-40 § 2, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2023-29 §§ 2 – 6, 07-31-2023; Ord. No. 2022-17 §§ 8 – 10, 04-25-2022; Ord. No. 2020-37 §§ 19 – 21, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. General.
1. Treating and capturing storm water at the source is a proactive process. Traditional storm water management practices include the construction of large unattractive detention basins that are at the receiving end of a pipe located on public property and maintained by a public agency. Recently, the thought process has started to shift to more environmentally proactive practices that look at preventing storm water contaminants from entering the storm water conveyance system and or water body at the source rather than spending costly amounts of money retrofitting existing systems.
2. Today homeowners, developers, and local governments have opportunities to implement source control practices through the use of Low Impact Development (LID) options. These are typically located within a public right-of-way or on private property and are maintained by the property owner. A vegetated component is usually included that is directly tied to the treatment and infiltration functions. Plant selection is key to public perception and ultimately the acceptance of the integration of LID practices into the landscape.
B. Purpose.
1. To encourage the incorporation of low impact development standards (LIDs) into landscape designs in an effort to mitigate the impacts of increased runoff and storm water pollution from new development, redevelopment or infill developments close to the source as possible. LID practices are an integral part of the urban form and if designed and constructed correctly, will help ensure the preservation of permeable surfaces, encourage the use of native plants and promote infiltration into sub-soils to remove pollutants, regenerate ground water supplies and reduce subsidence rates.
2. The City acknowledges that project conditions associated with individual sites may justify approval of alternative methods of compliance when landscape is part of an integrated water management strategy or LID and the alternative proposal offers superior results. The standard landscape requirements may not be ignored or reduced by more than 35 percent in order to achieve the alternative. Planning staff will review the alternative design against standard landscape requirements and work with the applicant on a case-by-case basis to ensure compliance is achieved.
3. Applicants are encouraged to implement any of the following LID options at the time of site development. They are not intended to be prescriptive or inhibit creative design, but provide some ideas for consideration. Further descriptions and examples of Low Impact Development options that are permitted and promoted for use within the City are discussed in the Urban Drainage and Flood Control District Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual, Volume 3. By incorporating LIDs into parking lots, front yards and neighborhood streets, it becomes a tool to raise people’s awareness and change their behavior relative to reducing and cleaning storm water runoff.
C. Low Impact Development (LID) Options.
1. Bioswales are vegetated swales planted with wet tolerant species of plants or ornamental grasses. They transport, store, and allow infiltration of water and can be designed as a landscape feature. Bioswales are not grassed, but are planted with a variety of plant species that can withstand occasional water inundation for short periods of time.

2. Grassed swales are designed conveyance devices used to transport water over the surface of the ground to a point of disposal that may be a catch basin, ditch, water body that will filter, infiltrate, evaporate, and clean the water of total suspended solids, solid waste and other pollutants. Swales are often appropriate along property lines, public streets, and around buildings.


3. Permeable pavers, porous surfaces, grass paving. Pavers allow water seepage through the joints and through the graded gravel base that they are placed on. This allows for the infiltration of rainwater thereby reducing the runoff leaving a site. When used in connection with street tree plantings, they allow for more air circulation around tree roots and can easily be removed in order to trim tree roots and regrade for a walkable surface.

4. Rain gardens are small shallow, depressions planted with a variety of native or ornamental plants that can treat small amounts of runoff to improve water quality. Rain gardens are generally small collections of water loving plants planted on a low site area that naturally collects rainfall.


5. Sand filters are depressions, trenches, barriers, or sand lens constructed of porous mineral matter that improve ground water recharge to filter, clean and trap waterborne pollutants.
6. In addition, other LID standards include extended detention basins that may be used in open space tracts to treat the runoff from multiple lots, roads, trails, and pathways.

D. Reserved.
Editor’s note: The provisions of this subsection were repealed by Ord. 2023-41, enacted September 11, 2023.
(Ord. No. 2023-41 § 15, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. General Standards. All applicants are required to comply with the tree preservation, relocation and mitigation requirements found in the City’s adopted “Policy of Existing Trees,” as amended. It shall be unlawful for any person to remove an existing tree unless such removal is in accordance with the City’s policy on the preservation of existing trees. The Parks Recreation and Open Space Department’s Division of Forestry administers the tree preservation policy, and applicants considering tree removal as part of their land development should first contact the City Forester to discuss the proposed removal.
B. Additional Requirements for Black Forest Areas. The following additional standards apply to lands in the Black Forest area. If these standards conflict with those found in the City’s Policy on the Preservation of Trees, the provisions of this Section 146-4.7.7.B shall apply.
1. Intent. The standards in this Section 146-4.7.7 are intended to protect the Black Forest area’s unique ecosystem of non-mountainous extensions of Ponderosa Pine onto the high plains; protect the wildlife habitat created by its high quality Gambel Oak and Ponderosa Pines; and to achieve additional benefits of mature tree preservation, including shade and evaporative cooling, absorption of carbon dioxide and ozone, reducing soil erosion, increasing real properties, and enhancing the visual appeal of the area. The standards for the Black Forest Area are enacted to:
a. Maintain a sustainable tree cover within the Black Forest by locating new development in a manner that preserves existing trees to the maximum extent practicable;
b. Protect existing trees during development from the impacts of nearby construction; and
c. Provide standards governing the removal, relocation, and monitoring of trees that cannot be preserved in their original location.
2. Applicability and Exemptions. This Subsection applies to that portion of the Black Forest located in Aurora as defined in the Definitions. Exemptions include:
a. Trees that are diseased or constitute a threat to the public health and safety; and
b. Routine forestry management and fire safety practices in accordance with the Colorado State Forest's Forest Management Plan guidelines and developed by a professional forester.
3. Development Review. Any development activities and/or submittal of development applications to the City within the Black Forest shall include a tree protection plan in order to preserve existing Ponderosa Pine trees and associated Gambel Oak shrub vegetation to the maximum extent practicable. Development activities shall not result in the removal of any Black Forest trees and shrubs, except in accordance with this Section.
a. Plan Requirements. Any development activities or proposed development applications that involve disturbing the natural surface of the land or making any material change to any structure shall require the submittal of a tree protection plan that conforms to this Section and requirements set by the City Forester’s office. Black Forest trees shall be protected according to the procedures in this Section. Following tree protection plan approval, any subsequent development activity requiring approvals or the issuance of any permits shall conform to the plan. Tree protection plans shall include the following:
i. An inventory of trees and existing shrub vegetation, including a description of which trees are candidates for preservation, removal, and replanting. The inventory shall include Ponderosa Pine greater than four inches in diameter and all Gambel Oak plants greater than three inches in diameter.
ii. A construction limit line, which shall include all building, parking, underground utilities, vehicular use areas, and all areas of required cut and fill.
iii. Details and locations of permanent and/or temporary construction protection devices and measures to assure tree protection and normal growth after construction.
iv. A description of the size and location of all new trees to be planted as part of the landscape design of the proposed project.
v. A conservation escrow account to collect funds from the owner or representatives to ensure compliance with the tree preservation measures described in this Section. The amount to be collected will be based upon the “Guide to Plan Appraisal,” published by the International Society of Arboriculture. This amount will be assessed as an average diameter calculated from the total inventoried number of only those trees remaining in place and potentially impacted by construction activities. It does not include those trees outside of the construction limit line and, therefore, not impacted by construction activities as well as those that are to be removed or replanted according to plan specification. The amount will be returned to the owner upon completion of construction activities and implementation of tree protection plan requirements. If these measures are not complied with, the City shall use these funds to mitigate tree loss.
b. Plan Approval. Review and approval of the tree protection plan according to requirements set by the Planning Director and the Forestry Division of the Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Department shall be completed by the City Forester's office before the commencement of any development or planned development activity. Plans will be approved, approved with condition, or denied based upon conformity with the requirements of this division. Failure to comply with the provisions of an approved tree protection plan is a violation of this UDO.
c. Plan Amendment. The City Forester may amend any approved tree protection plan after receipt of an application for amendment from a property owner. The amendment shall be approved if the City Forester determines that the proposed amendment complies with the requirements of this Section 146-4.7.7.B.
d. Plan recordation. After approval of a tree protection plan, it shall be recorded in the office of the county clerk and recorder and shall be binding on the property owner and the owner's heirs, successors, and assigns.
4. Tree Removal and Mitigation.
a. Tree Removal. Black Forest trees and associated vegetation shall not be removed from their existing location due to development or construction activity unless avoidance through modifications of proposed development plans and design is not feasible. Tree removal is unlawful unless it is pursuant to an approved tree protection plan.
b. Tree Mitigation. Trees to be relocated shall be replanted at a suitable location on the site. Candidate trees for replanting will be greater than four inches for Ponderosa Pine and three inches for Gambel Oak, but less than 10 inches in diameter measured at a point one foot above natural grade. When such replanting is not feasible, removed trees shall be replaced at a ratio of one-to-one with an approved single tree of similar size or combination of not more than six trees measured at a point one foot above the natural grade with a cumulative total diameter equal to the diameter of the tree to be replaced. Mitigated trees shall be measured per the “Guide to Plant Appraisal.” Appropriate measures shall be undertaken to protect trees from construction activities.
c. Tree Protection. Appropriate measures shall be undertaken to protect trees from construction activities. If any of the trees required to be retained or replanted as part of the tree protection plan should die within a period of three years after completion of construction, the property owner shall replace trees within 6 months of the issuance to the owner of a notice to replace.
5. Monitoring. In addition to protection during new construction pursuant to Section 146-4.3.5 (Avoidance of Sensitive Areas), the following monitoring requirements apply to ensure that trees will be retained after construction is completed.
a. On-site supervision by the property owner or representative to ensure tree protection actions;
b. Pre-construction conferences between the property owner or representative and the City Forester;
c. Monthly meetings between construction management and the City Forester to review progress of the monitoring program; and
d. Final site inspection to verify that protection provisions have been followed.
6. Notice to Prospective Purchasers. Vendors of real property located within the Black Forest shall provide the following notice to prospective purchasers and cause such notice to be recorded with the Clerk and Recorder of Arapahoe County:
“NOTICE: The property described as (legal description and address) is located within an area governed by the Black Forest tree preservation ordinance, a tree protection plan, and is subject to the requirements Aurora City Code Section 146-4.7.7.B, as applicable.”
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The standards in this Section 146-4.7.8 apply in addition to the standards in Section 146-4.8.11 (Screening of Mechanical Equipment), but only one type of screening (through landscape or building design) is required for each area or piece of equipment required to be screened. If required screening for an area or piece of equipment is provided pursuant to this Section 146-4.7.8, then additional screening of the same area or piece of equipment is not required pursuant to Section 4.8.11, and vice-versa.
A. Utilities and Communication Lines. Meters or similar utility apparatus attached to the building façade shall be screened from view and painted to match, using landscaping and screen walls that match the architecture of the building they are part of. Such utilities shall not be mounted on or in front of the primary building façade.
B. Multifamily, Mixed-Use, Commercial, Institutional, and Industrial Developments.
1. Mechanical Equipment Screening Standards.
a. Roof-mounted mechanical equipment shall be screened from public view from the street centerline by a parapet or mechanical screen that is integrated into part of the building’s architectural design.
b. Ground-mounted mechanical equipment shall not be located between (i) a primary building façade or a patron or resident parking lot and (ii) a street or public open space.
c. Ground mounted mechanical equipment shall be screened from public view by landscaping or by a decorative wall, or fence that is similar in appearance to the primary building.
2. Service, Loading, Storage, and Trash Area Screening Standards.
a. Service, Loading, and Storage Areas.
i. All service, loading, and storage areas visible from residences, public or private streets, public open spaces or trails shall be screened by fences (excluding chain link fencing), walls, berms, or any combination of those items with landscaping. If walls are used, they shall not exceed nine feet in height and shall be similar in appearance and materials to the closest wall of the primary building structure they serve.
ii. Fence and wall screening shall be accompanied by landscaping on the exterior side to soften the appearance of the wall and fence. Landscaping shall consist of evergreen trees and shrubs, installed at a minimum of one tree and 10 shrubs per 40 linear feet. This requirement shall not be in addition to street and non-street frontage buffer requirements. If screening of service loading and storage areas overlap with the buffer requirements, then the wall or fence shall be provided at the inside edge of the required buffer and the plant material provided for the buffer may satisfy both requirements.
b. Trash Facilities. All trash dumpsters and recycling bins placed on an existing or developing site must be enclosed and set back at least 12 feet from adjacent properties with residential or commercial uses. The enclosure shall be large enough to accommodate both a dumpster and a recycling bin and shall be completely screened from view of public streets and adjacent properties using one of the techniques listed in Subsection 2.a above. Dumpsters shall be screened on three sides by a minimum six foot high masonry wall or an opaque fence enclosed on the exterior by evergreen plantings. The access opening shall be oriented so that the container is not visible from adjacent properties or public streets and shall have an opaque gate. Chain-link gates with metal cladding are prohibited.
c. Outdoor Storage.
i. Where outdoor storage is permitted, the following standards shall apply.
ii. Outdoor storage shall be located behind required front setbacks or buffer areas.
iii. All outdoor storage facilities for manufacturing equipment, fuel, raw materials, subassemblies, finished goods and defective or repairable goods shall be enclosed by an opaque fence with a maximum height of nine feet, a berm, or a wall with a maximum height of nine feet in combination with landscaping that completely conceals the view of those materials from the locations listed in Subsection 2.a above. Chain link fencing may not be used for this purpose. Landscaping shall consist of one tree and 10 shrubs per 40 linear feet.
iv. Outdoor storage not visible to the street or adjoining properties may not require screening, but will be evaluated for potential impacts on surrounding areas on a case-by-case basis. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Purpose.
1. To provide adequate screening by regulating the height, location and design of fences and retaining walls;
2. To maintain adequate visibility on public and private property and intersections;
3. To allow for adequate air and light visibility;
4. To mitigate noise;
5. To improve aesthetics;
6. To preserve and protect the value of adjacent property with durable materials; and
7. To avoid the appearance of fence and wall canyons along streets.
B. Applicability.
1. All fences and walls shall comply with the provisions of this Section 146-4.7.9 except temporary fences and barricades around construction sites, which shall comply with all other applicable City regulations.
2. All fences and walls shall comply with any additional standards applicable to the use of the property in Section 146-3.3 (Use-Specific Standards).
3. In addition to the standards in this Section 146-4.7.9, all development shall comply with any additional fence and wall standards applicable to the development in any approved Master Plan that includes the property.
C. General Standards.
1. Avoidance of Traffic Hazards. Notwithstanding other provisions of this Section 146-4.7.9, no fence, wall, or hedge shall be located in a location that the City determines will create a traffic hazard.
2. Sight Triangle. The location and height of all fences and hedges shall conform to the sight triangle requirements of Section 146-4.2.3.I. Corner lot fences shall have a 45 degree angle if located within the 30 foot sight triangle.
3. Obstruction of Fire Hydrant or Fire Department Connection. No person shall place or keep any post, fence, wall, retaining wall, tree, shrub, hedge, or any other structure or planting within five feet of a fire hydrant or Fire Department connection. Any variation from this standard shall require written approval from the Fire/Life Safety representative within the Building Division.
4. Prevention of Fence Canyons. For existing subdivisions where the rear of the lots abut a street frontage, a homeowners’ association, Title 32 District, or other approved quasi-public entity shall maintain a fence or wall meeting all applicable standards of this Section 146-4.7.9. Residential lots shall comply with Section 146-4.3 (Subdivision Standards), which restrict rear yards of homes facing streets. Refer to Section 146-4.7.5.G for fence setback requirements when rear lots abut an arterial or collector street.
D. Permitted Fence and Wall Materials.
1. Fences and walls shall be made of high-quality durable materials that require low maintenance. Acceptable materials are as follows:
a. Brick, stone, and decorative concrete masonry unit (CMU) fences that meet the design requirements in this Section 146-4.7.9.



b. Wrought iron style and metal picket fences that meet the definition and design requirements in this Section 146-4.7.9.


c. Pre-cast concrete composed of integrally colored concrete and convincingly replicate the appearance of brick, stone, stucco and CMU fences as required by this Section 146-4.7.9.


d. Closed style wood or stockade fencing. Wood or stockade fencing shall have a top rail.


e. Chain link with or without weather resistant color coating.


f. Omega (Welded Wire).

g. Wood or concrete three-rail and/or split rail.




h. Composite wood.

E. Prohibited Fences, Walls, and Materials. The following types of fences, hedges, and materials are prohibited and cannot be erected:
1. Electrically charged fences, except for battery-operated alarmed electric fences as allowed in this Section 146-4.7.9.
2. Any sharp pointed fence of any material erected or maintained in Residential districts
Picket fences less than six feet six inches in height shall have the top of pickets sawed or rounded to provide a blunt end.
3. Barbed wire fences, except in Special Purpose districts, construction sites, and for enclosing a public or private utility installation. See Section 146-4.7.9.F.2 for time and placement limitations on these exceptions.
4. Any fence using concertina wire or similar materials except that government facilities may be exempt if approved by the Planning Director based on security needs.
5. Fences constructed of chicken wire, corrugated metal, fabric materials, fiberboard, garage door panels, plywood, snow fencing, agricultural, rope, and miscellaneous materials not commonly associated with residential fences.
F. Special Requirements for Specific Districts and Types of Development.
1. Residential Districts. The following standards apply to fences and walls in Residential districts, but do not apply to multifamily developments.
a. Maximum length of unbroken fence plane shall not exceed 660 feet along arterial streets and shall not exceed 330 feet along collector streets in Subarea A.
b. Maximum length of unbroken fence plane shall not exceed 700 feet along arterial streets and shall not exceed 350 feet along collector streets in Subareas B and C.
2. Industrial Districts.
a. No fence or wall shall exceed a maximum height of nine feet, except for oil and gas perimeter screening and sound walls.
b. New wood closed-style fences are only allowed on Arterial streets in connection with industrial development, and only if they meet all the appearance and design requirements of this Section146-4.7.9 and related graphics.
c. Barbed wire is only permitted in industrial districts, but may not be installed adjacent to any residential or commercial uses or residential or commercially zoned districts or along arterial or collector streets.
d. For major public or private utilities in any zone, barbed wire may be allowed if it is located outside of required buffer yards.
e. The use of metal picket prongs is permitted in lieu of barbed wire.
f. Where allowed, barbed wire shall not extend more than six inches above the height of a permitted fence.
3. All Other Development. No continuous fence plane shall extend more than 700 feet without including an offset in fence alignment and/or a change in material, fence, and/or wall type.
G. Along E-470. In all residential developments adjacent to E-470, a minimum eight-foot high solid sound attenuation wall shall be constructed along the development's E-470 frontage, and shall meet all the material and design requirements for fences and walls along arterial streets. The sound attenuation wall shall be constructed and maintained by the developer, Title 32 District, homeowners’ association, or business district.
H. Along Arterial and Collector Streets.
1. Setbacks. Fences in new subdivisions shall be set back at least the following distances:
a. Where the rear lots of residential homes front a street, fence and/or walls shall be set back a minimum of 40 feet from the flow line of arterial streets, 38 feet from the flow line of minor arterial streets and 34 feet from the flow line of collector streets. See graphics below.
b. Fences and/or walls provided along the side yards continuous for a distance of 300 feet or more shall be required to be setback 10 feet from the back of walk unless the fence or wall is being provided in connection with outdoor storage screening, then the buffer setback requirements as specified in Table 4.7-2 shall apply.
c. Residential fencing in the front yards shall comply with the front yard setback requirements and shall not exceed 42 inches in height.
d. Fencing in the front yard of any commercial and/or industrial developments shall be limited to 42 inches in height unless such fencing is being provided in connection with the screening of outdoor storage, parking lots, equipment, or is to secure the site, in which case, fencing shall be limited to nine feet in height. Refer to Section 146-4.7.8.B.2.

Figure 4.7-32: Arterial Street Frontage – Straight Walk

Figure 4.7-33: Arterial Street Frontage – Meandering Walk

Figure 4.7-34: Minor Arterial Street Frontage

Figure 4.7-35: Collector Street Frontage
2. Allowable Materials. The following materials are permitted, except as required or permitted in Section 146-4.7.8.B.2.c (Outdoor Storage).
a. Brick, stone, and integrally colored decorative concrete masonry units (CMUs);
b. Decorative and durable pre-cast concrete panels and rails;
c. Wrought iron, metal picket, and other metals simulating the appearance of wrought iron;
d. Composite wood (not including vinyl);
e. Closed-style wood fences, but only for industrial uses and only if located outside of the required buffer yards;
f. Open-style three-rail fences made of wood or simulated wood adjacent to private open space areas and private common spaces; and
g. Open-style three-rail fences made of wood adjacent to public parks and open space areas.
3. Masonry Columns.
a. All fence types along arterial and collector streets shall incorporate masonry columns of a minimum cross-section of 18 by 18 inches.

Figure 4.7-36: Street Frontage Fencing
b. For all fence and wall types and locations, columns shall be placed at all fence corners, points of transition to other fence styles along a run of fence, and fence termination points.
c. In addition to the requirements of Subsection b, in residential developments, columns adjacent to residential uses shall be placed at a minimum spacing of 60 feet on center, or one for every two residential lots, and columns adjacent to community uses shall be placed at a minimum spacing of 60 feet on center.
d. In addition to the requirements of Subsection b, in commercial and industrial uses, columns shall be placed at a minimum spacing of 120 feet on center, and shall extend 75 feet down interior lot lines.
4. Special Requirements for Closed-Style Fences and Walls Over Four Feet in Height.
a. Maximum length of continuous fence shall not exceed 1,500 feet along arterial streets and shall not exceed 1,000 feet along collector streets.
b. Maximum length of unbroken fence plane within length of fence shall not exceed 500 feet along arterial streets and shall not exceed 320 feet along collector streets.
I. Fences and Walls Along Other Public and Private Streets. For fences and walls along other public and private streets, allowable materials shall include those permitted for arterial and collector streets plus:
1. Wood fences, provided they meet the design standards in this Section 146-4.7.9 and related graphics; and
2. Wood or wood simulated open-style three rail fences, provided they meet the design requirements in this Section 146-4.7.9 and related graphics.
J. Fences and Walls Along Interior Property Boundaries and Alleys.
1. Permitted Materials.
a. Permitted materials shall include those permitted for arterial and collector streets, except as modified by Subsections b through d below.
b. Chain link fencing for industrial development, provided it is not visible from a street and is not located on a lot adjacent to commercially or residentially zoned properties.
c. Chain link fencing within industrial zone districts must be color cladded and may not include fabric mesh or slats.
d. Color cladded chain link, welded wire, and Omega or similar welded wire fencing may not be used to meet screening requirements.
2. Locations.
a. Shared fences and walls shall be placed on lot lines.
b. Fences and walls shall not be located in required lot buffer areas but shall be located on the inner edge or interior buffer line with landscaping located along the exterior of the fence or wall. Exceptions are decorative low walls or seat walls.
K. Fences and Walls Along Open Space Tracts, Parks, Reservoirs, Golf Courses, Trails, and Drainage Ways.
1. For proposed development and new construction, fences adjacent to public parks, open space, trails, and drainage ways shall meet the design standards shown in Figure 4.7-37 and the screening requirements of Section 146-4.7.5.H.2 (Buffer Standards for Areas Adjacent to Public Parks, Open Space, and Trails) shall also apply.
a. Within a master planned development, residential lots that abut public open space where the open space also abuts a street, alley or shared drive may use a privacy fence in lieu of a three-rail fence to screen views into side and rear yards located across from the street, alley or shared drive. The fence design and material shall be included in the approved master plan and shall not exceed six feet in height. Additional landscaping may be required adjacent to the privacy fence depending on the context of it and will be reviewed with each Site Plan.
2. Existing fences adjacent to public parks, open space, trails, and drainage ways not within a master planned development shall be maintained and repaired in accordance with the location, height, design, and materials as shown on approved Site Plans.
a. For replacement fences, the Director of Parks, Recreation, and Open Space shall determine the location, height, design, and materials of fences adjacent to city-owned property taking into consideration consistency in the appearance and treatment along neighboring properties and the screening and access control needs relative to abutting land uses if no Master Plan or Site Plan exists for a property.
3. Fences adjacent to public golf courses or reservoirs shall be an open wrought iron style with masonry columns, or other styles or column spacing as may be specified by the Director of Parks, Recreation, and Open Space. Screening requirements of Section 146-4.7.5.H.2 (Buffer Standards for Areas Adjacent to Public Parks, Open Space, and Trails) shall also apply.
4. Fences may be up to four feet in height for parks and open space, and up to nine feet for athletic courts and fields and may exceed those maximum heights if the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Department determines that the additional height is needed and will not create a traffic hazard.

Figure 4.7-37: Fencing Along Open Areas
L. Fences and Walls in Residential Developments. The standards in Table 4.7-4, Figure 4.7-38, Figure 4.7-39, and Figure 4.7-40 apply to all Single-Family Detached, Single-Family Attached, Two-Family, Co-housing, and Cottage Development or similar residential uses. In case of a conflict with other standards in this Section 146-4.7.9, these standards shall govern.
1. Location and Height.
Table 4.7-4 Fence Location and Height: Residential Uses | |
|---|---|
Standard | Requirements |
Front Yards | |
Height | Maximum 42 inches. |
Setback | Fence – 18 inches minimum from back of sidewalk, unless larger setback required by another provision of this UDO. |
Side Yards (See Section 146-4.7.9.H for new fencing along Arterial and Collector Streets) | |
Height | Maximum six feet; except fences along arterial or collector streets may be up to eight feet. |
Setback | Four feet minimum from back of sidewalk, if replacing an existing fence. |
Where existing homes that share a rear yard fence, the fence may be located on the lot line. | |
Rear Yards (See Section 146-4.7.9.H for new fencing along Arterial and Collector Streets) | |
Height | Maximum six feet; except fences along arterial or collector streets may be up to eight feet. |
Setback | Four feet minimum from back of sidewalk, if replacing an existing fence. |
Where existing homes that share a rear yard fence, the fence may be located on the lot line. | |
Corner Lots | |
Height | Maximum 42 inches. |
Setback | A fence that meets the front yard requirements may wrap a corner and shall be set back a minimum of 18 inches from back of sidewalk. |
New side yard fences shall be set back a minimum of 10 feet from the back of sidewalk adjacent to the street, but in no case less than 15 feet from the street flowline. A replacement for an existing fence shall be set back a minimum of 4 feet from the back of sidewalk. | |
2. Design and Opacity.
a. An open-style fence on a solid base is permitted in the front yard, provided the base does not exceed 18 inches in height. Where a solid base is proposed as part of the open fence, only stucco and masonry materials are allowed. A wood base is not allowed.
b. Open style picket fences that are at least 50 percent opaque are permitted in front yard.

Figure 4.7-38: Street Frontage Fencing
c. Solid base fences with bases no taller than 18 inches above grade, and picket fences no taller than 18 inches mounted on top of that base, are permitted in front yards.

Figure 4.7-39: Solid Fencing
d. Fencing on corner lots shall meet the requirements shown in Figure 4.7-39.

Figure 4.7-401: Corner Lot Fencing Setbacks
M. Fences and Walls for Other Development. The standards in this Section 146-4.7.9.M apply to all mixed-use and nonresidential development for which this UDO does not provide a different standard for fence and wall height and location.
Table 4.7-5 Fence Location, Type and Height: All Other Uses [1] | ||
|---|---|---|
Standard | Requirements | |
Other Uses | Industrial | |
Front Yards | ||
Height | Max. 48 in. | Max. 9 ft. |
Setback | Fence: 4 ft. min. from back of sidewalk, unless a larger setback required by another provision of this UDO | |
Side Yards | ||
Height | Max. 6 ft. | Max. 9 ft. |
Setback | Fence: 4 ft. min. from back of sidewalk | |
Where existing developments share an internal fence, the fence can be on the lot line | ||
Rear Yards | ||
Height | Max. 6 ft. | Max. 9 ft. |
Setback | Fence: 4 ft. min. from back of sidewalk | |
If replacing an existing fence, the fence may be on the lot line | ||
[1] Multifamily perimeter fencing shall not be located closer to a street or property line than the required buffer depth for setbacks. | ||
1. Battery-operated alarmed electric fences may be added to permitted fences in accordance with the Permitted Use Table 3.2-1. In addition, battery-operated alarmed electric fences require a conditional use approval if located within 300 feet of residentially zoned parcels or any parcel containing a residential use, dedicated park, open space, or trail.
N. Reserved.
Editor’s note: The provisions of this subsection were repealed by Ord. 2023-41, enacted September 11, 2023.
O. Screening of Outdoor Storage, Equipment, Asphalt, Concrete, Landscape Yards, Surface Parking Lots, Substations or Pump Stations.
1. Permitted Materials. Permitted materials include the following, all of which must be opaque:
a. Walls consisting of brick, stone, and integrally colored decorative concrete masonry units (CMUs);
b. Decorative and durable pre-cast concrete panels;
c. Composite wood;
d. Closed style wood fences.
2. Prohibited Materials. Color cladded, welded wire, chain link, Omega or similar welded wire may not be utilized to meet screening requirements.
P. Fence Replacement Program.
1. General Requirements. All portions and side of a fence shall be finished with the same quantity and quality of materials as the predominant side facing the street.
2. Minimum Column Spacing. Except for panelized construction, all masonry fences shall include masonry columns with a minimum cross-section of 18 inches by 18 inches placed at a maximum interval of 120 feet along the length of the fence. Additional columns shall also be required at all fence corners and turning points and at all fence termination points.
3. Color. All fence colors shall be integral to the material. Fence materials shall not be painted or stained with exterior coat systems. All colors shall be earth tones such as tans, browns, and traditional red brick tones. Uncolored concrete is not permitted.
4. Masonry Unit Sizes. When brick and concrete masonry are used, individual unit sizes shall not exceed 16 inches in length by eight inches in height. When panelized construction is used, the design of individual panels shall replicate the appearance of individual unit sizes as described above, or of a fence constructed of irregularly shaped stones.
5. Texture. Fences consisting of masonry units shall have a surface texture. Masonry units in excess of four inches in height shall have a decorative split-face texture. Units designed to resemble stone shall have a natural-looking stone texture. Panelized materials shall duplicate the textures of masonry and stone units as described above and may be painted to simulate masonry or stone.
6. Concrete Split Rail. Pre-cast concrete split rail and other open rail fence designs are not approved under this program for use along streets.
Q. Substitute Materials. Materials other than those required by this Section 146-4.7.9 may be allowed upon determination by the Planning Director that they are of comparable durability and quality, and have a similar appearance.
R. General Fence and Wall Construction Standards. All fences shall meet all the following general construction standards:
1. All construction materials shall be new and shall not include construction debris or salvaged material. Durable reprocessed and recycled materials sold as building materials for new construction may be approved by the Planning Director.
2. Wood fence posts shall be pressure treated. Cedar and redwood are not required to be pressure treated.
3. All fence posts for fences over 42 inches in height shall be set in circular concrete bases a minimum of two feet deep and one-foot diameter.
4. All wood fences shall conform to the post size and spacing requirements of Table 4.7-6
Table 4.7-6 Nominal Post Sizes and Spacing for Wood and Composite Wood Fences | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Fence Type | Minimum Nominal Post Cross-Section | Maximum Fence Post Spacing | |
Along arterials | All other locations | ||
Wood fences | Four inches x four inches | Five feet | Eight feet |
Four inches x six inches | Eight feet | Eight feet | |
Composite Wood fences | Four inches x four inches | Five feet | Five feet |
Five inches x five inches | Eight feet | Eight feet | |
5. Rails and/or posts shall be securely fastened.
6. Pickets and boards shall be securely attached to rails and posts. Wood picket or slat fences over 42 inches in height shall be constructed with a minimum of three, two inch by four inch horizontal rails and have a minimum nominal dimension for pickets or slats widths of four inches.
7. All brick and masonry fences shall be properly mortared and securely attached with foundations.
8. Where chain link fences are permitted, they shall have top rails.
9. The finished side of the fence shall face the public right-of-way or private streets or alleys, as applicable. Posts and rails shall be on the interior side along streets.
S. Gate Standards.
1. All gates shall have hardware to secure the gate in a closed position.
2. All gates shall be installed to the maximum fence height at all entrances.
3. All unattended gates shall be self-closing, self-latching, and locked when not in use.
4. If a fence or wall along a sidewalk includes a gate, the gate shall not open into the public sidewalk area except when a person is entering or exiting the gated area.
5. All gates must be set back 35 feet from the street entry point.
T. Retaining Walls.
1. General Requirements. Retaining walls shall be required whenever slopes exceed one foot of rise in three feet of run (3 to 1). Retaining walls for detention, retention, and water quality ponds shall not exceed 48 inches in height. Any wall exceeding 30 inches in height requires a pedestrian railing or barrier.
2. Requirements for Residential Development. Retaining walls in residential development shall comply with the following height requirements:
a. Maximum 48 inch height adjacent to rear lot lines;
b. Maximum 30 inch height adjacent to side lot lines;
c. Maximum 30 inch height in front yard and side yard for corner lots;
d. Maximum 48 inch height in all common areas; and
e. Terraced retaining walls are not permitted within the side yards of single-family detached homes.
3. Requirements for Non-residential Development. Retaining wall heights shall not exceed eight feet. Walls shall be terraced until the required amount of slope has been taken up. Slopes between walls shall not exceed one foot of rise for each four feet of run (4 to 1). The area between each wall shall be landscaped with one or more of the following: shrubs or groundcover in accordance with Section 146-4.7.3.B.5 (Living Material Requirements). Each wall shall be separated by not less than 36 inches. Retaining walls visible to the public view shall not be constructed from wood, plain concrete, or painted masonry units.
4. Requirements for Detention and Water Quality Ponds. Retaining walls shall not exceed 48 inches in height unless the Director Planning determines there a wall of that height would have a negative impact on the appearance of the site or the surrounding area, in which case the Director may require that the maximum wall height not exceed 42 inches. Railings will be required along the top off all walls that exceed 30 inches.
U. Battery-Operated Electric Alarmed Fencing.
1. General Requirements. Battery-operated electric alarmed fencing shall comply with the following requirements:
a. Has an energizer powered by no more than a 12-volt direct current commercial storage battery.
b. Is surrounded by a nonelectrical perimeter fence or wall not less than five feet in height.
c. The electric fence may be two feet higher than the height of the nonelectric perimeter fence but shall not exceed 10 feet in height.
d. Warning signage shall be posted in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations with not more than 30 feet between signs, which signs shall read:
“WARNING – ELECTRIC SECURITY FENCE.”
(Ord. No. 2025-08 § 1, 02-10-2025; Ord. No. 2023-41 § 16, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2023-40 § 3, 09-11-2023; Ord. No. 2021-67 §§ 4 – 6, 12-20-2021; Ord. No. 2021-15 § 25, 06-14-2021; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The following standards for building design are intended to promote a pedestrian-friendly street edge and scale to buildings. New buildings shall implement building and roof articulation methods to avoid long, flat walls and provide visual interest in architecture. High quality materials are encouraged to enhance the architectural character and promote overall building longevity. Buildings shall respond to context with a hierarchy of façade design. Residential design standards are intended to provide durable and well-designed homes that can be easily maintained by the homeowner and add to the quality of the City as a whole. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The provisions of this Section 146-4.8 shall apply to:
A. All new construction (but not including installation of a Mobile Home or Manufactured Home in an R-MH zone district), and
B. All expansions of the gross square footage of any primary building except a single-family detached or duplex dwelling by more than 25 percent, unless specifically exempted by the terms of this UDO. Specific provisions of this Section 146-4.8 apply to those types of buildings indicated in Table 4.8-1. Standards shall only apply to those portions of the building or site being modified as part of the expansion.
Table 4.8-1 Building Design Standards Applicability by Building Type Adjustments for Affordable Housing Structures appear in Sections 146-4.8.5 and 146-4.8.6 | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Standard | Single-family detached or two-family dwellings | Single-family attached | Multifamily buildings | Single-story non-residential buildings | Multi-story mixed-use or non-residential buildings | Large-scale retail large format– over 75,000 sq. ft. gfa. |
General building design standards | ||||||
Design variety | ✓ | |||||
Distribution of masonry and architectural features | ✓ | |||||
Windows | ✓ | |||||
Building orientation and spacing | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Massing and articulation | ||||||
Horizontal articulation | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Vertical articulation | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ [1] | ||
Maximum building length | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Building materials | ||||||
Primary building materials | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Masonry standards | ✓ | ✓ | ||||
Four-sided building design | ||||||
Façade character elements | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Entry design | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Roof design | ||||||
Roof materials | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Roof form | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Screening of mechanical equipment | ||||||
Rooftop equipment | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Ground-mounted equipment | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |
Garbage storage areas | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Notes: [1] Only applies when more than two stories or over 30 feet tall. | ||||||
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Applicability. These standards shall be applied in addition to any other applicable standards in this Section 146-4.8 unless otherwise stated. When these standards conflict with any other standards in Section 146-4.8, the stricter shall apply.
B. Design Variety.
1. In a subdivision plat of five to 10 lots, or a phase of development containing five to 10 detached single-family dwelling or two-family dwellings, distinct elevations shall be provided by incorporating at least four of the following:
a. Placement of windows and doors on the front façade of the elevation include at least a two-foot vertical or horizontal variation in size or location.
b. The use of different materials on the front façade elevation.
c. The width of the front façade elevation at its widest point must differ by more than two feet.
d. The locations and proportions of front porches must vary.
e. Variations in the front wall plane.
f. Use of roof dormers.
g. A variation of the building types.
h. Window shapes that are substantially different.
2. In a subdivision plat of 10 to 29 lots, at least two different home model varieties shall be constructed, each with a distinct floor plan and elevations.
3. In a subdivision plat of 30 to 49 lots, at least three different home model varieties shall be constructed, each with a distinct floor plan and elevations.
4. In a subdivision plat of 50 or more lots, at least four different home model varieties shall be constructed, each with a distinct floor plan and elevations.
5. No identical model home elevation shall be repeated directly across the street.
6. Approved paint schemes shall not be repeated more than once every four lots or directly across the street.
7. No model elevation shall be repeated more than once every four lots.
8. At least 30 percent of the model/elevation combinations must have variation in the roof line. Exceptions to accommodate rooftop solar applications will be permitted per Section 146-4.2.4.
C. Durability. All of the net façade area shall have durable siding materials. Manufactured siding shall have at least a 25-year written manufacturer's limited warranty. Sheathing or bracing shall not be used as an exterior wall covering. Durable siding materials include cement fiber, engineered composite wood, masonry, rust resistant architectural metals, stucco, any other material approved by the City as being of similar quality, appearance, and durability, and combination of these listed materials.
D. Distribution of Masonry and Architectural Features.
1. Except as required by Section 146-4.8.6.B (Applicability and Exceptions) a minimum average of 15 percent of the net façade area of each primary structure shall consist of masonry. The percentage of masonry coverage may vary among any residential design plans or the elevations of any residential design plans submitted; provided, that the minimum average coverage is met with each separate submission.
2. All residential design plans with side or rear elevations adjacent to streets, parks, golf courses, or open space shall distribute architectural features and materials so as to achieve side-specific design for each side that faces such street, park, golf course or open space. In addition, except for any residential design plan with a side elevation adjacent to a street, there shall be a four-foot change in the depth of the front elevation, achieved through a recessed or alternately loaded garage, covered porch, or other architectural feature.
E. Windows. Each elevation shall contain windows.
F. Architectural Features.
1. Weighted Point System. This Subsection is implemented through a weighted point system. Residential design plans subject to the requirements of this Section shall be compared against the features listed in this Subsection and shall be assigned points accordingly. All residential design plans shall meet a minimum score of 17 points from Section 146-4.8.3.F.2 (Architectural Features).
2. Architectural Features. Points for architectural features shall be calculated according to Table 4.8-2.
Table 4.8-2 Scoring System for Architectural Features | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Feature | Points | Total | ||
3 | 2 | 1 | ||
Windows | ||||
One full height, two-story bay window (for a one-story residential design plan, one full height bay window) | X | |||
One bay window | X | |||
One or more roof window dormers | X | |||
Two or more clerestory windows or windows with transoms above the main window | X | |||
Window mullion patterns on 75% of windows | X | |||
Front door with one or more sidelights, transom window or double door | X | |||
Ribbon windows with two or more horizontal rows of windows containing at least three windows each | X | |||
Decorative shutters on at least two street facing windows | X | |||
At least two special, decorative window heads or window sills on street facing elevations | X | |||
Four or more square feet of windows in the garage that are not on the door | X | |||
Garage door(s) with windows | X | |||
Roofs | ||||
Clay, or concrete tile, cement, or standing seam metal roof | X | |||
16-inch roof overhang on all sides | X | |||
Change in highest roof plane or ridgeline of at least one vertical foot | X | |||
Decorative roofing elements (e.g., copper above a bay window) | X | |||
Dimensional roof shingles with a 30-year warranty (previously no specified warranty length) | X | |||
Architectural Details and Styles | ||||
Plan/elevation with 30% or greater masonry | X | |||
Porte-cochere over driveway | X | |||
Garage not visible on front elevation | X | |||
Plan/elevation with 20-29% masonry | X | |||
Functioning or simulated chimney | X | |||
Change in siding style between home and roof gable ends | X | |||
Ranch plan offered | X | |||
Decorative material on at least one gable end facing a street (e.g., decorative vents, lentils, etc.) | X | |||
Provide wide fascia at least four inches (nominal) - materials around doors, windows and porches | X | |||
Porches, Stoops, and Enhancements | ||||
Covered porch of at least 50 square feet on the front elevation | X | |||
Wraparound porch, at least six feet deep | X | |||
Second story porch (at least 25 square feet) | X | |||
Public view - landscape enhancements in yards that face streets, parks, golf courses, or open space | X | |||
Porch of at least 50 square feet on the front elevation | X | |||
Walk out back covered patio of at least 50 square feet | X | |||
Porch or balcony railings | X | |||
Eight-inch wide columns, as measured at the base of the column, on front or side porch | X | |||
TOTAL | ||||
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. Multiple buildings on a site shall be arranged to promote multi-modal connectivity, provide visual interest to pedestrians, activate public spaces, and facilitate social interaction. Buildings shall be arranged to provide ample light and air into interior and exterior spaces.
B. Multifamily, Mixed-Use, and Light Industrial Districts. The following standards apply to primary structures in the R-3, R-4 zone districts, all Mixed- Use zone districts, and the AD, APZ, and I-1 zone districts.
1. Building Orientation - General. Each primary structure shall be arranged so that the primary façade and each façade with a main pedestrian entry, orients onto and provides direct pedestrian access onto, one of the following.
a. A public or private street;
b. A public park, open space or common green;
c. A plaza or courtyard; or
d. A pedestrian passage.
2. Building Orientation - Single-Story Commercial Buildings.
a. Commercial developments shall break up supporting commercial uses into a cluster of individual pad and liner buildings at corners and street edges.
b. Pad and liner buildings shall be designed to be "double-fronted", where one entrance faces the parking lot and another faces a street or other public space as defined in Section 146-4.8.4.B.1 above.
c. Larger single-story commercial buildings, such as a grocery store or large format retail building, may be placed internal to a site, provided they maintain a strong orientation with the other buildings on the site. However, large single-story commercial buildings may also be located at the street edge.
d. A primary structure located on a corner lot where two streets intersect shall orient to each street by having strong ties to each street setback line.
3. Building Spacing.
a. When two buildings with primary residential or commercial entrances each face a common area other than a street (such as a plaza, green space, or pedestrian passage/mews), the space between the two structures shall be a minimum of 40 feet. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. The intent of the following standards is to create a built environment in which the massing of buildings contributes to a sense of human scale, with ground floor design, horizontal and vertical articulation, manipulation of building forms, and use of various materials, fenestration and architectural details to avoid long, monolithic building shapes and surfaces.
B. Horizontal Articulation. Each primary structure shall use horizontal articulation elements to break up long, flat walls.
1. Attached single-family developments shall use at least one of the horizontal articulation methods shown in Table 4.8-3 to differentiate the front façade of each attached dwelling unit from the abutting dwelling units.
2. Single story commercial buildings shall use at least one of the horizontal articulation methods shown in Table 4.8-3 at an interval of 50 feet or less on each street facing façade of the primary building.
3. Single story industrial buildings shall use at least one of the horizontal articulation methods shown in Table 4.8-3 at an interval of 100 feet or less on each street facing façade of the primary building.
4. Every 50 linear feet, mixed-use and multifamily developments shall use at least two of the horizontal articulation methods shown in Table 4.8-3 at an interval of 50 feet or less on each street facing building façade.
Table 4.8-3 Horizontal Articulation Methods | ||
|---|---|---|
Attached Single-family (Townhouses) | Mixed-Use and Multifamily | Single Story Commercial/Industrial |
a. Change in material texture, patterning or color - A change in material texture, patterning or color that extends the full height of the primary façade, excluding the ground level | ||
![]() | ![]() | ![]() |
b. Horizontal offset or projection - A horizontal wall plane offset of at least 3 ft. extending for at least 50% of the average height of the primary façade | ||
![]() | ![]() | ![]() |
c. Change in fenestration pattern - A change in window size, style, or placement | ||
![]() | ![]() | ![]() |
d. Change in roof height or form - A variation in parapet height of at least 3 ft. or a change in roof form | ||
![]() | ![]() | ![]() |
e. Wall notch combination - A combination using at least one option from above, plus a wall notch. Wall notches shall be a minimum of 3 ft. deep and 8 ft. wide. | ||
![]() | ![]() | ![]() |
C. Vertical Articulation.
1. Each primary structure or portion of primary structure with a height of 30 feet or more and more than two stories shall use vertical articulation to present a clear base, middle and cap to the building on each façade facing a street or a Residential zone district.
2. The “base” is generally the portion of the building that meets the ground. It is at least 24 inches tall, but for taller buildings could be as tall as the first two stories. It shall include pedestrian oriented elements, high transparency, and be made of high-quality and durable materials. The “middle” is the least dominant façade element. It is generally located between the “base” (anywhere above 24 inches above the ground) and the “cap”, or roofline. The “cap” is where the building meets the sky. This is generally a predominant roofline or architectural element indicating the end of a building.

Figure 4.8-1: Base, Middle, and Cap of Building
3. At least one of the following vertical articulation options shall be used for each of the three vertical element categories.
Table 4.8-4 Vertical Articulation Methods for Base, Middle, and Cap of Buildings | |
|---|---|
Vertical Articulation Methods for “Base” | |
a. Use of “heavy” material on ground floor Use masonry such as brick or stone, or other durable material to delineate the ground floor. | ![]() |
b. Horizontal reveal line at base A horizontal reveal line a minimum of 24 in. from the ground. | ![]() |
c. Arcade, gallery, or colonnade Use an arcade, gallery, or colonnade to accentuate the ground floor. | ![]() |
d. Architectural detailing Use enhanced architectural detailing or fenestration on the ground floor. | ![]() |
Vertical Articulation Methods for “Middle” | |
e. Stepback in massing A stepback in massing a minimum of 5 ft. from the ground floor façade. | ![]() |
f. Change in material A change in material occurring between the first and second floors | ![]() |
g. Variation in window size Visible variation in window size from ground floor to upper floor(s) (typically smaller) | ![]() |
Vertical Articulation Methods for “Cap” | |
h. Cornice Use of cornice (on flat-roof buildings) or projecting roof line (for sloping roofs) | ![]() |
i. Reveal line at top of building A “reveal” line or change in material, texture, patterning or color (min. 24 in. from top) | ![]() |
D. Maximum Building Length.
1. The maximum building length of any multifamily or mixed-use building shall be:
a. 600 feet in Subareas A, B and C.
2. The maximum building length of any commercial building shall be:
a. 300 feet in Subarea A;
b. 400 feet in Subarea B; and
c. 600 feet in Subarea C.
3. The maximum building length of any industrial building shall be:
a. 400 feet in Subarea A;
b. No limit in Subareas B and C.
4. The maximum building length of single-family attached (townhouse) buildings shall be:
a. No more than eight attached units in one single building cluster in Subarea A; and
b. No more than 16 attached units in any single building cluster in Subareas B and C. (Ord. No. 2022-32 § 2, 07-11-2022; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. High quality building materials are promoted to ensure building longevity and architectural interest. Building materials shall provide a sense of human scale and interest, especially on ground floors. Colors shall be carefully chosen with respect to surrounding context.
B. Applicability and Exceptions. Each residential design plan submitted for approval after the Effective Date shall meet the requirements of Sections 146-4.8.6.C and 146-4.8.6.D except as those requirements may be modified by this Subsection B:
1. For any subdivision approved prior to November 1, 2012, where:
a. The average percentage of masonry on the net façade area of all residential dwelling units permitted by the subdivision plat is 30 percent or greater; and
b. At least 50 percent of the total residential dwelling units permitted by the subdivision plat have been built as of November 1, 2012.
Each new residential design plan shall provide that the net façade area of the residential dwelling unit shall be no less than 30 percent masonry. Upon application, the Planning Director may allow, on a case-by-case basis, the percentage of masonry coverage to vary among any residential design plans or the elevations of any residential design plans submitted to the Director for approval; provided, that the minimum average coverage is met in each such submission for the remaining dwelling units within the subdivision.
2. For any subdivision approved prior to November 1, 2012, where:
a. No masonry is included on the net façade area of any residential dwelling unit permitted by the subdivision plat and/or built within the subdivision; and
b. At least 50 percent of the total residential dwelling units permitted by the subdivision plat have been built as of November 1, 2012.
No masonry shall be required in any new residential design plan.
3. The building material requirements for the façades of single-family detached and duplex structures shall not apply to:
a. Any alterations, additions, or repairs to an existing single-family detached or duplex structure; or
b. The rebuilding of any single-family detached or duplex structure not built in conformance with this division that has been damaged or destroyed by fire or natural disaster; provided, that the rebuilt structure contains at least the same amount of masonry as the original.
C. Primary Building Materials.
1. Intense, bright, or fluorescent colors shall not be used as the predominant color on any wall or roof of any primary or accessory structure. These colors may be used as building accent colors, but shall not constitute more than 10 percent of the area of each elevation of a building.
2. Highly reflective glass is prohibited on all façades. Such prohibition shall apply regardless of whether the glass is used in window or spandrels areas.
3. Table 4.8-5 indicates permitted primary exterior building materials for each general building type/zone district. Alternative equivalent material to those listed in Table 4.8-5 may be approved by the Planning Director if the applicant submits the material warranty, durability specifications, sample material, and photographs of the material on structures similar to the proposed structure or development and the Director determines that the materials provide similar durability and visual quality.
Table 4.8-5 Permitted Primary Exterior Building Materials | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
✓ Blank cell ✓A/B | = Permitted = Not Permitted = Conditional | Residential Districts | Mixed-Use Districts | Special Purpose Districts | |
Single-Family Detached and Two-Family | Townhouses and Multifamily | ||||
Architectural Glass | See. Sections 146-4.8.3.C and D. | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Corrugated Metal [1] | ✓A | ||||
Composite Wood | ✓ | ||||
Detailed Cast Concrete | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Masonry - Brick | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Masonry - CMU Block | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Masonry - Decorative Tile | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Masonry - Natural Stone | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Metal Panel | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Large Cementitious Panels [2] | ✓B | ✓B | |||
Three Coat Stucco | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Synthetic Stucco | |||||
[1] Buildings with corrugated metal as the primary exterior building material shall include wainscoting at least 42 in. high, surfaced in stone, decorative concrete, or brick masonry when facing a view corridor, drainage, public or private space, or right-of-way. [2] Buildings with large cementitious tilt-up panels shall be embossed with reveals that repeat a common pattern that is human scaled. | |||||
4. In addition to the materials listed in Table 4.8-5 and equivalents permitted under Subsection 3 above, ecologically-based materials may be substituted provided those materials are certified as sustainable materials, such as reclaimed building materials, or are used to create ecological and sustainable building or site features such as living walls, water retention areas, or renewable energy elements may be approved by the Planning Director if the applicant submits the material warranty, durability specifications, sample material, and photographs of the material on structures similar to the proposed structure or development and the Director determines that the materials provide similar durability and visual quality.
5. The following charts illustrate successful applications of the various permitted primary exterior building materials on a variety of building types.



D. Masonry Standards for Single-Family Attached, and Multifamily Residential Dwellings. Masonry standards for single-family attached and multifamily dwellings (other than two-family dwellings), are as indicated in Table 4.8-6 below. Alternative equivalent material to the materials listed in Table 4.8-6 may be approved by the Planning Director if the applicant submits the material warranty, durability specifications, sample material, and photographs of the material on structures similar to the proposed structure or development and the Director determines that the materials provide similar durability and visual quality.
Table 4.8-6 Masonry Standards for Single-Family Attached and Multifamily | |
|---|---|
Type of Structure | Minimum Percentage of Masonry on Net Façade Area (not each elevation) |
Single-family attached | Either: • 50 percent shall be clad in brick or stone; or • 75 percent shall be clad in stucco; or • 75 percent shall be clad in a combination of stucco and brick, or stucco and stone. |
Multifamily (excluding two-family) | Either: • 60 percent (or 30 percent for an Affordable Housing Structure) shall be clad in brick or stone; or • 80 percent (or 40 percent for an Affordable Housing Structure) shall be clad in stucco; or • 80 percent (or 40 percent for an Affordable Housing Structure) shall be clad in a combination of stucco and brick, or stucco and stone. |
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. Four-sided building standards are provided to eliminate the common treatment of “backs” of buildings. There shall be a hierarchy to building façades, but depending on what each façade orients to there may or may not be a “back” side. For example, when a façade of a building orients to open space or a residential district, that façade shall employ architectural interest due to its high visibility, even if the façade does not include a main entry.
B. Applicability. The following standards apply to construction of all new primary buildings, and to all additions to and renovations of existing primary buildings that increase the gross floor area by 25 percent or more or 2,000 square feet, whichever is greater.
C. Building Face Hierarchy. A building's special architectural features and treatments shall not be restricted to a single façade. Each building face shall require a different degree of architectural treatment, commensurate with its degree of visibility from a public or private park, open space, or trail, or a public or private street right-of-way. Building faces shall be classified according to the hierarchy shown in Table 4.8-7.
Table 4.8-7 Building Face Naming and Descriptions | ||
|---|---|---|
A | Primary Building Face | This facade directly fronts a public or private street. It is typically the building face on which the primary entrance is located, and the face that will be viewed most frequently by pedestrian as well as automotive traffic. |
B | Secondary Building Face | This facade is typically perpendicular to the primary building face and located (a) on the side of a building, where it is viewed by pedestrian and automotive traffic, but less directly, or on the rear of a building that faces a park, open space, or trail. |
C | Minor Building Face | This facade is typically found at the rear of a building that does not face a park, open space, or trail, and that is viewed only from alleys, abutting lots, or indirectly from greater distances. |
D. Façade Character Elements.
1. In addition to any applicable Massing and Articulation standards, new buildings are subject to the following façade character requirements for four-sided design.
2. Façade materials shall wrap around a building corner a minimum of two feet when there is a change of façade material or color on two adjacent sides of the building.
3. Table 4.8-8 includes three categories for façade character elements. Each category includes a minimum number of required elements for each building face. This table may be used as a checklist for the Planning Director.
Table 4.8-8 Façade Character Elements for Four-Sided Building Design | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Mixed-Use and Multifamily Residential Districts | Special Purpose Districts | |||||
BUILDING FACE | PRIMARY FAÇADE | SECONDARY FACADE | MINOR FACADE | PRIMARY FACADE | SECONDARY FACADE | MINOR FACADE |
Massing | ||||||
General | 3 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
Wall off-set (min. 3 ft.) | ||||||
Wall/parapet height change (min. 3 ft.) | ||||||
Roof form change | ||||||
Upper floor stepback | ||||||
Wall notch (min. 12 in.) | ||||||
Materials | ||||||
General | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
Change in material | ||||||
Change in color | ||||||
Change in texture | ||||||
Use of masonry (min. 40% of façade) | ||||||
Use of panelized materials (min. 40% of façade) | ||||||
Variety of window sizes | ||||||
Transparency and glazing (min 70% transparent glass) | ||||||
Human Scale | ||||||
General | 3 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
Architectural detailing | ||||||
Display cases on ground floor (for mixed-use) | ||||||
Building-mounted lighting fixtures | ||||||
Awnings or shutters | ||||||
Entry definition (pronounced massing/roof form, stoop, porch, etc.) | ||||||
Building corner enhancements | ||||||
Wall art | ||||||
Balconies | ||||||
Landscape wall/decorative screen for vines | ||||||
E. Entry Design. Each building shown in Table 4.8-9 shall incorporate primary entries to either primary and/or secondary building faces. Each entry shall be accentuated by using one of the methods shown in Table 4.8-9.
Table 4.8-9 Entry Options | |
|---|---|
Entry Options for Residential Buildings with Individual Unit Access from Ground Floor | |
a. Front Porch Front porches are common on single-family attached (townhouse) and other residential building types where individual units may be accessed from the ground floor. A front porch shall be raised a minimum of 24 in. off the ground and be at least partially open on three sides and include a roof overhead. It shall be large enough to accommodate seating for two people. | ![]() |
b. Patio Patios are common on single-family attached (townhouse) and other residential building types where individual units may be accessed from the ground floor. They are also common for units that have to be accessible from the ground floor. A patio is less than 24 in. off the ground and shall be at least partially covered. A patio shall be large enough to accommodate seating for two people. | ![]() |
c. Stoop Stoops are most common on single-family attached (townhouse) or stacked apartment building types. A stoop shall be raised a minimum of 36 in. off the ground. The landing of the stoop shall be a minimum of 30 square feet and be covered. | ![]() |
Entry Options for Multifamily, Mixed-Use, Commercial and Industrial Buildings | |
d. Projected Mass A projected mass entry includes a featured building form element where the main entry to a building is located. This is most common for building types that share a common entry, especially to service upper floors. The projected mass shall be a minimum of 2 ft. deep. The entrance shall be covered, either by an attached element or by recessing the doors into the building mass. | ![]() |
e. Recessed Mass A recessed mass entry includes a featured building form element where the main entry to a building is located. This is most common for building types that share a common entry, especially to service upper floors. The recessed mass shall be inset a minimum of 2 ft. and shall be covered. | ![]() |
f. Corner Entry A corner entry is naturally featured by being located in the most visible portion of a building. A corner entry could serve the ground floor and/or act as a common entry for an entire building. The building is usually chamfered or rounded (at least on the ground floor) to accommodate doors and/or storefront windows. | ![]() |
g. Roof Form Variation Varying the roof form above the mass on which the entry is located enhances visibility to the main entrance. Roof form variation as a way to enhance an entry is most appropriate for lower-scaled buildings where the roof form is seen from the ground. A roof form variation shall be visibly different from adjacent building mass and form by varying overall roof form and/or height. | ![]() |
h. Awning or Sun Shade Device Incorporate an awning or sun shade device to enhance and highlight a main entrance and to cover an entrance from rain and snow. Sun shade devices shall be used appropriately for solar control, i.e. they are not appropriate on north facades. | ![]() |
(Ord. No. 2022-32 § 3, 07-11-2022; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Mixed-Use, Multifamily and Nonresidential Districts.
1. Roof Materials.
a. Acceptable materials for all sloping roof areas with a pitch of 3:12 or greater, and visible from any public or private right-of-way, are listed in Table 4.8-10.
b. Intense, bright, or fluorescent colors shall not be used on any roof areas visible from a public or private right-of-way or public open space.
c. All roof materials on all portions of all development other than rooftop decks shall have a minimum 25 year warranty.
Table 4.8-10 Permitted Materials for Visible Sloping Roofs | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
✓ = Permitted Blank cell = Not permitted | Residential Districts | Mixed-Use Districts | Special Purpose Districts | |
Single-Family Detached and Duplexes | Townhouses and Multifamily | |||
Asphalt Shingles | ✓ | ✓ | ||
Composition (Architectural) Shingles | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
Concrete, Clay or Slate Tiles | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
Membrane System Roofs | ||||
Seamed Architectural Metals (e.g., Tin, Copper) | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
2. Roof Form.
a. Where sloped roofs are used, at least one of the following elements shall be incorporated into the design for each 60 linear feet of roof to avoid long, flat roof surfaces:
i. Projecting gables,
ii. Hips,
iii. Horizontal/vertical breaks, or
iv. Other similar techniques.
b. Where flat roofs are used, the design or height of the parapet shall include at least one change in setback or height of at least three feet along each 60 linear feet of façade.
c. On all structures exceeding three stories in height, all flat roofs shall be internally drained, and external scuppers and wall drains shall be prohibited.
B. Special Purpose Districts. Industrial buildings with metal as the primary exterior surface material shall have roofs enhanced with a decorative fascia, a roof pitch of 4:12 or greater, projecting gables, or other similar techniques. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 22, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Structures containing over 75,000 square feet of gross floor area, and in which over 80 percent of the gross floor area is occupied by a single retail use, shall comply with the following standards in addition to those in Sections 146-4.8.4 through 146-4.8.8 above. In the event of an inconsistency between these standards and the standards in Sections 146-4.8.4 through 146-4.8.8 above, the standards in this Section 146-4.8.9 shall apply.
A. Pedestrian Scale Details. To promote a sense of human scale, special accent materials and design details shall be incorporated into all first floor façades and paving areas abutting pedestrian walkways. Such features shall include, but are not limited to:
1. Changes in paving patterns and materials at pedestrian building entrances and other significant pedestrian locations;
2. Special decorative wall patterns, textures, accent materials, or graphics;
3. Trim banks and reveals;
4. Special architectural features marking pedestrian entries; and
5. Display windows.
B. Façade Articulation. Each façade greater than 100 feet in length, measured horizontally, shall incorporate wall plane projections or recesses having a depth of at least 3 percent of the length of the façade (or at least two feet), and extending at least 20 percent of the length of the façade. No uninterrupted length of any façade shall exceed 100 horizontal feet.
C. Façade Design. Each building façade shall have a repeating pattern that shall include no less than three instances of; (1) color change, (2) texture changes, (3) material module change, or (4) expression of an architectural or structural bay through a change in plane no less than 12 inches in width, such as an offset reveal, or projecting rib. At least one of those elements shall repeat horizontally at an interval of no more than 50 feet.
D. Pedestrian Oriented Design Features. Ground floor façades that face public streets, on-site auto circulation drives, sidewalks, pedestrian paths, or plazas shall have arcades, display windows, entry areas, awnings, or other such features along no less than 60 percent of their horizontal length.
E. Customer Entrances. Each building shall have clearly defined, highly visible customer entrances featuring at least three of the following elements:
1. Canopies or porticos,
2. Arcades, arches, peaked roof forms, outdoor patios, display windows, architectural tilework or moldings integrated into the building design,
3. Overhangs, recesses or projections, or
4. Integrated planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas or seating areas.
F. Outdoor Amenities. Each primary structure subject to this Section 146-4.8.9 shall provide at least two of the following: patio or seating area, pedestrian plaza with benches, transit stop, window shopping walkway, display windows adjacent to pedestrian routes, outdoor playground area, water feature, clock tower, or other deliberately shaped and highly visible outdoor amenity as approved by the Planning Director. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
In Subarea C, primary structures designed for industrial uses shall comply with other applicable standards for non-residential development and with the following additional standards. If there is a conflict between the standards in this Section 146-4.8.10 and other standards in this UDO, the standards in this Section 146-4.8.10 shall apply.
A. Concrete tilt-up panels are allowed subject to the following standards:
1. Panels shall be embossed with reveals that repeat a common pattern.
2. All elevations visible from a public or private street shall include variable parapet heights and 1 foot minimum projections with the distance between not to exceed 50 feet.
3. All main entries shall be uniquely identified by using an arcade, covered entry, spandrel glass or other similar architectural feature.
B. Metal is prohibited as a primary exterior surface material on buildings that are visible from a street, park, open space, or trail. Metal may be used as an accent material covering no more than 10 percent of the façades of such building façades. If metal is to be used along interior lot lines, such façades need to be integrated into the overall building design.
C. Loading doors and operations shall occur within the interior of the site and not be visible from a public right-of-way. If physical site constraints or frontage on more than one right-of-way prevent compliance with this standard, alternative compliance may be approved by the Planning Director on a case-by-case basis if the Director determines that the alternative will reduce visual and noise impacts of loading doors and operations on abutting rights-of-way and residential to the maximum extent practicable.
D. Accessory buildings not visible from the street shall meet the following standards.
1. Articulation of each façade is required with a change in wall plane at a minimum of two locations.
2. Metal buildings are permitted, but a wainscot or base treatment is required. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 23, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The standards in this Section 146-4.8.11 apply in addition to the standards in Section 146-4.7.8 (Screening of Service Areas and Equipment) but only one type of screening (through landscape or building design) is required for each area or piece of equipment required to be screened. If required screening for an area or piece of equipment is provided pursuant to this Section 146-4.8.11, then additional screening of the same area or piece of equipment is not required pursuant to Section 146-4.7.8, and vice-versa.
A. Rooftop Equipment.
1. All rooftop mechanical equipment shall be screened from view from a point four feet above grade level on each property line with an abutting property, and from a point four feet above grade from each sidewalk on the far side of each adjacent street, or if there is no sidewalk then from a point five feet above grade at the curb line on the far side of each adjacent street. Appropriate methods for rooftop screening include:
a. Freestanding screen wall
b. Extended parapet wall
c. Other similar technique
B. Ground or Wall-Mounted Equipment.
1. Ground or wall-mounted utility equipment such as HVAC units, electric and gas meters, panels, junction boxes and similar equipment shall be screened from view of public streets, parks, open spaces, trails, plazas, and other public space by using architecturally compatible walls and/or landscaping.
2. Ground and wall-mounted equipment shall be located along or on secondary building faces, and not on primary building faces, to the maximum extent practicable.
3. When walls are used to screen mechanical equipment, the walls shall use similar building materials and detail as the primary structure.
C. Garbage and Recycling Storage Areas. Garbage dumpsters and recycling bins for multifamily dwellings and for mixed-use, commercial, and industrial buildings shall be accommodated within the primary structure or an accessory structure to the maximum extent practicable. If located outside the structure, garbage storage shall be screened from public view from any adjacent public street or residential use or district within 100 feet of the trash dumpster or recycling areas through the use of techniques that comply with Sections 146-4.7.8 (Screening of Service Areas and Equipment) or 146-4.8.11 (Screening of Mechanical Equipment). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
The purpose of this Section 146-4.9 is to ensure that vehicle circulation areas, pedestrian circulation areas, parking areas, public gathering spaces, approaches to buildings, and other areas have adequate outdoor illumination to promote safety and walkability at night; to control the negative impacts associated with nuisance outdoor lighting, excessive lighting, light pollution, dramatic contrasts between lit and unlit areas; and to minimize light spillover onto adjacent properties. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Except in the R-R and R-1 districts, private sidewalks, internal pedestrian paths, and bicycle paths shall be lit with full cutoff shielded lighting fixtures no more than 16 feet tall and providing consistent illumination of at least one footcandle on the walking surface. All public sidewalks, pedestrian paths, and bicycle paths shall meet the requirements of the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual.
B. In all zone districts except portions of the I-2 zone district located more than 750 feet away from a Residential zone district, on-site streets and parking areas shall be lit with full cutoff shielded luminaire type lighting fixtures no more than 25 feet tall, and fixtures shall be downcast types with full cutoff shielding. In the I-2 district, the maximum permitted height of lighting fixtures located at least 750 feet from Residential districts and residential uses shall be 40 feet.

Figure 4.9-1: Examples of Full-Cutoff Light Fixtures

Figure 4.9-2: Examples of Light Fixtures that Do Not Meet the Full-Cutoff Standard
C. Incandescent light sources of 100 watts or less or other light sources of 60 watts or less (gaseous discharge) that are located at least 150 feet from the property line of a residential district, are exempt from the full cutoff shielding requirement.
D. Lighting along public street and landscaped areas shall comply with the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual and be of a unified design.
E. Lighting sources shall be color-correct types such as Halogen, metal halide, or light emitting diode (LED). Light types of limited spectral emission, such as low pressure sodium or mercury vapor lights, are prohibited.
F. Lighting fixtures shall have a minimum light intensity of one lumen per square foot and a maximum intensity of two lumens per square foot unless otherwise provided by this Section 146-4.9.
G. Light spillover onto adjacent properties shall not exceed 0.1 footcandles measured on abutting properties 10 feet away from the property line, except where adjacent to walkways, driveways, public and private streets.
H. All exterior light fixtures shall generate at least 80 lumens per watt of energy consumed, as shown on the manufacturer’s specifications for the fixture. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Shielding of Lights in Parking Areas. The following standards apply to all multifamily developments and non-residential developments in Residential zone districts, and to all uses in all mixed-use and non-residential uses.
1. Lighting fixtures for canopies or similar structures shall be flush-mounted or recessed above the lower edge of the canopy, and shall be equipped with flat lenses.
2. Lighting fixtures on a lot adjacent to a Residential district or residential use shall shield the light source from sight from all adjacent residential uses.
B. Illuminance.
1. Maintained average illuminance values in parking areas shall be no less than two foot-candles. Illuminance shall be measured using only the light produced on-site.
2. The acceptable uniformity ratio for lighted areas shall comply with recommended ranges adopted by the Illumination Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) for low, medium, and high activity areas.
C. Hours of Lighting.
1. All luminaires, except those required for security, shall be extinguished within one hour after the end of business closing and remain extinguished until one hour before business opening. A maximum of 25 percent of the total luminaires used for parking lot illumination may remain in operation during this period to provide security.
2. Parking area lighting during off-business hours need not conform to the otherwise applicable average-to-minimum uniformity ratio in Section 146-4.9.3.B. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Location and Direction.
1. Building-mounted lights shall be installed so that all light is directed downward except for decorative lighting less than 100 watts fluorescent or the equivalent.
2. No wall packs or similar lights shall be permitted unless the cutoff angle effectively eliminates glare from beyond the property lines.

Figure 4.9-3: Example of Wall Pack Light
3. Lights shall not be mounted above the parapet or above the eave on a pitched roof except for motion-activated security lighting, and decorative lighting.
4. Lights shall not exceed 400 watts of incandescent illuminance or the equivalent.
B. Decorative Lighting.
1. Decorative lighting is permitted to enhance the appearance of a building and/or landscaping provided that all light is cast against the building surface or downward onto a tree or other landscape feature.
2. Decorative lighting shall not exceed 100 watts of incandescent illuminance or the equivalent.
3. All decorative lighting shall be directed away from residential uses located within 300 feet of the façade on which the decorative lighting is mounted, and shall be shielded at all times to reduce light trespass upon adjacent residential uses. As an exception, patio string lighting may be mounted on a façade of a building facing and located within 300 feet of a residential use; provided, that the lighting is turned off between 11:00 pm and 6:00 am.
4. Lighting for special events, emergencies, construction, or holidays shall be exempt from these decorative lighting standards provided that the lighting is discontinued within seven calendar days upon completion of the project or the holiday for which the lighting was provided. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. To protect the right to free speech by the display of protected message(s) on a sign, while balancing this right against public interests of preserving and protecting the public, health, safety and welfare within the City of Aurora;
B. To reduce hazards that may be caused or worsened by driver, bicyclist, and pedestrian distraction caused by signs, especially those projecting along public rights-of-way or near roadway intersections;
C. To promote the effectiveness of signs by preventing their over concentration, visual clutter, hazardous placement, deterioration, excessive size and number;
D. To preserve and enhance the aesthetic and environmental values of the community, as reflected in the Comprehensive Plan, while at the same time providing adequate channels of communication to the public;
E. To increase the economic value of commercial areas through use of quality design; and
F. To regulate signs in in a content-neutral manner in accordance with the City's policy and intent in a manner consistent with the U.S. and Colorado Constitutions, laws, and court decisions. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Vehicle mounted signs that are not integrated into body of the vehicle, including mobile billboards;
B. Signs extending over or within the right-of-way, or within a protected sight triangle, unless otherwise authorized through a revocable right-of-way permit from the City;
C. Signs on utility poles, other than City-owned signs;
D. Roof signs or any signs placed on or above the roof line or parapet of a building;
E. Signs located on internally illuminated awnings; and
F. Signs that include, or message content that is communicated by, strobe or flashing lights. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Generally. Existing signs that do not conform to the provisions of this Section 146-4.10 shall not be re-erected when removed from their supporting structure. They may be re-erected if the location and the sign are made to conform to the provisions of this Section 146-4.10 or any other ordinance or regulation.
B. Discontinued Business. Any existing sign that advertises a defunct business or an unavailable entity, product ,or service is declared to be a nuisance and shall be removed by the owner, agent, or person having the control of the premises upon which such sign may be found as required by Section 146-4.11.1.E (Maintenance Requirements; Signs). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Residential sign shall comply with the standards in Table 4.10-1:
Table 4.10-1 Permitted Signs | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Sign Category | Sign Type | Maximum Number | Maximum Area |
Multifamily Dwelling structures containing 24 units or fewer | Wall or monument sign | 1 wall sign or monument sign per street frontage | 36 sf. |
Multifamily Dwellings containing more than 24 units | Wall or monument sign | 1 wall sign or monument sign per street frontage | 96 sf. |
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Applicability. These standards shall apply to all commercial, institutional, mixed-use, and industrial development unless otherwise specified in this UDO, Site Plan, Master Plan, Adjustment, or Variance.
B. Wall, Projecting, Blade, and Monument Signs.
1. Number of Permitted Signs. A total of five signs are permitted per use, with a total of 80 square feet minimum.
2. Total Sign Area Allowed.
a. Arterial Streets. On arterial street frontages, two square feet of sign area for each linear foot of building frontage for the first 100 feet, then one-half square feet of sign area for each linear foot of building frontage thereafter as measured along the building frontage (the longest building frontage with a public entrance), up to the limit in Subsection c. below.
b. All Other Streets. On all other street frontages, one square feet of sign area for each linear foot of building frontage for the first 200 feet of building frontage; then one-half square feet of sign area for each linear foot of building frontage thereafter as measured along the building frontage (the longest building frontage with a public entrance), up to the limit in Subsection c below.
c. Maximum Total Sign Area. Maximum total sign area shall not exceed 600 square feet.
d. Maximum Individual Sign Area. No individual sign shall exceed 200 square feet.
e. Additional Sign per Tenant or Business. Each tenant or business is permitted one blade sign up to a maximum of six square feet. in addition to the signs listed in Subsections a. through d. above.
C. Monument Sign Standards. Monument signage is considered as one of the five types of signs allowed and is included in the total allowable square footage as calculated above.
1. Location of Monument Signs.
a. Monument signs shall be located on the Site Plan showing size of sign face, setback, and sight triangle.
b. If any monument sign is located in an easement, a revocable license must be obtained prior to permit issuance.
c. No monument sign may be erected in a median.
2. Maximum Height. The maximum height of monument signs shall be determined by the location as follows, measured from grade to top of sign:
a. Along arterial streets: 12 feet
b. Along all other streets: 8 feet
3. Total Sign Area Allowed. The maximum size of a monument sign face is 100 square feet, unless otherwise noted in this Section 146-4.10.
D. Large Scale Retail Single-Tenant Use (over 50,000 sq. ft.).
1. Number of Permitted Signs.
a. May be extended from six to a total of eight signs through an Administrative Adjustment pursuant to Section 146-5.4.4.F.
b. One monument sign per street frontage for those single retail uses that have more than 150 feet of street frontage, plus one additional monument sign is permitted provided that a separation of 150 feet is maintained between monument signs.
2. Total Sign Area Allowed. Two square feet per linear feet of building frontage to maximum total sign area of 800 square feet.
3. Location of Monument Signs.
a. Minimum of four feet from back of sidewalk or 21 feet from flow line; and
b. Shall not be placed within any applicable site triangle.
4. Motor Vehicle Dispensing Uses.
a. Choose either the primary linear frontage of the canopy or building for calculating the maximum sign area, but not both.
b. Length of accessory car wash buildings may not be used to calculate sign area.
5. Donation Collection Bins. Two kiosk mounted signs are permitted, limited to a maximum of six square feet each.
6. Small Recycling Centers. One sign permitted, limited to a maximum of 20 square feet.
E. Wall and Monument Signs for Properties with Multiple Tenants, Businesses, or Users.
1. In addition to signs permitted by Subsections B, C, and D above, properties with multiple tenants, businesses, or users are permitted one additional wall or monument sign for each public street or highway abutting the project. The additional sign may be located on the lot where the primary building in the project is located, or on any lot in a designated on a Master Plan covering multiple lots.
2. The maximum size of the additional sign shall not exceed 100 square feet per sign face, and the maximum height of the additional sign shall not exceed 14 feet. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Signs of the types listed in Table 4.10-2 shall comply with the standards in that table.
Table 4.10-2 Standards for Other Types of Signs | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Sign Type | Description and Standard(s) | Size and Quantity | Permit Required? | Zone Districts Permitted |
Signs Erected by a Registered Neighborhood Group | At neighborhood entrances only on an arterial or collector street | 96 sf. max. area; 6 ft. max. height; Max. 2 per entrance | Yes | Residential and mixed-use zone districts |
Pillar or Column-Type Signs Erected by a Business improvement District or Business Association | On pillars or columns on arterial or collector streets | 20 sf. max area; 6 ft. max. height | No | Mixed-use zone districts |
Signs Erected by a Business Improvement District or Business Association | Only on an arterial or collector streets | 96 sf. total area; 8 ft. max. height | Yes | Mixed-use zone districts |
Bus Benches and Bus Shelter Advertising | Permitted on the City right-of-way pursuant to a bus bench or advertising bus shelter franchise agreement with City | As per agreement | Yes | All zone districts |
Donation Collection Bin | See standards in Section 146-3.3.5.WW (Recycling Collection Facility) | Max. 2 kiosk mounted signs; 6 sf. each max. area | No | Mixed-use zone districts |
Flags on Flag Poles | In no instance shall any part of a flag extend beyond the property line. | 3 poles max.; Max. 240 sf. total area; 35 ft. max height | Required for any flag pole over 25 feet in height | Multifamily developments; and R-2, R-3, R-4, and mixed-use zone districts |
Signs Adjacent to a Permitted Drive Up or Drive-Through Lane | Not calculated in business sign area | n/a | No | All zone districts where drive-up or drive-through facility is permitted or conditional use |
Signs Located on a Motor Vehicle Fuel Dispensing Station Pump Island | Not calculated in business sign area | n/a | No | All zone districts where motor vehicle fuel dispensing station is a permitted or conditional use |
Window | No flashing or blinking permitted. Calculated with all window signs (temporary and permanent) and includes "open" signs | General: 50% coverage per window pane max.; MU-OA-MS: 25% coverage per window pane max.; All: 200 sf. max. total area of all window signs | No | Mixed-use zone districts
Refer to Sections 146-2.4.4.H.2.h |
Incidental Site Signs | May not be directed to or designed to be legible from private or public streets | 3 sf. max area per sign; General: 3 ft. max. height At corners where driving aisles meet or cross: 6 feet max. height | Yes | Mixed-use zone districts |
Pennants, streamers, or similar decorative devices | Refer to Section 146-4.10.15 | n/a | No | All zone districts |
(Ord. No. 2022-71 § 1, 11-28-2022; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. An electronic message board is a form of on-premises sign.
B. An electronic message board is limited to use on monument signs only and shall be integrated into the overall sign face.
C. The area of the electronic message board signage shall not exceed 50 percent of the total sign area of the sign face.
D. The electronic message display must be programmed so it does not change more frequently than once every eight seconds, and the message change occurs instantaneously, without use of scrolling, flashing, fading, blinking, or other similar transitions. The board shall contain static messages only, changed only through dissolve or fade transitions, but that may otherwise not have movement, or the appearance or optical illusion of movement varying light intensity, of any part of the board, design or pictorial segment of the board. The change of message using dissolve or fade transition shall not exceed one second of time between each message displayed on the board.
E. The message display must be provided with automatic dimming software or solar sensors to control brightness for nighttime viewing and varying daytime lighting conditions.
F. All existing electronic signs that contain an electronic changeable copy that does not comply with the provisions of the Section shall conform to the brightness of copy provisions and animation restrictions within 180 calendar days of the original adoption of the regulations recodified in this Section 146-4.10.
G. Within the areas designated as the Special Commercial Sign Overlay Districts, electronic message boards may be integrated into either a wall or monument sign, but is limited to 50 percent of the overall sign square footage. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Purpose. The City Council determines that there are certain commercial areas in the City that warrant the designation as special commercial sign standard areas to permit a taller or larger ground sign because:
1. Such areas are characterized by intense commercial activity along major streets;
2. The uses to which such signs pertain have long street frontages;
3. Sign locations are buffered from residential areas;
4. The area is coterminous with other governmental jurisdictions that have less restrictive sign regulations; and/or
5. The signage otherwise permitted by this Section 146-4.10 would be obscured from visibility from public streets by light rail infrastructure.
B. Designation and Applicability. The City Council hereby designates special commercial sign standard areas along the frontage of the following streets for qualifying businesses having the requisite minimum frontage on such named streets:
1. Havana Street (South of Sixth Avenue);
2. Colfax Avenue (Outside of MU-OA-MS subdistrict and the MU-FB district);
3. Abilene Street; and
4. Parker Road.
C. Decision and Approval Criteria. The Planning Director shall approve the proposed sign, deny the sign, or approve the sign with conditions within 30 days after receipt of a complete application. The Director shall consider the following in making its determination:
1. Whether any negative offsite effects of the proposed sign are mitigated.
2. The extent to which the sign conforms to the associated design character of the development.
D. Appeal to or Call-up by City Council.
1. An applicant may appeal the decision pursuant to Section 146-5.3.13 (Appeals), or City Council may call up the decision pursuant to Section 146-5.3.11 (Call-ups).
2. If the City Council denies the appeal or does not call up the decision pursuant to Section 146-5.3.11, the applicant may seek prompt judicial review of the denial pursuant to Rule 106 of the Colorado Rules of Civil Procedure.
E. Large, Integrated Development. The Planning Director may approve a sign that exceeds the height, area, or location limitations in this Section 146-4.10.8 if it finds such increase is appropriate because the sign relates to a large integrated development or development in an MU-R zone district.
F. Signs Allowed. The following sign standards apply to any property in a special commercial sign standard area:
1. Only monument style freestanding signs are permitted.
2. The maximum height of all monument signs in a special commercial sign standard area shall not exceed 20 feet above grade.
3. If the proposed use has a minimum single street frontage of 300 feet, then one ground sign shall be permitted in addition to the maximum number permitted elsewhere in this Section 146-4.10.
4. The maximum total sign area including the additional ground sign shall not exceed 800 square feet.
G. Installation and Design.
1. The supports for such sign shall appear as an architectural and/or integral part of the sign.
2. The Planning Director is authorized to adopt design guidelines to be applied in the evaluation of each sign permitted in the commercial sign standard areas. Prior to their application, the design guidelines shall be reviewed and approved by the City Council. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Purpose.
1. The creative sign program provides for property owners and businesses within the City to propose creatively designed signs. The intent of this process is:
a. To encourage signs of high-quality materials and workmanship;
b. To encourage signs of unique design that exhibit a high degree of imagination, inventiveness; and
c. To provide a process for the application of creatively designed signs that make a positive visual contribution to the overall image of the City, while mitigating the impacts of large or unusually designed signs.
2. Additionally, the creative sign program may provide for increased allowance to the maximum sign area permitted and to allow changeable copy in association with marquee signs.
B. Procedures. A creative sign program may be approved pursuant to Section 146-5.4.3.F (Creative Sign Program). (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Signs in the MU-OA, MU-FB, MU-TOD, and MU-R Districts.
1. Permitted Sign Types and Standards. Signs of the types listed in Table 4.10-3 shall comply with the standards in that table.
Table 4.10-3 Sign Regulations in the MU-OA, MU-FB, MU-TOD, and MU-R Districts | |
|---|---|
Permitted Sign Types | Standard |
Wall sign | Each tenant or business is allowed 1 wall sign for each street and parking lot frontage. Wall signs shall be allowed up to 1 sf. per linear foot of building frontage with a maximum of 70 sf. of sign area. Individual tenants are allowed a minimum of 25 sf.. |
High wall sign (five stories or greater) | 1 high wall sign is permitted on individual building(s) of 5 stories or greater in height. High wall signs shall be allowed up to 2 sf. per linear foot of building frontage with a maximum of 200 sf. in total sign area. The sign must be located in the area between the bottom of the top floor and the top of the parapet wall. Signs above the parapet wall will be considered roof signs. |
Grand projecting sign | 1 permitted per development on a building located on a corner lot with a street-facing open plaza. Grand projecting signs shall not be a multi-tenant development sign. Sign shall have a minimum clearance of 10 ft. above grade, and shall not project more than 5 ft. beyond the face of the building. A Grand Projection Sign shall be permitted upon an approved Site Plan review. |
Canopy sign | Each tenant or business is allowed 1 canopy sign over a public entrance, each with a maximum sign area of 10 sf. |
Awning sign | Each tenant or business is allowed a maximum of 3 sf. of sign area placed on the vertical flap of the fabric awning. Backlit or internally lit awning signs are prohibited. |
Pedestrian blade sign | Each tenant or business is allowed 1 blade sign per pedestrian entrance, with a maximum size of 6 sf. The sign must be placed within the occupied elevation leased and entirely between 9 and 12 feet above grade. |
Monument sign | Only monument-style ground signs are permitted, with a maximum of 40 sf. per face for a total of 80 sf. for 2-sided signs with an 8-foot maximum height. Fabric, pole-mounted, and other types of permanent signs are prohibited. |
Multi-tenant development wall sign and/or ground sign | Only wall and ground signs are permitted and must be integrated architecturally, with a maximum of 40 sf. per face for a total of 80 sf. for 2-sided signs. Fabric, pole-mounted, and other types of permanent signs are prohibited. More than 1 multi-tenant development sign is permitted for arterial street frontages in a development covered by a Master Plan provided they have a minimum separation of 150 feet. |
Sidewalk sign | 1 sidewalk sign may be placed in front of each tenant or business premises, provided they are located to maintain a clear 6-foot wide pathway for pedestrians. The maximum size for a sidewalk sign is 3 ft. by 4 ft. No permit is required for signs located on private property. |
2. Sign Design and Color Criteria.

Figure 4.10-1: Grand Projecting Sign
a. All monument style signs shall include a base constructed from the same primary materials as used on the main building;
b. All letters and message content on a sign shall be individual 3-D, engraved, or projecting can type. Cabinet signs are prohibited; and
c. All colors used on a sign background shall match the colors used on the main building. All colors and materials used on structures and frames containing the sign face shall match materials and colors used on the main building.
3. Sign Illumination. If a sign is illuminated, all letters and message content on a sign shall be individually illuminated from an internal source, with the exception that wall signs are permitted to be illuminated entirely from downcast architectural lighting fixtures. A uniformly backlighted sign face is not permitted on any sign.
B. Signs in the MU-OA-MS and G Subdistricts.
1. Applicability. These provisions apply to signs in the area bounded by 14th Avenue, 16th Avenue, Yosemite Street, and Oswego Street. Where the regulations of Section 146-2.4.4 (Mixed-Use -- Original Aurora District (MU-OA)) conflict with the requirements of this Section 146-4.10.10.B, the regulations in Section 146-2.4.4 shall govern.
2. Sign Lettering.
a. Except for projecting signs, all sign content shall consist of three-dimensional individual letters or message content of a material distinctive from the background to which it is attached.
b. Cabinet type signs are prohibited.
3. Sign Lighting.
a. If a sign is to be internally illuminated, each sign letter shall be individually illuminated or "back-lit" from a shielded internal source.
b. Signs with letters or message content applied to an internally lit sign face or translucent internally lit awning are prohibited.
c. Neon of any color or neon accents is allowed.
d. Wall, awning, and projecting signs with opaque style lettering may be externally illuminated from adjacent downcast architectural lighting fixtures.
e. Canopy signs may be "up-lighted" or "halo-lighted" if the light source is not open to the sky or visible from the ground.
f. LED (light emitting diode) lighting is prohibited for sign illumination.
4. Permitted Sign Types and Standards. Signs in the MU-OA district shall comply with the standards in Table 4.10-4.
Table 4.10-4 Sign Regulations in the MU-OA-MS and MU-OA-G Subdistrict | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Sign Types | Subdistrict | Standards | Size/Quantity |
Wall sign | MU-OA-MS | Individual channel letters or message content only. A wall or canopy sign, not both. | 1 per tenant or business per building street frontage up to 30 sf. For properties that exceed 60 linear ft. of building frontage: ½ sf. per linear ft., up to 60 sf. |
MU-OA-G | Individual channel letters or message content only. | Size and number per the general sign standards in this Section 146-4.10. | |
Alley wall sign | MU-OA-MS | 1 alley wall sign is permitted up to a maximum of 10 sf. | |
MU-OA-G | n/a | n/a | |
Projecting sign | MU-OA-MS | Signs may be attached or suspended by a metal bracket or placed beneath a projecting canopy or arcade. A minimum ground clearance of 9 feet in height is required. | 1 building-mounted projecting sign is allowed per tenant per each street/alley frontage, not to exceed 12 sf. per sign face. |
MU-OA-G | Prohibited | n/a | |
Grand projecting sign | MU-OA-MS | A single grand projecting sign is allowed for buildings located at street corners, buildings facing an open public plaza, or buildings occupying at least 1/2 block. The projecting sign shall not extend more than 5 ft. above roof peak or parapet or more than 5 ft. beyond the face of its building. Such projecting sign shall maintain a minimum of 10 ft. clear distance from sidewalk to bottom of the sign. Canopy type signage at the base of the grand projecting sign is permitted. See Figure 4.10-1. | The canopy signage portion of the grand projecting sign shall not exceed 20 sf. |
MU-OA-G | Prohibited | n/a | |
Monument sign | MU-OA-MS | Monument signs are not permitted without an administrative adjustment, which may only be granted if the proposed monument sign meets all the following design criteria: (a)There is sufficient plaza or other landscaped area outside of required rights-of-way on the applicant’s property to accommodate the sign; (b) The sign is designed with a solid base composed of brick or stone matching the materials on its associated building; and (c) The height of the sign does not exceed eight feet. | |
MU-OA-G | All monument signs shall be placed on a sign base constructed of materials similar to the main building. All message content shall be individual channel letters or shapes and distinctive from the background. | Per general sign standards. | |
Canopy sign | MU-OA-MS | A canopy or wall sign, not both. Backlighting illumination of canopies is prohibited. | Total area shall not exceed 25 sf. |
MU-OA-G | 1 canopy sign is permitted in addition to the overall size and number permitted by this Section 146-4.10. Total area shall not exceed 25 sf. | ||
Awning sign | MU-OA-MS | All awnings shall be constructed from an opaque fabric material. Backlighting of the awning is not permitted. Message content may not exceed 8 in. and may only be placed on the vertical front portion. Up to 3 sf. of message content may be placed on the slanted portion of the awning. | |
MU-OA-G | Same as MU-OA-MS. | In addition to the overall number and size allowed by this Section 146-4.10. | |
Sidewalk sign | MU-OA-MS | 1 sidewalk sign may be placed in front of each tenant or business premises, provided it is located to maintain a clear 6 ft. wide pathway for pedestrians. | Sidewalk signs shall not exceed 3 ft. by 4 ft. |
MU-OA-G | Prohibited | n/a | |
Banner | MU-OA-MS | Banners are permitted only if attached to street lights. Banners may remain in place for extended periods of time, but shall be kept in good repair and rotated on a seasonal basis or as appropriate for individual events. | |
MU-OA-G | Prohibited | n/a | |
Temporary banner | MU-OA-MS | Prohibited | n/a |
MU-OA-G | Per general sign standards. | ||
C. Colfax Avenue Sign Preservation.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this Section 146-4.10.10.C is to permit the preservation of signs that are illustrative of the City's history in the Post-World War II Era and that comply with the requirements provided in this Section 146-4.10.10.C. The term "Post-World War II Era" refers to a popular style of design from that time, also known as exaggerated modern. The style is characterized by the use of exaggerated geometry, streamlined curves, and fanciful literal elements and lighting, particularly in its use of shapes reminiscent of amoebas, stars, atoms, rockets, and flying saucers.
2. Display.
a. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 146-4.10 to the contrary relating to height, area, and setback, the City Council hereby permits the continued display of signs it has designated based upon the finding that each sign complies with the following requirements:
i. The sign is a least 25 years old.
ii. The sign is of design representative of the Post-World War II Era.
b. A list of council-designated signs shall be kept on file in the office of the Planning Director.
3. Compliance. Signs designated by the City Council in this Section 146-4.10.10.C are granted exceptions to the provisions of this Section 146-4.10 regulating sign height, area, and setbacks. All other provisions, including permitted maximum number, shall apply. Nothing in this Section 146-4.10.10.C shall exempt any sign not designated in this Section 146-4.10.10.C from compliance with this UDO, including other signs on the same premises as a designated sign.
4. Termination of Exemption.
a. The exemptions from the otherwise applicable sign code provisions granted in this Section shall cease if:
i. The designated sign is not maintained in the same style;
ii. The designated sign is not maintained in good condition;
iii. The lighting, including neon signage, is inoperative; or
iv. The sign becomes unsightly due to paint peeling.
b. The message content of these signs may be changed so long as all of the criteria and conditions of this Section are met.
5. Board of Adjustment and Appeals Review. The signs designated in this Section 146-4.10.10.C shall not be eligible for variances or exceptions granted by the Board of Adjustment and Appeals. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 24, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Standards for Temporary Signs That Require a Permit. Signs of the types listed in Table 4.10-5 shall comply with the standards in that table.
Table 4.10-5 Sign Regulations for Temporary Signs that Require a Permit | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Sign Type | Standards | Size/Quantity | Where Permitted |
Large Additional Ground-Mounted Temporary Sign, On-Site | Must be located on a property for which at least 1 active building permit for construction of buildings for residential uses, as listed in Table 3.2-1, is in effect. Allowed for up to 12 consecutive calendar months. | Maximum 2 signs per development. Total sign area per sign shall not 100 sf. per side, or 200 sf. for a 2 sided sign. Sign height shall not exceed 12 ft. | Subarea C |
Additional Ground-Mounted Temporary Sign, Off-Site | Must be located within 2 miles, measured along the shortest public street right-of-way, of a property for which at least 1 active building permit for construction of buildings for residential uses, as listed in Table 3.2-1, is in effect. Allowed for up to 12 consecutive calendar months. | Maximum 8 signs per applicant. Each sign shall be a minimum of 600 ft. from another additional temporary off-site sign. Allowed in public right-of-way if at least 120 ft., from an intersection. Total sign area per sign shall not exceed 16 sf. or 32 sf. for a 2 sided sign. Sign height shall not exceed 12 ft. | Subarea C, with notification of abutting property owner |
B. Standards for Temporary Signs That Do Not Require a Permit. Signs of the types listed in Table 4.10-6 shall comply with the standards in that table.
Table 4.10-6 Sign Regulations for Temporary Signs that Do Not Require a Permit | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Sign Type | Application/Description | Time Limitation | Size/Quantity | Where Permitted |
Small Temporary Event Sign | Any temporary event | Shall be removed within 7 days after the event | Max. 6 sf. per side, or 12 sf. for 2-sided sign, in area Max. 4 ft. in height. Max. number of signs: 4 | All districts |
Small Additional Ground-Mounted Temporary Sign | Must be located on: A property for which at least 1 active building permit is in effect, or a property in which at least one premises recently constructed or improved pursuant to a building permit has not yet been occupied by a tenant or business | Sign may be erected between date the first building permit is approved and the date on which the last premises constructed or improved pursuant to that building permit is occupied by its first tenant or business. | For residential development in residential zone districts: Max. 6 sf. In area Max. 4. Ft. in height For other development: 1 sign allowed per street frontage of the main building. Max. 48 sf. in area. Max. 8 ft. in height | All districts |
Temporary Fabric Sign, Wall | Any temporary event | Limited to 15 calendar days maximum, up to six times per year. | 1 wall sign per business Max 200 sf. combined area of temporary wall and ground fabric signs. | R-3, R-4, and mixed-use districts, except the. MU-OA-MS subdistrict. |
Temporary Fabric Sign, Ground-Mounted | Any temporary event | Limited to 15 calendar days maximum, up to four times per year. | General: 1 sign per business Single tenant or business property with over 150 feet of street frontage: 3 signs 100 sf. max area per sign 10 ft. max. height Max: 200 sf. combined area of temporary wall and ground fabric signs | R-3, R-4, and mixed-use districts, except the. MU-OA-MS subdistrict. |
Sidewalk Sign | Any temporary event | Limited to 15 calendar days maximum, up to four times per year. | Shall not exceed 3 ft. by 4 ft. | On private property in districts or areas where other UDO sidewalk sign standards do not apply |
Inflatable, Balloon, or Other Similar Device | Any temporary event Applies to individual components or those tied together that exceed 20 inches in diameter. | Not to exceed 72 consecutive hours, up to once per year. | 1 balloon or similar device | All districts. |
(Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Intent. The purposes of a uniform sign program are to:
1. Achieve a reasonable degree of sign uniformity and coordination;
2. Enhance the visual quality of the area through compatibility of the signs in color, shape, and materials;
3. Provide clarity and legibility for visitors to the project; and
4. Meet or exceed sign design standards.
B. Applicability. A uniform sign program shall be required for shopping centers, or for multi-use or multi-building business, mixed-use, commercial, or industrial developments.
C. Large Scale Master Planned Communities. For those developments for which a Master Plan is required or approved, that exceed 90 acres in size, and that are located adjacent to a limited access roadway, one large scale sign is permitted. These signs shall not exceed 400 square feet per sign face, and shall not exceed 30 feet in height. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Off-premises signs, including billboards, shall be permitted in the I-2 district, within 1,000 feet of a highway in commercial and industrial areas; provided, that they comply with the standards in this Section 146-4.10.13.
A. Signs Permitted. Ground Signs are permitted if they comply with the following standards:
1. One off-premises ground sign; provided, that no sign shall be less than 600 feet from another off-premises ground sign.
2. Maximum sign area shall not exceed 100 square feet per side for double-faced signs.
3. Maximum sign area shall not exceed 200 square feet for single-faced signs.
4. Maximum height shall not exceed 25 feet.
5. If abutting residential use or district, the sign shall not be illuminated between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.
B. Authorization. Written permission from the property owner on which the sign is to be erected must accompany the original application and any renewal application.
C. Visibility. No sign shall be allowed to be visible from any freeway, interstate highway, or residential zone districts.
D. Site Plan Exists. Where a sign is to be located on a property that has an approved Site Plan, all tenants within the area covered by the Site Plan shall be notified of the application. The notice shall include the nature of the application and shall instruct the tenants to direct any comments on the application to the Planning Director.
E. No Site Plan Exists. Where a sign is to be located on a property for which no Site Plan has been approved, a plan, approved by the property owner, showing the property boundary, and the size, height, location, and orientation of the proposed sign shall be submitted to the Planning Director.
F. Reserved.
G. Review. The Planning Director shall review and shall approve the sign in accordance with the following criteria:
1. The sign shall conform with all applicable requirements of this Section 146-4.10 and the Aurora City Code;
2. The sign shall not obstruct the view of other signs or uses; and
3. The sign shall not be located within the potential future location of streets, drives, or easements.
H. Approval Period. Approval for signs under this Section 146-4.10.13 shall be for a period of five years, at which time application for renewal for an additional five-year period may be made.
I. Precedence. Nothing in this Section 146-4.10.13 shall allow a sign to be within the location of any future streets, alleys, easements, fire lanes, access easements, or other requirements imposed during Site Plan review. Approval for a sign under this Section 146-4.10.13 may be terminated by the City upon submittal of a Site Plan to the City, if such termination is necessary to comply with the criteria for review set forth in this Section 146-4.10.13.
J. Exemption for City Property Signs. No provision of this Section shall apply to Section 146-4.10.16 (City Property Signs). (Ord. No. 2025-37 § 1, 04-07-2025; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
Each sign erected or remodeled shall bear in a prominent position on the sign a clearly legible identification plate, stating the name of the person responsible for its construction and erection. Electrical signs shall be marked with input amperes at full load input. (Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Generally. Signs may be erected, altered, and maintained only for those uses permitted in the zone district where the signs are located, and shall be located on the same lot as the permitted use unless otherwise permitted by this UDO.
B. Repairing. Painting, repainting, replacing damaged or broken parts, or cleaning of an advertising structure is permitted unless it is located within the MU-OA district, a structural change is made, or unless the sign is a nonconforming sign.
C. Message Substitution.
1. A noncommercial message may be substituted for a commercial message on any sign permitted by this Section 146-4.10.
2. Changing of the message content of a sign shall not require a sign permit.
D. Standards.
1. Setback. All signs on private property must be set back four feet from back of sidewalk and may not be placed in street medians, corner sight triangles (as required by the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual) or within a parking space. In the absence of a sidewalk, such sign shall be located a minimum of 21 feet from the flowline of the street.
2. Revocable License. Signs shall not be located in the public right-of-way unless authorized by this UDO, or in the case of rights-of-way under the jurisdiction of the Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT), then unless authorized by CDOT. Signs requiring permits to be installed in the public right-of-way or easement shall only be allowed upon execution of a revocable permit with the City.
3. Landscaping. Signs shall not be attached to or disturb landscape materials.
4. Building Permit. Permanent signs higher than seven feet in height shall require a building permit.
5. Sight Triangle. Private signs shall not be located within any sight triangle defined in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specifications Manual.
6. Interior Signs. Signs located inside a building at least four feet away from any window through which the sign could be viewed from outside the building shall not be regulated by this Section 146-4.10.
7. Wall Signs. Wall signs are permitted to the maximum height of the wall structure. Signs on buildings with a flat roof are permitted to the top of the parapet wall. On structures with peaked roofs, wall signs shall not be installed above the height of the lowest point of the roof structure. Permitted wall signs may project into the public right-of-way to a maximum depth of 18 inches.
8. Animation. No sign shall flash, blink, rotate, or fluctuate.
E. Design Quality.
1. Architectural and Visual Compatibility. Sign type, scheme, size, and illumination within a development shall be coordinated and compatible with the site's architectural character.
2. Sign Shape. The silhouette of signs shall be simple and compatible with the building or façade they relate to.
3. Illumination. Illumination shall be shielded so there is no glare in the public right-of-way and adjacent properties, and directed so light does not stray above the light source horizontally. All lighting elements shall be kept in working condition.
4. Materials. Materials and textures of signs shall be consistent with the architectural character of the site and building. Supporting sign structures of monument signs shall match the primary finish and colors of the associated building(s). Sign materials not permitted include plywood, fabric/paper (except for temporary signs), wall siding, fencing, or roofing material, and plain concrete masonry units.
5. Placement. Signs attached to buildings shall not overlap or cover features of the building such as cornices, eaves, window and doorframes, columns and other decorative elements.
6. Views. Ground or freestanding signs shall not be placed where they obscure important architectural features such as entrances, display windows, or decorative elements when viewed from the public right-of-way.
F. Measurement.
1. Area to Be Measured.
a. The structure or bracing of a sign shall be omitted from measurement unless such structure or bracing is made part of the message or face of the sign.
b. Where a sign has two or more display faces, the area of all faces shall be included in determining the area of the sign.
2. Wall Signs.
a. In the MU-OA-MS and MU-OA-G subdistricts, channel letter signs shall be measured as shown in Figure 4.10-2.

Figure 4.10-2: Channel Letters or Message Content Sign – MU-OA-MS and G Subdistricts
b. All other districts:
i. For channel letters or message content the area of any sign displaying individual letters on a background (façade, wall, divisional wall, awning or canopy) shall be measured by encompassing all the letters and content in a geometric form consisting of no more than eight rectilinear lines at right angles to each other.

Figure 4.10-3: Channel Letters or Message Content Sign
ii. Two capital and two lower case extensions, or similar extensions to message content, may be exempted from being included in the area of measurement. Capital letters, lower case extensions, and other content extensions may not exceed twice the height of lower case letters. See Figures 4-10-3 and 4.10-4.
3. Monument Signs. The area calculation for monument signs shall include both the front and back sign faces. See Figure 4.10-4.

Figure 4.10-4: Monument Sign
(Ord. No. 2020-37 § 25, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
City property signs shall be permitted in all zone districts; provided, that they comply with the standards in this Section 146-4.10.16.
A. Signs Permitted. City property signs are permitted if they comply with the following standards:
1. Maximum sign area shall not exceed 280 square feet.
2. Maximum height shall not exceed 25 feet.
3. No City property sign shall be located within 600 feet of another City property sign.
4. If the sign includes an electronic message display, it must comply with the following standards:
a. The electronic message display may occupy up to 100 percent of each sign face;
b. The electronic message display must be programmed so it does not change more frequently than once every eight seconds, and the message change occurs instantaneously, without use of scrolling, flashing, blinking, or other similar transitions. The board shall contain static messages only, changed only through dissolve or fade transitions, but that may otherwise not have movement, or the appearance or optical illusion of movement or varying light intensity, of any part of the board, design or pictorial segment of the board. The change of message using dissolve or fade transition shall not exceed one second of time between each message displayed on the board;
c. The message display must be provided with automatic dimming software or solar sensors to control brightness for nighttime viewing and varying daytime lighting conditions; and
d. The sign shall not obstruct the view of other signs or uses.
5. If abutting a residential use or district, and oriented so that light from the sign is visible from a window of a residential building, the intensity of the light shall not exceed 0.01 footcandles above ambient, measured vertically, at the property line at a point nearest to the window between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.
B. Authorization. Permission, in a form acceptable to the City, such as but not limited to a revocable license, must accompany an application, except when the City is the applicant.
C. Review. The Planning Director shall review and shall approve the sign permit in accordance with the following criteria:
1. The sign shall conform with all applicable requirements of this Section 146-4.10 and the Aurora City Code;
2. The sign complies with any conditions as set forth in the approved revocable license, (see Subsection B above), if a revocable license is required, including, but not limited to, location of the sign. (Ord. No. 2025-37 § 2, 04-07-2025)
A. General.
1. All property in Aurora shall be maintained in a clean and safe condition and shall not create a public or private nuisance as determined by the Planning Director.
2. When the standards and procedures of this UDO or the conditions attached to any permit, approval, or variance require that any building or site feature be constructed or installed, the property owner is responsible for maintaining those building or site features in good repair, and for replacing them if they are damaged or destroyed or, in the case of living materials, if they become diseased or die after installation.
3. Where a development application includes streets, alleys, rights-of-way, access drives, sidewalks, utilities, or other forms of improvements that do not meet City standards for size, design, or construction, including but not limited to those standards in the Aurora Roadway Design and Construction Specification Manual, Aurora Parks and Open Space Dedication and Development Criteria Manual, Aurora Landscape Reference Manual, and FHAW/AASHTO roadside barrier requirements, the applicant or property may be required to sign a Development Agreement with the City, in a form acceptable to the City, agreeing that the property owner(s) or an entity under the control of the property owner(s) with adequate financial resources, as determined by the City, shall maintain any or all such improvements, utilities, or infrastructure that not dedicated to and accepted by the City for maintenance by the City.
B. Landscaping.
1. General Standards.
a. Trees, shrubs, fences, walls and other landscaping materials required by this UDO or shown on approved Site Plans are required elements of the approved project, unless the Site Plan clearly indicates that they are to be removed or altered. The property owner is responsible for the continued existence and maintenance of those items.
b. Infected, damaged, or diseased plant material shall be treated to remove the infection, damage, or disease, if such a treatment exists, and shall be removed and replaced if no such treatment exists.
c. Trees required to be installed by this UDO that are lost to damage or disease within two years after installation shall be replaced by the property owner within six months at a ratio of one inch of Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) for each inch of DBH removed.
d. Shrubbery or other plantings that die within 18 months of installation shall be replaced in kind within six months.
e. In the Black Forest Area, appropriate measures shall be taken to protect trees from construction activities. If any of the trees required to be retained or replanted as part of the tree protection plan dies within a period of three years after completion of construction, the property owner shall replace the trees within six months of the issuance to the owner of a notice to replace.
f. Branches of maturing street trees encroaching above a walkway, sidewalk, alley, and public right-of-way shall be pruned to a height of not less than eight feet. Pruning shall conform to forestry division standards.
2. Maintenance and Management of Landscaping. All landscaping shall be maintained in a neat, clean, and healthy condition. Maintenance shall include proper pruning, mowing of lawns, weeding, removal of litter, fertilizing, replacement of dead plants, and irrigation of all live landscaping. All replacement plants shall conform to the City's then-current landscaping standards unless a previously approved Site Plan is on file at the Planning Department, then replacement plants shall be installed according to the approved plan.
a. Replacement of Dead Landscaping. If any of the landscaping required to be retained or replanted as part of an approved landscaping or tree protection plan dies, the property owner shall replace the trees within six months of the issuance to the owner of a notice to replace.
b. Re-Vegetation. All areas disturbed during construction shall be re-vegetated. Permanent re-vegetation shall comply with requirements outlined below.
c. Re-establishment of Non-Irrigated Native, Dryland, and Restorative Grasses. All new development and changes to existing development proposing the seeding or re-seeding of non-irrigated areas with native grasses, dryland grasses, restorative grasses and/or forbs where they are intended to remain as the permanent condition on lands that will not be conveyed to the City shall submit a re-vegetation plan and comply with all requirements as provide for in Aurora Water Department’s Rules and Regulations Regarding Storm water (Discharge) for Construction Activities.
d. Trees Overhanging Streets. Street trees shall be maintained no less than 13 and one-half feet above street level.
e. Landscape Improvements in the Public Right-Of-Way. The maintenance of all landscape improvements in the right-of-way is the responsibility of the adjacent lot owner unless specified elsewhere on the landscape plan.
C. Building Exterior. All primary and accessory building exteriors shall be maintained to comply with the following standards, and any necessary repairs, repainting, removals, or other actions needed to bring the property into compliance with these standards.
1. Exterior Walls. Every exterior wall shall be kept weatherproof, watertight, and kept free of deterioration, holes, breaks, loose or rotting boards, or timbers, except when under approved repairs or reconstruction.
2. Painting or Staining. When the finished surface of a building exhibits deterioration of its finished surface on any wall, that wall shall be painted or stained.
3. Architectural Projections. All shutters, cornices, moldings, lintels, sills, windows, and similar projections shall be kept in good repair and free from cracks and defects that make them hazardous or unsightly. Awnings designed to be covered with fabric or opaque materials shall be covered with those materials, so that bare frames are not visible.
4. Roof Surfaces. Roof surfaces shall have no defects that admit water. All roof drainage systems shall be secured and hung properly, and shall be maintained to avoid the blockage of rainwater.
5. Boarded Windows and Doors. Building windows and doors that have been boarded and secured shall be painted or stained to be compatible in color with the adjacent or surrounding walls.
D. Fences and Walls.
1. Maintenance Responsibility along Arterials and Collectors. Except where a fence or wall is provided by the City or other governmental entity, including Metro Districts, the maintenance of all new fences and walls occurring in subdivisions of five or more residential lots along collector and arterial streets, as well as the landscaped setback area between the sidewalk and fence or wall, shall be the responsibility of a homeowners’ association composed of the owners of the residential subdivision lots. Where no homeowners’ association exists, maintenance shall be the responsibility of the property owner on whose property the fence is placed.
2. General Requirement to Maintain Fences. All fences and adjacent landscaping shall be maintained by their owners in good structural condition and in good repair at all times. This shall include general maintenance, painting and staining, and the replacement of any broken, warped, or missing portions of the fences with materials of equal or better quality and that are consistent in design, appearance and structural integrity. All fences shall be vertically aligned and structurally sound. Areas adjacent to fences and hedges shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition, free and clear of all rubbish and weeds. Angled or nonvertical fence post supports are not permitted.
3. Maintenance and Repairs Not Requiring a Permit.
a. Maintenance and repairs to fences that require a permit under Section 146-5.4.3.H (Fence Permit) may be carried out without meeting all the location, design, and material requirements of this UDO and without an additional fence permit if the work performed meets the definition of Fence Maintenance (and/or Fence Repair) in Article 146-6 and all other applicable standards in this UDO.
b. Maintenance and repairs to those fences that require a fence permit under Section 146-5.4.3.H (Fence Permit) that does not meet the conditions of Section 146-4.11.1.D.3.a above shall require a fence permit and, at the discretion of the Planning Director, may be required to meet all or some of the standards listed in Section 146-4.7.9 (Fence and Wall Regulations).
E. Signs. The following standards apply to all signs, including those that do not require a sign permit and those that do not conform to the requirements of this UDO.
1. Every sign shall be maintained in good structural condition at all times. Fabric signs shall be maintained in a taut and unsoiled condition.
2. Any sign that becomes damaged, dilapidated, or dangerous shall be repaired or removed. If the paint on any sign has checked, peeled, or flaked to the extent that the sign cannot be read in whole or in part, the sign shall be repainted or removed.
3. Any sign that contains messages that have become obsolete because of the termination of the use or business or product advertised, or for some other reason, shall have such message removed within 60 calendar days after becoming obsolete. Upon failure to comply with such notice within the time specified in such order, the Planning Director is authorized to cause removal of such sign. Any expense related to the removal shall be paid by the owner of the premises upon which such sign is located. Designated historic signs are exempt from these requirements except as necessary to remove hazards to public safety.
F. Landmarks and Structures in Historic Districts. All features of historic landmarks, historic districts, or Cultural Heritage Sites shall be maintained to prevent deterioration of all features, including features protected from alteration pursuant to the City Council's exception from provisions of this UDO.
G. Abandoned Construction. Any building or portion of a building that has been abandoned or upon which construction has ceased shall have a chain link security fence, no less than six feet high erected around the building, and at least one “no trespassing” sign attached to that fence, within 90 calendar days after receiving notice to do so from the City. Enforcement of this Section may be against either the owner, the holder of any mortgage, the beneficiary under a deed of trust, or any person in possession of the property.
H. Storm water Management System Maintenance. Every yard, court, vent passageway, parking lot, driveway, and other portion of the lot on which the building stands shall be maintained to be consistent with original grading and drainage standards and to prevent accumulation of water on any such surface or adjacent property.
I. Parking Lots. All parking lots shall be kept free of litter and debris. Parking lots that use changes in paving materials or raised crosswalks or sidewalks for pedestrians shall keep such areas free from ice and snow so they are visible for users. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 26, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)
A. Outdoor Display. Retailers of both new and used merchandise shall be permitted to display outdoors, provided the outdoor display meets the following standards.
1. General Requirements.
a. Merchandise shall be displayed in a clean and orderly manner.
b. Display of merchandise must be set back 10 feet from all side and rear property lines.
c. No merchandise may be placed:
i. On a public sidewalk
ii. On the property or leased area of another owner or tenant without their permission;
iii. On required landscaped areas;
iv. Within three feet of either side of a working doorway;
v. Within10 feet directly in front of a working doorway; or
vi. In a designated sight triangle or in any location that would impair a driver's view of a street.
d. Merchandise may be placed on a private sidewalk as long as a four-foot walkway clearance is maintained.
e. Merchandise may be placed in a parking lot; provided, that the merchandise is related to a permitted primary use on the property and the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces for primary uses on the property are maintained. Parking lot sales by independent contractors who are not the owner or tenant of a permanent structure on the property are not permitted.
2. Outdoor Display of Used Merchandise. Except for uses involving the outdoor display of vehicles, equipment or home building or landscaping materials, the size of the outdoor display area for used merchandise shall not exceed10 percent of the total indoor gross floor area of the business conducting the sale, or 100 square feet, whichever is less, and no used merchandise shall be displayed or stored or otherwise left outdoors during non-operating hours of the business.
B. Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage of materials, equipment, and merchandise is permitted in the following cases; provided, that the standards in this Section are met.
1. Vehicle or Equipment Sales, Rental, or Storage Businesses
Outdoor storage areas for vehicles and equipment offered for sale or rental is permitted, provided the outdoor storage area is fully screened from view from adjacent properties by an approved treatment that may include building placement, walls, fencing, and landscaping. Such storage areas shall not be located in the front setback or buffer area.
2. Outdoor Storage in Industrial Districts.
a. After the Effective Date, outdoor storage of equipment, materials, appliances, tires, abandoned or inoperable vehicle storage, and similar items are permitted only in the I-2 District.
b. Railroad boxcars and trailers may not be used for storage or warehousing purposes.
c. No highly flammable or explosive liquids, solids, or gases shall be stored in bulk above ground. Tanks or drums or fuel directly connected with heating devices or appliances located on the same site as the tanks or drums of fuel are excluded from this provision as well as liquefied and gaseous noncombustible materials.
C. Glare, Heat, Smoke, Fumes, Radiation, and Odors. Every use shall be operated so that it does not exceed an objectionable or dangerous degree of glare, heat, fumes, electromagnetic radiation, nuclear radiation, or odors beyond any boundary line of the site on which the use is located. Applicants shall provide all information necessary for the adequate review of potential impacts by the City, Tri-County Health Department, the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and other agencies as appropriate.
D. Vibration. Every use shall be operated so that the ground vibration inherently and recurrently generated is not perceptible, without instruments, at any point on any boundary line of the site on which the use is located.
E. Noise. All activities shall comply with the maximum noise standards in this Subsection E unless another provision of this UDO or another City regulation applies a different standard. All sound measurements shall be made on a sound level meter that meets American National Standards Institute (ANSI) specifications S1.4-1974 or successor document for type I or type II equipment.
1. Prohibited Activities. The following standards apply to all uses and development in the City, unless another Code or ordinance provides a different noise standard for a specific use or context, in which case the standard for the more specific use or context shall apply.
a. Generating sound levels that exceed the limits established in the neighboring land zone category specified in Table 4.11-1 when measured at or within the property boundary of the neighboring land zone.
b. Using, operating, or permitting the use or operation of any radio receiving set, loudspeaker, musical instrument, television, phonograph, tape player, or other machine or device for the production or reproduction of sound in such a manner as to violate the maximum permissible sound levels in Table 4.11-1, is prohibited.
c. Using or operating any loudspeaker, public address system, or similar device between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., in a manner that creates a noise disturbance to a residential real property boundary is prohibited, unless the activity is authorized by a temporary permit.
d. Idling or permitting the idling of a motor or any stationary diesel fuel burning vehicle or motor vehicle of any kind for a period in excess of 15 minutes in any hour, within the City limits at any time is prohibited. This Section shall not apply to:
i. Engines that must be operated in the idle mode for safety reasons, including but not limited to cranes and forklifts used in the construction industry; and
ii. Uses where freight drivers sleep in their cabs; provided, that the location of the idling is at least one-quarter mile from residential dwellings and from Residential zone district boundaries.
e. Emitting periodic, impulsive, or shrill sounds that exceed five dBA less than the maximum permitted between 7:00 am and 9:00 in Table 4.11-1.
2. Maximum Permissible Sound Levels.
Table 4.11-1 Maximum Permissible Sound Levels [1] | ||
|---|---|---|
Adjacent Land Use [2] | Max decibels (dBA) 7am-9pm | Max decibels (dBA) 9pm-7am |
Residential | 55 | 45 |
Commercial or Mixed-Use | 60 | 55 |
I-1 zone district | 70 | 65 |
I-2 zone district | 80 | 75 |
Notes: [1] Construction work is subject to standards applicable to the I-2 district from 7 am to 5 pm, the standards applicable to the I-1 district from 5 pm to 9 pm, and the standards based on adjacent land uses between 9 pm and 7am. Operation of trash compactor trucks is subject to the standards applicable to the I-2 district at all times. [2] If there is more than one adjacent land use, the standard for the more restrictive applies | ||
3. Exemptions. The following uses and activities shall be exempt from sound level regulations:
a. Sound made by safety signals, warning devices, and sound resulting from any authorized emergency vehicle when responding to an emergency call or acting in time of emergency;
b. Sound emanating from activities permitted through the issuance of a special use permit, including parades and fireworks displays;
c. Sound emanating from City-sanctioned activities, including those at City parks and recreational facilities, or private activities at the facilities as authorized through a valid permit.
F. Burning Restrictions.
1. High Pollution Prohibition.
a. No person may operate a solid fuel fired heating device during a high pollution day unless an exemption has been granted pursuant to Subsection 2 below. It shall be the duty of all persons owning or operating solid fuel fired devices to be aware of any declaration of a high pollution day by the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment.
b. At the time of the declaration of a high pollution day, the City Manager shall allow three hours for the burn down of existing fires in solid fuel burning devices prior to the initiation of enforcement.
2. Exemption.
a. A person who relies on a solid fuel fired heating device as the sole source of heat may apply to the City Manager for a temporary exemption from subsection (F)(1) of this section. An exemption obtained under this section shall be effective for 12 months from the date it is granted.
b. Burning in a Colorado Phase III certified device or in a solid fuel fired heating device shall be exempt from Subsection 1, provided the device meets standards established under state statute or Colorado Air Quality Control Commission regulations on the date the device is installed, as demonstrated by a test by a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency accredited laboratory and safety tested to Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
3. Non-owner-occupied Dwelling Units. It shall be unlawful for a solid fuel fired heating device to be the sole source of heat in any non-owner-occupied dwelling unit. Any violation of Subsection 1 by the tenant of such a dwelling unit shall be considered a violation by the owner of the dwelling unit if a solid fuel fired heating device is the tenant's sole source of heat, and the owner (not the tenant) shall be liable for any penalty imposed.
G. Hazardous Materials. All uses and activities shall comply with all state statutes and regulations regarding the use, storage, handling, and transportation of flammable liquids, liquefied petroleum, gases, explosives, hazardous materials, hazardous wastes, toxic materials and solid wastes, as those terms are defined by applicable statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances.
H. Waste Materials.
1. No materials or wastes shall be deposited upon a zone lot in such form or manner that natural causes or forces may transfer them off the site.
2. All materials or wastes that may cause fumes or dust, or that constitute a fire hazard, or that may be edible by or otherwise attractive to rodents or insects shall only be stored outdoors in closed trash containers that are screened from adjacent property.
3. All biomedical wastes that are processed through ozonation treatment shall either be beneficially reused, recycled, or rendered safe for disposal in a municipal solid waste landfill or other approved disposal facility, or as otherwise permitted by state law.
I. General Performance Standards for Heavy Industrial, Auto Repair Uses, or Contaminated Sites.
1. Environmental Impact Summary Document. Applicants shall provide copies of documents, data and permits required by federal, state and local regulatory agencies.
2. Every industrial use, auto repair use, or associated activity, unless expressly exempted by this Unified Development Ordinance, shall be operated in its entirety within a completely enclosed structure or heavily screened area and must be operated so that ground vibrations, negative impacts to water quality, air/particulate emissions, or odors are not perceptible at any point on any boundary line of the site on which the use is located without the use of instruments. Example activities that must be indoors include auto repair or painting, outdoor milling, or extraction of materials. Large scale example uses that involve the use of heavy equipment, including oil and gas operations, mining, batch plants and asphalt processing, automobile salvage yards, or accessory storage, are required to be heavily screened and emissions retained within the property lines. (Ord. No. 2020-37 § 27, 10-05-2020; Ord. No. 2019-49 § 1, 08-19-2019)